store business plan in india

• Restaurant News
• Brand X Collab
• Food & Hospitality
• Paid Reports
• Unpaid Reports

Retail & Business

Consumer trends.

• Retail Trends
• Retail Meaning
• What is Retail?
• Retail Employees Day
• Retail Business Ideas
• Retail Stores Guide
• Future Retail
• Retail Glossary
• Retail Acronyms
• Happy New Year 2024

Tech & E-Commerce

• Omni Channel
• Digital Trends

Fashion & Beauty

• Collaboration
• Sustanability

D2C & New Commerce

• Perspective
• Brand X Brand

• Subscription

How to Start a Retail Business in India: A Step-by-Step Guide

Starting a retail business can be an exciting and rewarding venture. Whether you have a passion for fashion, a knack for home decor, or a love for specialty goods, opening your own retail store allows you to showcase your products and connect with customers. In this comprehensive guide, we will walk you through the essential steps to launch a successful retail business.

Starting a retail business requires careful planning and preparation. By following these steps, you can lay a strong foundation for your venture and increase your chances of success.

Also Read: Brick and Mortar retail store | Flagship Store | Future of Retail | Luxury Retail

What is a Retail Business?

A retail business aims to provide an extensive range of goods and services tailored to meet the diverse preferences and needs of consumers. By operating through various channels, whether brick-and-mortar stores or e-commerce platforms, retail businesses are accessible and convenient for all types of shoppers. Additionally, retail businesses focus on building strong relationships with suppliers to secure quality products that they can offer to their customers at competitive prices.

Retail businesses also emphasize enhancing the customer experience through excellent service. This includes efficient customer support, informative product demonstrations, and reliable post-purchase care. By excelling in these areas, a retail business not only meets but often exceeds consumer expectations, which is crucial for sustaining long-term success in the competitive retail market.

How to Start a Retail Business in India?

Starting a retail business in India involves several critical steps to ensure success. Here’s a structured approach:

1. Identifying Your Niche and Target Market 2. Building a Solid Foundation 3. Navigating the Legal Landscape 4. Location, Inventory, and Operations 5. Building Your Team and Reaching Your Customers 6. Launch, Grow, and Adapt

1. Identifying Your Niche and Target Market:

This initial stage is crucial.  Understanding your ideal customer is like painting a portrait of who you're selling to. What are their demographics? What are their needs and buying habits?  Do they prioritize convenience, value, or a specific brand experience?  Knowing this will guide your product selection, pricing strategy, and even the overall tone of your marketing materials.

2. Building a Solid Foundation:

With a clear vision of your target market and product niche, it's time to lay the groundwork for your business.  Crafting a business plan is essential. This document outlines your goals, the strategies you'll employ to achieve them, and financial projections.  A well-developed business plan not only helps you stay focused but can also be crucial for securing funding from banks or investors.

Speaking of funding, you'll need to determine how you'll finance your business.  This could involve using your personal savings, securing a business loan, or attracting investors.  The best approach will depend on the scope of your business, your risk tolerance, and your access to capital.

3. Navigating the Legal Landscape:

Before you open your doors,  you'll need to choose a legal structure for your business.  In India, you have options like a sole proprietorship, which is simple to set up but offers limited liability protection, or a private limited company, which offers more legal separation but involves a more complex registration process.  Consulting with a legal professional can help you choose the structure that best suits your needs.

Once you've chosen your structure, you'll need to register your business with the government. This typically involves obtaining a Permanent Account Number (PAN) and registering for Goods and Services Tax (GST).  Depending on your industry and location, you might also need additional licenses, such as a Shop and Establishment Act license.

4. Location, Inventory, and Operations:

Finding the right location is paramount, especially if you're planning a brick-and-mortar store. High foot traffic and good visibility are key considerations.  However, rent costs and proximity to your target market also play a significant role.  For online businesses, having a user-friendly website and an efficient fulfillment system becomes crucial.

Sourcing your products involves finding reliable suppliers who can provide you with high-quality goods at competitive prices.  Building strong relationships with suppliers is essential to ensuring a smooth flow of inventory and avoiding stockouts.  You'll also need to establish a system for managing inventory effectively, which might involve using inventory management software or simply maintaining accurate stock records.

Designing your space, whether physical or online, is about creating a pleasant and functional environment for your customers.  A physical store layout should be visually appealing and easy to navigate, while an online store should be user-friendly and offer clear product information.

5. Building Your Team and Reaching Your Customers:

Your team is the face of your business.  Hiring and training employees who prioritize excellent customer service is essential for building loyalty and encouraging repeat business.  Investing in customer service training can go a long way in creating a positive brand experience.

Developing a marketing strategy is crucial for reaching your target audience and promoting your business.This could involve utilizing online channels like social media marketing and search engine optimization (SEO), or offline channels like print advertising and local events.  The key is to identify where your target market spends their time and tailor your marketing efforts accordingly.

6. Launch, Grow, and Adapt:

Once everything is in place, it's time to launch your business!  Whether you're opening a physical store or launching an online platform, this is the culmination of all your hard work.

Exceptional customer service should remain a priority after launch. By focusing on customer satisfaction, you'll build a loyal customer base and encourage repeat business.

Monitoring your business performance is crucial for growth.  Track key metrics like sales figures, customer acquisition costs, and customer satisfaction ratings.  Be prepared to adapt your strategies as needed based on market trends and customer feedback. The ability to adapt and evolve is essential for long-term success in the ever-changing retail landscape.

Also Read: Brands like H&M | POS Systems in Retail | Omni Channel Retailing

How to Create a Retail Store Business Plan ?

Creating a comprehensive business plan is essential for launching a successful retail store. Here's a step-by-step guide to help you develop a solid business plan for your retail venture:

• Executive Summary: Provide an overview of your retail store business, including your vision, mission statement, and objectives. Summarize key components of your business plan, such as target market, products, competitive analysis, marketing strategy, and financial projections.
• Business Description: Describe your retail store concept, including the type of products you will sell, your target market, and your unique selling proposition (USP). Explain how your store will meet the needs of your target customers and differentiate itself from competitors.
• Market Analysis: Conduct a thorough analysis of the retail market in your area. Identify your target market demographics, such as age, gender, income level, and buying preferences. Evaluate market trends, consumer behavior, and competitive landscape to identify opportunities and challenges.
• Organization and Management: Outline the organizational structure of your retail store, including ownership structure, management team, and key personnel. Provide bios of key team members, highlighting their qualifications, experience, and roles within the business.
• Products and Services: Detail the products and services your retail store will offer. Include information about your product selection, pricing strategy, sourcing suppliers, and inventory management plan. Highlight any unique or exclusive products that will set your store apart from competitors.
• Marketing and Sales Strategy: Develop a comprehensive marketing and sales strategy to attract customers and drive revenue. Identify your target market segments and outline how you will reach them through advertising, promotions, social media, and other marketing channels. Define your sales tactics, such as in-store promotions, loyalty programs, and customer engagement initiatives.
• Operational Plan: Describe the day-to-day operations of your retail store, including store layout, staffing requirements, customer service policies, and inventory management procedures. Outline processes for receiving, stocking, and displaying merchandise, as well as managing transactions and tracking sales.
• Financial Plan: Develop a detailed financial plan for your retail store, including startup costs, operating expenses, revenue projections, and cash flow analysis. Estimate your initial investment and ongoing expenses, such as rent, utilities, payroll, and marketing. Create a sales forecast based on market research and sales projections.
• Appendix: I nclude any additional information that supports your business plan, such as market research data, supplier agreements, lease agreements, resumes of key team members, and financial statements.
• Review and revise: Once you have completed your business plan, review it carefully to ensure accuracy, clarity, and coherence. Seek feedback from trusted advisors, mentors, or industry experts, and revise your plan as needed to address any concerns or suggestions.

Licenses Required to Start a Retail Business in India

To open a retail store in India, you need to obtain several licenses and permits to ensure compliance with local regulations and operate legally. Here are the key licenses and permits required:

• Shop and Establishment License: Every retail business operating in India must obtain a Shop and Establishment License from the respective state government or local municipal corporation. This license regulates working conditions, hours of operation, and employment practices.
• Goods and Services Tax (GST) Registration: GST registration is mandatory for businesses with an annual turnover above the threshold limit specified by the government. It is required for collecting and remitting GST on the sale of goods and services. Registration can be done online through the GST portal.
• Trade License: A Trade License is required to operate a commercial establishment in a specific jurisdiction. It is issued by the local municipal corporation or urban local body and ensures compliance with health, safety, and zoning regulations.
• Fire Safety Certificate: Depending on the size and nature of your retail store, you may need to obtain a Fire Safety Certificate from the local fire department. This certificate ensures compliance with fire safety standards and regulations.
• Health Department Permits: If your retail store sells food or beverages, you may need to obtain permits from the local health department or food safety authority. These permits ensure compliance with hygiene, sanitation, and food safety regulations.
• Signage License: In some cities, you may require a separate license for installing signage or advertising boards outside your retail store. This license regulates the size, placement, and design of signage.
• Environmental Clearances: Certain retail businesses, especially those involving manufacturing or handling hazardous materials, may require environmental clearances from the appropriate authorities. These clearances ensure compliance with environmental regulations and pollution control measures.
• Police Clearance: In some cases, you may need to obtain police clearance or a No Objection Certificate (NOC) from the local police department. This is usually required for security-related businesses or businesses operating in sensitive areas.
• Other Permits and Licenses: Depending on the specific nature of your retail business and location, you may need additional permits or licenses such as alcohol license, entertainment license, music license, copyright license (for playing background music), etc.

It's essential to research the licensing requirements specific to your location and business type and ensure timely application and renewal of all necessary licenses and permits. Non-compliance with regulatory requirements can lead to fines, penalties, or even closure of your retail store, so it's crucial to prioritize legal compliance from the outset. Additionally, consulting with legal advisors or experts familiar with local regulations can provide valuable guidance and assistance in navigating the licensing process.

FAQs on Retail Business in India

1. How much capital do I need to start a retail business?

The amount of capital needed depends on various factors, such as the scale of your business, location, and inventory requirements. Prepare a detailed financial forecast to estimate your startup costs.

2. How can I differentiate my retail business from competitors?

To stand out from the competition, focus on delivering exceptional customer service, curating unique products, and creating a memorable shopping experience for your customers.

3. Should I start with an online or brick-and-mortar store?

Consider your target market and the nature of your products. Online stores offer scalability and a broader reach, while brick-and-mortar stores allow for personal interactions and immediate customer gratification.

4. How can I attract customers to my retail store?

Implement a comprehensive marketing strategy that includes online and offline channels. Leverage social media, email marketing, local partnerships, and targeted advertising to reach and engage with your target audience.

5. How important are store layout and visual merchandising?

Store layout and visual merchandising play a crucial role in attracting and guiding customers through your store. A well-designed layout and appealing displays can significantly impact customer engagement and sales.

Starbucks India has always been synonymous with coffee excellence, innovation, and a seamless customer experience. This year, the iconic brand has taken a bold new step in elevating the coffee culture in the country. In a significant milestone, Starbucks has unveiled its first-ever coffee experiential store at Punjabi Bagh, New Delhi. This marks a key moment in Starbucks’ journey as it blends its global expertise with India's rich coffee heritage.

A Unique Coffee Experience in India’s Capital

The Punjabi Bagh store stands as a testament to Starbucks' commitment to offering a unique and immersive coffee experience for its patrons. Unlike any other store in the country, it brings together global coffee craftsmanship and the distinct flavors of India under one roof. With an extensive menu that features 16 specialty coffees from across the globe and a lineup of innovative beverages, this store aims to be a haven for coffee aficionados and casual consumers alike.

For the first time in India, Starbucks has introduced local flavors to its coffee offerings. The menu celebrates Indian culinary traditions, featuring beverages like the Malabar Coconut Cream Latte, the Cinnamon Jaggery Latte with organic jaggery sourced from Maharashtra, and the Cocoa Birds Eye Chilli Latte inspired by the spicy flavors of Meghalaya. A refreshing Tamarind Red Peroo Shikanji Cold Brew also adds a twist to India’s beloved summer drink, offering a fusion of familiar tastes with a Starbucks twist.

“Having served the Signature Starbucks Experience to consumers in India for over a decade, we remain committed to pushing the boundaries of product innovation and customer experience. The launch of our first coffee experiential store in New Delhi, our first store among many upcoming similar stores in the country, represents our celebration of Indian coffee heritage through variety, artistry and food theatre, complimented by a host of international coffee offerings,” says Sushant Dash, CEO, TATA Starbucks.

Exclusive Brews and Indian Flavors

At the heart of this experiential store lies Starbucks' expertise in coffee craftsmanship. The store offers a selection of 16 specialty coffees, including five exclusive espresso beans and 13 whole bean options sourced from renowned coffee regions, including India, Kenya, Sumatra, and Latin America. Customers can choose from a variety of roasts, including the exclusive Starbucks Willow Blend, Starbucks® Single-Origin Zambia, and Starbucks Pike Place Roast, each providing a unique coffee profile.

Moreover, the store introduces the Aeropress brewing method to India, allowing coffee lovers to experience a level of customization previously unseen. Customers can now personalize their coffee by selecting their preferred beans and choosing from five different brewing methods, ensuring that each cup is tailored to individual tastes.

Starbucks has made a conscious effort to elevate the coffee-drinking experience through its innovative approach, blending tradition with modern techniques. The addition of local flavors is a clear nod to India’s rich coffee heritage, creating a connection between international coffee expertise and homegrown flavors.

A Culinary Experience to Complement Coffee Craft

In addition to its diverse coffee offerings, the Punjabi Bagh store also debuts an innovative food menu that complements its beverage lineup. Freshly baked breads, croissants, puffs, and cookies are prepared in-store, ensuring that customers can enjoy quality food that perfectly complements their coffee. The menu also includes scrambled eggs and freshly assembled sandwiches, offering a range of breakfast and snack options that reflect the international café culture.

This new food experience further enhances the brand’s position as more than just a coffeehouse. It is a culinary destination that offers patrons a holistic experience, merging the world of food and coffee in an environment that exudes warmth and creativity.

Blending Global Craft with Local Design

The store’s design is as unique as its coffee offerings, featuring an array of craftwork inspired by coffee regions like Indonesia and Costa Rica. The décor takes customers on a visual journey, with elements paying homage to the diverse origins of coffee. The centerpiece of this design is an artwork depicting two sirens – one youthful, representing Starbucks’ roots, while the other represents the flourishing future, holding a branch of vibrant red coffee cherries.

“The artwork welcomes customers into the world of Starbucks – diverse flavours, aromas, coffee craft, and excellence. The store also features exclusive uniforms for partners, reflecting its unique identity,” adds Starbucks. The vibrant design, inspired by regions such as Punjab, adds a local flavor to the global coffeehouse. The intricate motifs and symbolism of local fauna, alongside traditional jewelry designs, bring a rich, cultural ambiance that is both inviting and awe-inspiring.

Beyond aesthetics, the store provides an immersive coffee zone where customers can explore the art of coffee making. From learning about different brewing methods to sampling exclusive coffee beans, the experiential store turns coffee drinking into a personalized, educational journey.

A Decade of Innovation and Growth

Since entering the Indian market in October 2012 through a joint venture with Tata Consumer Products Limited, Starbucks has made significant strides in adapting its offerings to cater to the Indian market while staying true to its global standards of quality. With over 446 stores in 65 cities across India, the brand continues to expand its footprint while staying connected to the cultural fabric of the country.

Starbucks’ decision to introduce this experiential store is a clear reflection of its ongoing commitment to innovation and customer engagement in India. By offering an extensive menu of global and local coffee options, alongside a culinary experience that is rooted in local tastes, Starbucks continues to redefine what it means to enjoy coffee in India.

With this new experiential store, Starbucks aims to deepen its connection with the Indian market, bringing the global coffee experience while celebrating India’s unique flavors and culinary heritage.  

Starbucks' Vision for the Future

The opening of the Punjabi Bagh coffee experiential store marks a new chapter in Starbucks India’s journey. As Sushant Dash mentioned, this is the first of many such stores that will open across the country in the coming years. Starbucks’ focus on innovation, sustainability, and customer experience will continue to drive its growth in India, ensuring that it remains a leader in the coffeehouse space.

• Tata Starbucks

Ganesh Chaturthi, the festival that marks the birth of Lord Ganesha, is a celebration of the significance of the cycle of birth, life, and death. It is for the first time that Ganapati is described in a brief context in Rigveda in the form of shlokas 2. 23. 1 and 10. 112. 9, where he is described as “the seer among seers and the lord of invocation.” 

However, it is unclear if this refers to the later form of Ganesha, as the Vedic texts do not mention Ganesh Chaturthi. The festival started to be famous in the eighteenth century during the time of Peshwas in Pune; however, during the time of British rule, the festival lost its value among the masses. The festival was revived by Lokmanya Tilak in 1892 in a mass spectacle form in order to draw people’s attention and overcome colonial prohibition on assemblies.

A festival of devotion and joy is the perfect occasion to share thoughtful gifts with loved ones. Whether you are looking for traditional items or modern pieces, here are the top gifting ideas to make this Ganesh Chaturthi truly special.

Eco-Friendly Ganesh Chaturthi Celebrations: Sustainable Gift Ideas for Ganesh Chaturthi:

Celebrate responsibly with sustainable choices, from eco-friendly idols to reusable decor. Here’s how you can make this Ganesh Chaturthi an environment-friendly occasion.

• Eco-Friendly Ganesh Idols

Celebrate Ganesh Chaturthi with a sense of responsibility by gifting eco-friendly idols made from clay or biodegradable materials. These idols dissolve in water without harming the environment, making them a thoughtful gift for eco-conscious friends and family.

• Handmade Crafts

Encourage support for local artisans by gifting handmade crafts like painted pots, bamboo baskets, or fabric lanterns. These unique pieces not only add beauty to the celebrations but also promote traditional handmade art.

• Customized Puja Kits

A well-curated puja kit containing all the essentials like incense sticks, flowers, kumkum, and prasad can be a thoughtful and practical gift for Ganesh Chaturthi. It enhances the devotional spirit while offering convenience.

Ganesh Chaturthi Decor Ideas: Transform Your Home for the Festivities:

From vibrant rangolis to intricately designed diyas, elevate your home with festive decor that sets the perfect tone for welcoming Lord Ganesha.

• Artisanal Home Decor

Add a personal touch to homes with handcrafted decor like traditional wall hangings, brass diyas, and elegant rangoli sets. Plate and Peonie’s collection, featuring products such as terracotta pottery and hand-painted trays, is perfect for enhancing the festive spirit.

• Luxury Tableware

For those who love hosting, high-end tableware from Plate and Peonie, such as hand-painted salad plates or palm tree candle holders, can make dining experiences more festive and memorable.

• Festive Bed Linen

Upgrade home decor with luxury festive bed linens, such as the Divine Collection bedsheets from Urban Space. With vibrant colors and intricate designs, these make for a stylish and functional gift.

Ganesha's Blessings: Auspicious Gifts to Bring Prosperity and Joy:

This festive season, share blessings with your loved ones by gifting silver coins, divine jewelry, or traditional idols that symbolize good fortune.

• Jewelry Pieces

Jewelry is a timeless gift, and Gargi by P N Gadgil & Sons offers an exquisite range of 92.5% sterling silver and brass jewelry. Pieces like elegant earrings or statement necklaces make for perfect gifts that can be cherished beyond the festival.

• Silver Coins or Ornaments

Silver coins embossed with images of Lord Ganesha are auspicious gifts during this festival. Consider gifting silver ornaments or coins that symbolize good luck and prosperity.

Ganesh Chaturthi Styling Tips: Dress to Impress for the Festivities:

The festival calls for traditional attire with a modern touch. Discover how you can style ethnic wear with contemporary accessories for a stunning festive look.

• Sarees and Ethnic Wear

Gift luxury with Asha Gautam’s festive saree collection. Each saree, from Kanjivaram silks to tissue Banarasi, is a beautiful blend of tradition and modern design, making it a standout gift for loved ones during the festival.

• Ethnic Clothing for Men

Elevate the festive wardrobe of the men in your life with Blackberry's premium menswear collection. From trendy kurta sets to dapper Nehru jackets, these outfits blend style with tradition, making for a perfect festive gift.

Final Thought:

This Ganesh Chaturthi, make your gifts meaningful by choosing options that reflect the spirit of the festival. Whether it’s jewelry, home decor, or eco-friendly idols, thoughtful gifts are sure to make celebrations brighter.

• festival season
• festive offers
• Consumer Business

A nutrition-rich diet isn't just about eating enough food; it's about making informed choices that include a variety of foods and a balance of nutrients. To meet the body's diverse nutritional requirements, it's crucial to understand the components of a healthy diet and how they contribute to physical and mental health. This empowers individuals to make choices that enhance their quality of life and reduce the risk of many diseases.

The first week of September 2024 is celebrated as National Nutrition Week , highlighting the critical role that nutrition plays in maintaining long-term health and well-being.

As we focus on the importance of a nutritious diet for overall well-being, here are some essential organic ingredients for healthier conscious living. 

1. Tulsi: A Natural Wellness Booster

Tulsi, also known as holy basil, is celebrated for its extensive health benefits and is grown organically. It supports overall wellness and connects you to traditional practices. Tulsi can be enjoyed in tea or supplements, offering a natural boost to your health. 

Organic India Tulsi Original Green Tea offers a delightful, aromatic, and excellent tea made using three primary types of Tulsi, all of which have long been revered in Ayurveda. This special combination calms, stimulates, and revitalizes your health. Can be served hot to start the day or chilled.

Health Benefits :

• Helps reduce stress & aids in relaxation
• Strengthens the immune system
• Improves metabolism & digestion   

2. Honey: Nature’s Sweet Gift

Wild honey, sourced from pristine forests, is a rich, unprocessed alternative to conventional honey. It retains valuable enzymes and antioxidants, adding a natural sweetness to your meals while connecting you to nature’s purest offerings.

The Multiplefloral Akshayakalpa Raw Honey is evidence of its commitment to purity and its goal of supplying goods that are beneficial to its customers, our farmers, and the environment. Its honey is responsibly acquired from organic farm honeycombs, emphasizing the preservation of bee populations and ecosystems. There are no artificial ingredients, added sugars, flavors, chemicals, or preservatives in the all-natural honey. It's honey the way nature meant it to be! 

• Supplies quick energy
• Helps treat symptoms of cough and cold
• Soothes and heals the digestive system
• Boosts immune function         

3. Quinoa: The Nutrient-Rich Superfood

Quinoa is renowned for its exceptional nutritional profile, including high protein and essential amino acids. Its versatility makes it a superb choice for a variety of dishes, supporting a balanced and healthy diet.

The superfood of nature, to start living a better lifestyle. Quinoa, which is high in protein, fiber, and other vital minerals, helps with weight control, improves heart health, and gives you lasting energy. Ideal for a healthy, well-balanced diet. Barry’s offers 100 percent Organic Quinoa - gluten-free that is a powerful source of protein and fiber that works well in salads or as a rice alternative Rich in nutrients for general health.

• Source of Complete Protein
• Naturally rich in vitamins and minerals
• Good source of fibre and antioxidants
• Weight-loss friendly & gluten-free          

4. Moringa: The Green Powerhouse

Moringa is packed with vitamins, minerals, and antioxidants, providing a natural, caffeine-free energy boost and supporting immune health. It’s a simple and effective way to enrich your diet with a powerful, nutrient-dense ingredient.

Amala Earth manufactures natural moringa powder, a potent antioxidant that helps the body get rid of toxins. Nine times the protein of yoghurt, fifteen times the potassium of bananas, one and a half times the vitamin A of carrots, twenty-five times the iron of spinach, seventeen times the calcium of milk, and twelve times the vitamin E of almonds are all included in one gram of pure moringa powder.

Health Benefits: 

• Rich in Antioxidants
• Prevents Malnutrition
• May Reduce Blood Sugar
• May Relieve Symptoms of Menopause
• Anti-Aging Effects

 5. Wheatgrass Juice: Special Healing Qualities

Made from the freshly sprouted shoots of wheat grains, wheatgrass (Triticum aestivum) is a common component in juices. Usually, it is offered in powder or in juiced form. Wheatgrass is marketed as a natural treatment for several illnesses because it is high in antioxidants, beta-carotene, and chlorophyll.  

Kapiva, an Ayurveda nutrition brand, focuses on maximizing the chlorophyll content, taking extensive care to harvest wheatgrass till the eighth day. Wheat Grass Juice by Kapiva is well-known for its detoxifying properties, wheatgrass also improves metabolism, which aids with digestion.

• Supports the alkaline environment in the body
• Boosts energy & immunity
• Enhances detoxification and healthy metabolism
• Promotes healthy skin and hair

Final Thought

As we celebrate National Nutrition Week this September, these natural ingredients remind us of the importance of conscious, health-focused choices. By embracing organic, wholesome foods, we can improve our overall health and lead a more balanced, vibrant life. Incorporating organic ingredients like Tulsi, honey, quinoa, moringa, and wheatgrass into your diet can significantly enhance your well-being. These nutrient-rich superfoods not only provide essential vitamins and minerals but also offer a range of health benefits—from boosting immunity and energy levels to aiding digestion and promoting healthy skin.

• Organic India
• healthy food
• healthy lifestyle

The Indian retail industry , long dominated by traditional food and grocery markets, is on the cusp of a transformative shift as quick commerce companies rapidly gain traction. According to a recent report by CLSA, the gross order value (GOV) of quick commerce players is expected to hit a staggering $10 billion by FY26. Over the next decade, this number is predicted to surge past $78 billion, with key players like Zomato's Blinkit, Zepto, and Swiggy Instamart leading the charge.

This remarkable growth is being fueled by a combination of ultra-fast delivery times, efficient last-mile logistics, and a wide range of product offerings that extend far beyond the typical selection available at local kiranas (small, neighborhood grocery stores). In a market traditionally controlled by these local vendors, who account for over 95 percent of the $600 billion food and grocery segment, quick commerce is emerging as a serious contender, poised to reshape the way Indians shop for everyday essentials.

The Rise of Quick Commerce

Quick commerce, defined by its promise of delivering products within 10 to 20 minutes, is a new and disruptive retail format that leverages technology and data-driven logistics. It has already captured a significant portion of the Indian market, with Blinkit, Zepto, and Swiggy Instamart holding more than 90 percent of the market share by revenue. Smaller players, including Big Basket's BBNow and Flipkart, also contribute to the sector's growth, albeit on a smaller scale.

The success of these platforms lies in their ability to meet the modern consumer's demand for convenience and speed. Unlike traditional grocery stores, which may be limited by geography, inventory, and logistics, quick commerce platforms can offer a wider range of products at competitive prices, delivered directly to the customer’s doorstep within minutes.

This model has resonated particularly well in India's rapidly urbanizing landscape. With increasing population density in urban centers and changing consumer behavior, quick commerce is emerging as a practical solution to the limitations of traditional retail, offering a seamless and superior shopping experience.

Scalability and Profitability

While quick commerce has demonstrated remarkable growth potential, its success hinges on scalability. Companies in this space must optimize sourcing, warehousing, fulfillment, and rider operations to keep delivery costs low while maintaining a high level of service. As these platforms expand beyond the major metros and penetrate Tier II and III cities, their ability to scale will determine their long-term sustainability.

By expanding their product range beyond food and groceries, quick commerce platforms are tapping into new revenue streams. Products like basic apparel, electronics, stationery, and even services such as printing and food delivery are becoming increasingly available on these platforms. This diversification is driving up average order values, improving unit economics, and increasing the overall profitability of quick commerce players.

Assuming a 3 percent net profit margin on gross order value, the quick commerce sector could generate a profit pool of $2.3 billion over the next decade. To put this in perspective, this would surpass the entire organized retail industry’s current profit pool in India. With a total addressable market estimated at $662 billion as of FY24 — representing 66 percent of the overall retail market — the quick commerce sector has ample room to grow.

The Impact on Traditional Retail and FMCG Giants

While the growth of quick commerce presents significant opportunities for new and emerging brands, it also poses a considerable challenge to established players in the fast-moving consumer goods (FMCG) sector, including Hindustan Unilever and Marico. Historically, these companies have held a competitive advantage due to their vast distribution networks, which allow them to reach even the most remote areas of the country. However, as quick commerce platforms continue to streamline and flatten the retail supply chain, this distribution advantage is eroding.

Quick commerce platforms have managed to cut out several layers of the traditional supply chain, allowing them to offer lower prices and faster delivery times. This has made them an attractive option for consumers who would otherwise have relied on local kiranas for their daily essentials. As a result, the dominance of FMCG giants like Hindustan Unilever and Marico is being challenged, and these companies will need to adapt to the changing retail landscape or risk losing market share.

Moreover, quick commerce platforms are giving greater visibility to newer and smaller brands, allowing them to compete on a more level playing field. This increased competition is likely to spur innovation and drive down prices, benefiting consumers while putting pressure on traditional retailers.

READ MORE: Q-Commerce Set to Surge with $6 Billion GMV in FY25

Urbanization and Digitalization

India's rapid urbanization and the proliferation of smartphones and high-speed internet are creating a fertile environment for the growth of quick commerce. With millions of Indians moving to cities in search of better job opportunities and a higher standard of living, the demand for fast, convenient shopping options is on the rise. At the same time, the digital revolution has made it easier than ever for consumers to order products online and have them delivered to their homes in a matter of minutes.

These trends are expected to continue over the next decade, further boosting the growth of quick commerce in India. As consumers become increasingly accustomed to the convenience and speed of ultra-fast delivery, quick commerce platforms will continue to expand their reach and offerings, becoming an integral part of the Indian retail ecosystem.

• Indian retail industry
• Quick Commerce

The consumer goods industry has seen notable shifts in consumption patterns in Q1-FY25, with production and price data offering key insights into the evolving demand landscape. As Dipanwita Mazumdar, Economist at Bank of Baroda, highlights, this quarter reflects a mixed yet promising outlook for consumer demand across durable and non-durable goods. White goods, in particular, have outperformed compared to the same period last year, bolstered by extreme heatwave conditions and a warmer summer. But the changes are not just seasonal; they signal broader lifestyle shifts and growing aspirations among consumers.

Durable Goods: Outshining the Market

Durable goods have emerged as strong performers in Q1-FY25, with demand gaining solid ground. GDP data revealed a 12.4 percent increase in Private Final Consumption Expenditure (PFCE), even when considering the elevated base of 8.1 percent in Q1-FY24. In real terms, PFCE grew by 7.4 percent, outpacing GDP growth, a clear indication that consumption demand is on the rise.

Mazumdar explains, "The disaggregated production (IIP) and price (CPI) data showed that demand for durable goods is on a strong footing, driven by both seasonal factors and a favorable pricing environment."

Key insights into durable goods performance include:

• Air Conditioners and Refrigerators: These segments witnessed a significant uptick in sales, with AC sales growing by a remarkable 37.8 percent in Q1-FY25 compared to a -17.5 percent drop during the same period the previous year. This surge coincided with worsening heatwave conditions and a warmer summer.
• Televisions and Mobile Phones: Sales in these segments have also risen, defying the usual seasonal trends seen in Q1. A softer inflation rate contributed to increased demand for these items, with inflation moderating for all durable goods except ACs.

Mazumdar adds, "A continued momentum in discretionary spending, coupled with favorable pricing, underscores the resilience of consumption demand."

Non-Durables: A Mixed Bag Reflecting Changing Preferences

While durable goods have shone brightly, the non-durables sector has presented a more nuanced picture. Segments such as detergent powder, shampoo, and instant food saw improvements, reflecting stable demand for daily consumption items. However, certain categories, particularly biscuits and bread, have witnessed a decline in sales, potentially signaling a shift towards healthier alternatives.

For instance, roasted and salted cashews saw a production increase of 43.1 percent in Q1-FY25, compared to a -19.8 percent decline during the same period last year. Meanwhile, biscuits and bread continued their downward trend, suggesting that consumers are moving towards healthier snack options. The decline in demand for chocolates, cakes, pastries, and muffins also indicates a broader shift in dietary preferences.

Mazumdar observes, "Consumers appear to be prioritizing healthier food choices, as seen in the declining production of sugary snacks and the rise of healthier alternatives like nut-based snacks. This is a reflection of the changing consumption behavior driven by a desire for a better quality of living."

In the beverages sector, the demand for traditional staples like tea and coffee has softened, while production of aerated drinks and ice cream surged, driven by the hotter-than-usual summer. These trends suggest a preference shift towards more refreshing and indulgent treats during warmer months.

Lifestyle Changes Driving Consumption

One of the most notable trends in Q1-FY25 is the "moving out" momentum, which reflects the buoyant economic activity and growing consumer interest in lifestyle and travel-related goods. Wedding dates during the quarter fueled a higher production of gold jewelry, despite higher domestic and international gold prices. This increase also comes against an unfavorable base, highlighting the resilience of demand in this segment.

Moreover, the production of readymade garments, undergarments, creams, lotions, sunglasses, bottled water, and even tires increased significantly. This growth was partly driven by a favorable pricing environment and a lower base, but it also points to a broader trend of consumers prioritizing "outdoorsy" activities and travel.

Mazumdar notes, "The production of lifestyle commodities has picked up sharply, supported by stable prices and a strong appetite for travel and outdoor activities. This trend is indicative of consumers embracing experiences and a more active lifestyle."

The production of "sin goods," such as alcohol and tobacco, also remained robust, further reflecting the resilience of discretionary spending in the face of changing consumer preferences.

The data paints a picture of a consumer landscape that is evolving in response to both external conditions, such as weather and economic factors, and internal shifts in preferences and priorities.

• Durable Goods: The strong performance of durable goods like ACs, refrigerators, TVs, and mobile phones reflects a healthy pickup in consumption demand. This growth is supported by seasonal tailwinds, but also by broader changes in consumer behavior, as reflected in the double-digit production growth across these categories.
• FMCG Segments: Certain FMCG segments have seen lower production, despite favorable pricing. However, this is less a reflection of weak demand and more an indication of changing consumer preferences. Consumers are increasingly opting for healthier and more premium products, such as cashews and medicated shampoos, over traditional items like biscuits and regular shampoos.
• Lifestyle Commodities: The "lipstick effect" continues to play out in the economy, with travel goods and lifestyle commodities seeing sharp increases in production. Stable prices, despite rising input costs, have helped maintain strong demand in these categories.

Looking Ahead

The outlook for the consumer goods industry in the coming months is optimistic. Mazumdar points out that rural demand is already showing signs of recovery, supported by favorable monsoon progress and strong sowing activity. Food inflation, which saw a downward correction in August 2024, is expected to provide further relief to consumers.

Additionally, the early arrival of the festival season is likely to give consumption demand a further boost, creating opportunities for both durable and non-durable goods manufacturers.

Mazumdar concludes, "The data from Q1-FY25 reflects a strong undercurrent of consumption demand driven by a desire for quality living. As rural demand strengthens and the festival season approaches, we expect this momentum to continue, offering further growth opportunities for the consumer goods industry."

In sum, Q1-FY25 has highlighted the resilience of India’s consumer market, with durable goods leading the charge and non-durables reflecting evolving preferences. As consumers continue to prioritize healthier and more aspirational products, the industry stands well-positioned for sustained growth in the coming quarters.

• retail India
• india retail
• Consumer trends
• Consumer Durable Industry
• Consumer durable

In India, music is an integral part of daily life, and with the rise of digital platforms, music streaming has become the preferred way to enjoy favorite tracks, discover new artists, and explore diverse genres. With so many options available in the Indian market, it can be overwhelming for users to choose which platform to select. That's why we've compiled a list of the most popular music streaming platforms in India, known for their extensive music libraries and personalized playlists. This article will provide consumers with an overview of the top 5 best music streaming services in India, including their popularity, main features, and subscription plans.

Top Factors to Consider in Music Streaming Platforms in India

When selecting a music streaming platform in India, it’s essential to consider several factors to ensure the service meets your needs:

• Comprehensive Library : A vast collection of music, including regional, Bollywood, and international hits, is essential to cater to India's diverse tastes.
• High-Quality Audio: Offer lossless audio formats to meet the growing demand for high-definition listening experiences.
• User-Friendly Interface: Provide a seamless and intuitive platform that makes it easy to discover and enjoy new music.
• Exclusive Content: Personalized playlists and offer exclusive releases, especially for regional music and Bollywood hits.
• Affordable Subscription Plans: Provide value-for-money options, including family, student, and premium plans, to cater to various budgets.

Top 5 Music Streaming Platforms in India

Here’s a list of the top 5 music streaming platforms that are loved all over the globe.

1. Apple Music: For Better Audio Experience 

Apple Music, launched in 2015, is a popular music streaming service in India. It's part of Apple's product line. Apple Music offers clear sound and a mix of international and Bollywood music. It's popular among Apple users because it works well with iPhones and iPads and can be controlled with Siri.

Subscription and Plan Details:

• Individual Plan: Rs 99/month
• Family Plan: Rs 149/month (up to 6 users)
• Student Plan: Rs 59/month
• Voice Plan: Rs 49/month (limited to Siri-controlled playback)

2. Spotify: for Diverse Choice

Spotify, popular in India since 2008, offers global music. It's known for personalized playlists like Discover Weekly and has a huge collection of Indian music. Its ability to understand local tastes and recommend music has made it very popular in India.

• Free Tier: Ad-supported
• Premium Individual: Rs 119/ 2 months
• Premium Family: Rs 179/ 2 months (up to 6 users)
• Premium Duo: Rs 149/ 2 months (2 users)
• Student Plan: Rs 59/ 2 months

3. YouTube Music: For All Your Loved Songs in High-Quality Audio

YouTube Music, from Google, started in India in 2015. It's popular for its many music videos, live concerts, and remixes. YouTube Music understands what users like and suggests new music based on their behavior. It's a strong competitor in India.

• Premium Individual: Rs 119/month
• Family Plan: Rs 179/month (up to 5 users)

4. Amazon Music: All in One

Amazon Music, part of Amazon, offers streaming options like Amazon Music Unlimited and Prime Music. It's popular in India because it works with Alexa devices for hands-free music. It offers Indian and international music and has clear, high-quality streaming that music lovers like.

• Prime Music: Included with Amazon Prime Membership (Rs 1499/year or Rs 179/month)

5. JioSaavn: For your Diverse Taste

JioSaavn, a music streaming app, started in 2018. It's popular in India for its Hindi, regional, and English music. The app has licensed original broadcasts and podcasts. Its affordable price and focus on Indian music make it a top choice for Indian users.

• Pro Plan: Rs 89/month
• JioTunes: Rs 49/month
• Pro Student: Rs 49/month

What is the Best Music Streaming Platform in India?

The ideal music streaming service in India depends on individual preferences. However, several platforms consistently rank high, offering unique advantages:

• Spotify: Renowned for its excellent music recommendation system, extensive library, and curated Indian playlists. Its user-friendly interface and diverse content make it a popular choice.
• Apple Music: If you're deeply invested in the Apple ecosystem, Apple Music offers superior sound quality, exclusive content, and a curated selection of Indian songs.
• YouTube Music: Ideal for those who primarily consume music through YouTube. It provides access to music videos, live performances, and a vast library of songs.
• Amazon Music: A convenient option for Amazon Prime subscribers, offering a comprehensive music library and seamless integration with other Amazon services.

When selecting a service, consider factors such as your preferred device ecosystem, desired sound quality, and interest in music videos or live performances.

Final Words

In today's digital India, music streaming is popular. Platforms offer different services. Spotify is good at recommending music. JioSaavn focuses on Bollywood and regional music. Choose a platform based on your needs: high-quality audio, variety, or price. If you value high-quality audio, a variety of content, or a cheap subscription, feel free to choose the platform to your liking. Happy listening!

FAQs on Music Streaming Platforms in India

1. Which music streaming platform offers the best sound quality in India?

Apple Music and Amazon Music are known for their high-quality audio, offering lossless and high-definition formats.

2. Can I download music for offline listening on these platforms?

Yes, all major platforms allow you to download songs for offline listening.

3. Are there family plans available on these platforms?

Most platforms, including Spotify, Apple Music, YouTube Music, Amazon Music, and JioSaavn, offer family plans.  

4. Which platform has the most extensive Indian music library?

JioSaavn and Spotify are often praised for their large collections of Indian music.

5. Are there any free options for streaming music?

Yes, Spotify, YouTube Music, and JioSaavn offer free, ad-supported tiers. Amazon Prime members get limited free music. Apple Music doesn't have a free tier but offers a trial.

• Universal Music

This World Beard Day, take your beard care routine to new heights with the best beard oil brands in india . Growing a thick, healthy beard demands more than just time and patience; the right grooming products can significantly impact your results. Using quality products not only enhances beard growth but also improves texture and keeps your beard looking sharp. 

A well-maintained beard is more than just a fashion statement—it's a reflection of confidence and personal style. With the right oils, balms, and tools, you can elevate your beard journey, achieving a fuller, stronger, and more impressive look. 

Why Every Man Should Incorporate Beard Oils

Beard oils are a crucial element in any man's grooming arsenal. These oils don't just condition your beard; they also moisturize the underlying skin, preventing itchiness and dryness. The natural ingredients found in beard oils can reduce breakage, eliminate split ends, and give your beard a healthy, polished shine. Additionally, the right oil can stimulate growth, making your beard appear thicker and more robust. By adding high-quality beard oil to your daily routine, you ensure your beard stays in top condition, no matter its growth stage.

Here are our top five product recommendations to help you reach your beard goals this World Beard Day.

1. Beard & Hair Growth Oil by Beardo

Beardo's Beard & Hair Growth Oil is infused with powerful growth-enhancing ingredients, ensuring your beard receives the best care from root to tip. Natural elements like Hibiscus Oil, Coconut Oil, and Amla provide full nourishment for your facial hair. Zinc strengthens hair follicles, while vegetable protein, linked to DHT levels and testosterone, supports natural beard growth. This premium oil is available for Rs 750 for 50 mL, offering a well-rounded approach to enhancing beard growth.

2. Onion Beard Growth Oil by Bombay Shaving Company

This lightweight, non-greasy oil is designed for quick absorption and lasting results. Its unique combination of onion oil and rosemary extracts promotes rapid, healthy beard growth. Rosemary enhances blood circulation to beard follicles, which is especially beneficial for men with patchy beards. Onion oil, known for its high sulfur content, strengthens hair and encourages growth. Priced at Rs 395 for 30 mL, this oil is an excellent option for stimulating effective beard growth.

3. Derma Roller by The Man Company

The Derma Roller by The Man Company is a cutting-edge tool that enhances beard growth by improving blood circulation. It features 540 micro-needles at 0.5 mm, which stimulate dormant follicles and boost overall beard growth. Safe and easy to use on both your beard and scalp, this tool is priced at Rs 499 and provides a non-invasive way to improve beard density and health. Regular use of the Derma Roller, combined with your favorite beard oil, can significantly enhance your results, leading to a thicker, fuller beard.

4. Beard Growth Oil by Ustraa

Ustraa’s Beard Growth Oil combines eight natural oils, including almond, castor, gooseberry, acai berry, watermelon seed, avocado, argan, and olive oils. This powerful blend nourishes both hair and roots, rebalancing the natural growth cycle and strengthening hair follicles. With these nutrient-rich oils, your beard receives the care it needs to grow thick and strong. Priced at Rs 399 for 35 mL, this oil is an effective and budget-friendly option for promoting healthy beard growth.

5. Beard Growth Serum With Redensyl by Sheopal’s

Enhance your beard care routine with this non-sticky, water-based serum designed to stimulate beard growth and improve overall health. The serum contains Redensyl, a patented blend of botanical extracts and oils that promotes the proliferation of dermal papilla cells, essential for hair growth. It also features watercress, rich in vitamins E, C, K, and A, which supports hair growth, reduces skin inflammation, and boosts resistance to bacterial infections. Saw palmetto extract in the serum further enhances beard thickness, reduces inflammation, and prevents uneven skin tone. 

This natural formula also minimizes breakage, patchiness, split ends, and frizz, making it suitable for all beard and skin types. Priced at Rs 399 for 35 mL, it’s a comprehensive solution for beard care.

Final Thoughts

A well-maintained beard not only enhances your appearance but also boosts your confidence. Each of these products offers unique benefits to support your beard growth journey. Whether you’re just beginning or looking to enhance an already impressive beard, these oils, serums, and tools are sure to help you achieve the look you desire. This World Beard Day, invest in your beard care routine and let your beard become a symbol of your personal style and confidence.

• personal care
• Personal care products
• indian retailer

India’s luxury market is evolving rapidly, with the luxury pre-owned segment emerging as a significant growth driver. As the concept of circular fashion and sustainable luxury gains traction globally, Indian consumers, particularly from affluent segments, are increasingly embracing pre-owned luxury items. The luxury pre-owned market in India, currently valued at $618 million in 2023, is expected to grow at a compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) of 10 percent, reaching an estimated $1,556 million by 2032.

This significant growth projection highlights the increasing demand for pre-owned luxury goods across various categories, including watches, handbags, jewelry, fashion, art, and antique furniture. This trend is underscored by recent data and insights shared by Almona Bhatia, Chief Business Development Officer at Tata CLiQ & Tata CLiQ Luxury.

Bhatia emphasized that Tata CLiQ Luxury, which launched its pre-owned category earlier this year, has already introduced high-end brands such as Rolex, Omega, and Breitling in the watches segment and Gucci, Louis Vuitton, and Fendi in the handbags segment. These offerings cater to a growing market of discerning consumers who value luxury but are also mindful of sustainability .

The Appeal of Pre-Owned Luxury

The rise of the luxury pre-owned market can be attributed to several factors. First, the increasing awareness and importance of sustainability among consumers is driving the shift towards circular fashion. Purchasing pre-owned luxury items is seen as a way to reduce environmental impact while still enjoying the allure of high-end products.

"Pre-owned is a softer way of saying second-hand," Bhatia explained, "but it also connotes that it has retained more of its value while conserving ecology and environment." This sentiment resonates with a growing number of consumers who are conscious of their ecological footprint but do not want to compromise on quality or prestige.

Moreover, pre-owned luxury items often come with a unique appeal, offering access to rare, discontinued, or vintage pieces that may no longer be available in the primary market. This exclusivity, combined with the assurance of authenticity and quality from reputable platforms like Tata CLiQ Luxury, further enhances the attractiveness of pre-owned luxury goods.

Targeting India’s Affluent Consumer Base

India’s luxury pre-owned market is driven by a specific consumer demographic—affluent households with annual incomes exceeding Rs 20 lakh. These households, categorized as Elite and Elite Plus, have a significant presence across metro, Tier I, and Tier II/III cities, with the top 20 cities accounting for approximately 60 percent of such households.

According to Bhatia, the addressable market for Tata CLiQ Luxury includes 10 million Elite Plus and 44 million Elite households. However, the company is currently focusing on a more targeted segment, aiming to reach around 1 million households within this broader market.

"Currently, we have penetrated 1.3 percent of this market," Bhatia revealed, "but the goal is to scale sustainably and profitably." This targeted approach underscores the importance of building a solid foundation in the luxury pre-owned segment while ensuring long-term growth and profitability.

The Rise of Gen Z and E-Commerce

One of the key drivers of growth in India’s luxury pre-owned market is the rising number of affluent consumers, projected to increase from 60 million in 2023 to 100 million by 2027. Within this expanding consumer base, Gen Z is playing an increasingly influential role. Industry experts at the India D2C Summit highlighted that one in three online shoppers in India now comes from the Gen Z category, indicating a shift in consumer behavior and preferences.

Gen Z consumers are known for their digital savviness and strong values around sustainability and ethical consumption. These characteristics make them prime candidates for the luxury pre-owned market, where they can find unique, high-quality items that align with their values.

The growing preference for online shopping among Indian consumers, accelerated by the COVID-19 pandemic, is also contributing to the expansion of the luxury pre-owned market. E-commerce platforms like Tata CLiQ Luxury provide a convenient and trusted channel for purchasing pre-owned luxury goods, offering a seamless shopping experience that combines authenticity, quality, and variety.

Challenges and Opportunities

While the luxury pre-owned market in India presents significant growth opportunities, it is not without its challenges. Building consumer trust is paramount, as concerns around authenticity, quality, and transparency can be barriers to purchasing pre-owned items. To address these concerns, platforms like Tata CLiQ Luxury are focusing on stringent quality checks, certification processes, and providing detailed product information to reassure consumers.

Another challenge lies in changing consumer perceptions. The notion of purchasing pre-owned items, particularly in a culture that often associates newness with prestige, can be a hurdle. However, as more consumers recognize the environmental and economic benefits of pre-owned luxury, this perception is gradually shifting.

READ MORE:  Indian Luxury Industry Thrives with $347 Bn Sales

The Future of Luxury Pre-Owned in India

The luxury pre-owned market in India is on a growth trajectory, driven by increasing affluence, a rising Gen Z consumer base, and a growing emphasis on sustainability. As platforms like Tata CLiQ Luxury continue to expand their offerings and build consumer trust, the market is expected to flourish in the coming years.

With the number of affluent consumers set to rise significantly and the continued evolution of e-commerce, the luxury pre-owned segment in India is well-positioned to become a major player in the country’s luxury market. As Bhatia aptly put it, the goal for Tata CLiQ Luxury is to "scale sustainably and profitably," a sentiment that reflects the broader aspirations of the luxury pre-owned market in India.

• luxury market
• Pre-owned Luxury

Since ancient times, our culture has embraced diverse forms of entertainment. Folk and classical music, dance, and theater have all enriched our lives. In the 20th century, technology took off, bringing major advancements to entertainment.

The rise of smartphones, low-cost data, and widespread internet access has fueled the growth of OTT platforms in India. Their popularity is driven by a vast selection of regional content and international offerings. With these services, customers enjoy affordability, convenience, and personal freedom. You decide what to watch and when—complete control at your fingertips!

Why OTT Platforms are Popular in India

OTT platforms have gained massive popularity in India due to several factors:

• Content materia l: OTT platforms offer a wide range of content, such as live sports, TV shows, movies, children's programs, and news.
• Affordability : Many OTT platforms provide low-cost subscription plans and even free content.
• Convenience : OTT services are available online, so you don't need any special hardware to use them.
• High quality streaming :  OTT platforms often offer high-definition video quality.
• User experience : These platforms usually have excellent customer service and an easy-to-use interface.

Top 10 OTT Platforms In India

To know more about these online entertainment formats, continue reading!

Netflix is a subscription-based streaming platform available in many countries. Founded in 1997, it offers a wide range of content, including movies, TV shows, web series, documentaries, anime, and more. In early 2016, Netflix launched its services in India and now has over five million subscribers there. The company, based in California, offers five different plans in India, ranging from Rs 149 to Rs 649 per month. Netflix has also expanded into Europe, Asia, and Latin America, with offices in countries like the UK, Canada, France, the Netherlands, Brazil, India, South Korea, and Japan.

Amazon Prime 

Amazon Prime is a premium membership service available in many countries, including India. The tech giant launched Prime in India in July 2016. Prime offers services like, streaming music, and on-demand video streaming of web series, TV shows, and movies. It also provides fast delivery options for shopping services as well. With around 10 million users, Amazon Prime is one of the top OTT services in India. Subscription plans range from Rs 299 to Rs 1500.

Disney +Hotstar

Disney +Hotstar is a leading streaming service that requires a membership. The Walt Disney Company's Disney Media and Entertainment Distribution departments run the business, which is owned by Star India. In India, Hotstar debuted in 2015. The Walt Disney Company purchased Star India in 2019. Despite providing movies, TV shows, web series, and other material, Hotstar's emphasis on live-streaming sporting events has contributed to over 8 million subscribers. Plans starts at Rs 299 quarterly.

Launched in 2016, this subscription-based streaming service offers a wide range of content, including movies, TV series, web series, music videos, and documentaries. It is available on both a web application and mobile apps for iOS and Android. Only Jio customers with Prime membership can access the platform, with no extra fees. JioCinema partners with Disney India, ALTBalaji, Eros Now, and others to provide popular content.

SonyLIV, owned by Sony Pictures Networks India, is a leading OTT platform in India. Launched in 2013, it offers movies, TV shows, original web series, live sports events, games, and content from partners like Lionsgate and ITV. It has over 1.81 million subscribers. It offers three subscription levels: Rs 399 per month, Rs 699 per year, and Rs 1499 per year, each with different viewing options.

ZEE5, owned by Zee Entertainment Enterprises, is a top OTT platform in India. It launched its subscription model in 2018 and offers multilingual content. The app is available on iOS, Android, Web, and Smart TV devices. With over 1.8 million users, ZEE5 provides diverse content in 12 languages, including TV series, films, music, and movies. The platform supports three screens at once. It offers three subscription plans: Rs 199 per month, Rs 899 per year, and Rs 1199 per year for 4K premium quality.

Voot, owned by Viacom18, is a top OTT content provider in India. Launched in 2016, it is an ad-supported video-on-demand platform. Voot is available as a web app for desktops and as apps for iOS, Android, and KaiOS (JioPhone) smartphones. It can also be accessed on Roku, Apple TV, Amazon Fire TV, Chromecast, and Android TV devices. Only available in India, Voot offers over 40,000 hours of content, including shows from Nickelodeon, MTV, and Colors.

MX Player, created by MX Media and Entertainment, is a free streaming platform. It operates on an ad-supported model and offers over 150,000 hours of content in twelve languages, including Tamil, Hindi, and English. The app is available for iOS, Android, and on the web. MX Player provides a variety of content, including movies, TV series, web series, music, live TV, and originals.

ALTBalaji is an Indian streaming platform accessible on multiple devices. You can watch its content on Chromecast, smart TVs, web browsers, iOS and Android mobile devices, and more. It offers videos in genres like romance, comedy, crime, mystery, thrillers, and drama. It has three subscription plans: Rs 100 for two months, Rs 199 for six months, and Rs 300 for twelve months. The platform has over 2.1 million customers.

Saina Play is a top subscription OTT provider in India. It offers original content and regional Indian films, mainly Malayalam movies. Users can enjoy the best experience anywhere, anytime, with its mobile app. The platform is accessible on desktop browsers, Roku, iOS, Android, and Smart TVs.

These top 10 OTT platforms have transformed the entertainment landscape in India. They offer diverse content, high-quality streaming, and a great user experience. With options for every taste and budget, OTT platforms are becoming the preferred choice for many viewers.

• Amazon Prime

When people think about The Coca-Cola Company, they often think of a cold, refreshing Coke. But did you know Coca-Cola owns many other drink brands too? Over the years, Coca-Cola has grown to include different types of drinks. They have sodas, juices, teas, coffees, energy drinks, and even water. Let’s take a closer look at some of the popular brands Coca-Cola owns and what makes each one special.

Here is a list of the popular brands owned by Coca-Cola:

Carbonated Soft Drinks

Coca-Cola is most famous for its fizzy drinks, also called carbonated soft drinks. These are bubbly drinks with lots of flavors. Here are some of the most popular ones:

1. Coca-Cola :

Coca-Cola, or " Coke ," is the original soda that started it all. It was created in 1886 and became famous for its unique cola flavor, which is sweet with a little bit of spice. Coke is one of the most popular sodas in the world and is sold in almost every country. People love it for its classic taste and refreshing feel. Coca-Cola also releases special editions and new flavors, like cherry and vanilla, to keep things exciting.

2. Diet Coke :

Diet Coke was introduced in 1982 as a lighter version of the original Coca-Cola. It quickly became popular because it has no sugar and fewer calories, which appeals to people who want to enjoy a cola taste without the extra calories. Diet Coke has its own taste, which is different from the original Coke. It is one of the top-selling diet sodas in the world and is loved by those who want a guilt-free treat.

3. Sprite :

Sprite is a clear, lemon-lime soda that came out in 1961. It doesn’t have any caffeine, making it a refreshing choice for people who like bubbly drinks without the extra energy boost. Sprite is crisp and clean, perfect for drinking on its own or mixing with other drinks. It’s especially popular in the summer or with meals because of its light, refreshing taste. Sprite also comes in other flavors, like cherry and tropical, to suit different tastes.

Fanta is known for its fruity, colorful sodas. It was first made during World War II and now offers many flavors around the world. Some popular flavors include orange, grape, and pineapple, but there are many more, depending on where you live. Fanta is very popular with younger people for its bright colors and fun flavors. The brand often has creative ads that make Fanta exciting and encourage people to try new flavors.

5. Dr. Pepper :

Dr. Pepper has a unique flavor that is different from other sodas. It’s a mix of 23 flavors, giving it a taste that’s a little bit spicy and a little bit sweet. Dr. Pepper has been around since 1885, making it one of the oldest sodas still enjoyed today. While it’s not fully owned by Coca-Cola everywhere, Coca-Cola sells it in some places. Dr. Pepper is a favorite for people who want a soda that’s a bit different from the usual choices.

6. Schweppes :

Schweppes is famous for its mixers like tonic water, club soda, and ginger ale. These drinks are often used in mixed drinks or enjoyed on their own for their special flavors. Schweppes has been around for over 200 years, making it one of the oldest drink brands. Schweppes Ginger Ale is loved for its sweet and spicy ginger flavor. It’s perfect on its own or mixed with other drinks to add a bit of zest.

7. Barq's Root Beer :

Barq's Root Beer is a classic American drink with a bold, strong flavor. It has been a favorite since it was made in 1898. Unlike some other root beers that are smooth and creamy, Barq's has a sharper taste and contains caffeine, which is not common for root beers. This makes Barq's a unique choice for soda fans who want a little extra kick. It’s also great for making root beer floats or enjoying on a hot day.

Juices and Waters

Coca-Cola doesn’t just make sodas. They also have many brands that make juices and bottled water. These drinks are great for people who want something refreshing and healthy. Let’s look at some of these brands:  

8. Minute Maid :

Minute Maid is a well-known juice brand that has been around since 1945. It offers many kinds of fruit juices and juice drinks, from classic orange juice to fun blends like lemonade and fruit punch. Minute Maid uses high-quality fruit to make its juices, which is why they taste so fresh and delicious. This brand is a favorite for families and people who want a tasty and healthy drink. It’s also often used in smoothies and cooking for its natural fruit flavor.

9. Simply Orange :

Simply Orange is a brand that focuses on making high-quality orange juice that tastes like freshly squeezed oranges. Launched in the early 2000s, it quickly became popular because it’s made without concentrate and uses real fruit. Simply Orange is known for its rich, smooth taste and is a great source of vitamin C. The brand also offers other fruit juices, like apple and lemonade, all made with the same commitment to quality and freshness.

10. Powerade :

Powerade is a sports drink made to help people stay hydrated and full of energy during exercise. It contains electrolytes like sodium and potassium, which help replace what you lose when you sweat, and carbohydrates to give you energy. Powerade comes in many flavors, such as Mountain Berry Blast and Fruit Punch, and is often used by athletes and active people to stay refreshed and hydrated.

11. Dasani :

Dasani is Coca-Cola’s brand of bottled water, introduced in 1999. It’s purified to make sure it’s clean and fresh, and they add minerals back in to give it a crisp taste. Dasani is available in different sizes and packaging options, making it a convenient choice for staying hydrated throughout the day. It’s also a popular choice for people who want a clean, refreshing water option that they can trust.

12. Georgia :

Georgia is a coffee brand that is very popular in Japan and other parts of Asia. It offers a variety of ready-to-drink canned coffees, including milk coffee, black coffee, and espresso. Georgia is known for its smooth taste and convenience, making it great for busy people who want a quick, good coffee. The brand has a strong following in Japan, where coffee culture is very popular, and is expanding to other markets.

13. Fruitopia :

Fruitopia is a line of fruit-flavored drinks that became very popular in the 1990s. It was especially loved by teenagers and young adults for its unique flavors like strawberry passion awareness and citrus consciousness. Fruitopia combines fruit juices with exotic flavors, making it a fun and tasty choice. Although it’s less common today, it still has a nostalgic appeal for those who remember it from their youth.

14. Del Valle :

Del Valle is a top juice brand in Latin America, known for its delicious and nutritious fruit juices and nectars. The brand offers many flavors, including mango, guava, and apple, catering to local tastes. Del Valle uses natural ingredients, making it a trusted choice for families who want a tasty and healthy drink.

Tea and Coffee

Coca-Cola also makes a variety of tea and coffee drinks. They have brands that suit different tastes, perfect for anyone who enjoys a nice cup of tea or coffee:  

15. Honest Tea :

Honest Tea is known for its organic, low-sugar teas and juice drinks. The brand was started to offer healthier drink choices, and it has many flavors made from real tea leaves. Honest Tea is sweetened with organic cane sugar or honey, making it a good choice for people who want a refreshing, healthy drink without too much sugar. It comes in flavors like Honey Green Tea and Half & Half Lemonade Tea.

16. Gold Peak :

Gold Peak offers a range of bottled iced teas that aim to taste like home-brewed tea. Made from high-quality tea leaves and simple ingredients, Gold Peak is known for its real, homemade taste. It’s available in flavors like Sweet Tea, Unsweetened Tea, and Green Tea, so there’s something for everyone. Gold Peak is perfect for tea lovers who want a convenient yet delicious drink.

17. Fuze Tea :

Fuze Tea mixes tea with fruit flavors and other natural ingredients, creating a unique blend that offers a refreshing twist on regular iced tea. It comes in a variety of flavors, like lemon, peach, and green tea with mango. Fuze Tea is a great choice for people looking for a tasty, refreshing drink that is different from regular iced tea.

18. Barista Brothers :

Barista Brothers is a ready-to-drink coffee brand that offers flavors like iced coffee and iced chocolate. The brand aims to provide a coffee shop experience in a bottle, using high-quality coffee beans and rich, creamy milk. Barista Brothers is great for people who enjoy a creamy, sweet coffee drink but want something quick and easy.

19. Costa Coffee :

Costa Coffee is a popular coffeehouse chain that Coca-Cola bought in 2019. It is known for its good coffee drinks, from classic espresso and cappuccino to cold brews and special drinks. Costa Coffee focuses on giving a great coffee experience, using good beans and expert barista skills to make the perfect cup. It’s a favorite for people who want a reliable, tasty coffee.

Other Beverages

Coca-Cola also owns some brands that make other types of drinks. These are great for people who want something different from the usual sodas, juices, or teas:

20. Vitaminwater :

Vitaminwater is a line of flavored water drinks with added vitamins and minerals. It is designed to provide hydration and a boost of important nutrients, like vitamins B and C. Vitaminwater comes in different flavors, such as kiwi-strawberry and acai-blueberry-pomegranate, offering a tasty way to stay hydrated and healthy.

21. Smartwater :

Smartwater is a premium bottled water that uses a special process to purify the water. This gives Smartwater a clean, crisp taste. It also has added electrolytes for a smooth flavor. Smartwater is often chosen by those who want a higher-end bottled water experience, and it’s marketed as a smart choice for people who want to stay hydrated in style.

22. Topo Chico :

Topo Chico is a sparkling mineral water that has become very popular recently, especially in Mexico and the southern United States. It’s known for its crisp, bubbly taste and is often used as a mixer in cocktails or enjoyed on its own. Topo Chico’s special mineral content and refreshing bubbles have made it a favorite among those looking for a sparkling water with a bit more character.

23. NOS Energy Drink :

NOS is a high-caffeine energy drink that is made to give a quick energy boost. It’s popular among athletes, gamers, and anyone needing a burst of energy to stay alert and active. NOS comes in various flavors and is packed with B vitamins and other ingredients that help with energy, making it a strong choice in the energy drink market.

24. Zico Coconut Water :

Zico offers natural coconut water, known for its hydrating properties and light, refreshing taste. Made from 100% coconut water, Zico is a popular choice among health-conscious people looking for a natural way to stay hydrated, especially after exercise. It’s also great for those who enjoy a mild, tropical flavor in their drinks.

As you can see, Coca-Cola is much more than just a soda company. They have a wide range of drinks for every taste, from classic sodas and refreshing juices to healthy teas, energizing coffees, and even hydrating waters. Whether you’re looking for something familiar or want to try something new, Coca-Cola has a brand that’s perfect for you. So next time you’re choosing a drink, take a closer look—you might discover a new favorite!  

Chile and India are deepening their strategic partnership, with a focus on expanding agricultural trade. The year 2023 saw bilateral trade between the two countries amount to an impressive $2,847 billion, with Chile exporting $560 million in goods and services to India. While much of this trade has historically focused on non-copper and non-lithium exports, the agricultural sector is emerging as a key area of growth and collaboration, with Chile exporting a diverse range of products to India, including fruits, nuts, and wines. As both countries seek to maximize their trade potential, several key initiatives are underway.

Chile was the first country to establish a Partial Scope Agreement (PSA) with India, a partnership that began in 2007 and was expanded in 2017. This agreement now provides tariff preferences for 1,110 Chilean products entering the Indian market, setting the stage for further growth in agricultural exports.

Agriculture: The Next Frontier

Agricultural trade between Chile and India is a burgeoning opportunity, particularly in sectors such as walnuts, cherries, and kiwis. "Chile has a lot of opportunity to export more walnuts to India," remarked a senior official from the India’s Agriculture Ministry. He emphasized that both countries could benefit from complementing each other’s agricultural needs, exchanging seasonal produce and capitalizing on their respective expertise.

This synergy extends beyond mere trade in commodities. He highlighted the potential for India to adopt Chile's advanced agricultural technologies, including blockchain and processing techniques, which could revolutionize India's horticultural sector. "If we can implement their technological know-how here, we have a lot of complementarities between the two countries," he stated, underscoring the mutual benefits of such collaborations.

With an increasing number of Chileans adopting vegetarian and vegan diets, there is a growing demand for organic and plant-based foods. India, with its rich tradition of vegetarian cuisine and focus on organic farming, is well-positioned to meet this demand. "India has a good stake in vegetarian foods, and we can export quality products to Chile," the official noted, pointing out the natural alignment between the two countries in this area.

Expanding Trade Through Strategic Agreements

Chile is committed to significantly increasing its trade with India. "Our goal is to work towards a comprehensive free trade agreement that covers various areas, including cultural exchanges, university collaboration, technology, and innovation," explained Esteban Valenzuela, Chile's Minister of Agriculture. This agreement aims to address broader challenges such as climate change while enhancing trade relations.

Chile has already established strong trade agreements with countries across the Americas, Europe, and North Asia, including China, Korea, and Japan. "We aim to achieve similar agreements with India," Valenzuela added. Despite being a relatively small country, Chile is a major player in the global food market, particularly in fruit exports. It stands as the second-largest exporter of fruit from the Southern Hemisphere to the Northern Hemisphere. This makes Chilean fruit highly sought after during the winter months in regions like Delhi and Kashmir.

Leveraging Innovation

Chile’s long-standing tradition of innovation and expertise in agriculture positions it well to supply high-quality produce. Current exports to India include a variety of products such as dry fruits, fruits, and wines. "We are well-equipped to supply high-quality fruit from our distant land," Valenzuela noted, emphasizing Chile’s capability to meet the demand for fresh produce in India.

In terms of market share, Chilean imports into India are notable. Chile exports approximately $80 million worth of nuts annually, with total agricultural exports reaching around $160 million. This figure includes fresh fruit and forestry products. Additionally, Chile exports salmon and copper, though these are less significant compared to agricultural exports.

Trade between Chile and India is currently balanced, with each country importing around $1.4 billion worth of goods from the other. Chile imports various products from India, including Mahindra pick-up trucks, textiles, medicine, and other goods. Conversely, India imports minerals, copper, lithium, wine, fruit, and fish products from Chile. However, there is significant room for growth in this trade relationship.

"Current tariffs and trade barriers could be reduced or eliminated, which would potentially increase trade volumes significantly," Valenzuela suggested. For instance, some products face a 100 percent tariff, and there are no agreements in place for certain items. Chile aims to import Indian bananas, mangoes, milk, and cheese, while India needs to address outdated tariffs to facilitate smoother exports from Chile.

Overcoming Logistics Challenges

One of the major challenges in agricultural trade is ensuring the freshness of produce during transport. Chile has successfully tackled this issue with countries like China, Vietnam, Korea, Japan, Taiwan, and various European nations. "We have the technological capabilities to ensure the freshness of produce during transport," Valenzuela confirmed. Chile’s experience in navigation and air transport, combined with advanced ice control and phytosanitary measures, ensures that products reach their destination in excellent condition.

Currently, it takes about one month to transport goods from Chile to China and approximately 40 days to India. Chile is actively working to improve this timeframe and enhance its logistical operations with India. "This year, we are focusing on increasing our trade volumes and optimizing our logistics to ensure that our fresh produce reaches India as quickly and efficiently as possible," Valenzuela added.

The Chile Summit India 2024

Recognizing the immense potential of this partnership, Chile has taken proactive steps to strengthen its ties with India. The Chile Summit India 2024, held in New Delhi, marked a significant milestone in the bilateral relationship. "We are at a time of great opportunities," declared Alberto Van Klaveren, Chile's Minister of Foreign Affairs. "India is not only one of the most dynamic economies in the world, but also a market with impressive cultural and economic diversity. Our nation is well-positioned to be a strategic partner in Latin America."

The summit, organized by ProChile, Chile’s export promotion bureau, aimed to explore new avenues for trade cooperation, with a particular focus on agriculture, creative industries, and mining. It brought together key stakeholders from both countries, including government officials, business leaders, and representatives from the agrifood sector.

Expanding Beyond Agriculture

While agriculture remains a focal point, the Chile-India trade relationship is not limited to food products. ProChile’s General Director, Ignacio Fernandez, pointed out that Chilean exports to India have grown by nearly 1,000 percent since 2013, reflecting the diverse range of goods and services that Chile can offer. "We see a lot of potential in creative industries, where we want India to use Chile as a location for their films," Fernandez said, highlighting the appeal of Chile's scenic landscapes for Bollywood productions.

Beyond the entertainment industry, Chile is also looking to expand its role in providing services related to agriculture and mining, sectors in which both countries have considerable expertise. Fernandez estimated that Chile has over $1.1 billion in export opportunities for products that India currently imports from other markets, presenting a significant growth opportunity for Chilean businesses.

A Promising Future

Chile’s initiatives to strengthen agricultural trade with India reflect a commitment to mutual growth and collaboration. By working towards a comprehensive free trade agreement, addressing tariff barriers, and overcoming logistical challenges, both countries stand to benefit significantly. The ongoing efforts to enhance trade relations and optimize supply chains are setting the stage for a more robust and prosperous partnership.

• food & beverage

Best Cigar brands in India : Cigars have always been regarded as tasteful and linked with the higher standards of living throughout the globe. Since the 20th century, almost all cigars have been made of three distinct components: The physical structure of the filling includes a filler, the binder leaf that provides support to the filler, as well as a wrapper leaf for looks as well as taste; it is usually the finest leaf. It can have a covering around the body of the cigar by a thin paper having the logo of the manufacturer written around it in the form of a ring known as a cigar band. Today’s cigars can come with two or even more labels pointing to specific characteristics, including the age and origin of tobacco used. This growing interest is due to the availability of cigar brands that are offered in the market, from Indian-made cigars to imported cigars. So here is a list of the best cigar brands accessible to help the people of India get an understanding of cigars.

Overview of Cigar Brands in India

The Indian cigar market comprises many brands which are aligned by taste, preference and price range. From locally-made cigars to those that are famous across the world, the choices available are endless. Some of the decisions that guide the choice of the best cigar brands include the frequency of cigar smokers using a given brand, the quality of tobacco used in making the cigars, workmanship, the prices offered, and customer feedback. Other aspects that we used to rank these brands include the background of the brands, the level of expertise put in the manufacturing process and the different flavors as well. While going through the top 10 cigar brands in India, these aspects of cigar brands are discussed to guide a proper choice.

Top 10 Cigar Brands in India

In 1968, the Cuban State Tobacco Marketing Bureau came up with the idea to name these cigars "Cohiba." The word Cohiba is the name the indigenous people of Cuba gave to the bunches of tobacco leaves they rolled up and smoked. The Cuban people already knew about the uses for tobacco and smoked it before the arrival of the Spanish in 1492. The first Cohiba cigars were dispatched from the El Laguito Factory in 1968. The first three cigars were the Lanceros, Corona Especial and Panatellas. Cohiba was launched as a premium cigar brand into markets outside of the US because of JFK’s embargo. The first cigars to be launched were the Coronas Especiales, Lanceros and Panetelas.

• Key Features: Known for its premium quality tobacco sourced from Cuba’s Vuelta Abajo region, Cohiba cigars are hand-rolled and undergo an additional fermentation process, giving them a unique flavor profile.
• Popular Products: Cohiba Robusto, Cohiba Behike 52.

Also Check:    8 Most Expensive Cigarette Brands in India in 2024

Explore Top Tequila Brands in India: A Spirited Journey

Montecristo

Another legendary Cuban brand, Montecristo, has been a favorite among cigar aficionados since 1935. The brand is known for its classic taste and quality. The brand was able to entrench itself as one of Cuba’s top lines and is now one of the most popular Cuban cigar brands in the world with a quarter of the market share.

In addition to that, some Montecristo cigars are heralded as the best in the world with the Montecristo No. 4 being the best-selling cigar across the globe, as well as the No.2 being considered the gold standard cigar by many aficionados.

• Key Features: Montecristo cigars are recognized for their medium to full-bodied flavor, with notes of spice, cocoa, and cedar.
• Popular Products: Montecristo No. 2, Montecristo Open Eagle.

Also Read:  Top 10 Female Cigarette Brands in India [2024]

10 Best Cigarette Brands in India to Know in 2024

A Swiss brand known for its luxury appeal, Davidoff cigars are synonymous with elegance and sophistication. The brand was established in the early 20th century and has maintained its reputation for quality, but Originally founded as a cigar shop in 1911, Davidoff of Geneva has always been synonymous with premium quality. Originally focused on selling Cuban cigars, Zino Davidoff (who took over from his father, Henri Davidoff) was always looking to better serve his customers and improve the experience. It was this dedication to quality and customer experience that led Zino to create the desktop humidor, which allowed his customers to properly store many more cigars at home and thus purchase more cigars!

• Key Features: Davidoff cigars are crafted using carefully selected tobacco from the Dominican Republic, Nicaragua, and other regions, known for their smooth, balanced flavors.
• Popular Products: Davidoff Signature, Davidoff Nicaragua.

Also Check:  Top 10 Scotch Whisky Brands in India 2024 | Alcohol%

Top 10 Strongest Beer Brands in India | with Highest ABV%

Top 10 Red Wine Brands in India

Romeo y Julieta

Named after Shakespeare's tragic loverswas founded by two men — Inocencio Alvarez and Manin Garcia. During the early days of the business between 1885 and 1900, the brand won numerous awards at many tasting exhibitions. These wins are proudly displayed on the brand’s logo.It’s known for its Cuban heritage dating back to 1875 and carries some of the finest cigars in current-day production. Romeo & Juliet’s story may have begun its public history in the Globe Theatre in London, but Romeo y Julieta started on that very popular tobacco-growing island in the Caribbean – the island of Cuba.

• Key Features: Romeo y Julieta cigars are medium-bodied with flavors of chocolate, nuts, and coffee, appealing to a wide range of cigar smokers.
• Popular Products: Romeo y Julieta No. 3, Romeo y Julieta Churchill.

 Indian Gentleman Corona Extra

Indian Gentleman Corona Extra is a popular Indian cigar brand known for its affordability and decent quality. The handcrafted cigar is made by skilled artisans who meticulously select and blend the finest tobacco leaves. The leaves are hand-rolled and aged in a humidified room to enhance their flavors and aromas. They are placed in a humidified room to mature and age, a process known as "ageing." This allows the flavors and aromas to meld together and intensify, creating a complex and nuanced smoking experience. The result is a premium cigar that represents the pinnacle of craftsmanship and expertise, a product that is truly one of a kind.

• Key Features: Offers a mild to medium flavor profile with a smooth and balanced draw, featuring hints of wood and earth.
• Popular Products: Indian Gentleman Corona Extra.

Partagás is one of the oldest and most prestigious and oldest cigar brands. It is known for its full-bodied cigars. It and was established in 1845 by Don Jaime Partagás y Ravelo, a Catalonian immigrant. He set up his factory in Havana after acquiring numerous top-quality tobacco plantations in Vuelta Abajo, Pinar del Rio, a renowned tobacco-growing region in western Cuba. Known for his expertise in blending and fermentation, Don Jaime was also the first to hire a lector to read to workers while they rolled cigars. 

• Key Features: Partagás cigars are known for their rich, earthy flavors with notes of spice and pepper.
• Popular Products: Partagás Serie D No. 4, Partagás Lusitanias.

A Cuban brand with a long history dating back to 1844, H. Upmann is favored for its mild to medium-bodied cigars. When German banker Hermann Dietrich Upmann entered the cigar industry in Havana, Cuba. Recognizing the potential of Cuban tobacco, Upmann established a banking business for tobacco dealers and manufacturers and later acquired a local cigar factory. This move led to the creation of the H. Upmann brand, known for its quality and distinctive flavor. 

• Key Features: Known for its creamy texture and hints of cedar, nuts, and leather.
• Popular Products: H. Upmann Magnum 46, H. Upmann Half Corona.

Arturo Fuente

A Dominican brand, Arturo Fuente is well-regarded for its high-quality craftsmanship and variety of blends. The brand was born in Güines, Cuba, in 1888 and emigrated to Tampa, Florida, at the age of 12 after the Spanish-American War. Seeing a need for fresh, hand-rolled cigars, Arturo began importing Cuban tobacco and rolling cigars, which quickly gained popularity. This success led him to hire workers, and in 1912, he established A. Fuente & Co. in a three-story factory. It left a lasting impression that guided a nearly two-decade, insatiable, never-ending quest for cigar knowledge. Back in 1995, during the height of the Cigar Boom, premium, established cigar brands were as difficult to come by as hen’s teeth.

• Key Features: Offers a range of flavors from mild to full-bodied, with notes of cedar, nuts, and spice.
• Popular Products: Arturo Fuente Opus X, Arturo Fuente Hemingway.

King Edward

A classic American brand, King Edward cigars are known for their affordability and mild flavor, making them a good option for beginners. King Edward Cigars is named after King Edward VII, who lifted the smoking ban imposed by Queen Victoria with his famous declaration, "Gentlemen, you may smoke." This solidified his place in cigar history. Today, King Edward Cigars are renowned for its high-quality tobacco, offering a mild flavor and smooth smoking experience. These American-made cigars feature slow-aged filler tobaccos wrapped in 100% natural leaf wrappers and are available in 60 countries in packs of 5 or 50-box sets. Owned by Swisher International, the brand focuses on serving its loyal customers rather than shifting to a premium market, making Swisher the second most profitable cigar company after Altadis.

• Key Features: Mild flavor profile with a smooth, easy draw.
• Popular Products: King Edward Imperial.

Alec Bradley

An American brand established in 1996, Alec Bradley has quickly risen to prominence for its high-quality, full-bodied cigars. Alan Rubin entered the cigar industry in 1996, just as the cigar boom was winding down. From the start, he made it a family endeavour, naming the company after his sons, Alec and Bradley. Despite facing challenges during the early 2000s, the brand persevered and found its footing after 2007, thanks to the incorporation of a rich blend of Honduran tobaccos from Trojes. Today, Alec Bradley is known for producing some of the finest premium cigars available.

• Key Features: Offers complex flavors with notes of pepper, cocoa, and earth.
• Popular Products: Alec Bradley Prensado, Alec Bradley Black Market.

Factors to Consider When Choosing a Cigar

• Quality and craftsmanship: The quality of tobacco and the craftsmanship involved in rolling a cigar are critical factors. Look for brands that are known for their meticulous attention to detail and the use of high-quality tobacco leaves.
• Flavor Profiles: Different cigars offer a range of flavors, from mild and creamy to strong and spicy. Choose based on your personal taste preferences.
• Price and affordability: The cost of cigars can vary significantly, but the starting price of cigars in India is from Rs 500 and goes up to Rs 144,679, which is the highest rate of a Davidoff Oro Blanco Single Cigar, the most premium cigar. 
• Availability in India: Not all brands are readily available across India. Consider the ease of finding your preferred cigar, whether in shops near you or if you want to buy online here are some sites like Cigar Club India, Cigarindia.in, Cigar Conexion, and Charli’s Cigar; these are some official websites from where you can buy cigars online. 

Final Words: 

At Indian Retailer, we explore the world of cigars, which can be a delightful journey, especially with the diverse range of options available in India. From iconic Cuban brands like Cohiba and Montecristo to premium international options like Davidoff and Alec Bradley, there is something for every taste and preference. As you venture into this realm, consider experimenting with different brands and flavors to discover your personal favorite. 

What are the best cigar brands available in India? In India, some of the best cigar brands available include Davidoff, Montecristo, Cohiba, Romeo y Julieta, and Arturo Fuente. These brands are renowned for their high quality and distinctive flavors, catering to both new and experienced cigar enthusiasts.

How do I choose the right cigar for me? When choosing the right cigar, consider factors such as flavor profile (mild, medium, or full-bodied), size (which affects the duration of the smoke), and personal preference for wrapper types (like Connecticut, Maduro, or Habano). It's advisable to start with a milder cigar if you are new to smoking and gradually explore stronger options as you become more accustomed to the flavors.

Are Cuban cigars available in India, and where can I buy them? Yes, Cuban cigars are available in India, though they can be quite expensive due to import duties and limited availability. You can find them at premium cigar shops in major cities like Mumbai, Delhi, and Bangalore, or through authorized online retailers specializing in high-end cigars.

What is the price range for premium cigars in India? The price range for premium cigars in India varies significantly, with a single cigar costing anywhere from Rs 1,000 to over Rs 5,000, depending on the brand, origin, and rarity. For collectors and connoisseurs, box prices can range from Rs 20,000 to over Rs 1,00,000.

• Consumer Behavior

India’s retail market is skyrocketing! With a colossal $951 billion valuation in 2023, India is now among the top five global retail markets. What's behind this explosive growth? Rapid urbanization, higher incomes, and a young, ambitious population are driving this retail revolution. By 2030, India is projected to become the world’s third-largest retail market, thanks to evolving consumer trends and the soaring demand for premium and luxury products.

And leading this retail charge is none other than Reliance Retail – India’s retail titan! Dominating every sector from electronics to fashion, groceries to connectivity, Reliance Retail’s massive network of 18,836 stores and robust digital platforms is reshaping the way Indians shop. Prepare to witness the future of retail as Reliance leads the charge, revolutionizing consumer experiences and turning the retail landscape upside down!

Reliance Retail’s financial performance in the past year has been nothing short of remarkable. The company reported gross revenue of ₹3,06,848 crore, marking a 17.8 percent increase from the previous year. This growth was accompanied by a substantial rise in EBITDA, which reached ₹23,082 crore, reflecting a 28.4 percent year-on-year improvement. The EBITDA margin also saw a boost, increasing by 70 basis points to 8.5 percent.

The company’s store network expanded significantly, with the addition of 1,840 new stores, bringing the total retail space to 79.1 million square feet. Over the year, Reliance Retail witnessed over a billion footfalls, a testament to its strong consumer connect and growing market presence. Additionally, the registered customer base crossed the 300 million mark, reinforcing Reliance Retail’s position as one of the most preferred retailers in the country.

Strategic partnerships and acquisitions have been key to Reliance Retail’s expansion strategy. Notable acquisitions include the Sephora India franchise, IP rights for Superdry across India, Sri Lanka, and Bangladesh, as well as Kiko Milano’s India business. The company also acquired a majority stake in Ed-a-Mama, enhancing its product offerings and market reach.

Mukesh Ambani, Chairman and Managing Director, Reliance Industries, firmly believes in the potential of India’s retail market. “As India’s largest retailer, Reliance Retail is perfectly positioned to serve the consumption needs of our fast-growing economy. With our all-encompassing range of products, we have become an integral part of the lives of our consumers across the nation. Our New Commerce initiative is also playing an important role in supporting small indigenous merchants and kirana shop owners – the very backbone of the retail supply chain of our nation,” he shares.

This year saw the launch of the first ‘Swadesh’ store, a unique format dedicated to promoting traditional Indian art forms and artisans. The initiative reflects Reliance Retail’s belief that India’s age-old crafts stand shoulder to shoulder with global brands, a sentiment that has been validated by the overwhelming response to these stores. “The world is now realizing the enormous potential of India. ‘Invest in India’ is being advocated globally. Reliance Retail’s vision of inclusive development for millions of consumers and merchants, coupled with unprecedented growth of the Indian marketplace, has resulted in marquee names investing in RRVL at a $100 billion valuation milestone,” Ambani adds.

Sectoral Highlights: Grocery, Fashion, and Electronics

Reliance Retail has firmly established itself as a leader across multiple retail segments. The grocery sector, for instance, delivered steady performance, driven by increased footfalls and rising bill values. The acquisition of Metro India, a significant move in the grocery segment, has been seamlessly integrated into the company’s new commerce business, providing an omnichannel experience for B2B customers and merchant partners.

The fashion and lifestyle segment is another area where Reliance Retail has made significant strides. With a focus on catering to diverse customer segments, the company operates a variety of store formats, including the youth-focused ‘Yousta’ and the premium brand-focused ‘AJIO Luxe,’ which now boasts a portfolio of over 600 brands. The new ‘Swadesh’ store format underscores Reliance Retail’s commitment to celebrating India’s traditions, while the jewels business continues to grow, offering collections inspired by the country’s rich heritage.

Reliance Retail is also a dominant player in the consumer electronics market. Its Reliance Digital and MyJio stores offer a differentiated value proposition, combining a strong in-store experience with an extensive product assortment. The New Commerce business, led by JioMart Digital (JMD), has seen continued growth, expanding its merchant partner base and reinforcing Reliance Retail’s leadership in this sector.

Innovation in Omnichannel Retail

• Reliance Retail’s success can be attributed to its ability to innovate and adapt to changing consumer needs. The company has embraced an omni-channel retail strategy, integrating its physical stores with digital platforms to offer a seamless shopping experience. This strategy has been particularly evident in the beauty segment, with the launch of Tira, Reliance Retail’s omni-channel beauty retail platform. Tira’s rapid expansion, both in terms of its digital and physical presence, reflects Reliance Retail’s commitment to meeting evolving consumer demands.
• JioMart, the company’s leading horizontal digital commerce platform, has also been a key driver of growth. By simplifying and enhancing the shopping experience for millions of customers, JioMart has steadily expanded its catalogue and increased average order values. The platform’s focus on customer experience has led to several enhancements, such as improved product search capabilities and faster return pickups for fashion products.
• Milkbasket, another key offering from Reliance Retail, provides a subscription-oriented service that ensures the timely delivery of essential products to households. This service has resonated well with customers seeking convenience and reliability in their daily shopping routines.

Strengthening the Supply Chain

Behind Reliance Retail’s success lies a robust supply chain ecosystem, involving partnerships with MSMEs, national and international suppliers, and a vast logistics network that ensures products are delivered across the country. Leveraging customer insights, analytics, and technology, the company has been able to build strong brands and deliver exceptional customer experiences.

Reliance Retail has also invested heavily in enhancing its customer service capabilities. Initiatives such as the Trial Room Champs program, which focuses on improving the trial room experience, and the ROMA application, which reduces complaint turnaround time, have contributed to a higher Net Promoter Score (NPS) for the company’s various formats. AJIO, in particular, saw an 11-point improvement in its NPS, thanks to innovations in delivery turnaround times, chatbot capabilities, and seamless customer care experiences.

Strategic Joint Ventures

Reliance Retail’s influence extends beyond the traditional retail space. The company recently announced a strategic joint venture with Viacom18 and The Walt Disney Company (Disney), combining the businesses of Viacom18 and Star India Private Limited. This joint venture is set to become one of the leading TV and digital streaming platforms in India, bringing together iconic media assets across entertainment and sports. Reliance Retail’s investment of ₹11,500 crore in this JV underscores its commitment to driving growth across diverse sectors.

The partnership with Disney, which will see Reliance Retail increase its stake in Viacom18 to 70.49 percent, will give the company control over a significant portion of India’s entertainment and sports content, positioning it as a dominant player in the digital streaming space.

Scaling New Heights

Looking ahead, Reliance Retail is poised to continue its growth journey by capitalizing on several emerging opportunities. These include strengthening its end-to-end value chain to tap into the fast fashion market, scaling up its own brands and formats, and meeting the growing demand for premium and luxury products in India. However, the company will also need to navigate challenges such as macroeconomic impacts on consumer sentiments and the limited availability of quality real estate.

Despite these challenges, Reliance Retail’s strengths—its omnichannel retail capabilities, innovative product design, extensive sourcing ecosystem, and cutting-edge customer insights—position it well for future growth. The company’s portfolio of brands, including ‘Campa’ and ‘Independence’, has received strong traction from trade channels and consumers, while new launches like ‘Necto’ and ‘Brew House’ continue to strengthen its offerings.

Additionally, Isha Ambani announced their plans to foray into the luxury jewelry market. "In jewelry, there are ambitious plans to enter the luxury jewelry segment with a curated design-led experience. It will help in exploring the fashion jewelry and accessory segment to broaden our market reach," she said. This strategic shift will position Reliance Retail to compete with modern players like Tata's Zoya and other established legacy brands. Currently, their Reliance Jewels caters to the mass market.

Reliance Retail remains focused on its vision of inclusive development and sustainable growth. With over 1.2 billion customer transactions annually, the company is well on its way to becoming a global retail giant, driving India’s retail market forward and contributing to the nation’s economic success.

• Reliance Retail
• Reliance brands
• retail revenue

Tequila is gaining the attention of Indians. Over the past five years, the yearly growth rate of tequila consumption in India has exceeded 12 percent. It was customary for Indians to choose cognac or whiskey, but tequila is becoming a popular option today. Maguey, another name for the agave plant, is cooked and fermented. The juice of the agave plant is used to make tequila. Depending on how long it is aged, this adaptable spirit may be savored straight or in traditional cocktails.

Here we've done the difficult part for you. So you don't have to go through this tiresome process of finding the right tequila to pair it up with perfectly sliced lemons and some salt. Tequila has changed from being a controversial shot to a chic and elegant spirit that can uplift any occasion.

Top 5 Tequila Brands in India

Like other liquors, there are several brands of tequila to select from. Choosing the correct brand for the appropriate occasion may be difficult when you're browsing the liquor aisle. To assist you in making a decision, our comprehensive guide to tequila lists some of the top brands below.

Sierra - Sweetness in Every Sip

Sierra Tequila is produced in Sierra distillery, which is located in Guadalajara, the capital city of Jalisco, Mexico. The excellent tequila is distilled by a master distiller of third generation, carrying on the traditions of his forebears. The Tequila brand was introduced in 1981 and has since grown to dominate the European market. 

Sierra a top tequila brand in India combines premium sugars from Mexican, sugar cane and 51 percent sugars from agave for Sierra Tequila. The combination tequila a strong yet well-rounded flavor profile. If you enjoy drinking Tequila straight as a shot, this is the best option. The pure flavor of agave is combined with an assertive flavor profile in Tequila 100 percent de agave. If you enjoy making delicious Tequila cocktails, such as Margaritas, and you want the agave notes to be prominent, this is the ideal Tequila.

Sierra Tequila may now be purchased with a significantly less carbon impact in more than 90 locations throughout the globe. Bottled solely in Mexico is Sierra Antiguo. Tequilas made entirely of agave are required by law to be bottled in Mexico.

It continues to create its well-known agave bite and cheeky party energy while crafting smooth sipping tequilas.When customers request Tequila shots, Sierra Tequila Blanco and Sierra Tequila Reposado are the best options because of their robust and well-balanced flavor profiles, which come from a combination of ripe agave and Mexican sugar cane.

Jose Cuervo - For Exploring Varities

It was 1758 when José Antonio de Cuervo was permitted by the King of Spain to arrive at the Mexican town of Tequila.

Millions of agave plants were grown from hundreds by José Antonio de Cuervo at the La Rojena Distillery. Its barrels were exported to California in 1852 as the result of this manufacture. Jose Cuervo broke records by becoming the first company to bottle tequila on its own by creating sophisticated distillery equipment for the era. 

Jose Cuervo tequilas are available in several variations, such as Especial Gold and Especial Silver, and are manufactured entirely of agave. Extra Gold is a light gold-colored combination of younger tequilas with a sweet agave taste and subtle notes of wood and vanilla. It tastes good and is frequently added to margaritas. Extra Special Silver is a double-distilled tequila brewed with blue agave. It tastes clear and crisp with a hint of agave and a toasty aftertaste.

El Capo - Made With Hand Picked Agave 

Tequilera Newton, the home of Tequila El Capo, is regarded as one of most prosperous and ancient distilleries. El Capo Tequila was one of the best products ever made when it was first established in 1941. It was made from hand-selected Blue Agave then aged, bottled, and distilled using special, age-old methods.

El Capo tequila has a mild evaporation, citrus, pepper, and vanilla flavors with a hint of vanilla on the finish. It smells like vegetables and has wonderful acidity on the taste. It looks and aroma reveals something about its quality. A good tequila should smell nice, with agave, citrus, and spice overtones. It should also be bright and clear. It should also have no overbearing or bitter overtones and be balanced and smooth. 

Reposado, Platinum, and Anejo are just a few of the tequilas distilled by El Capo.Reposado is light gold tequila manufactured entirely out of agave from the Highlands of Jalisco. It is aged for two years in American oak barrels. It tastes like vanilla, white chocolate, and cinnamon, and it smells like berries. Platinum is another type which is bottled immediately after distillation, smells like lemon and lime. Anejo has a 40 percent alcohol.

Patron - Different Barrels Different Taste

Patron is a premium tequila brand. Made by hand in the Mexican Highlands of Jalisco. Depending on the kind of tequila, the barrels used to mature the 100 percent blue weber agave are aged for varying amounts of time. 

Patrick is smooth with notes of wood and has been aged for at least two months. It has a mild amber tint.  Patron Anejo is matured for more than a year. Patrón Extra Anejo is kept for minimum three years for aging. Patrón is renowned for its excellent quality, gentle fermentation, and for lack of alcohol burn compared to other spirits. The company sells a range of tequilas, such as:

• Patrón Silver: A combination of two triple-distilled tequilas, one fermented with agave fibers and produced with a traditional tahona. The most well-known product from Patrón is Silver, which goes great with cocktails, particularly when combined with fresh fruit.
• Gran Patron: The line of extremely premium tequilas from Patrón.
• Patron's oldest tequila, Anejo, has been matured for seven years.

You may drink Patron tequilas on the rocks, straight up, shaken or mixed with ice, or slightly chilled.

Don Julio - For All Taste Buds 

The brand's history started in 1942 when Don Julio Gonzalez saw a once-in-a-lifetime opportunity in the tequila industry. The sunny days, mild nights, and rich clay soil of the Jaliscan Highland provide the ideal atmosphere for blue agave growing. 

Rather than harvesting large fields of agave at one time, the process is started by gathering plant-by-plant agave, evaluating its age and health with precision. In order to enhance the caliber of the yield, they meticulously choose and evenly chop the agave pencas (leaves) from the pina

Don Julio is a reputed tequila brand know for its resposado which is made in a golden amber in color with a smooth, sophisticated flavor that has been aged for eight months in American white oak barrels. It tastes finest cold, either in a cocktail or on the rocks. Don Julio 1942 is 2.5-year-aged tequila that  smells richof caramel and chocolate and tastes of roasted agave, vanilla, and toasty oak. It finishes with a hint of vanilla and wood. Cristalino Don Julio 70 has a crisp scent and characteristic Anejo notes, this tequila has been aged for 18 months and filtered through charcoal. It tastes smooth with notes of vanilla, honey, and toasted oak, and it leaves a clean, toasty, and clean oak aftertaste.

Types of Tequila 

• Blanco/Silver/Plata Tequila - Matured for up to 60 days in a barrel, although often it passes from the still to a bottle via a stainless steel tank. Blancos is translucent due to the lack of aging process, and it also has a harsh taste that some find off-putting. 
• Joven/Gold Tequila - A blended scotch-like tequila made from a mix of matured and unaged blanco. Compared to blanco tequila, the maturing process gives it a smoother, more nuanced flavor.
• Reposado Tequila - The word reposado means "rested," it is kept in a barrel for two to eleven months. In Mexico, this is the most popular type of tequila to drink.
• Anejo Tequila - Aged in an oak barrel for one to three years. While any kind of hardwood barrel can be utilized, French oak and used American whiskey barrels are the most popular. Anejos frequently include a lot of tastes that are typically associated with bourbon, such as vanilla and brown sugar.
• Muy Anejo Tequila - Tequila labeled as Muy Anejo needs to be matured in a barrel with a maximum capacity of 600 liters for at least three years. This adds caramel, vanilla, and oak aromas that soften the spirit and make it perfect for sipping.

 3 considerations when choosing a Tequila Brand

• Verify Label - Any product using the name "tequila" ought to give the customer some fundamental details on the product's legitimacy and quality. The origin, the makers address, and a certification stamp should all be included on the bottle. The location is important since real tequila can only be produced in a few states of Mexican states - Michoacan, Nayarit, Guanajuato, and Tamaulipas, or in the state of Jalisco. 
• Buy 100 percent Agave Tequila - Tequila has to be prepared only from blue agave and come from Jalisco a state in Mexico. Any agave-based liquor, such as raicilla and sotol, is considered mezcal; over thirty different varieties of agave may be used to make it. To enjoy the the supreme essence of pure tequila, ensure to check for 100 percent agave one.
• No Need to Break your Bank - You don't have to spend a lot of money for a good marg. (But it doesn't imply that pricey, premium tequilas aren't worth the money; many of them are.) Many good tequilas are accessible in India, and they're not even very ostentatious or pricey. 

Best Ways to Enjoy Your Tequila 

Have it as it is - neat.

Order it straight if you want the full tequila experience. Nothing fancy, no ice. Just a vast array of tastes and scents to savor with every drink.

Drinking it neat enables you to fully appreciate every flavor and nuance of your tequila. In contrast to the majority of other Silver or Blanco tequilas available today that are too harsh and biting to drink on their own. For the smoothest, most delicious sipping experience ever, Reposado and Anejo are also enjoyable to drink, with the oak aging contributing subtle aromas.

With the Cubes - On the Rocks

One of the most traditional methods to savor tequila's tastes is to pour this fine spirit into a lowball or single or double rocks glass with a few ice cubes.

This splash of water, chilled with ice, serves to balance out the many scents and enhance your appreciation of the other subtleties in the beverage. To get the same result without ice, you may alternatively add a few drops of water to the beverage.

Add Some Citrus - Mix With Fruits 

It is claime that adding salt, lime, or other citrus flavors to tequila can improve its flavor, on the other hand, doing so distorts and hides it. If you enjoy your drink with a fruit accompaniment, experiment with different types of fruit to enhance the tastes in unique ways. For instance, an orange slice will offer you a whole different crisp, refreshing taste, while pineapple might bring out more sweet overtones.

Final Word 

Tequila, once known primarily for its strong bite and association with lively parties, has evolved into a versatile and refined spirit that is gaining popularity in India. As more Indians discover the complexities and delights of this agave-based spirit, tequila is poised to become a staple in the Indian market. So next time you're at a gathering or simply enjoying a quiet evening at home, consider raising a glass of tequila and savoring the intricate flavors and craftsmanship that go into every bottle. Cheers!

• alcoholic beverages

The dynamism of the Indian retail sector is unprecedented. India has already become the fourth largest retail market in the world. According to government data, the country’s retail market is expected to reach $1.1 trillion by 2027. Flourishing middle class, changing consumer preferences, and the government’s initiative of digital payments are contributing to the said retail market growth. This is generating interest among multinational retailers to enter, establish, and expand in India. 

Indian retailing is distinct due to its perceived two-pronged nature, which has two opposing market forces acting at the same time. One represented by modern trade (MT), which is the centralized nature of business. The second is characterized by traditional trade (TT) or general trade—the distributed, localized, and unorganized nature of business dominated by kirana (mom-and-pop) stores.

MT, with its centralized procurement and optimized processes, tends to be better placed when it comes to penetrating in growing markets, as compared to TT with its small enterprise construct. The Indian government is facilitating Foreign Direct Investments (FDI) in retail, presenting MT retailers a means to raise capital. MT offers great ambience and steeper discounts, while TT provides customer intimacy with features such as free home delivery and credit.

Busting cities ensure ever-increasing rents, making real estate expensive for MT retailers who typically have large stores. Sales of standard pack sizes by MT players get impacted as they can become unaffordable for certain customer cohorts, whereas TT retailers have flexibility in offering customized sizes as per people’s affordability. The cost of labor is higher in MT owing to its professional management, while TT typically employs family members.

In the India context, can MT win over TT? is a question that is relevant and highly debated. Besides the prominent features of distinction between MT and TT, the success of retailers in a mature market such as the US can help MT retailers in India pave their way to positive outcomes. American retailer Costco’s growth shows that giving importance to all three stakeholders of a company—owners, employees, and customers—can drive success in a highly competitive market.

In addition to studying the success of MT retailers in the US, tweaking MT concepts and processes for India is a must-have factor. Building a synergistic relationship with TT retailers to grow their market share is a significant factor that smart MT players have been adopting. However, many are missing it too. Thus, MT retailers are riding on the TT’s last-mile delivery as well as customer intimacy to introduce newer categories to the end consumer. For example, Reliance Retail’s JioMart has roped in Kirana stores as franchise partners to leverage their network and boost sales. Amazon.com aims to tap a total of 9.3 lakh kirana partners in India by 2025, ensuring faster and seamless last-mile delivery.

The success of MT in India is rooted in three important factors. First, retailers must tweak MT’s concepts and processes to suit the Indian market environment. Secondly, prioritizing all three stakeholders—owners, customers, and employees—needs to be the norm rather than an exception. And lastly, a synergistic and collaborative relationship with traditional retailers, or local kirana stores, is key for augmenting market share and setting businesses on a growth trajectory.  

Authored By

Nilesh Joshi, Senior Director, CPR – North America, Capgemini

Abdul Sajad, Vice President and Head of CPR and Services Delivery – North America, Capgemini

• Indian retail market
• Retail Market
• indian retail

In today’s digital landscape, where consumers are constantly inundated with options, the traditional shopping journey has evolved. The rise of discovery commerce is transforming how brands connect with customers, enabling them to seamlessly integrate inspiration with shopping. It’s no longer just about searching for a product; it’s about discovering it in unexpected, engaging ways. This new approach is quickly redefining the rules of e-commerce and retail, driven by personalized, shoppable experiences.

With platforms like Roposo leading the charge, and brands such as Urbanic, Virgio and Brand Studio Lifestyle capitalizing on its immense potential, discovery commerce has emerged as a powerful force reshaping how consumers find and purchase products.

The Rise of Discovery Commerce

At its core, discovery commerce allows consumers to stumble upon products through curated content that aligns with their interests and tastes. Unlike traditional commerce, which requires an active search, this approach encourages users to discover products organically, often through entertainment or social media platforms.

Discovery commerce has proven particularly effective in fashion and lifestyle segments, where the desire for novelty and trends drives purchase behavior. As Amar Nagaram, Founder & CEO of Virgio, explains, "Our focus on discovery commerce has been instrumental in enhancing our brand's presence and driving business growth. By leveraging personalized content, we ensure our products reach the right audience at the right time. This targeted approach has significantly boosted our visibility and conversion rates."

For brands like Virgio, which caters to trend-conscious Gen Z consumers, discovery commerce offers a unique advantage. It transforms the shopping journey from a transactional experience to an interactive one, allowing brands to quickly adapt to emerging trends and foster deeper connections with their audiences.

How Discovery Commerce Works

Discovery commerce is built around personalized, relevant content that guides users from inspiration to purchase. Platforms like Roposo have pioneered the "shoppertainment" model, which merges entertainment with commerce. By offering engaging content, such as fashion hauls, makeup tutorials, and skits, these platforms make product discovery feel natural and effortless.

According to Mansi Jain, Senior Vice President & GM of Roposo, "At Roposo, we’ve seen the tremendous potential of discovery commerce in driving engagement and transactions. Our platform thrives on creating a sense of community, where users can discover products they love through content that resonates with them. The shoppertainment model encourages impulsive purchase decisions while keeping the user engaged.”

Roposo integrates its discovery commerce experience seamlessly into the Glance ecosystem, a smart lock screen platform that delivers curated content directly to users’ phones. By eliminating friction between inspiration and purchase, Roposo has helped brands tap into the massive potential of spontaneous, unplanned shopping.

Success with Discovery Commerce

One of the key players benefiting from discovery commerce is Virgio. Known for its rapid adaptation to the latest fashion trends, Virgio uses a highly personalized approach to connect with customers, leveraging content that mirrors the ever-changing preferences of its Gen Z audience.

"The key advantages we've found include our ability to quickly adapt to emerging trends," notes Nagaram. "By delivering styles that align with customer preferences, we’ve fostered deeper connections, which has allowed us to stay ahead in the fast-paced fashion industry."

Through discovery commerce, Virgio has also seen a significant improvement in its conversion rates, as customers are more likely to engage with products that reflect their personal style. This ability to match product offerings with consumer tastes has given the brand a competitive edge, allowing it to consistently deliver what customers want, when they want it.

From Inspiration to Purchase

Leveraging discovery and live commerce, Urbanic has seen significant success in enhancing its brand presence and driving business growth. Rahul Dayama, Founding Partner at Urbanic, explains, "Urbanic has achieved strong performance with Discovery, significantly enhancing our brand presence and driving business growth. Social media platforms have been essential to this success, allowing us to reach and engage a broad audience."

Urbanic’s influencer community plays a vital role in this success. Dayama continues, "Our inclusive influencer community helps us create various types of content, such as product showcases, styling tips, and user-generated content, making the brand more relatable and engaging. By interacting with our community in real time and responding to feedback, we gain valuable insights that help us refine our offerings." This community-driven approach increases product engagement and strengthens connections with consumers, fueling Urbanic’s continued growth.

Converting Impulse to Intent

Another brand that has embraced the discovery commerce model is Brand Studio Lifestyle, a D2C fashion brand that caters to Gen Z customers. According to Sathish Kumar, Chief Creative & Digital Communications Officer, Head of D2C at Brand Studio Lifestyle, the brand’s success with discovery commerce lies in its ability to convert impulse-driven interactions into actual sales.

"Much of our approach in targeting Gen Z customers is based on discovery commerce. This cohort likes to discover and adopt based on their affinity and peer recommendations. The use of social media and search are crucial in this aspect, helping us convert impulse into intent," says Kumar.

By creating relatable, engaging content, Brand Studio Lifestyle taps into the authenticity that resonates with today’s consumers. This approach not only drives product discovery but also helps the brand connect with its audience on a deeper, more personal level. While the brand has yet to fully dive into live commerce, it has seen strong traction on major fashion marketplaces through this model.

The Role of Technology and Personalization

One of the defining features of discovery commerce is its reliance on cutting-edge technology, particularly AI and data analytics. Platforms like Roposo use AI-powered algorithms to recommend products that align with each user’s individual tastes, creating a personalized shopping experience that feels both intuitive and seamless.

This level of personalization is key to keeping consumers engaged, as it allows brands to offer products that are not only relevant but also tailored to the customer’s evolving preferences. Mansi Jain of Roposo notes, "We continuously analyze purchasing patterns to personalize our offerings, ensuring a highly individualized experience. By striking the right balance between pricing and relevance, we’re able to drive stronger purchase decisions and enhance user engagement."

For brands like Virgio and Brand Studio Lifestyle, this technology-driven approach provides a competitive advantage, allowing them to reach consumers with precision and relevance. It’s a strategy that not only boosts engagement but also positions these brands as leaders in the fast-changing retail landscape.

The Future of Discovery Commerce

As discovery commerce continues to grow, its influence on the retail industry is set to expand. In markets like India, where digital adoption is rapidly increasing, discovery commerce is poised to account for a significant portion of online sales, particularly among younger, tech-savvy consumers.

According to a BCG-TikTok study, shoppertainment – the intersection of shopping and entertainment – represents a $1 trillion opportunity in APAC, a figure that underscores the immense potential of discovery commerce.

For platforms like Roposo, the future lies in making the content-to-commerce journey even more seamless. Jain explains, "We’re at the forefront of this shift, with a vision for users to adopt AI for video content creation. By simplifying the production of shoppable videos, we’re making it easier for brands to embrace shoppertainment while reducing costs and expanding reach."

Staying Ahead in a Competitive Market

With multiple players vying for attention in the discovery commerce space, differentiation is key. Brands like Urbanic, Virgio and Brand Studio Lifestyle have found success by offering unique, trend-driven experiences that resonate with their target audiences. Meanwhile, platforms like Roposo continue to innovate, integrating new features and partnerships that keep users engaged and drive transactions.

Moreover, Urbanic has found that collaborating with a vibrant community of influencers has been a key advantage for the brand. "These influencers help us reach diverse audiences by localizing our messaging, making it more relevant and accessible to different segments. Their ability to adapt our content to their followers' preferences ensures that our brand resonates on a personal level, enhancing brand awareness and customer understanding," emphasizes Dayama.

The integration of live commerce, personalized recommendations, and shoppable videos is just the beginning. As consumers become more accustomed to discovering and buying products in this way, the lines between content, commerce, and community will blur even further, creating an immersive shopping experience that feels both intuitive and entertaining.

For brands that embrace discovery commerce, the future is filled with opportunity. As Sathish Kumar of Brand Studio Lifestyle notes, "Relatable, relevant content that leads to product discovery is crucial for brands to connect with the consumer. By approaching discovery commerce in a strategic manner, we’ve been able to convert interested users into customers, driving long-term growth."

In the ever-evolving world of retail, discovery commerce is more than just a trend – it’s the future of shopping.

• Live Commerce
• Social Commerce

Ready to elevate your travel style? The Indian luggage market is booming, with brands like Safari and Aristocrat seeing over 40 percent growth in affordable options, while premium names like Tommy Hilfiger, Samsonite, and Delsey double their presence. The best luggage brands in India now provide both functionality and style. As for the Safari, VIP, and Aristocrat brands, they are all gaining the most sales growth of over 40 percent on a yearly basis mainly from shoppers in Tier III-IV cities. Premium brands such as Samsonite, Tommy Hilfiger, and Delsey have tripled their growth as well. Direct-to-consumer brands such as Mokobara are shifting the focus towards functionality and adding smart features such as anti-theft designs and charging ports. Ready to find the perfect luggage for your next trip? Dive in

List of the Top 10 Luggage Brands in India:

American tourist: best for affordable style and durability.

American Tourister is a well-known luggage company that has catchy colors and sturdy construction for its products. This is preferred by business people and those who are on the move and would wish to address both quality and elegance at a reasonable cost. Travel instruments and luggage come in different types, and this brand has all types depending on clients’ tastes and needs. Among the known models, it is necessary to highlight the “Zest” series which is convenient and practically designed. Many customers have embraced American Tourister for being able to offer affordable luggage without compromising the quality of products for travelers who are still looking for elegant and long-lasting bags at affordable charges.

Safari: Best for Durability and Innovation in Travel Luggage

Safari has established a steady market base for its products and stylish and unique constructions hence widely adopted by many travelers. Safari luggage offers well-built luggage with durable material as well as different sizes of luggage that can be used for travel. In particular, the company is associated with the “Breeze” series, distinguished by high operational reliability and convenience; The designed luggage is highly appreciated for its compliance with the conditions of tough traveling. Customers especially recommend Safari for its durability and efficiency, saying that it makes it suitable for business or frequent travellers who are likely to plunge their luggage into tough terrain.

VIP: Best for Affordable and Sturdy Luggage for All Travelers

VIP is a well-known brand in India and people have a reliable and trusted image of this company. Being one of the oldest luggage manufacturers in the country, the VIP luggage brand is recognized for affordable products made of wear-resistant materials to suit various individuals traveling for numerous purposes. The brand provides a variety of choices in terms of look and utility and therefore some of the favored options include, the “VIP Skybags” line which goes well with those who have to travel every now and then. The luggage has been positively acknowledged by customers for being durable and affordably priced and thus, has been customers’ preferred brand of luggage for regular travelling as well as for going on long trips.

Samsonite: Best for Premium Quality and Elegant Designs

Samsonite is a recognized worldwide producer and retailer of luggage possessing a wide variety of quality products and new notions. due to the sterling features and qualitative aspects of the brand, it is mostly preferred by travelers who seek durable and classy luggage. Being one of the biggest brands in the industry, Samsonite employs high-quality lightweight material and advanced designs, and the main product that this company provides is the “Neopulse” series, which looks elegant but is built very durable. Customers often appreciate that Samsonite luggage has a more premium feel and is built to last, and people consider it a solid investment, especially for avid travellers out there.

Skybags: Best for Trendy and Functional Luggage for Young Travelers

Skybags have good branding among the youth since they offer trendy and usable luggage. It is famous for having designs of high fashion, yet the fabric it is made of is long-lasting, and it has a large capacity of interior space, perfect for all who need functionality coupled with class. For instance, Skybags is yet another beauty that comes with quality workmanship and a unique design this Aer series of skybags is particularly popular among customers, especially the ladies. Some of the benefits of Skybags listed in reviews include the fact that is a fashionable imported bag targeted at young fashion-conscious travelers who require style as they go about their business.

Aristocrat: Best for Budget-Friendly Luggage Options

Aristocrat is one of the most economical brands of luggage in today’s markets because it offers good quality for a cheaper range of prices and thus targets travelers or tourists who look for more economical affordable products with better durability. The brand has limited and basic models and designs of the notebook, like the ‘Lite’ series which receives good market patronage for being cheap but having reasonable construction of the notebook. High demand exists due to its affordability and fair quality for those customers who don’t travel very often and seek a reasonably priced bag with satisfactory performance.

Tommy Hilfiger: Best for Fashion-Forward Travelers

Tommy Hilfiger is a world-famous brand that identifies styles derived from the classic American tradition, and they have been able to diversify their line in Tommy Hilfiger luggage. Tommy Hilfiger offers elegant and stylish luggage that catches the eye of any fashionable traveler. Today the brand offers a line of appealing and fashionable luggage consisting of suitcases and duffel bags that can be easily distinguished due to their vivid coloration, the company’s emblems and the usage of high-quality fabrics. The “TH Signature” series is one of the most requested by the customers, due to its design and practicality, as it provides plenty of compartments, strong wheels, and easy-to-use handles. For these reasons people like Tommy Hilfiger luggage since they are appealing and long-lasting, it’s appealing to those who wish to represent their personality.

Mokobara: Best for Modern Design and Tech-Friendly Features

Mokobara may also be considered as a relatively young company in the context of luggage market leaders, but it has a big potential and a number of unique designs and trends, such as hi-tech designs. Some of the most important aspects of the brand are, therefore, to design clean, contemporary luggage that meets the requirements of the present-day traveler. Mokobara luggage offers quality and lightweight construction, a modern design, the availability of separate pockets for the gadgets, and the presence of USB sockets for charging devices. Mokobara Move Max is an excellent series among tech-oriented tourists since its design is created with an emphasis on functionality and a contemporary appearance. There are always remarks on the proper detailing found in the construction of the brand, the quality of the zippers, and the build of the bags in general; this makes Mokobada one of the best travel brands for anyone who cares about the design and functionality of the bag.

Uppercase: Best for Sustainable and Eco-Friendly Luggage

Uppercase is a brand that defines itself with sustainability and recycling materials as its major concepts. As is often seen in the line of travel and tourism, durability and affordability act as key indicators of the market, in which Uppercase stands as an eco-friendly and unique choice. The brand of luggage now manufactures its range from recycled materials and applying sustainable production processes thus showing that it is chic to be green. For instance, the “Uppercase Eco” collection includes stylish and practical items made out of recycled material—recycled plastic bottles in this particular case — that are equally durable and serve their intended purpose. customers love Uppercase due to its concern for the environment in its manufacture without compromising quality making it the preferred eco-friendly bag designed for travellers.

Delsey: Best for Stylish Luggage with Advanced Security Features

Delsey is a France based luggage brand which has found its place in the Indian market offering trendy and utility based travel accessories. For that reason, the brand prides itself in affordable, stylish, and secure products that are designed to be lightweight to meet the needs of travelers. For example, the “Helium” series is one of the most frequently suggested series because it is the combination of the stylish design and practicality. Delsey owns a reputation for design, usability and substantially high security measures, which makes it ideal for the buyers who are likely to compromise between style and functionality of the necessary travelling accessories.

Best Luggage Brands for Indian Travelers

In this case, some brands are favored by Indians because they cater for affordability, availability and especially the toughness of the conditions encountered in the country. It said that Indian travelers confront such difficulties as an overload of people in an airport and overcharged handling of luggage, and weather fluctuations. These include American Tourister and Safari which has designed their products to be strong as they use lightweight materials. For the families traveling, there are models of Vip and Skybags which are spacious enough to meet the luggage requirement of all the travelers in the team. For more chic and portable trolleys you will find American Tourister and Delsey to be best suited for single travelers, Targus and Samsonite may be more suited for business travelers as they look more professional.

Where to Buy the Best Luggage Brands in India

• Online Marketplaces: The likes of Amazon, Flipkart, and Myntra provide a large assortment of luggage from various brands, including Safari, Aristocrat, Samsonite, and Tommy Hilfiger. New customers are advised by customer reviews and return policies to try their luck with a business that offers discounts, flash sales, and festival deals.
• Physical Retail Stores: Stores like Shoppers Stop, Lifestyle, and VIP World provide a very different shopping experience; here, you can touch the luggage and check it out before the purchase. Besides the latest collections and in-store promotions, flagship stores like Samsonite and American Tourister also have the option to buy things exclusively in-store.
• Finding the Best Deals: Festivals like Diwali and New Year are the times when discounts are at their peak. Subscribing to newsletters and loyalty programs can get you in on sales early.
• Buying Online vs. In-Store: Online shopping provides you with ease and discounts, while in-store shopping allows you to personally examine the luggage. Choose if you want convenience or the feel of the merchandise.

Budget vs. Luxury Luggage Brands in India

The Indian luggage market has a very rich portfolio, catering to budget-specific travelers as well as those looking for a luxury travel experience. Knowing the distinctions between low-cost and top-end luggage brands can be of assistance to you in making a decision that is both suitable for your preferences and budget. 

• Budget-Friendly Brands: Brands like Safari, Aristocrat, and VIP dominate the budget segment. These disposables are the ones that customers appreciate the most for providing them with good quality and utility, and hopefully, you can chat with them as if they were friends. Safari's Trolley Raptor and Aristocrat's Revo series are two of the most preferred ones that give ease to customers looking for reliable luggage, without the need for a big budget. These brands emphasise the main characteristics, such as lightweight materials, wheels that are not easily damaged, and materials that have a large enough space to accommodate a large number of items. Thus, it is a great option to go for them, whether you are a frequent traveler or are traveling with your family.
• Luxury Brands: The other end of the spectrum is occupied by luxury brands such as Samsonite, Delsey, and Tommy Hilfiger, which provide high-end products that are characterized by distinct style, invention, and superior quality and Luggage designs like Samsonite's Evoa Tech Spinner and Delsey's Chatelet Air 2.0 have a look of luxury, and at the same time, they possess the latest technology, such as an integrated lock, an expandable compartment, and high-quality materials. Brands often come with the ideal coverage and customer assistance, hence the best possible experience for a long time. 

At Indian Retailer, we understand the right luggage brand can turn a good journey into a memorable one. Whether you prioritize durability, style, or sustainability, the 10 best luggage brands in India offer a wide range of options to suit your needs. For example, Samsonite or American Tourister have a classic appeal; Mokobara and Uppercase have modern innovations, and each brand has something different to offer. While arranging for the next trip, you can think of these porcine brands for luggage to make sure your gear is in good condition.

• Luggage Industry
• Luggage maker
• American Tourister
• Skybag backpacks
• Consumer Demand

When hip-hop music and culture started to become more popular in India in the 1980s and 1990s, that is when streetwear emerged in the nation. People are keen to show their uniqueness via their attire, which has led to a growing interest in streetwear fashion as a result of this cultural shift. At first, American and other Western fashions had a big effect on Indian streetwear. People copied the appearance of hip-hop rappers and performers, dressing loose and wearing sneakers and snapback caps.

Today, streetwear is seen as a powerful form of self-expression, where what you wear speaks volumes about your personality and can set you apart. In India, streetwear is primarily worn by young people, particularly millennials and Gen Z. Due of its rebellious, anti-establishment atmosphere and focus on individualism and self-expression, streetwear has become popular among younger generations.

Here are the Best 5 Streetwear Brands in India Today

Bonkers corner- bold designs and urban aesthetic.

Bonkers Corner is an Indian streetwear company that was founded in Mumbai and is renowned for its daring patterns, vivid prints, and striking aesthetic. It desires to be different from the crowd crazy yet stylish and comfortable styles. Bonkers Corner serves a wide product catalogue that includes oversized T-shirts and shirts, bottoms, sweatshirts hoodies and jackets for men and women. The brand has become a major force in the Indian streetwear scene and has drawn the attention of young people.

Many customers have shared positive feedback about the brand, highlighting their comfort and affordability. The fabric used is appreciated for its quality, with several people noting that the cotton material feels soft and is perfect for summer wear. It's a great choice for those looking to update their wardrobe without breaking the bank. 

Bewakoof - Fashion-Conscious and Tech-Savvy

Bewakoof is a rebel among a sea of fashion portals that preach the gospel of sophistication and classiness. With innovative designs that reflect individual style, a direct-to-consumer model that enhances accessibility and value in everyday fashion, and a commitment to being homegrown, the brand is imagined in India and made in India. Bewakoof aims to attract young individuals who enjoy fashionable and unusual designs and are between the ages of 16 and 34.  Bewakoof is for fashion-conscious, tech-savvy people who appreciate expressing their uniqueness. The brand has a wide range of upperwear, bottomwear and footwear for women and men. 

Bewakoof has impressed many with its bold and vibrant user interface and a vast array of products catering to various sizes, styles, and trends. The store offers a range of streetwear. Customers have noted that the quality of its products remains quite good even after multiple washes, with only slight fading of prints.

Newme - Urban Streetwear Aesthetics For Girls

NEWME A real-time fashion brand that is making a significant impact in Southeast Asia and India. The concept behind the term ‘NEWME’ was that there should be no judgment on a customer's ability to be New every day, in their own way. NEWME comprises the dynamic and fashion-forward Gen Z girls. With a keen eye on current trends and a commitment to quality, it delivers versatile and affordable pieces that appeal to young fashion enthusiasts.

Consumers analyzed Newme as a brand that has a comfortable and pretty product catalogue. Highlighting premium feel, and amazing mesh leather quality. It provides today's youth with the opportunity to express themselves through the newest fashion trends that are both inexpensive and accessible to all, the streetwear fashion brand promotes uniqueness and diversity.

The Souled Store - Pop Culture Obsessed

The Souled Store is a fashion apparel company that offers a range of goods for both men and women. The brand offers unique and stylish goods to help you express your individuality. There is something for everyone with items ranging from socks, pins, badges, and much more to t-shirts, boxers, backpacks, and mobile covers. The brand focuses on young, pop-culture-obsessed Indians between the ages of 16 and 30. The target market is middle class, tech aware, and socially engaged. The Souled Store's emphasis on Gen Z consumers is in line with industry trends, given that this group makes up one-third of Indian internet buyers.

Consumer reviews on The Souled Store are generally positive, reflecting satisfaction with the brand's unique products and customer service. However, there are some areas where customers have raised concerns.

Nobero - For Those Who Like Simple Items

Nobero elevates fashion and functionality via the creation of trendy yet simple items. Millennials may find stylish and cozy apparel at Nobero, a company with an emphasis on travel. Products are designed to accommodate Indian sensitivities with Western trends. It tailors sizing advice for the dynamic 18-35-year-old men who are frequent travellers. 

Customer reviews for Nobero are quite mixed. On the positive side, many customers appreciate the quality and comfort of the clothing, with a good number of reviews highlighting the excellent fit and timely delivery of their products​. Some customers have reported receiving incorrect items or facing issues with returns and refunds. There have been complaints about delayed deliveries, poor customer service, and the inability to get refunds or exchanges for incorrect or poor-quality items​.

Streetwear Styling Tips

• Play with Layering - Start with a basic tee or tank top and layer with a lightweight jacket, flannel shirt, or denim vest. In winter, a hoodie or bomber jacket can be a great addition.
• Incorporate Traditional Elements - Mixing traditional Indian wear with modern streetwear gives a unique twist that’s culturally resonant. Example: Pair a classic kurta with cargo pants or joggers, or use a dupatta as a scarf.
• Opt for Bold Prints and Graphics - Look for graphic tees or hoodies with bold prints, patterns, or even culturally inspired motifs. Camouflage, tie-dye, or bandana prints can add a statement to your outfit.
• Embrace Oversized Clothing - Oversized clothing is a hallmark of streetwear, providing comfort and a casual, laid-back appearance. Example: Choose oversized t-shirts, hoodies, or jackets and pair them with fitted bottoms like joggers or slim jeans to balance the proportions.

These streetwear brands are worth exploring. There is something for everyone, ranging from high-end, eye-catching pieces to simple, reasonably priced options. These businesses provide a range of solutions to make you stand out, whether your goal is to showcase your unique style or just add a stylish touch to your wardrobe. Discover how these Streetwear brands in india may assist you in making a striking fashion statement as you delve into the colorful world of Indian streetwear.

• The Souled Store
• Bewakoof.com

As India’s leading online grocery retailer, bigbasket has taken on the responsibility of not only delivering quality groceries to millions of homes but also setting new benchmarks in sustainability and ethical practices. With a mission to minimize its environmental footprint, bigbasket has launched several initiatives aimed at empowering organic farmers, reducing waste, and promoting eco-friendly packaging solutions.

From supporting over 10,000 organic farmers to adopting cutting-edge technologies like agricultural intelligence and field geotagging, bigbasket's green initiatives are reshaping India's agricultural and retail landscape. These efforts are part of the company's broader commitment to sustainability, ensuring that both farmers and consumers benefit from eco-friendly and ethical products.

Championing Organic Farming

One of the cornerstones of bigbasket's green initiatives is its collaboration with over 10,000 organic farmers. By partnering with these farmers, bigbasket has ensured that sustainable farming practices not only improve the quality of produce but also provide financial security to the farmers themselves.

“We have collaborated with over 2000 organic fruits and vegetable farmers and over 28,000 agri-commodities farmers through registered Farmer Producer Organisations (FPOs),”explains Seshu Kumar, Chief Merchandising & Buying Officer, bigbasket. “This allows us to offer over 50 organic fruits and vegetables and more than 100 grocery staples, providing our customers with a diverse range of high-quality, eco-friendly products.”

The collaboration has been a boon to farmers, enabling them to adopt organic farming practices while ensuring a steady income. The price differential between organic and conventional products stands at around 10 percent, giving organic farmers a competitive advantage. By bridging the gap between organic and conventional pricing, bigbasket is making organic products more accessible to consumers while ensuring that farmers receive fair compensation.

Leveraging Technology for Farmer Empowerment

bigbasket's commitment to empowering farmers extends beyond just offering a market for their produce. The company has introduced several technological innovations aimed at supporting farmers, including field geotagging, agricultural intelligence, and digital labeling systems. These technologies are designed to improve productivity, monitor crop health, and ensure traceability from farm to consumer.

“We have implemented geotagging solutions that track sowing and harvest schedules,” says Seshu Kumar. “Additionally, our team of agronomists educates farmers on weather forecasts and provides strategies to mitigate the effects of pest attacks or climatic challenges.”

Through these technological advancements, bigbasket is able to track the entire lifecycle of a product, ensuring transparency in pricing and weight for the farmers. This granular level of detail also helps the company to expand its farmer base, as more marginal farmers are added to the supply chain each year.

“The contribution of direct farmer sourcing and Farmer Producer Organisations has increased by over 60 percent year on year,” shares Kumar, emphasizing the significant impact of these initiatives.

Promoting Fair Trade and Organic Pricing

One of the most groundbreaking initiatives by bigbasket has been its decision to price organic products on par with conventionally grown ones. This move has had a ripple effect across both farmers and consumers, encouraging more people to switch to organic while ensuring that farmers continue to receive fair prices for their produce.

“Sustainability has always been a key focus at bigbasket, we’ve been able to tap into the growing demand for organic products, and through our organic supply chain initiatives, we’ve managed to offer these products to customers at competitive prices,” Kumar explains.

This strategy has paid off. The organic product segment has seen a 15-17 percent month-on-month growth, while organic customers now make up a quarter of bigbasket’s customer base. The company’s organic category accounts for 22 percent of its staples sales, while organic fruits and vegetables have grown by 50 percent, contributing to 8 percent of overall fresh produce sales.

Reducing Waste Through Sustainable Packaging

In addition to empowering farmers, bigbasket has implemented innovative waste management and packaging solutions. The company recycles over 100 tonnes of waste per month, refurbishing ice boxes and reusing them to reduce plastic waste.

bigbasket has also introduced digital invoices and switched to recycled paper, saving over 2.2 lakh kg of virgin paper annually. By adopting these practices, the company is not only reducing its environmental impact but also setting a precedent for the retail industry.

Kumar notes, “Our sustainable packaging practices reflect our commitment to reducing waste and saving resources. We believe that every small effort, when combined, can lead to significant positive changes for the environment.”

Innovative Logistics for a Greener Supply Chain

bigbasket’s sustainability efforts extend beyond packaging and waste management to include optimizing logistics. The company has worked on reducing its carbon footprint by improving delivery routes and implementing eco-friendly practices across its supply chain.

By adopting these measures, bigbasket is able to reduce its energy consumption, lower transportation costs, and minimize greenhouse gas emissions. This is in line with the company's vision of creating a more sustainable and environmentally conscious retail experience for both customers and employees.

Fair Pricing and Consumer Incentives

In a move that further highlights bigbasket's commitment to sustainability, the company has decided to keep its organic range at the same price as conventional products for an entire year. This strategy incentivizes consumers to make healthier, eco-friendly choices without worrying about price differences.

“We’re proud to offer our organic range at the same price as conventional products. This move is not just about promoting sustainability; it's about making organic produce accessible to all,” Kumar states.

This initiative has helped bigbasket reach new heights in customer satisfaction and loyalty, as more people are drawn to the idea of purchasing organic products at competitive prices. By making sustainability a key selling point, bigbasket is encouraging a shift towards more conscious consumerism in India.

Supporting Farmers Through Knowledge Sharing

bigbasket’s farmer empowerment initiatives go beyond just financial support. The company regularly conducts knowledge sessions and workshops for farmers, helping them understand the benefits of organic farming, sustainable agricultural practices, and modern farming techniques.

Kumar emphasizes, “Our team of agronomists plays a crucial role in educating farmers, from weather forecasts to pest control strategies, we’re equipping them with the tools they need to succeed.”

These knowledge-sharing sessions not only improve the quality of produce but also enable farmers to better manage their resources and adapt to changing environmental conditions. By empowering farmers with knowledge, bigbasket is helping them become more self-sufficient and resilient in the face of challenges.

The Future of Sustainable Retail

bigbasket’s green initiatives are paving the way for a more sustainable and eco-friendly future in the retail industry. By empowering farmers, reducing waste, and promoting sustainable practices, the company is setting a new standard for what it means to be a responsible retailer.

Kumar concludes, “We believe that sustainability is not just a trend but a necessity for the future. At bigbasket, we’re committed to making a positive impact on the environment and supporting the communities we work with.”

As bigbasket continues to innovate and expand its green initiatives, it remains a shining example of how businesses can play a pivotal role in creating a more sustainable and equitable world.

• BigBasket.com
• Food and grocery
• Online food and grocery

The Indian economy is witnessing a temporary deceleration in its growth trajectory, as projected by ICRA. The year-on-year (YoY) expansion of the GDP is expected to moderate to a six-quarter low of 6.0 percent in Q1 FY2025, down from 7.8 percent in Q4 FY2024. This decline is largely attributed to a contraction in government capital expenditure and a dip in urban consumer confidence. The Gross Value Added (GVA) growth is also estimated to ease, reflecting the broader challenges faced by various sectors, including retail, during this period.

The Retail Landscape Amidst Economic Slowdown

Retail, a crucial component of the services sector, is significantly influenced by economic trends. The projected easing in the services GVA to 6.5 percent in Q1 FY2025 from 6.7 percent in Q4 FY2024 highlights the sector's sensitivity to economic fluctuations. The retail sector, which thrives on consumer spending, has been particularly impacted by the decline in urban consumer confidence and the sluggishness in government expenditure.

1. Urban Consumer Confidence and Retail Performance

Urban consumer confidence is a critical driver of retail sales, especially in the discretionary segment. The surprising downtick in consumer confidence in May and July 2024, as reported in the Central Bank’s Consumer Confidence Survey, has raised concerns within the retail industry. This dip suggests a cautious approach by consumers towards spending, especially on non-essential goods, which directly impacts retail revenues.

The slowdown in urban consumer confidence can be attributed to several factors, including the lingering effects of the previous year's unfavorable monsoon, an uneven start to the 2024 monsoon season, and broader economic uncertainties. Retailers are witnessing a slowdown in footfalls, particularly in brick-and-mortar stores, as consumers tighten their purse strings amidst economic uncertainty.

2. Impact of Government Expenditure on Retail

The contraction in government capital expenditure has had a cascading effect on various sectors, including retail. Government spending, particularly on infrastructure and development projects, has a direct impact on employment and income levels, which in turn influence consumer spending patterns.

In Q1 FY2025, the capital expenditure of the Government of India (GoI) and 22 state governments recorded a YoY contraction of 35 percent and 23 percent, respectively. This reduction in spending has led to a transient lull in investment activity, further dampening consumer sentiment and retail sales.

Industrial Sector’s Role in Shaping Retail Dynamics

The industrial sector, which includes manufacturing and construction, plays a pivotal role in driving retail demand. ICRA’s estimates suggest a moderation in the industrial GVA growth to 6.4 percent in Q1 FY2025 from 8.4 percent in Q4 FY2024. This slowdown is particularly evident in the manufacturing and construction sectors, which are key contributors to retail demand through the supply of goods and the creation of disposable income for consumers.

1. Manufacturing Slowdown and Retail Supply Chains

The manufacturing sector’s performance directly influences retail supply chains. The projected slowdown in manufacturing GVA growth to 7.0 percent in Q1 FY2025 from 8.9 percent in Q4 FY2024 signals potential challenges for retail supply chains. Lower manufacturing output can lead to delays and shortages in retail inventories, affecting product availability and sales.

Moreover, the easing of profit margins in the manufacturing sector, amidst rising global commodity prices and narrower deflation in input costs, suggests that retailers may face higher procurement costs. This, coupled with lower volume growth in manufacturing, could translate into higher prices for consumers, further dampening retail demand.

2. Construction Sector and Retail Infrastructure

The construction sector, another significant contributor to retail demand, is expected to witness a sharp slowdown in GVA growth to 4.0 percent in Q1 FY2025 from 8.7 percent in Q4 FY2024. This slowdown could have a dual impact on the retail sector. Firstly, it may lead to delays in the development of new retail infrastructure, such as malls and shopping complexes. Secondly, a slowdown in construction activity can affect employment levels in the sector, reducing disposable income and consequently, retail spending.

Agricultural Sector and Rural Retail Demand

The agricultural sector’s performance is crucial for rural retail demand. ICRA projects a mild pick-up in agricultural GVA growth to 1.0 percent in Q1 FY2025 from 0.6 percent in Q4 FY2024. Despite this improvement, the sector faces challenges due to the decline in the output of most rabi and summer crops and deficient rainfall in June 2024.

1. Rural Sentiment and Retail Demand

The agricultural sector’s modest growth reflects the challenges faced by rural economies. Lower crop yields and adverse weather conditions have dampened rural sentiment, leading to cautious spending behavior. This has directly impacted rural retail demand, particularly for non-essential goods.

Retailers operating in rural markets are likely to face slower sales growth as rural consumers prioritize essential goods and services over discretionary spending. This trend is expected to persist until there is a significant improvement in agricultural output and rural incomes.

The Road Ahead: Opportunities and Challenges

Despite the transient moderation in economic growth, ICRA remains optimistic about the prospects for FY2025. The agency expects a back-ended pick-up in economic activity, which could boost GDP and GVA growth to 6.8 percent and 6.5 percent, respectively, for the full year. This recovery is expected to be driven by a significant expansion in government capital expenditure and a resurgence in consumer confidence.

1. Government Expenditure and Retail Revival

There is considerable headroom for the GoI’s capital expenditure, which needs to expand by 39 percent YoY in the July-March FY2025 period to meet the Budget Estimate for the full year. This increase in spending is expected to catalyze economic activity, create jobs, and boost consumer incomes, thereby reviving retail demand.

Retailers can capitalize on this opportunity by aligning their strategies with the anticipated surge in consumer spending. This may involve expanding product offerings, enhancing supply chain efficiencies, and investing in marketing and promotions to attract consumers.

2. Consumer Sentiment and Retail Growth

The expected improvement in consumer sentiment in H2 FY2025, driven by favorable economic conditions and increased government spending, is likely to provide a much-needed boost to retail sales. Retailers should prepare to leverage this resurgence by focusing on consumer-centric strategies, such as personalized shopping experiences, loyalty programs, and omnichannel retailing.

3. Challenges and Mitigation Strategies

While the outlook for H2 FY2025 is positive, retailers must remain vigilant about potential challenges, including fluctuations in global commodity prices, changes in consumer behavior, and disruptions in supply chains. Adopting agile business practices, such as flexible pricing strategies, inventory management, and risk mitigation plans, will be crucial for navigating these challenges.

India's modern trade channels experienced a 2 percent growth in FMCG sales and a 4 percent increase in tech durables sales on a moving annual total (MAT) basis. This consistent growth contrasts with other markets in the Asia-Pacific region, where similar sectors have struggled to maintain momentum. 

The NielsenIQ report reveals that as of March 2024, India's position as a leader in modern trade within the Asia-Pacific region is a reflection of broader economic and consumer trends. Modern trade, which involves selling goods through large, organized retail outlets such as supermarkets, hypermarkets, department stores, and mini-markets, has seen significant growth in India. Despite global economic uncertainties and inflationary pressures, India's modern trade channels have demonstrated remarkable resilience, continuing to grow even as prices fluctuate.

“India emerges as the only market consistently delivering double-digit growth in both the FMCG and tech durables sectors, underscoring the resilience and evolving preferences of Indian consumers," the report states. 

This resilience is largely driven by premiumization—the trend of consumers gravitating toward higher-priced, higher-quality products—and the impact of festive sales periods, which significantly boost consumer spending.

The Power of Premiumization

This shift towards more expensive products indicates a growing middle class with rising disposable incomes and a desire for quality and status associated with premium brands.

This trend is particularly significant during peak shopping periods, such as festive seasons, when consumers are more likely to splurge on premium products. These periods contribute 20 percent of incremental sales in FMCG and a staggering 60 percent in tech durables. Non-food categories, driven by deep discounts and consumer preference for non-essential items, grew 1.8 times faster than food during these periods, highlighting the importance of strategic pricing and marketing during key shopping times.

The Role of Festive Seasons in Driving Sales

Modern commerce sales in India are significantly influenced by the country's holiday seasons, which include Diwali, Christmas, and various regional celebrations. Increased consumer spending during these times is a hallmark of the culture, driven by customs around gift-giving, house renovation, and technology purchases. These peak shopping times are critical for the FMCG, IT and durables industries, as well as for overall sales growth, according to the NielsenIQ analysis.

Retailers and manufacturers frequently run significant sales campaigns and discounts during these times to draw customers. This pattern is especially beneficial to the non-food FMCG categories, which develop at a pace that is almost twice as fast as the food categories during these times. The desire of consumers for non-essential things, which are frequently regarded as luxury expenditures over the holiday season, is what is driving this increase.

The Rise of Smaller Players and Private Labels

While large multinational companies have traditionally dominated India's FMCG, tech and durables markets, there is a growing shift towards smaller manufacturers and private labels. These smaller players are increasingly capturing market share by focusing on niche segments, such as products with natural ingredients and those positioned in the luxury pricing tier.

The NielsenIQ report points out that "private labels are growing at a 1.5 times faster rate than large manufacturers, particularly within the mainstream pricing segment." 

This growth is significant as private labels, which are often associated with lower prices and higher value, are becoming more popular among cost-conscious consumers.

Additionally, small manufacturers are driving 70 percent of new product launches in modern trade, particularly in categories that emphasize natural ingredients and luxury pricing. These products, often priced at more than 200 times the category average, cater to a niche but growing segment of affluent consumers looking for premium and exclusive products.

Shifting Consumer Preferences

Another notable trend in India's modern trade channels is the shift towards smaller pack sizes. Traditionally, large packs have dominated modern trade, offering better value per unit for consumers. However, there has been a growing preference for smaller pack sizes, which are now growing at double the rate of large packs.

“While large packs have traditionally dominated modern trade, there is a noticeable shift towards smaller pack sizes, which are now growing at double the rate of large sizes," the report states.

This shift is likely driven by changing consumer behavior, where shoppers, particularly in urban areas, prefer smaller, more convenient packaging. Smaller packs are also more accessible to a broader range of consumers, including those in lower-income brackets or those who shop more frequently but buy in smaller quantities.

The Future of Modern Trade in India

Looking ahead, India's modern trade sector is poised for continued growth, supported by strong consumer demand, the ongoing trend of premiumization, and the strategic importance of festive seasons. As more consumers migrate towards organized retail formats, both large and small players in the FMCG,  tech and durables sectors will need to adapt to changing preferences, including the rising demand for premium products, the growth of private labels, and the shift towards smaller pack sizes.

The resilience of modern trade in the face of inflationary pressures also suggests that this channel will continue to play a critical role in India's retail landscape. While online shopping channels are growing rapidly, modern trade remains a preferred shopping destination for many Indian consumers, offering a tangible and immediate shopping experience that online platforms cannot fully replicate.

As India continues to lead the region in modern trade growth, it presents significant opportunities for brands and retailers to tap into this growing market and cater to the diverse and changing needs of Indian consumers.

• FMCG Report
• FMCG industry

The Tata family, a name synonymous with Indian business legacy, is welcoming its next-generation leader to the forefront. Neville Tata, 32, has recently taken charge as the head of Star Bazaar, marking the rise of a new era within the Tata Group's retail empire. As he steps into this pivotal role, here are five key things to know about Neville Tata and what his leadership might mean for Star Bazaar and the broader Tata Group.

1. A Legacy Rooted in Retail and Innovation

Neville Tata is no stranger to the world of retail, having been deeply ingrained in Trent Ltd, the Tata Group's retail arm, since 2016. Trent, which includes popular brands like Westside, Zudio, and Star Bazaar, was co-founded by Neville’s grandmother, Simone Tata. His father, Noel Tata, has been instrumental in expanding Trent’s retail footprint. Neville has managed operations for Zudio, the fashion retail brand that has seen tremendous growth under his leadership. His work at Zudio, which is now a major player in India’s apparel market, showcases his strategic acumen and his ability to drive success in competitive sectors.

2. A Strong Academic Foundation

An alumnus of the Bayes Business School in London, Neville Tata has a solid academic background that has equipped him with the knowledge and skills needed for the business world. Bayes, known for its focus on business and finance, provided Neville with a foundation in business strategy, management, and entrepreneurship. This education, combined with his practical experience at Trent, has prepared him well for the challenges of leading a major retail chain like Star Bazaar.

3. A Quiet, Yet Powerful Business Dynasty Union

In 2019, Neville Tata married Manasi Kirloskar, bringing together two of India’s most influential business families. Manasi is the daughter of Vikram Kirloskar, an industrialist known for his leadership in the Kirloskar Group, one of India’s leading conglomerates. The marriage, though modest in its ceremony, was significant for the union it represented – a fusion of two powerful business legacies. The couple, both of whom are now at the helm of significant businesses, represent a new generation of Indian business leaders poised to shape the future of their respective industries.

4. Rising through the Ranks with Strategic Foresight

Neville Tata’s journey within Trent Ltd has been marked by a series of strategic roles that have prepared him for his current leadership position. Starting with a focus on packaged food and beverages, he later transitioned to managing Zudio, where he was instrumental in its expansion across India. This experience has not only honed his leadership skills but also given him a deep understanding of the retail landscape, particularly in India’s diverse market. His ability to drive growth and innovation within Zudio suggests that he will bring the same forward-thinking approach to Star Bazaar.

5. A Future Shaped by Family and Corporate Governance

Neville Tata’s appointment as the head of Star Bazaar is a clear indication of the Tata Group’s commitment to grooming the next generation of leaders from within the family. His father, Noel Tata, who has been pivotal in Trent’s growth, is expected to provide close guidance as Neville takes on this new role. Furthermore, Neville’s recent appointment, along with his sisters Leah and Maya, as trustees of the Sir Dorabji Tata Trust and Sir Ratan Tata Trust, underscores his growing influence within the Tata Group’s philanthropic and corporate governance activities. These roles indicate that Neville Tata is being groomed not just as a business leader but as a steward of the Tata legacy.

• star bazaar
• appointment

India celebrates Raksha Bandhan with all craze and enthusiasm for the bond between brother and sister. This festival symbolizes trust, safety and love that the siblings have for each other. At a loss to understand what to present your sibling? Presenting the ultimate gifting guide offered by different brands in India. 

According to the Confederation of All India Traders (CAIT), this rakhi sales are projected to cross Rs 12,000 crore! It has been observed that there is a tremendous buying frenzy for Rakhi, and people are quite excited about the occasion. To commemorate the event, customers were asked to use Indian products.

Here is a gifting guide for you: know what different brands are offering.

This Raksha Bandhan, ALDO has you prepared with the ideal present for your sibling or complementary items that honor your special relationship! Indulge in the whimsical nostalgia of the ALDO X Looney Tunes collection, a homage to the priceless moments you spent together as kids watching cartoons. Alternatively, for a smart and sophisticated gift for your sister, check out ALDO's Fall Winter 2024 collection for a subtle pop of shine.

Choose OPIUM Eyewear this Rakhi to up your gift-giving game; it's the ideal balance of safety and style that symbolizes your unshakable friendship. Choose the perfect pair of sunglasses to complement her distinct style with Opium’s wide selection, making them an easy yet meaningful present.

It offers sunglasses that will appeal to all tastes, whether she is a lover of the traditional aviators, the edgy attitude of top-bar sunglasses, or the strong statement of oversized frames.

Skincare, Beauty and Wellness

The body shop.

Rakhi is a moment to celebrate the unique relationship between siblings by giving them kind and heartfelt presents. This year, use these exquisitely chosen presents that blend luxury, functionality, and a hint of grace to create a really unforgettable Rakhi celebration. Offering complete head-to-toe-care, the Lather & Slather British Rose gift case includes British Rose Shower Gel, Body Butter, Eau de Toilette, Hand Cream, and a Large Ramie Lily. 

The ultimate health present, the Puretive Good Vibes Gift Box is ideal for commemorating any important event. The Puretives ME time candle, a 100 percent pure soy wax candle combined with essential oils to produce a peaceful and tranquil environment, is included in this opulent package. With its mix of lavender and cedarwood essential oils, the soothing roll-on helps promote calm sleep, reduces jet lag, and offers on-the-go relaxation. With a rejuvenating rush of pure essential oils, the good vibes mist uplifts any room and promotes happiness and a good attitude. With no harsh chemicals, each product is made with natural ingredients and pure essential oils to provide a health experience. 

Zygos Beauty

Reflective and eye are the roots of their product, the REYEFLECTIVE palette. This high-end product is an affordable palette since it has sixteen chromes. It is a multi-textured palette made up of both duo and multi-chromes. Because the trademark flake formula's particles have large pigment sizes, layering is not necessary. You only need one stroke to finish off your appearance. The palette is free of parabens and BHT. In India, a Chrome palette typically costs between Rs 1000 and Rs 2000. However, this palette is a first of its kind since it contains 16 tones for Rs 10,800.

A wonderful present is all you need for any occasion. Presenting the opulent BB Mousse Vanity Box, a kind and fashionable present for beauty and skincare enthusiasts around. With the addition of this sophisticated vanity box, your dresser becomes a lovely accent and gains a touch of luxury for your gift-giving requirements. Three exquisitely lovely shades—grace (light), blossom (medium), and charm (dark)—that are tailored to suit all skin types and tones and accentuate the inherent beauty of the complexion are included in this gift package. With this gift package, you may spoil yourself or surprise a loved one with an unmatched pampering experience.

Technology 

This year, surprise your siblings with some amazing electronic devices instead of the customary chocolates and clothes. Something that will make their day, whether they are a gamer, music enthusiast, or just a gadget aficionado.

JUST CORSECA

• JUST CORSECA’s STRIDER SmartTouch Earbuds

These SmartTouch earphones will take your sister's playlist to a whole new level if she is a music lover. They include a 2.01-inch screen with Retina quality and simple touch controls that make it incredibly simple to manage her music in addition to providing crystal-clear sound.

• SSTRIKE JST612 Portable Bluetooth Speaker

This portable speaker is the ideal present for the sibling who is always the star of the party. This speaker is portable and has a handy handle that makes it easy for the user to take their music with them wherever they go. For up to five hours, the vivid RGB LEDs pulse in time with the music, giving the listening experience a new level of depth. By joining two SSTRIKE speakers, users may take use of true wireless stereo (TWS) technology, which turns them into a Wireless 2.0 speaker system that projects strong, immersive music around the room. 

• URBAN Vibe Loop Earbuds 

Give your brother the URBAN Vibe Loop this Rakshabandhan; the earloops are adjustable for maximum comfort and are incredibly lightweight. They're ideal for both intensive gaming sessions and podcast binges, since your sibling can enjoy 3D surround sound and Low Latency Gaming Mode. For extra convenience, these TWS Earbuds also include dual pairing, quick snap-sync connectivity, and an LED battery display indication. 

• Lyne’s Coolpods 37 and Coolpods 38 - Wireless Gaming Earbuds

Lyne's Coolpods 37 and Coolpods 38 make ideal gifts for brothers who enjoy gaming, providing an immersive sound experience. These TWS earbuds feature unique case designs and share powerful gaming capabilities that transport users into a world of vivid and breathtaking sound. Equipped with Bluetooth V5.4, they offer an impressive 30 hours of music playback, 35 hours of talk time, and 300 hours of standby time, ensuring uninterrupted audio entertainment. The IPX3 water resistance rating allows gamers to fully immerse themselves in virtual worlds with the most realistic and pure sound quality. Available in sleek black, pristine white, and stylish blue, these earbuds combine style and performance. 

• Microdigit DEP386 Wireless Earplug with LED Display and Touch Screen 

They come loaded with features such as wireless stereo, seamless device connections, and a voice assistant, all at a budget-friendly price. Perfect for calls, music, or simply adding a touch of style, these earplugs are a thoughtful and practical gift that shows you care without straining your budget. Available at leading offline retail outlets across India.

With Rakshabandhan approaching, Fabindia has curated a special collection of apparel for brothers and sisters. Celebrate this auspicious festival with stylish and traditional outfits that embody the spirit of love and togetherness. Available at Fabindia stores nationwide.

• Pink Viscose Silk Chikankari Long Kurta

This pink chikankari long kurta is an ideal Rakshabandhan gift for your sister. Combining comfort, tradition, and style, it will effortlessly elevate her wardrobe with sophistication.

• Blue Cotton Silk Hand Block Printed Sari 

Delight your sister this Rakshabandhan with an exquisite hand-block printed sari. Offering unparalleled comfort and elegance, it makes the perfect gift for this special occasion!

Blackberrys

With Raksha Bandhan approaching, now is the perfect time to shop for your confident, smart, and stylish brothers and show them how much they mean to you. Blackberrys, the premium Indian menswear brand, offers elegant and sophisticated cuts with sharp fits across its range. From office wear and smart casuals to party attire and accessories, Blackberrys has everything you need.

• Trendy Casualwear

Experience relaxed sophistication with Blackberrys' latest Techpro range, designed for the modern man who values both comfort and style. From impeccably crafted formal shirts to versatile trousers, blazers, khakis, and all-season jackets, each piece features stretchable, wrinkle-resistant, and smart-dry fabrics. 

• Luxury Shirts

Elevate his style with Blackberrys' exclusive collection of premium shirts, embodying both luxury and elegance. Made from high-quality fabrics and featuring exquisite patterns, these shirts combine comfort with impeccable style.

• Dapper Suits

A well-tailored suit is a must-have for every man. Blackberrys offers a range of suits, from sleek single-breasted designs to timeless double-breasted styles, guaranteeing a sharp and polished look for any occasion. Opt for versatile colors like navy or charcoal to make a standout impression.

Mia by Tanishq

This Raksha Bandhan, celebrate your cherished relationship with a carefully curated gifting guide from Mia by Tanishq. Featuring five stunning jewelry pieces, this collection is designed to make your sister shine with gifts that are both beautiful and deeply meaningful. Each piece serves as a lasting reminder of your enduring bond, making it the perfect way to honor a connection that continues to sparkle, no matter where life takes you both.

• Everlasting Love Gold Necklace Set—A timeless expression of your unconditional love

Gold Necklace Set in 14 kt yellow gold is a perfect symbol of sibling love and affection. With a charming heart necklace and matching earrings, this set beautifully captures the spirit of Rakhi, making it a thoughtful and stylish gift for your sister.

• Floral Glow Diamond Studs—Elegance Perfectly Paired 

Elevate your sister’s style with our Floral Diamond Elegance stud earrings. Crafted from beautiful yellow gold and set with radiant round-cut diamonds, these earrings are ideal for adding a touch of brilliance on Rakhi and beyond.

• Evil Eye Diamond earrings—A Guardian of Style and Spirit

Protect your sister's flair with the Evil Eye Diamond earrings, elegantly fashioned in lustruous gold and centred with a sparkling diamond. This elegant piece symbolizes protection and positivity, making it an excellent Rakhi gift to show that you'll always have her back, in style.

Allow these carefully chosen presents to serve as inspiration as you get ready to celebrate this wonderful event and choose a gift that honors your special bond with your sibling. I hope you have an abundance of happiness, love, and special moments during Raksha Bandhan.

• MIA by Tanishq

The first quarter of fiscal year 2024-25 has revealed a diverse range of financial performances across India's FMCG and retail sectors. Companies such as Honasa Consumer Ltd, Page Industries, Cantabil Retail, Titan Company, and DMart have all posted their Q1 results, each showcasing distinct trends in profitability, revenue growth, and strategic investments.

One of the most striking trends in Q1 FY25 is the substantial variance in profit growth across these companies. Honasa Consumer Ltd, the parent company of popular FMCG brands like Mamaearth and The Derma Co., reported a 62.9 percent increase in its consolidated profit after tax (PAT), rising to Rs 40.25 crore from Rs 24.71 crore in the same quarter of the previous fiscal year. This surge in profitability underscores the company’s effective market strategies and the growing popularity of its brands, which have resonated strongly with consumers.

In contrast, Page Industries, a leading apparel manufacturer in India, experienced more modest profit growth. The company reported a 4.3 percent year-on-year (YoY) increase in PAT, reaching Rs 1,652 million. This growth reflects steady progress, particularly given the competitive nature of the apparel industry and the ongoing investments Page Industries has made in digital and e-commerce platforms.

Cantabil Retail, another key player in the apparel sector, reported an 8.9 percent YoY increase in PAT, bringing its net profit to Rs 11.4 crore. This growth, though slightly lower than Page Industries in percentage terms, is significant considering the challenges faced by the retail sector, including fluctuating consumer demand and external economic pressures.

Titan Company, a diversified retailer with a strong presence in jewelry, watches, and accessories, reported a more moderate 9 percent YoY growth in its overall business, with varying performances across its divisions. The jewelry segment, while showing growth, was impacted by high gold prices, which tempered consumer demand despite the addition of new stores and the strong performance during key selling periods like Akshaya Tritiya.

DMart, operated by Avenue Supermarts and a major player in the hypermarket chain sector, also demonstrated steady profit growth. The company’s consolidated net profit rose by 17.5 percent to Rs 773.8 crore, up from Rs 658.8 crore in the corresponding period last year. This growth, while robust, reflects the company’s consistent strategy of expanding its footprint and maintaining its position as a low-cost retailer in a highly competitive market.

Balancing Growth and Investment

Revenue growth across these companies shows a common theme of strong market performance, albeit with varying degrees of success. Honasa Consumer Ltd saw its revenue from operations rise by 19.28 percent to Rs 554.05 crore, indicating the company’s ability to capture a larger share of the FMCG market through its popular brands. Page Industries reported a 3.9 percent YoY increase in revenue, totaling Rs 12,775 million, driven by a 2.6 percent increase in sales volume. Cantabil Retail also posted a solid 14.4 percent YoY growth in revenue, reaching Rs 127.9 crore, supported by the addition of 11 new retail stores and continued strength in online sales channels.

Titan Company’s revenue growth varied across its divisions. While the jewelry segment saw an 8 percent increase in domestic market revenue, the watches and wearables division outpaced it with a 14 percent growth, driven by a strong preference for premium products and an expanding retail network. The company’s total income for the quarter was bolstered by these diverse revenue streams, despite some segments, like wearables and fashion accessories, facing challenges.

DMart reported an 18.6 percent increase in revenue, reaching Rs 14,069 crore, reflecting the hypermarket chain’s continued appeal to value-conscious consumers. The company’s focus on expanding its store network and enhancing its product offerings has helped sustain this growth, even as competition in the retail space intensifies.

However, this revenue growth has been accompanied by rising expenses across the board. Honasa Consumer’s total expenses for the quarter increased by 17.42 percent to Rs 520.38 crore, reflecting its ongoing investments in operations and expansion strategies. Similarly, DMart’s total expenses rose by 18.62 percent to Rs 13,056.61 crore, driven by the costs associated with opening new stores and maintaining its extensive supply chain. Despite these rising costs, both companies have managed to maintain strong profitability, indicating effective cost management strategies.

Page Industries and Cantabil Retail also faced rising expenses, but their disciplined approach to cost management helped them preserve healthy profit margins. Page Industries, for instance, reported an EBITDA margin of 19 percent, demonstrating its ability to balance revenue growth with operational efficiency. Cantabil’s EBITDA rose by 14.5 percent YoY, reflecting its success in managing costs while continuing to invest in store expansions and brand development.

Market Outlook: Strategic Investments and Future Prospects

Looking ahead, these companies are poised to continue their growth trajectories, albeit with varying strategies tailored to their respective markets. Honasa Consumer is likely to focus on further expanding its product portfolio and strengthening its digital presence to capitalize on the growing demand for personal care products. Page Industries, with its emphasis on digital transformation and e-commerce, is well-positioned to tap into the increasing consumer preference for online shopping, while Cantabil Retail’s ongoing store expansion strategy will help it deepen its market penetration.

Titan Company’s diversified portfolio provides it with multiple avenues for growth, particularly in the premium segments of jewelry and watches, which continue to attract affluent consumers. DMart’s focus on maintaining its cost leadership in the hypermarket segment will be crucial as it navigates the challenges of rising operational costs and intensifying competition.

In conclusion, the first quarter of FY25 has shown that while profit growth varies across companies, those with strong market strategies and effective cost management are well-positioned to capitalize on India’s evolving consumer landscape. Whether through expansion, digital transformation, or product diversification, these companies are shaping the future of India’s FMCG and retail sectors, each carving out a unique path to sustained profitability.

• FMCG companies
• Business Growth

The Indian consumer electronics market is valued at $73.73 billion and is expected to grow at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 6.8% from 2023 to 2030 . The factors are driven by rising incomes, urbanization, and increased technology adoption. This article is for those looking to start an electronics business. Understanding how to open an electronic shop is crucial in this dynamic market. This guide will provide essential tips to open a retail electronics business in 2024 successfully.

Assess Your Competitors

Competitor analysis is critical. Go to a shop-wise electronics dealer and look at the products they are selling, the prices they are charging, and the way their customers are treated. Examples include Reliance Digital, Croma and Vijay Sales, which stand out through their broad electronics product range and great customer service. Knowing their strengths and weaknesses will assist you in creating your own unique selling proposition.

Register Your Business Formally

The essential step in bringing your electronics store to proper legal registration is to ensure compliance and risk management. Among the range of different business structures, you can choose either the form of a Private Limited Company, a sole proprietor, or a partnership that will determine the structure of your business and how it can evolve in the future.

Develop a Robust Business Plan

Crafting a well-rounded business plan is the foundation of your store's success. Your plan should include:

• Business Model: Decide between focusing on high-end electronics or a mix of mid-range and budget products.
• Financial Projections: Estimation of startup costs, revenue, and profit margins.
• Marketing Strategies: Detail your approach to attracting customers, whether through in-store promotions or local advertising.
• Operational Plans: Outlining the day-to-day operations, from inventory management to staffing.

Identify and Understand your Target Customers

One of the key things in a successful business is describing your target market accurately. Assess the demographics of the areas to recognize the needed electronics. An example can be the metropolitan areas will have a greater demand for smart devices and automation products than the towns which may opt for durable and low-cost goods. By adapting your product mix to these preferences, you can be more effective in getting the right customers.

Plan Investments and Secure Funding

Starting an electronics retail store requires substantial capital. Evaluate initial outlay on inventory, rented shop, employee compensation, and promotion. In highly populated cities like Mumbai or Delhi, you should count on a Rs 20-25 lakh investment at least. Diversify your options for funding; apply for a bank loan or try to find an angel investor. There is also the possibility to use government schemes such as the MSME Development Act.

Select the Optimal Location

Location is key to attracting foot traffic. Consider high-footfall areas like shopping malls or bustling markets. For instance, a store located in a technology-centric area like New Delhi’s Connaught Place can capitalize on the tech-enthusiastic consumer base. Proximity to other retailers can also create a cluster effect, drawing more customers.

Source Products from Reliable Suppliers

The base of suppliers builds your steady supply of quality products. Think about sourcing manufacturers directly or working with reputable wholesalers. Sites like IndiaMART can link you with numerous suppliers, thus allowing you to shop around and get the best bulk price.

Build a Competent Team

Your employees represent your business. Having a competent and customer-oriented staff is very important. Your key employees will probably be a store manager, sales associates, and technicians for after-sales service. Regular training helps you keep the staff well-informed on the new products and technologies, which in turn boosts the overall customer service.

Launch and Promote Your Store

To get your business on board, it is highly important for you to demonstrate your expertise in the new market and to build your name. Organize a great opening that offers discounts to new customers to increase foot traffic. Flyers, local newspapers, and word-of-mouth are some of the traditional advertising strategies that can be used to get the word out. The addition of exclusive deals from top electronics brands can also help to draw customers into the store.

Trending Products to Stock in 2024

It is very important to adapt to the demands of the consumers in order to be successful. The chart below lists the trending electronic products in India along with the percentage of consumers showing their interest in them.

At Indian Retailer, we present a guide to opening an electronics retail store in India in 2024 for which planning is crucial. One has to research the market, the right location, and the right products. By taking these steps, you will be able to place your retail outlet in a healthy position in this ever-evolving and expanding sector.

1. What are the primary licenses needed to open an electronics retail store in India?

You’ll need a shop and establishment license, GST registration, and potentially a second-hand dealer’s license if you sell refurbished goods.

2. How much investment is required to start an electronics retail store in metro cities?

Initial investments can range from INR 15-20 lakhs, depending on the location and product range.

3. Why is location important for an electronics retail store?

A high-traffic location increases visibility and accessibility, driving more customers to your store.

4. How can I ensure a steady supply of quality electronics?

Build strong relationships with reputable suppliers and manufacturers, and consider bulk purchasing to reduce costs.

5. What strategies can help in promoting my new electronics store?

Use a combination of local advertising, social media campaigns, and launch day offers to attract customers.

• Retail business ideas
• eelectronics
• smartphones

Rakhsha Bandhan is the celebration of the bond between brothers and sisters. On this occasion, Indian Retailer looks at those dynamic sibling entrepreneurs who have heralded successful businesses while navigating through numerous challenges in the retail industry. Marking the moment of celebration, here are the top 5 sibling entrepreneurs in India, sharing the same dreams and succeeding in their paths with each other's support, love, and hard work.

Presenting the Top 5 Sibling Entrepreneurs in India

Here are the leading sibling entrepreneurs in India in the retail market of India. Continue reading to know more about them. 

The Ambani Trio

Isha Ambani is an Indian business leader and a Member of the Board at Reliance Retail Ventures Limited, Reliance Jio Infocomm Limited, Jio Financial Services Limited, and Reliance Foundation. She also serves on the boards of the Reliance Foundation Institution of Education and Research, and Dhirubhai Ambani International School. 

She has played a key role in expanding the digital footprint of Reliance Retail, launching new formats such as the eCommerce platform Ajio and the omnichannel beauty platform Tira. She has been instrumental in the growth of Reliance Retail's own brand portfolio, including the acquisition of notable Indian brands and the launch of the Independence brand.

Akash Ambani is the Chairman of Reliance Jio Infocomm Ltd (RJIL) and a Director on the Board of Reliance Retail Ventures Ltd. Under his leadership, Jio surpassed the 100 million subscriber mark in less than six months after its launch in 2016 and now serves over 450 million customers. 

He is part of the RJIL Executive Committee, the governing and operating council, and is also a member of the Product Leadership Group. He is closely involved in the development of products and all digital services applications.

Anant Ambani is the younger brother of the twins and serves as a Director on the Boards of Jio Platforms Limited since March 2020, Reliance Retail Ventures Limited since May 2022, and Reliance New Energy Limited and Reliance New Solar Energy Limited since June 2021. He has also been a member of the Board of Reliance Foundation since 2022.

He is leading the expansion of Reliance Industries' energy and materials businesses and its global operations in renewable and green energy. Under his leadership, Reliance aims to become a Net Carbon Zero company by 2035 by building world-scale capabilities in producing clean fuels and materials of the future, developing next-generation carbon capture and storage technologies, creating holistic and circular materials businesses, and maximizing crude-to-chemicals conversion.

The Birla Siblings

Ananya Birla is a successful businesswoman and a platinum-selling artist. She founded her first company, Svatantra Microfin Pvt. Ltd., at the age of 17, and it is now one of India's fastest-growing microfinance institutions. The company has crossed an AUM of $1 billion and has grown at a CAGR of 120 percent from 2015 to 2022. Svatantra provides small loans to women entrepreneurs in rural India.The organization has maintained a high-quality loan portfolio and offers one of the lowest interest rates in the country.

Under her leadership, Svatantra won the Gold Award for Best Start-Up at the Skoch Financial Inclusion and Deepening Awards in 2014 and the Spirituality at Work: Sach Bharat Samman at the Sach Bharat Confluence in 2015. 

Aryaman Vikram Birla has diverse experiences in entrepreneurship, venture capital investing, and professional sports. He is actively involved in several businesses within the Aditya Birla Group (ABG), including Fashion & Retail, Real Estate, Paints, and the Group’s fashion direct-to-consumer platform TMRW. He has founded and is leading the hospitality business as well as Aditya Birla Ventures, a venture capital fund that invests in high-growth startups.

He started his first business in the food and beverage sector and has successfully led Aditya Birla Ventures to invest in five fast-growing startups.Aryaman serves on the boards of Aditya Birla Management Corporation Private Limited, Hindalco Industries Limited, Grasim Industries Limited, Aditya Birla Fashion and Retail Limited, Aditya Birla New Age Hospitality Private Limited, Aditya Birla New Age Restaurants and Cafe Private Limited, KA Hospitality Private Limited, Aditya Birla Digital Fashion Ventures Limited, and Aditya Birla Global Trading (Singapore) Pte. Limited. 

The Nayar Duo

Anchit Nayar has been an Executive Director since 2021 and serves as the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Nykaa E-Retail. He holds a bachelor’s degree from Columbia University and has previously served as Vice President of the Investment Banking Division at Morgan Stanley in New York. Currently, Anchit is responsible for the beauty business and is a member of the investor relations team.

He joined FSN Brands in 2018 as Chief Executive Officer, overseeing the expansion of Nykaa's retail stores, also serving as the company's Chief Marketing Officer from 2020 to  2021. Initially leading Nykaa's Retail team, he focused on driving offline sales. Under his guidance, the company's retail presence expanded significantly over 2.5 years.

Adwaita Nayar has been an Executive Director of Nykaa since 2021. She also serves as the Chairperson and Chief Executive Officer of Nykaa Fashion. A co-founder, she has been involved in marketing, operations, and product development. 

She holds a bachelor’s degree in applied mathematics from Yale University, where she graduated, and a master’s degree in business administration with distinction from Harvard Business School. After completing her academic pursuits, she re-joined FSN Brands in 2017 as Chief Executive Officer to create and strengthen the offline retail footprint of Nykaa. Since 2018, she has established Nykaa Fashion's business and currently oversees nykaafashion.com, as well as many of our company's owned and partner brands.

Lupin Siblings 

Vinita D. Gupta is an Indian businesswoman and has been the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) of Lupin Limited since September 2013. She also serves as the Chairperson of Lupin Inc. and its U.S. subsidiary, Lupin Pharmaceuticals Inc. 

She is the eldest daughter of Desh Bandhu Gupta, who founded Lupin in 1968. She holds a bachelor’s degree in pharmacy from the University of Mumbai and an MBA from the Kellogg School of Management in the United States.

Nilesh Gupta , born in 1974, is an Indian businessman and has been the Managing Director (MD) of Lupin Limited since September 2013. He joined Lupin in 2002 and is responsible for the company's research, supply chain, manufacturing, quality, and regulatory operations. 

He has been instrumental in formulating and executing Lupin's core strategy, helping it emerge as a global leader in the generics space and in India. He initially joined Lupin in 1996 and has since led the company's research, supply chain, manufacturing, quality, and regulatory operations.

The Amrutam Siblings

Amrutam was founded in 2006 by Ashok Gupta in Gwalior. It began as a family-run business, a brainchild of Ashok and Chandrakanta Gupta. In 2016, when the company faced significant financial losses, their children, Agnim Gupta and Stuti Ashok Gupta, joined the business. They took it upon themselves to reinvent and rebrand the company and its products.

Stuti Gupta was born and raised in Gwalior, where Amrutam is based. To advance her career as a psychologist, she took a job as a Psychologist - Business Design at the Hank Nunn Institute in Bangalore. However, the traditional 9-5 work life did not suit her, and she began reassessing her career goals. In 2017, around the same time Amrutam encountered a major setback, Stuti and Agnim decided to explore the online world for business. She discovered a talent for design and played a key role in shaping Amrutam’s identity as a wellness community. Leveraging her background in psychology, she introduced a mental health component to Amrutam, focusing on holistic health that encompasses physical, mental, and spiritual well-being.

In February 2017, Agnim Gupta hired a designer and began working on the rebranding of Amrutam. While he focused on the wellness range, he developed the company's new website, which went live in July 2017. The growth of Amrutam accelerated significantly in 2020 when the COVID-19 pandemic drove a shift toward online shopping. During this period, the brand gained attention from publishing houses and media, receiving recognition from celebrities and entrepreneurs.

From the view of Indian Retailer, these top 5 leading retail brands owned and functioned by siblings are acting in their industry in India. Making significant changes in the growth and development of the country. Make this Raksha Bandhan special for your sibling with a shower of support, love and teamwork inspired by these leading sibling entrepreneurs in India. 

• Aditya Birla

The Indian retail market is experiencing remarkable growth, with projections indicating that it will surpass $1.4 trillion by 2027. This surge positions India as one of the fastest-growing retail markets globally. According to the latest annual report from Reliance Industries (RIL), the sector is expected to become the third-largest retail market by 2030. This expansion is driven by key factors such as increasing urbanization, rising income levels, a growing female workforce, and a young, aspirational population.

Reliance Retail’s Impact on the Sector

Reliance Retail Venture Ltd (RRVL), the retail arm of Mukesh Ambani-led Reliance Industries, plays a significant role in this growth. RRVL crossed the Rs 3 lakh crore revenue mark in FY24, underscoring its commitment to the sector. The company has made substantial investments across the retail value chain, contributing to the overall expansion of the industry.

Key Growth Drivers

Urbanization is a major factor fueling the expansion of India’s retail sector. As more people move from rural to urban areas, the demand for diverse retail options increases. Urban centers offer retail companies greater opportunities to reach a broader audience and cater to a larger consumer base. This growth is further supported by the development of infrastructure, such as high streets and shopping centers.

The expanding middle class and rising disposable incomes are also key drivers of growth in India’s retail sector. As income levels rise, consumers are more inclined to spend on high-end and luxury goods, reflecting a shift towards aspirational spending and quality-focused purchases.

Additionally, the growing female workforce in India is contributing significantly to the retail sector’s expansion. As more women enter the labor force, their purchasing power increases, prompting retail companies to tailor their products to meet the needs and preferences of female consumers.

India’s young population is another critical factor in the retail market’s growth. Known for their aspirational outlook and openness to new ideas, young consumers are driving demand for technology, fashion, and lifestyle products. Retailers are increasingly focusing on this demographic, recognizing its influence on market dynamics.

Market Segmentation

The Indian retail industry is diverse, with various segments contributing to its growth. Groceries remain a significant portion of the market, driven by the steady demand for essential items. Grocery retailers are diversifying their offerings to meet a wide range of consumer needs, from basic necessities to premium products.

Fashion and lifestyle products also make up a substantial share of the industry. Consumers are placing increasing importance on variety and quality in their apparel and lifestyle choices. In response, retailers are offering a broad range of products, from high-end fashion to everyday essentials.

Consumer electronics is another key segment within the retail sector. This category continues to expand, fueled by growing consumer interest in gadgets and technological advancements. Retailers are focusing on providing the latest innovations and tech products to meet consumer demand.

Despite its growth, the retail sector faces several challenges. One of the primary obstacles is the availability of premium real estate. The lack of high-quality shopping centers and high streets poses a barrier to expansion. Retailers must navigate these challenges to find suitable locations for their businesses.

The sector also faces a shortage of skilled labor, which presents new difficulties as the industry grows. To support this expansion, the retail sector requires qualified workers. Retailers need to invest in training and development programs to bridge this skills gap.

Strategic Initiatives

Retailers are focusing on expanding their product range in non-food categories. There is significant growth in categories such as general merchandise, home, and personal care. Expanding product offerings is a priority for retailers as they strive to meet the diverse needs of their customers.

In the e-commerce sector, retailers are enhancing their market offerings, particularly in fashion. By targeting specific customer segments, new store layouts are improving the overall shopping experience. Retailers are also adopting localized strategies to cater to regional preferences. By tailoring product assortments and store locations, they can better serve the tastes of different consumer groups.

In summary, the Indian retail market is on a robust growth trajectory, driven by urbanization, rising incomes, and a dynamic consumer base. While challenges remain, the sector’s future looks promising, with continued expansion and innovation expected in the coming years.

• Retail market report

The Indian smartphone market is a dynamic and rapidly evolving landscape, reflecting broader trends in consumer behavior, technological advancements, and global economic shifts. The first half of 2024 has showcased these dynamics vividly, with the market experiencing notable growth despite ongoing challenges. It is at a pivotal juncture, characterized by growth, innovation, and shifting consumer preferences. While challenges remain, particularly in the entry-level segment, the market’s overall trajectory is one of expansion and diversification. As international and domestic brands vie for market share, consumers stand to benefit from a wider range of options, cutting-edge technology, and competitive pricing. The latter half of 2024 promises to be an exciting period for the industry, with the festive season likely to drive further growth and innovation.

According to the International Data Corporation’s (IDC) Worldwide Quarterly Mobile Phone Tracker, 69 million smartphones were shipped in India during the first half of 2024, marking a 7.2 percent year-over-year (YoY) increase. The second quarter alone saw shipments of 35 million units, growing by 3.2 percent YoY. This period represents the fourth consecutive quarter of YoY shipment growth, yet the market continues to face hurdles due to muted consumer demand and rising average selling prices (ASPs), which have slowed the pace of annual recovery.

A Prelude to the Festive Season

As the latter half of the year approaches, anticipation builds for the festive season, which extends until November. According to Upasana Joshi, Senior Research Manager, Devices Research at IDC India, the end of the second quarter serves as a prelude to this crucial period. In the first half of the quarter, vendors focused on clearing out older inventory. However, from mid-quarter onwards, there was a noticeable increase in new smartphone launches, particularly in the mid-premium and premium segments. This trend, largely driven by China-based vendors, is expected to continue into the monsoon sales of July and August, setting the stage for an even more competitive market in the latter half of the year.

Shifting Segments 

The Indian smartphone market is diverse, with different segments experiencing varying levels of growth. In the second quarter of 2024, ASPs saw a slight YoY increase of 2.8 percent, while quarter-over-quarter (QoQ) they actually declined by 5.6 percent, settling at an average of $248. This fluctuation reflects the complex interplay of demand and supply dynamics within the market.

Entry-Level Segment (Sub-$100): This segment witnessed a significant decline, with a 36 percent YoY drop in market share, falling from 22 percent to just 14 percent. Xiaomi remains the leader in this space, followed by Poco and Realme.

Mass budget segment ($100-$200): despite challenges in the lower-end market, the mass budget segment saw an 8 percent yoy growth, with its market share increasing marginally from 42 percent to 44 percent. xiaomi, realme, and vivo dominated this segment, collectively accounting for 60 percent of shipments., entry-premium segment ($200-$400): this segment emerged as a standout performer, achieving the highest growth rate of 42 percent yoy and expanding its share from 22 percent to 30 percent. brands like oppo, vivo, and samsung have made significant gains here, capturing nearly 60 percent of the market share., mid-premium segment ($400-$600): in contrast, the mid-premium segment experienced a 25 percent decline in unit terms, reducing its share from 5 percent to 4 percent. vivo led this segment with a 25 percent share, followed by oneplus and oppo., premium segment ($600-$800): this segment also faced a downturn, with a 37 percent decline in unit terms and a steady 2 percent share. apple’s iphone 13 and iphone 12 models, along with samsung’s galaxy s23fe, were key players. apple’s share in this segment increased to 61 percent yoy, while samsung’s share rose to 24 percent from 21 percent., super-premium segment (above $800): the super-premium segment continued its upward trajectory, growing by 22 percent and increasing its market share from 6 percent to 7 percent. apple dominated this segment with an 83 percent share, driven by strong sales of the iphone 15/15 plus and iphone 14/14 plus models. samsung followed with a 16 percent share, led by the galaxy s24/s24 ultra., the rise of 5g.

One of the most significant developments in the Indian smartphone market has been the rapid adoption of 5G technology. In the second quarter of 2024 alone, 27 million 5G smartphones were shipped, with 5G devices now accounting for 77 percent of total smartphone shipments, up from 49 percent in the same quarter last year. Interestingly, while 5G smartphone ASPs have decreased by 22 percent YoY to $293, there has been a notable increase in shipments within the mass budget segment ($100-$200), which grew by 2.5 times to claim a 45 percent share of the 5G market. Popular 5G models in this segment include Xiaomi’s Redmi 13C, OPPO’s F25 Pro, Realme’s 12x, and Xiaomi’s Redmi 12.

Online vs. Offline Channels

The distribution channels for smartphones in India have also witnessed a shift. Online sales channels have gained prominence, growing by 8 percent YoY and capturing a 50 percent share of the market in the second quarter of 2024, up from 47 percent a year ago. Motorola made a notable entry into the top five online vendors, securing the fourth spot, while Vivo climbed to the second slot, driven by strong sales of its T series models. However, offline channels struggled, with shipments declining by 2 percent YoY, a trend partly attributed to severe heatwave conditions across major parts of India.

Market Outlook

Vivo continues to lead the Indian smartphone market for the second consecutive quarter, thanks to multiple launches across various price segments, including its Y series, mid-premium V series, and flagship X Fold 3 Pro. Motorola registered the highest growth rate, supported by a diverse product portfolio across price ranges, while Nothing emerged as the second-fastest-growing brand in the market.

As the Indian smartphone market continues to evolve, premiumization remains a key trend, with brands like Apple and Samsung leading the charge. The rising cost of devices is pushing China-based brands to expand beyond the mass market, particularly into the entry-premium segment ($200-$400), which is expected to see sustained growth. The entry-level segment (sub-$100) will likely remain challenged, despite efforts to introduce more affordable 5G smartphones. Additionally, the marketing of GenAI-powered smartphones is expected to intensify, accompanied by heavy promotional activities.

• smart phones
• smartphone market

One of the mindless and hardworking chores is to wash clothes every day! Looking for a simpler, less time-consuming way? There are numerous washing machine brands in India that can be of great assistance. We have created a list of the top 10 washing machine brands in India, making it effortless research for you. What are the best-rated washing machines in India? How are various brands performing? Here is a curated list in response to all these questions.

Top 10 Washing Machine Brands in India

Bosch is a leading washing machine brand in India. Robert Bosch, commonly known as Bosch, is a German multinational engineering and technology company founded by Robert Bosch in Stuttgart in 1886. The company set up its first manufacturing operation in 1951 and has since expanded to 17 manufacturing sites and seven development and application centers. Bosch established its presence in India in 1922 and has grown to house its largest development center outside Germany in the country. Bosch leverages its expertise in sensor technology, software, and services to deliver cross-domain solutions. The company also focuses on connectivity and artificial intelligence to create user-friendly, sustainable products.

Best Selling Models

Front load washing machine by bosch.

• Series 2 washing machine, front loader  
• Series 4 washing machine, front loader 

Top Load washing machine by Bosch

• Series 2 washing machine, top loader 
• Series 6 washing machine, top loader 

Samsung is a popular choice for washing machine brands in India. Founded by Lee Byung-chul in 1938 as a trading company, it has grown into a South Korean multinational manufacturing conglomerate headquartered in Samsung Digital City, Suwon, South Korea. Over the first three decades, Samsung diversified into food processing, textiles, insurance, securities, and retail. The company entered the electronics industry in the late 1960s, followed by construction and shipbuilding in the mid-1970s, driving its significant growth. After Lee's death in 1987, Samsung was divided into five business groups: Samsung Group, Shinsegae Group, CJ Group, Hansol Group, and JoongAng Group.

Front-load washing machines by Samsung

• AI Ecobubble Front Load Washing Machine with SmartThings & Wi-Fi
• Front Load Washing Machine with Hygiene Steam
• Front Load Washing Machine with AI Control & SmartThings Connectivity

Top load washing machines by Samsung

• Ecobubbl Top Load Washing Machine
• Top Load with Center Jet
• Ecobubble Top Load Washing Machine with SuperSpeed
• LG Electronics

LG Electronics is a preferred choice for washing machines brands in India. Founded in 1958 as GoldStar, later became LG, is a major appliance and consumer electronics corporation based in Yeouido-dong, Seoul, South Korea. LG, originally Lak Hui Chemical Industrial Corp.,  was established by Koo In-hwoi in 1947. In 1952, Lak Hui, now known as LG Chem, became the first South Korean company to venture into the plastics industry. LG Corporation is a global holding company operating through more than 30 companies in electronics, chemicals, and telecommunications. As of August 2024, LG Corporation has a market capitalization of $8.81 Billion (Source: Companiesmarketcap). Today, Koo Kwang-mo serves as the CEO of LG Corporation.

Best Rated Models

Front-load washing machines by lg.

• LG Front Load Washing Machine, AI Direct Drive, Black VCM
• LG Front Load Washing Machine, Inverter Direct Drive, Middle Black

Top load washing machines by LG

• LG Top Load Washing Machine, AI Direct Drive, Platinum Black
• LG Top Load Washing Machine, AI Direct Drive, TurboDrum, Middle Black
• LG Top Load Washing Machine, Smart Inverter Motor, Middle Free Silver

Whirlpool, a leading washing machine brand, began in 1911 as a small company in Benton Harbor, Michigan. Founded by Lou Upton and his uncle Emory, who teamed up to patent an electric-driven washer washer. Over the years, Whirlpool expanded globally, with founding families establishing companies in the United States, Brazil, Italy, Canada, India, Germany, and France. Today, Whirlpool Corporation is an American multinational manufacturer and marketer of home appliances headquartered in Benton Charter Township, Michigan. The company markets its flagship Whirlpool brand alongside other well-known brands, including Maytag, KitchenAid, and JennAir. 

It entered the Indian market in the late 1980s as part of its global expansion strategy, forming a joint venture with the TVS Group and establishing its first manufacturing facility in Puducherry to produce washing machines. In the quarter ended March 2024, Whirlpool of India reported a net profit increase of 23.79 percent, rising to Rs 77.59 crore compared to Rs 62.68 crore in the previous quarter. For over a century, Whirlpool has been a leader in innovation, from introducing the first automatic washing machine in 1948 to winning more than 20 CES Innovation Awards.

Top Selling Models

 front load washing machines by whirlpool..

• Xpert Care 5 Star Front Load Washing Machine with in-built Heater
• Xpert Care 5 Star Front Load Washing Machine with In-Built Heater
• Xpert Care 5 Star Front Load Washing Machine with Ozone Air Refresh Technology & Heater (Inverter)

Top load washing machines by Whirlpool

• Whitemagic Elite 5 Star Fully Automatic Top-Load Washing Machine
• Whitemagic Royal 5 Star Fully Automatic Top Load Washing Machine

IFB is a renowned washing machine brand in India. Originally established as Indian Fine Blanks Limited in 1974 in collaboration with Heinrich Schmid AG of Switzerland, IFB Industries Ltd. has grown significantly since its inception. The company, promoted by engineer Bijon Nag, was incorporated in 1974 in West Bengal. In 1989, IFB extended its operations to Bengaluru, expanding its manufacturing capabilities. The company's engineering divisions are strategically located in Kolkata and Bengaluru. This diversification has allowed IFB to become a prominent player in both the consumer goods and automotive sectors. Over the years, IFB Industries Ltd. has built a reputation for quality and innovation, driven by its commitment to engineering excellence and collaboration with global partners. 

Recommended Models

Front load washing machines by whirlpool.

• IFB Senorita SXS 6510 Front Load Washing Machine
• IFB Senorita VXS 6510 Front Load Washing Machine
• IFB Senator Plus MSC 8014 Front Load Washing Machine
• IFB TL - SIBS 10 kg Aqua Top Load Washing Machine
• IFB TL - SLBS 9 kg Aqua Top Load Washing Machine

Haier is a reputed washing machine brand in the Indian market. Founded in 1984, Haier Group Corporation is a Chinese multinational home appliances and consumer electronics company headquartered in Qingdao, Shandong. Under the leadership of Zhang Ruimin, who became president in December 1991. Haier embarked on a journey of diversification and rapid expansion. The company has established a robust global presence with 10 R&D centers, 71 research institutes, 35 industrial parks, 143 manufacturing centers, and a sales network of 230,000 nodes worldwide. In 2007, Haier India began manufacturing refrigerators at its factory in Ranjangaon, Pune, marking a significant step in its international growth. This facility later expanded into Haier's first industrial park in India, solidifying its commitment to the Indian market. 

Front load washing machines by Haier

• Haier Washer and Dryer Front Load Washing Machine (Wifi)
• Haier Front Load Washing Machine (Wifi)

Top load washing machines by Haier

• Haier Top Load Washing Machine

Voltas is a popular washing machine brand in India. Voltas Limited, headquartered in Mumbai, is an Indian multinational home appliances company established in 1954 through a collaboration between Tata Sons and Volkart Brothers. With Noel Tata as its chairman and Pradeep Bakshi serving as the chief executive officer and managing director, Voltas has grown to become a major player in the home appliances industry. The company designs, develops, manufactures, and sells a wide range of products, including air conditioners, air coolers, refrigerators, washing machines, dishwashers, microwaves, air purifiers, and water dispensers. Known for its innovative and high-quality products, Voltas has established itself as India's largest air conditioning company by market share. (Source: Wikipedia)

Bestselling Models

Front load washing machines by voltas.

• 5 Star Fully Automatic Front Load Washing Machine
• 5 Star StainExpert Fully Automatic Front Load Washing Machine

Top load washing machines by Voltas

• 5 Star Fully Automatic Top Load Washing Machine with In-Built Heater
• 5 Star Top Load Fully Automatic washing machine

Godrej, a well-known washing machine brand, has its headquarters in Mumbai. It is an Indian multinational founded in 1897 by Ardeshir Godrej and Pirojsha Burjorji Godrej. Managed and largely owned by the Godrej family, the group has grown into one of India's most reputable and diversified business entities. The operations span various sectors through its subsidiaries and affiliated companies, including Godrej Industries and its subsidiaries Godrej Consumer Products, Godrej Agrovet, and Godrej Properties, as well as the private holding company Godrej & Boyce Mfg. Co. Ltd. The group is led by Adi Godrej, alongside his brother Nadir Godrej and cousin Jamshyd Godrej. The Godrej Group boasts a market capitalization of $16.92 billion, reflecting its significant impact on the Indian and global markets.

Popular Models

Front-load washing machine by godrej.

• WFEON HYS 6010  IJBT FLGR
• WFEON CEL 9014 IEBT SLSR
• WFEON ARG 6012 FEBDT SLSR

Top load washing machine by Godrej

• WTEON MGNS 70 5.0 FDTNS SRGR
• WTEON MGNS 70 5.0 FDTNS MTBK
• WTEON MGNS 75 5.0 FDTNS GPGR

Lloyd is a leading washing machine brand in India. It was founded by Atul Punj in 1982 and began as the pipeline division of Punj Sons Private Limited, a family business. It later evolved into Punj Lloyd Engineering Private Limited and was renamed Lloyd in 1989. Under Atul Punj's leadership, the company has expanded its operations across the Middle East, Africa, Asia Pacific, South Asia, and Europe. Lloyd, now part of the Havells Group, is renowned for its engineering and construction prowess, having successfully executed numerous projects in over 60 countries. The group's extensive reach includes over 50 subsidiaries, contributing to its global footprint.

Recommended Models 

Front load washing machines by lloyd.

• Intelli Steam Dry Fully Automatic Front Load
• Intelli Steam Fully Automatic Front Load

Top load washing machines by Lloyd

• Fully Automatic Top Load NeoXL H
• Estello H Fully Automatic Top load

Acer, a well-known washing machine brand in India. It was founded as Multitech in 1976 by Stan Shih, his wife Carolyn Yeh, and five others in Hsinchu City, Taiwan. Headquartered in Xizhi District, New Taipei City, Acer Inc. is a Taiwanese multinational company producing computer hardware and electronics. In 1998, Acer was reorganized into five groups, including the Acer International Service Group and Acer Semiconductor Group. With a presence in over 160 countries, Acer's subsidiary, Acer India (Pvt) Limited, was established in 1999 in Bengaluru, Karnataka. By 2023, India had become Acer's second-largest market. To diversify, Acer founded AcerPure to sell consumer products in India.

Top load washing machine by acer

• Acer 5 Star Fully Automatic Top Load Washing Machine

From the view of Indian Retailer, these top 10 washing machine brands are acing the Indian market, making a competitive space in the electronic industry of India. The electronics market of India contributes 3.4 percent of the country's GDP. These listed washing machine brands are making significant changes in the Indian economy. This curated list provided all the answers to your questions.

Which are the top three washing machine brands in India?

Bosch followed by Samsung and LG are the top three washing machine brands in India. 

What are the types of washing machines?

There are two types of washing machines - top load and front load. 

Who invented the washing machine? 

James King invented a washing machine in 1851, using a drum. In 1868, Thomas Bradford, a British inventor, made the machine functional and commercial. 

When it comes to Indian denim, Numero Uno has long been the kingpin, reigning supreme since 1987. But as the fashion landscape evolves, even the most iconic brands must keep pace with the times. In a move to stay ahead of the curve, the brand embarked on a rebranding journey, one that is not just about a new look, but about redefining its identity for the future. Jaiwant S Dhingra, Director of Marketing and Business Development, Numero Uno, shares insights into the brand's transformation and future plans.

Why Rebrand Now?

“Why the rebranding strategy?” you might ask. After all, Numero Uno has been a powerhouse in the Indian denim market for decades. But as Dhingra candidly explains, "We felt like we needed a change. We’ve been a strong brand since 1987, but there comes a time when you need to remain youthful, relatable, and ahead of the curve—futuristic even."

The rebranding effort, which took a total of six to eight months, was meticulously crafted in-house by the Numero Uno team. "We’ve used outside agencies before, but realized that nobody knows and feels the brand like someone from the team," says Dhingra. This time around, the team was determined to create a brand identity that resonates with both its heritage and its forward-looking vision.

The new logo, while seemingly simple, embodies the brand's ethos and is a testament to the effort put into ensuring it represents what the brand stands for. "It might seem like a simple logo, but what it stands for is a lot. Getting it right took six to eight months," Dhingra notes.

A Year into the Rebranding

It’s been just over a year since Numero Uno unveiled its new identity. The rollout has been gradual, with the rebranding being implemented in phases across the brand’s numerous stores in India. "The thing with having so many stores across pan-India is that we can’t just wake up one morning and change everything in every store. It happens phase-wise. Currently, we're in phase three, with two more phases to go," Dhingra explains.

While it’s too early to directly correlate the rebranding with revenue growth, the market’s response has been overwhelmingly positive. "We've seen great feedback from the market and from the trade. The logo change and the brand’s new direction have had a significant impact on people's mood and buying trends," Dhingra shares. This shift has encouraged retailers to take more risks and move away from traditional buying approaches, which is a big win for the brand.

Battling the Newcomers

In a market flooded with D2C brands and the rising tide of online shopping, how does Numero Uno maintain its edge? Dhingra sees the differentiation as clear-cut. "Our strategy is about being ahead of the times while staying true to our core. We don’t jump on every trend that comes along. We always believe in what we stand for and don’t change that," he says.

The brand’s core has always been its denim. "It started with jeans and grew into what we like to call jeans wear — things you can wear with a pair of jeans. While we are still known as a denim brand, we will never let go of our passion for jeans," Dhingra emphasizes. This focus on core values ensures that the company doesn’t just chase trends, but leads with a strong, consistent identity that resonates with its audience.

Looking ahead, Numero Uno has set ambitious goals for growth. "In the next two years, we aim to grow by a solid 30 to 40 percent in market share and revenue," Dhingra reveals. While he remains tight-lipped about specific revenue numbers, it’s clear that the brand is gearing up for significant expansion.

The brand has long been synonymous with the northern regions of India, but the brand is now setting its sights on the south. "We are actively expanding in the south, adding large-format store counters and many MBOs. Soon, we’ll be launching our brand-exclusive stores in those areas as well," he reveals.

The brand is already making inroads in states like Andhra Pradesh, Karnataka, and Telangana, and is exploring opportunities in smaller cities as well. "We are expanding big time in Bihar, realizing that it's an untapped segment with significant spending power and a will to invest in fashion," Dhingra says. This strategic move into Tier II and Tier III cities is expected to bolster the brand’s presence across the country.

Embracing technology.

Numero Uno isn’t just about fashion; it’s about innovation. The brand has been ahead of the curve in adopting sustainable practices, long before it became a buzzword. "We’ve been innovative in sustainability for about 12 to 13 years now, and now is the time to actually talk about it," Dhingra proudly states.

The brand’s plant in Dehradun, equipped with a 99 percent efficient biological effluent treatment plant, is a testament to its commitment to the environment. This facility recycles water used in the denim washing process, achieving almost zero water wastage. "Denim is a very laundry-driven process, which means a lot of water usage. Our treatment plants clean and recycle this water, making the process highly sustainable," Dhingra explains.

In addition to water recycling, the company has partnered with Spanish technology company Jeanologia to integrate cutting-edge, eco-friendly machines into its production process. The G2 machine, for instance, uses ozone extracted from the atmosphere to achieve vintage denim looks without the need for bleach or water. "The G2 machine naturally ages denim, giving it the desired fade in 15 minutes, compared to 30 to 45 minutes with traditional methods," Dhingra says.

Laser technology is another innovative tool in Numero Uno’s arsenal. Traditionally, achieving a faded look on jeans required hand scraping with sandpaper, a labor-intensive and hazardous process. The brand’s laser machines, however, use computer-driven precision to achieve the same effect, without harming the environment or the workers. "The laser beams decompose the dye where needed, giving a precise fade that’s not only environmentally friendly but also safe for our employees," Dhingra highlights.

Looking to the Future

As Numero Uno continues to innovate and expand, collaborations are becoming an integral part of its strategy. The brand has already partnered with several celebrities and influencers, tapping into their immense reach to further its appeal. "We’ve collaborated many times with celebrities on magazine covers, as well as with influencers on social media. These collaborations are essential in today’s market," Dhingra acknowledges.

Looking ahead, the brand is also exploring the possibility of designer collaborations, particularly in the denim space. "It's a very exciting space. We’re definitely keeping an eye open for a good collab that suits both us and the potential partner," Dhingra teases.

With a clear vision and a strategic approach to expansion, the brand is well-positioned to continue leading the Indian denim market. "We’ve always believed in staying true to our roots, and that’s what will continue to drive our success," Dhingra concludes. In an industry where trends come and go, Numero Uno’s steadfast commitment to quality, innovation, and sustainability ensures it will remain a staple in wardrobes across India for years to come. As the brand continues to evolve, one thing is clear: Numero Uno is here to stay, and it’s only getting better.

• Brand Expansion

Expansion Plans

Do you have the question of why marketing strategies are so different from one company to another? The one that sells to business customers only, and the one that sells directly to consumers? Retailers and those who are planning to enter the field must understand the differences between B2B and B2C marketing to be successful. These two strategies are two different languages, each specifically designed for the audience and having different objectives and techniques. Which one of them do you think is better? We will discuss the main differences that govern B2B and B2C marketing and the advantages of each approach in the respective context.

What is B2B Marketing?

 B2B marketing is about boosting other businesses rather than individuals. The central aim is to offer aid to other businesses in the direction of better operations, trouble mitigation, and the enhancement of profitability. This type of marketing usually comes with longer sales cycles, quite complex decision-making processes, and a dedicated customer relationship. B2B marketing highlights the importance of visual impact, comprehensive information, and trust building.

For instance, Wipro Limited provides IT services and consulting solutions to businesses across various sectors, from healthcare to banking. Wipro’s marketing strategies highlight its ability to drive digital transformation and operational excellence for its clients. Similarly, Mahindra & Mahindra supplies tractors and agricultural equipment to other businesses, marketing its products as essential tools for improving agricultural productivity and reliability in farming operations.

What is B2C Marketing?

However, the B2C marketing approach focuses on individual end consumers with a view to trying to get immediate sales and also to keep them coming back. The strategies here are more focused on emotions, needs, and desires. B2C marketers usually use mass marketing techniques to get the attention of their main target, which is a general audience with a shorter sales cycle, and a simple buying process. The aim is to produce compelling communication that positively interacts with buyers on a very personal level, which in turn, will result in immediate purchases.

For example, Myntra, a leading online fashion retailer, markets a wide range of clothing, accessories, and lifestyle products directly to consumers. Myntra’s marketing strategies focus on trends, style, and convenience, using celebrity endorsements and festive sales to attract a broad audience. Another example is Haldiram's, which markets its snacks and sweets directly to consumers by emphasizing taste, tradition, and quality, appealing to a wide demographic across India.

B2B vs B2C Marketing: 10 Key Differences

B2B and B2C marketing is based on many different aspects, like audience size, sales, decision-making, and many others, and to know more about it, we need to know how differently these aspects work, so here is a short brief about how the marketing aspects work differently for these models.

How do B2B and B2C Companies Approach Sales?

B2B and B2C companies in India go through diverging paths in terms of sales, which in each case reflects very much the peculiarities of the different audiences. Consider TCS and Infosys—these B2B companies focus on building long-term relationships with their clients. Their approach to sales is, first of all, the provision of personalized offers and a strong emphasis on trust and expertise. The issue is not merely getting a contract but rather developing long-standing trust. The plan is to generate value over a long period of time by including more decision-makers in the sales process.

On the other hand, B2C companies such as Reliance Fresh know that speed is the key to success. Their strategy is to get the consumer’s attention in no time, frequently by using emotional approaches and promotions that are hard to resist. These companies employ mass marketing, digital engagement, and discounts to generate quick, high-volume sales. Here, it's the case of hitting as many people as possible and making the buying experience as smooth and attractive as it can be. Thus, if it is in-depth and set to suit B2B or the volume and immediacy of B2C, each plan is perfectly adjusted to the requirements of their respective markets.

Social Media’s Impact on B2B and B2C Marketing

Social media's impact on the B2B space is substantial, whereas it has a different effect on B2C marketing as they adapt these two platforms differently. B2B marketers are using networking sites such as LinkedIn to connect with community members,  exchange opinions on various topics, and attract leads. The content here has an impersonal and information-centered approach. The B2C side, on the other hand, likes to use social channels like Instagram, and Facebook, for ads that are visually attractive and delightfully engaging. They are aiming to build a solid brand image, have direct phone conversations with consumers, and push sales with targeted ads and influencer partnerships.

B2B Buyer Considerations vs. B2C Buyer Considerations

B2B Buyers:

Those who are standing on the profit side of their investment are not only into ROI but also take into consideration other variables such as efficiency and long-term benefits. This process facilitates the collaboration of heterogeneous stakeholder groups that are interested in many ways of checking the effect of the product on their business processes. B2B buyers place high importance on research and analysis, which are often time-consuming and procured by virtualization and mass estimation of providers that come out on top.

B2C Buyers:

Considerations are more of an emotional type for them, focusing on price, convenience, and brand perception. B2C buyers are under the influence of some creative trends, peer reviews, and advertisements. The purchasing decision is typically fast and impulsive, following personal inclinations and involving less evaluation of future value.

Below are some examples of buyer consideration in B2B and B2C marketing:

At Indian Retailer, we feel that choosing the right kind of marketing is the most important factor to target the right audience. B2B marketing takes a people-oriented approach where relationships are built and value is provided over time. On the contrary, B2C focuses on instant gratification by attracting and converting customers. Despite their differences, both strategies present challenges and opportunities, and they will eventually become essential for success in your marketing efforts.

1. Can a company engage in both B2B and B2C marketing?

Yes, some companies engage in both B2B and B2C marketing by offering different products or services tailored to each audience.

2. How important is content marketing in B2B?

Content marketing is vital in B2B as it helps establish authority, educate potential clients, and build trust.

3. What role does brand loyalty play in B2C marketing?

Brand loyalty is crucial in B2C marketing as it drives repeat purchases and positive word-of-mouth, which are essential for long-term success.

4. How do B2B companies use social media differently from B2C companies?

B2B companies use social media for networking, sharing industry insights, and lead generation, while B2C companies focus on brand engagement, customer interaction, and driving sales.

5. What are the main challenges in B2B marketing?

The main challenges include long sales cycles, complex decision-making processes, and the need for continuous innovation to stay competitive

The word pizza was first discovered in 997 AD. Pizza is an Italian dish typically consisting of a flat base of leavened wheat-based dough topped with tomato, cheese, and other ingredients, according to a Latin manuscript from the southern Italian town of Gaeta, in Lazio, on the border with Campania. Raffaele Esposito is often credited with creating modern pizza in Naples. In India, there is a $50 billion food service market with a QSR of nearly $900 million to $1 billion flavors and an increasing appetite for fast food. Let’s discover the top 10 pizza brands in India that dominate the Indian market.

List of the Top 10 Pizza Brands in India

Here’s a curated list of the top 10 famous brands in India that have become giants in the industry.

1. Domino's Pizza

Parent Company: Domino's Pizza, Inc.

Establishment Year: 1960

Headquarters: Ann Arbor, Michigan, USA

Domino’s is an American multinational pizza restaurant chain founded by Jim Moaning, Tom Monaghan, and Dominick DeVarti in 1960 that has become a big name in the market with 15,00,000+ stores worldwide, among the 1,500 stores in India. The USP that gives the brand a boost is its 30-minute fast delivery and a wider range of local toppings like Margherita, Pepperoni, Paneer Makhani, Wheat Thin Crust, and Cheese Burst. Domino’s holds a market share of 50 percent and a 70 percent share in the Pizza home delivery segment in India. 

2. Pizza Hut

Parent Company: Yum! Brands, Inc.

Establishment Year: 1958

Headquarters: Plano, Texas, USA

Pizza Hut, LLC, is a very famous name in India. It was founded by Dan Carney and Frank Carney in 1958. The brand operates 19,866 restaurants worldwide and 3,50,000 team members in more than 100 countries. The brand gained its name for its affordable pricing. The brand offers a variety of products, including fries, pasta, chicken wings, and breadsticks. This famous brand had a revenue of $1.091 billion (2016). The parent brand of Pizza Hut is Yum Brand which operates the brands KFC, Pizza Hut, Taco Bell, and The Habit Burger Grill. Yum! has a revenue of $7.076 as of 2023. The brand offers a variety of products including their popular stuffed crust pizza which has the outermost edge wrapped around a cylinder of mozzarella cheese. Pizza Hut remains a significant player in the global fast-food industry, known for its innovative products and marketing strategies.

3. Chicago Pizza

Parent Company: M/s CP Foods Pvt. Ltd.

Establishment Year: 2008

Headquarters: New Delhi, India

Chicago Pizza, an Indian pizza restaurant chain based in New Delhi, was founded in 2008 by Vishal Kahpur. Chicago Pizza outlets are present in over 190 locations across the country. Its homemade style of making pizza and providing consumers with the ability to build their own slice is what makes them stand out in the competitive market. They have an unique option for Home Pizza Kit which allows customers to make their pizza at home. The brand delivers 3 to 5 signature pizza bases, their secret sauce, mozzarella cheese, and 6 to 10 toppings of choice. They have won the ‘best franchise award’ all because of their strategic management, which assisted the brand in gaining knowledge about the customers, including their geography, preferences and taste, and also for their variety of options in the menu.

4. Slice of Italy

Parent Company: Slice of Italy Pvt. Ltd.

Establishment Year: 2001

Slice of Italy, a Delhi-based brand, is famous for its Italian-style pizza with some Indian touches. They have 15 outlets running in different formats near Vasant Vihar, Okhla, Lodhi Garden, and other popular parts of Delhi. The popular product range of the brand includes Chicken Heavyweight Pizza, Garlic Bread with cheese and Chicken Lasagne. In addition to pizzas, customers can have a wide range of customizable cakes. Their tagline is Eat Great Morning till late as they deliver early in the morning till 01:00 AM.

5. Pizza Express

Parent Company: Hony Capital

Establishment Year: 1965

Headquarters: Uxbridge, England

Pizza Express is a UK-based pizzeria that has been operating since 1965 and was founded by Peter Boizot. Pizza Express is the first pizzeria in London’s Soho. The brand has over 360 restaurants across the U.K. and Ireland. The new Peroni 0.0% is the new fan favourite. They have their very own PizzaExpress Live, which offers more than 1500 music shows across a number of venues, and launched their PX Records label back in 2023. PizzaExpress is conscious of the environment, and its sustainability plan is committed to being net zero by 2040.

6. Tossin Pizza

Parent Company: Tossin Pizza Pvt. Ltd.

Establishment Year: 2013

Headquarters: Gurgaon, India

Tossin Pizza is a Delhi-based brand that is operated by Chef Rohit Narang and his cousin Honey Mehta in 2013. The sole purpose is to bring the Italian recipe to the Indian platter. Their hand-tossed pizzas with gourmet ingredients and Quattro Formaggi, chicken BBQ, cheese burst, and wheat thin crust make them stand out. The specialities of their pizzas are their perfectly crafted crusts, premium ingredients that are handpicked and farm fresh, gourmet variety and their priority towards safety. The brand’s mission goes beyond merely serving pizza. as they strive to craft culinary delights that tantalise taste buds and are committed to delivering an unparalleled pizza experience.

7. La Pino'z Pizza

Parent Company: La Pino'z Pizza

Establishment Year: 2011

Headquarters: Chandigarh, India

La Pino’z Pizza, an Indian pizzeria founded in 2011 by Sanam Kapoor in Chandigarh, offers a variety of pizzas, including options for vegetarians. The brand emphasizes high-quality ingredients and has rapidly expanded, boasting numerous outlets across India. They are known for their large, value-for-money pizzas. It's become popular for its diverse menu, including gourmet and customizable pizzas, garlic bread, pasta, and desserts. The brand is recognized for prompt delivery services and a user-friendly online ordering system. With a strong focus on customer satisfaction.

8. Oven Story Pizza

Parent Company: Rebel Foods

Establishment Year: 2016

Headquarters: Mumbai, India

Oven Story Pizza, a brand under Rebel Foods, is known for its unique and innovative pizzas that feature four distinct cheese bases: Peri Peri, Chipotle, Tandoori, and El-Classico. Their pizzas are designed to cater to diverse palates, offering both vegetarian and non-vegetarian options loaded with fresh ingredients and signature liquid cheese toppings. Oven Story emphasizes quality and quick delivery, making it a popular choice for pizza lovers across India. The brand is available in nearly 75 cities in India. They offer appealing discounts and buy-one-get-one options to lure customers, and they are quite famous among pizza lovers.

9. Baking Bad

Parent Company: Baking Bad

Establishment Year: 2014

Baking Bad has garnered a loyal following among pizza lovers who appreciate high-quality, customisable options. They have 10+ outlets, primarily in Delhi-NCR.  It stands out for its emphasis on fresh, gourmet ingredients and a personalized pizza experience. The brand allows the customers to customize their pizzas and has a wide range of pizzas, which includes thin crust pizzas, Napoli pizzas, etc., and office special offers for large pizzas as well.

10. GoPizza

Parent Company: GoPizza Co. Ltd.

Headquarters: Seoul, South Korea

GoPizza has one of the most competitive pricing strategies in the market. GoPizza is revolutionizing the pizza experience in India with its innovative technology approach. The brand was founded by Jay Lim and recently opened its 50th flagship outlet in India. Known for its automated pizza ovens, GoPizza delivers consistent quality at a faster pace and appeals to time-conscious customers. GoPizza has one of the most competitive pricing strategies in the market. The brand is known for its quality pizzas, openness, and innovation and is available in countries like Korea, India, Singapore, Indonesia, and Thailand. The oval symbol of GOPIZZA symbolizes the beginning of a completely new pizza beyond the limits of existing pizzas.

Final Words:

At Indian Retailer, we understand the food market in India is very diverse, as tastes and choices are very different in every part of the country. So we have curated a list of the top 10 best pizza brands in India that are very famous for their taste all across India.

FAQs on the Top 10 Pizza Brands in India

1. Which is the largest pizza chain in India?

Unveiling India's Pizza Landscape: Store Location StrategiesDomino leads the pack with 1,670 stores across India, establishing its position as the dominant player in the market. 

2. What is 3 meat pizza?

Hand-tossed-style crust topped with savoury tomato sauce, melted mozzarella cheese, pepperoni, sausage, and crispy bacon.

3. Which is the No 1 pizza brand in India?

Domino's Pizza. Domino's Pizza requires no explanation for pizza fans in India. They presently dominate more than 60% of India's pizza sector.

4. What is a mini pizza called?

Mini Pizza called Mini Pizzetta is a flavored-packed little bite-sized Italian pizza. 

5. What is the full form of pizza?

Pizza is a savory dish of Italian origin. Full form of PIZZA. Pizzeria Practical Insightful Zesty Zealous Attentive.

• Dominos Pizza
• Pizza chain

For years, offline retail has served as a vital component of local communities. MSMEs (Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises) are intricately woven into the fabric of Indian commerce. These brick-and-mortar businesses are a testament to the enduring spirit of entrepreneurship and their unwavering commitment to serving their communities. These small businesses are crucial to the Indian economy, contributing around 30 percent to India’s GDP and employing over 110 million people. This significant contribution underscores the importance of supporting and nurturing these enterprises to sustain economic growth and community well-being.

India’s Retail Landscape: An Overview

With a the country’s population of 1.42 billion, it would be fair to say that India’s retail landscape is diverse and vibrant. This blend of traditional and modern retail experiences - encompassing bustling local markets, neighborhood kiranas, and contemporary shopping centers - creates a dynamic environment. The offline Indian retail market captures approximately 93 percent of the total retail market share and is valued at $872 billion. The future of India’s retail sector looks promising, with an estimated Compound Annual Growth Rate (CAGR) of 10 percent between 2021 and 2029.

How Offline Retailers Are Propelling the Industry Forward as MSMEs

Operating as Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises (MSMEs), traditional offline retailers play a pivotal role in sustaining local economies and driving the overall industry forward.

Rising disposable incomes and increased spending power, particularly within India’s middle class, have been instrumental in driving substantial growth in the retail sector over the past decade. A NASSCOM report indicates that India’s retail sector accounts for nearly 10 percent of the country's GDP and employs 8 percent of the Indian formal workforce, which translates to nearly 35 million individuals. By 2030, it is projected that this sector will create 25 million new jobs. MSMEs are crucial in enabling employment opportunities and contributing to the country's overall economic growth. 2

Additionally, NeoGrowth’s NeoInsights report Click and Mortar: The Evolution of India’s Retail Ecosystem,’ states more than 70 percent Indian shoppers value family shopping experience in a physical store. This preference allows retailers to create a symbiotic relationship that extends beyond monetary transactions, fostering strong community bonds. Businesses in sectors such as FMCG and Retail, Food and Beverage, and Consumer Durables and Electronics significantly contribute to growth in these areas.

Digital Transformations to Offline Retail

In the increasingly digital world, offline retailers remain unfazed by e-commerce growth. According to the NeoInsights Report of 2023, 80 percent of offline retailers said they were not threatened by the boom. In fact, offline retailers were incorporating a digital touch. For instance, offline retailers utilized social media marketplaces to list their products online to boost sales and expand to a larger customer base. Some offered free home delivery services and accepted orders via messaging apps and phone calls, catering to customers who preferred shopping from home. Such use of technology enabled close to 60 percent offline retailers to fulfill customer requests for home delivery services.

Another interesting observation revealed that one in two offline retailers often receive customer requests to replicate products based on online reference images, a capability not typically available with online purchases. This highlights the offline retailer’s ability to combine the best of both worlds.

The Future of Offline Retail

India’s retail market is poised to reach $2 trillion by 2032 according to a BCG Report and offline retailers will play a pivotal role in this. While the road ahead seems bright, it is fraught with challenges, but also full of opportunities.

One primary challenge for offline retailers is the pervasive influence of e-commerce as a continuous threat to the convenience and extensive offerings on online platforms.

Nonetheless, personalized services, innovative marketing strategies, and loyalty programs can be leveraged to create a unique shopping environment. Offline retailers are deeply rooted in local communities. Utilizing this local connection for targeted and personalized marketing campaigns can strengthen customer loyalty and foster community engagement.

The future of India's MSME sector is a powerful synergy between the online and offline space. By embracing click-and-mortar strategies, offline retailers can tap into the vast potential of online marketplaces, expanding their reach and customer base. Online giants can leverage the established networks and trust of physical stores to ensure seamless omnichannel experiences. The collaborative approach, fueled by technology and driven by a customer-centric mindset, holds the key to unlocking the true potential of India's MSME boom, empowering local businesses, and enriching the lives of millions.

Arun Nayyar, MD and CEO, NeoGrowth

• offline retail
• MSME sector

Coffee is one of the leading beverage industries in India. Some like it to be smooth, while others want to have a stronger aroma of coffee. The revenue for the coffee industry in India is estimated to reach $30.09 million by the end of 2024. Here is a curated list of the leading coffee brands in the country. Want to know who are the top 10 coffee brands in India? How are these the leading coffee brands performing in India? This article answers all the questions. 

Read More: How New-Age Coffee Brands are Revolutionizing Indian Coffee Culture

Davidoff offers one of the best strong coffees in India. The company has a rich scent body that is produced by combining beans from East Africa and South America. Davidoff has selected coffee blends from the top growing locations in the world skillfully blended to showcase their attractiveness. The Zino Davidoff Group, a Swiss family business established in 1980, operates solely in the non-tobacco luxury goods sector, offering an array of high-end products. Founded by Zino Davidoff, an immigrant from Ukraine, the company has expanded its offerings over the years and licenses the Davidoff brand to various companies for different business segments. The company has a revenue of 546 Swiss francs. 

Here is the top-rated Strong coffee by Davidoff

•  Espresso 57

Bean type – 100 percent Arabica

Taste Description - The delicate balance between roasting time and temperature is the key to making Davidoff Espresso 57. This Espresso has a unique flavor that comes from the beans' gradual development, thanks to traditional drum roasting. Explore the velvety scent with subtle hints of chocolate that will delight your senses.

Nestle is a leading coffee brand in India. In the first quarter of FY25, Nestle India recorded a net profit of Rs 746.6 crore, up 7 percent from Rs 698.3 crore in the same time the previous year. The company serves in 188 countries and has more than 340 factories and 77 countries. 

In 1929, Louis Dapples, Chairman of Nestlé's Board of Directors, received a request from Brazil to address the surplus of coffee. In 1984, the Nescafe brand extended its coffee offerings to include coffee beans. Nestle is a Swiss multinational food and drink corporation with a wide range of products, including coffee, tea, confectionery, bottled water, dairy products, and many more. Mark Schneider took on the position of Nestle’s Chief Executive Officer in January 2017. 

Best Strong Coffee by Nestle

• NESCAFE Gold Instant Coffee Powder

Bean Type -  Arabica & Robusta coffee beans

Taste Description - Made by its roasters and blenders, this premium mix is genuinely unique. Carefully roasted and freeze-dried to preserve the deep fragrance.

• NESCAFE Classic Black Roast Instant Coffee

Bean Type - Robusta coffee beans

Taste Description - A longer roasting time combined with 100 percent pure coffee results in a potent cup full of flavor and fragrance. Offers the richest, most potent flavor of coffee.

• NESCAFE Roastery

Bean Type - Arabica and Robusta beans

Taste Description - Rich and powerful taste profile of a delectably dark roast instant coffee with hints of roasted nuts and dark chocolate. Two separate rounds of roasting were used to enhance the subtle flavors and heady scent.

BRU has created a name by offering strong coffee in the Indian market. Coffee beans of the highest caliber and flawless roasting are used to make BRU Gold. It is an invigorating scent that stimulates your senses combined with excellent flavor. The customer receives the ultimate delight from enjoying the ideal cup of coffee.

Launched in 1968 by Hindustan Unilever Limited, a British-owned Indian final goods company headquartered in Mumbai boasts a diverse range of products, including foods, beverages, cleaning agents, personal care products, water purifiers, and other fast-moving consumer goods (FMCGs).

Strong coffee offered by Bru

•  BRU Instant Super Strong Coffee

Bean Type - Robusta beans

Taste Description - The ideal ratio of 57% coffee to 43% chicory is found in Bru Instant Super Strong Coffee. The aroma of fresh coffee is kept thanks to new and improved procedures.

Blue Tokai 

Blue Tokai is a well known coffee brand in India. Matt Chitharanjan and Namrata Asthana, alongside their COO Shivam Shahi, established Blue Tokai Coffee Roasters in New Delhi in 2013, with headquarters in Gurgaon, India. The renowned coffee startup, Blue Tokai, is currently in discussions for a new round of funding, with a valuation exceeding $180 million, and operates a network of over 100 outlets spanning across major cities in India.

Best Strong Coffee by Blue Tokai

•  Vienna Roast

Bean Type - 100 percent Arabica Coffee

Taste Description - This mix, which contains coffee beans from Tamil Nadu and Karnataka, is the second darkest of Blue Tokai’s roasts. It has a lot of body, little acidity, and is a favorite among those who want a powerful cup of coffee with the distinct bittersweet flavors. The ideal way to eat Vienna roast is with milk.  

Sleepy Owl is known for being one of the best strong coffee brands in India. Founded in 2016 by Ajai Thandi, Ashwajeet Singh, and Arman Sood. Sleepy Owl started as a passion project in a two-bedroom apartment in Delhi’s Dwarka. Today, its products are available in over 1,000 retail outlets in Delhi and Mumbai, as well as on online platforms—the company’s website and Amazon. As a homegrown Indian coffee brand, its journey began six years ago. Sleepy Owl introduced Cold Brew and now offers over 30 coffee products.

Best strong coffee by Sleepy Owl

• Xpresso, Strong Blend Instant Coffee

Bean Type - 100% Premium Robusta Beans.

Taste Description - The coffee of your wildest and darkest dreams is Xpresso. Xpresso will satisfy your coffee desires like never before since it is bursting with flavor. It dissolves readily in milk or hot or cold water, and the sealed container keeps it fresh and makes storing it simple.

TATA Coffee

TATA Coffee is a leading brand in the beverage industry. Tracing back to 1922, Tata Coffee, a part of the Tata Group, operates 25 estates covering more than 1000 hectares in the verdant Western Ghats, thriving with diverse flora and fauna. The company, founded in 1868 by Jamsetji Tata and headquartered in Bengaluru, Karnataka, specializes in producing coffee, tea, pepper, and related products, with 19 coffee estates across South India. The brand generated a  revenue of Rs $8.87 billion in 2023. Led by Chairman R. Harish Bhat and MD & CEO Chacko Purackal Thomas, the company has a strong presence and influence in the retail and B2B sectors.

Best Strong Coffee by TATA Coffee

• Tata Coffee Grand Classic Instant Coffee

Taste Description - For a fantastic cup, try the instant coffee chicory mix, a combination of agglomerated coffee and flavour-locked decoction crystals. 

Colombia Brew

Colombian Brew Coffee is a leading coffee brand in India. It provides the optimum climate and geographic circumstances for Arabica beans to flourish, which in turn produces coffee. It takes inspiration from Francisco Romero, a 16th-century priest who initiated Colombia's coffee revolution. Its coffee is meticulously handpicked from the finest plantations worldwide. Founded by Laukik Bothara, with headquarters in Pune. Strong category share in retail and online positions. Colombian Brew Coffee as a top consumer coffee brand. A variety of products including ground coffee, instant coffee, flavour-infused coffee, roasted coffee beans, green coffee bags, and 3 in 1 and 2 in 1 coffee premixes are produced and sold by Colombian Brew.

Country Bean 

Country Bean is considered to be a popular coffee brand in India. Established in 1963 in Southern California, it has its headquarters in Kolkata. Country Bean was founded by Aditi Somani Satnaliwala and Aneesh Satnaliwala, who aim to revolutionize the ‘at-home coffee’ experience by providing delicious, easy, and affordable coffee solutions. The Coffee Bean & Tea Leaf meticulously selects the top 1 percent of arabica beans from prime growing regions. The brand has an annual revenue of Rs 18.4 cr ($2.29 million).

Best strong coffee by Country Bean 

• Assorted Coffee Bundle

Bean type - 100% Arabica coffee beans.

Taste Description - gives a fresh coffee scent and flavor without any bitterness. Fast-brewing, robust, and excellent coffee

Continental

Continental is standing out as a well-liked coffee brand in India. CCL Products (India) Ltd. is the parent company of the brand. CCL Products is a publicly listed company that was established in 1994 and has a clientele base spanning over 90 countries. With its headquarters in Andhra Pradesh, the company, formerly known as Continental Coffee Ltd., has achieved a turnover of Rs 2,070 cr. Challa Rajendra Prasad serves as the Executive Chairman, while Challa Srishant holds the position of Managing Director. Joining the billion-dollar market capitalization club, CCL Products is a prominent player in the retail and B2B sectors.

Best Strong Coffee by Continental  

• Continental Espresso

Taste Description - After roasting, the medium-roasted beans are mixed, giving them a rich scent, well-balanced acidity, and a smooth, creamy texture.

Rage Coffee

Rage is a famous coffee brand in India. Founded in 2018, Rage Coffee sources its beans from top plantations in Ethiopia and India. It is led by CEO and Founder, Bharat Sethi. It is a subsidiary of Swmabhan Commerce Private Limited, a fast-moving consumer goods company. Rage Coffee focuses on manufacturing, marketing, and distributing innovative coffee products, generating an annual revenue of Rs 24.1cr. Positioned as one of the fastest-growing direct-to-consumer brands, Rage Coffee stands out as India’s pioneering plant-powered coffee, enriched with six plant vitamins.

Best strong coffee by Rage  

• Silk Blend- Vanilla Velvet & Creamy Hazelnut

Bean type - Arabica beans

Taste description - Rich, flavorful, full-bodied, and bold cup. Every cup is velvety and wonderful with overtones of robust and delectable flavors. 

In the eyes of Indian Retailer, coffee stands second in the list of most liked non-alcoholic beverages in India. These top 10 strong coffee brands are leading in the market for their taste, brewing techniques, and for offering different flavors. These popular coffee brands in India are offering the best brew from famous plantations in the world.

Which is the largest coffee seller in India?

TATA Coffee is the largest coffee seller in India.

Who is the father of coffee?

Kaldi, an Ethiopian goat herder is known as the father of coffee.

Where does coffee originate from?

Ethiopia is where coffee first came to be grown, and the Arabian Peninsula adopted it later. 

Which is the richest coffee in India?

Luwak coffee raw beans is the richest coffee in India. 

Which state produces the largest amount of coffee in India?

Karnataka is the largest producer of coffee in India. 

• Nestle India
• Tata Coffee

Red wines have long been appreciated for their rich aromas, nuanced flavors, and unique drinking experience. The middle class and increased demand for premium wines have driven substantial expansion in India's red wine sector. India's market for alcoholic beverages was estimated to be worth $55 billion in 2023. By 2027, the industry is predicted to have grown at a CAGR of 7 percent and reach $73 billion. Both domestic and foreign red wine brands have grown significantly in popularity as tastes change. Here are the top 10 red wine brands available in India as of 2024.

Top 10 Best Red Wine Brands in India 2024

Find the best red wine brands in India with our top 10 picks. Enhance your inventory with these top selections and stay ahead of market trends!

1. Jacobs Creek

Classic Shiraz

Reserve Cabernet Sauvignon

Double Barrel Shiraz

Manufacturer: Jacob's Creek

Winery : Jacob's Creek Winery, Barossa Valley

Jacob’s Creek is a luxurious winemaking brand that belongs to the Pernod Ricard group. It was founded by Johann Gramp in 1847. The brand comes from the Barossa Valley in South Australia and is one of the most famous brands in India. Jacob's Creek winemakers strive to produce wines that are a true expression of the terrain as well as the suitable climate of the Barossa Valley. Their wines have a robust taste and sometimes include notes of ripe berries, subtle oak, and spice. The main components are Shiraz and Cabernet Sauvignon grapes, which are grown with the utmost care and attention to detail to ensure only the best quality. The Jacob’s Creek winery is home to the largest onsite winery combined with a D solar installation. They follow sustainable winegrowing, which enables them to produce high-quality wines while meeting environmentally responsible standards around biodiversity, soil, water, and energy.

Read More: Scotch vs. Whisky: The Key Differences Explained

2. Fratelli

Sangiovese Bianco

Manufacturer: Fratelli Wines

Winery: Fratelli Vineyards, Maharashtra

Fratelli Wines is a wine brand established in 2006 and was founded by the collaboration of the Secci brothers from Italy with the Sekhri and Mohite-Patil brothers from India. They hold a 240-acre vineyard in the region of Akluj, Maharashtra, from where Fratelli is based. It combines Italian wine-making skills with Indian terroir. The wines are skillfully made, and they have a complex color with notes of dark fruits, spices, and earth. Key ingredients are Shiraz, Sangiovese, and Merlot grapes, which are so sturdy and have such rich taste that they are the most popular among wine lovers. Fratelli is known for India’s largest privately owned wine estate. The winery's high-tech laboratory also ensures the highest level of quality and discipline are maintained at each and every step of the manufacturing process.

Read More:  Top Whisky Brands in India for 2024 | ABV%

Sula Rasa Shiraz

Dindori Reserve Shiraz

Satori Merlot

Manufacturer: Sula Vineyards

Winery: Sula Vineyards, Nashik

Sula Vineyards was established by Rajeev Samant in 1999, and in a short span of time, the company has turned out to be the largest wine producer in India. Sula is India’s leading wine company, spearheading the distribution of wine from India across the world. The brand is headquartered in Nashik, Maharashtra, and is known for its quality and innovation in Indian winemaking. Among their red wines, the ones are awarded for rich, fruity flavors with notes of spice and oak. The grapes used are Shiraz and Merlot, the ones selected for their ability to produce strong and flavorful wines. Sula is one of the most sustainable winemaking brands in the world, with more than 2 MW of solar PV installed. 

4.  Aurva Chandon

Variants: Aurva

Manufacturer: Chandon India

Winery: Chandon Winery, Maharashtra

Chandon is a winemaking brand that is part of Moët Hennessy (LVMH) company, which was established in 1959 by Robert Jean de Vogue. The Indian operations are based in Nashik, Maharashtra. Chandon Aurva is a new adventure for our Maverick brand. Aurva is something added to introduce to India and the world. Made with the historic Shiraz grape, a collaboration between an Indian and an Australian winemaker includes grilled and barbecued meats, lamb shawarma, and full-flavoured curries such as chicken tikka masala. Chandon is the first offering from Moët Hennessy to be made in India and is now available across 22 cities in India. 

Rivera Syrah

Rivera Cabernet Sauvignon

Rivera Merlot

Manufacturer: Rivera Wines

Winery: Rivera Vineyards, Maharashtra

Riviera Wines is a wine company that has red wines that are the reflection of Indian winemaker art in viticulture, was established in 1982 by Shamrao Chougule. The brand is based in Mumbai, Maharashtra. Rivera is a company that is well-known for showing its commitment to producing high-quality wines. The red wine is based on the Shiraz grape which has black pepper and plum fruit aromas, whereas the white wine is based on Chenin blanc with aroma of fresh fruit. The leading varieties of grapes include Syrah, Cabernet Sauvignon, and Merlot. Their selectively matured grapes are handpicked and transported to the winery mostly at night and crushed early in the morning when still cold.

6. Grover Zampa

Vijay Amritraj Reserve Collection

Manufacturer: Grover Zampa Vineyards

Winery: Grover Zampa Vineyards, Nandi Hills, and Nashik

Grover Zampa Vineyards stands at the forefront of Indian wine, and its headquarters are in Bangalore, Karnataka. It was established by Kanwal Grover. In 1992, the first vineyard was set up. The popular Zampa range was launched in 2008 and owns the award-winning Zampa Soirée wine. Their wines display great depth and poetic expression, which are reminiscent of the flavors palette of dark berries, spices, and oak. The grapes used, such as Shiraz and Cabernet Sauvignon, are meticulously chosen to ensure that a premium wine is the result. The wines of this brand are created with an uncompromising and passionate focus on quality and attention to detail in all aspects, which permits the vineyard to express its true potential.

7. Four Seasons

Four Seasons Barrique Reserve Shiraz

Four Seasons Merlot

Four Seasons Viognier

Manufacturer: Four Seasons Vineyards

Winery: Four Seasons Vineyards, Baramati, Maharashtra

Four Seasons is a vineyard that is owned by United Spirits Ltd. (Diageo Group) and was established in 2006. The wines originate in Baramati, Maharashtra, a town rich in poetry and history, both of which are essential ingredients in winemaking. Four Seasons produces wines that are both sophisticated and characterful, with dark fruit, spice, and oak as the main notes. The primary grape varieties used are Shiraz, Merlot, and Viognier, which were grown in the Baramati area. Four Seasons has won 48 international awards in the wine circuit since its inception.

8. Big Banyan

Big Banyan Merlot

Big Banyan Shiraz

Big Banyan Cabernet Sauvignon

Manufacturer: Big Banyan Wines

Winery: Big Banyan Vineyards, Goa

Big Banyan Wines is a winemaking brand that is part of John Distilleries Pvt. Ltd., which was established in 1996. Bangalore, Karnataka is their base, and their wines are well-known for their powerful flavors with ripe fruit and spice notes. The first winery was set up in Goa, and they have launched a winery in Bengaluru. The main grapes that are used are Merlot, Shiraz, and Cabernet Sauvignon, which are grown in such a way that they produce a wine with a lot of character and a complex flavor. Big Banyan has won six trophies at the IWCCA.

Dia is a winemaking brand that is part of Sula Vineyards, which was established by Rajeev Samant in 1999. Based in Nashik, Maharashtra, Dia wines are known for their light, fruity flavors, and lower alcohol content. The wines often feature notes of fresh fruits and a crisp finish. The major blends used ensure a balanced and approachable wine. Sula recently launched the Dia Red Wine Sparkler, which comes in a can. The brand makes wines with ultimate respect to the environment, following sustainable practices.

Arros Cabernet Shiraz

Arros Shiraz

Arros Merlot

Manufacturer: Good Drop Wine Cellars

Winery: Good Drop Vineyards, Nashik

Arros is a red wine manufactured by York Winery, which is headquartered in Nashik, Maharashtra, Arros is a reserve blend of Shiraz and Cabernet Sauvignon. Arros is the flagship red wine of York Winery and is composed of the best barrels from the best vintages making its production very limited to less than 10000 bottles. The nose of the wine has lifted a jammy, sweet vanilla and Christmas cake palette with hints of nutmeg, cloves, blackcurrant, and coffee. It is aged for 12-15 months. The primary grapes used include Shiraz and Cabernet Sauvignon, chosen for their robust characteristics.

At Indian Retailer, we see how this Indian red wine market is diverse and evolving, with both domestic and international brands offering an impressive range of flavors and styles. Whether you prefer the bold notes of a Shiraz or the subtle elegance of a Merlot, these top 10 red wine brands in India provide an excellent starting point for exploring the rich tapestry of red wines available in India. Cheers to discovering your next favorite bottle!

FAQs on the Top 10 Indian Red Wine Brands

1. What is red wine?

Red wine is an alcoholic drink with a deep red color that comes from dark-colored grapes. To produce red wine, winemakers ferment crushed grapes, including the grape skin. Yeast grows and takes in the natural sugars, converting them into alcohol. The grape skin gives red wine some of its color and flavor.

2. Which is the largest distributor of wine in India?

Brindco Sales Limited is one of the largest distributors of wine in India, known for its extensive distribution network and wide range of imported and domestic wines.

3. Which is the richest red wine in India? 

Zampa Insignia is one of the finest and most expensive red wines in India, priced around Rs 5000 per bottle.

4. Who can import wine in India?

In India, only licensed importers and authorized distributors can import wine. These entities must obtain a license from the Directorate General of Foreign Trade (DGFT) and comply with state excise regulations.

• Wine Industry
• Grover wines

The Indian furniture market is undergoing a remarkable transformation, driven by evolving consumer preferences and global influences. As we witness this shift, it's clear that the industry is not just growing—it's reinventing itself to meet the sophisticated demands of a new generation of consumers.

The Growth Story: A Market on the Move

India's furniture industry is on an impressive trajectory, with projections indicating a revenue of $5.48 billion in 2024. This sector is set to expand at a compelling 6.42 percent compound annual growth rate over the next five years. The home décor segment stands out as the largest contributor, expected to account for $1.95 billion of the total market volume in 2024. While these figures are impressive, they also highlight the immense potential for growth when compared to global leaders like the United States, which is estimated to generate $263 billion in revenue in 2024.

The Winds of Change: Factors Shaping Consumer Preferences

Several key factors are influencing this shift towards international furniture trends:

Digital Marketplace Revolution: The internet has transformed how Indians shop for furniture. As one of the world's largest digital markets, India offers unparalleled reach for businesses, especially in smaller cities and towns. Online platforms have made a wide range of styles and brands accessible to consumers across the country.

Eco-Conscious Consumerism: Environmental awareness is on the rise among Indian buyers. This has led to increased demand for furniture made from sustainable materials like bamboo, responsibly sourced hardwoods, and upcycled materials. Manufacturers are adapting their practices to align with these evolving preferences.

Tech-Integrated Living Spaces: The Internet of Things (IoT) has made its way into our furniture. From sofas with built-in charging stations to wardrobes with smart lighting, tech-integrated furniture is gaining popularity among India's tech-savvy population.

Space-Efficient Solutions: As urban living spaces shrink, the demand for clever, multifunctional furniture is growing. Modular designs, convertible pieces, and innovative storage solutions are becoming increasingly sought after, reflecting a global trend towards efficient living.

The Socio-Economic Catalyst

The shift towards international furniture trends is not just about changing tastes—it's deeply rooted in India's socio-economic evolution. The growth of nuclear families, the rise in double-income households, and overall economic progress have increased the willingness to invest in home lifestyle products. There's a psychological need for comfort and luxury that aligns perfectly with global design aesthetics.

Bridging Global and Local Tastes

As Indian consumers embrace international furniture trends, retailers and design centers are adapting to meet this evolving demand. Many are now offering a diverse mix of national and global brands, showcasing styles from across the world. This shift is evident in the increasing availability of furniture and decor from various countries, including Turkey, Italy, Germany, France, and the United States. 

The range of styles available has also expanded significantly. Indian consumers can now choose from Scandinavian minimalism, vintage-inspired pieces, traditional designs, and bohemian aesthetics, all within the same retail space. This variety reflects the growing sophistication of the Indian market and its alignment with global design sensibilities. 

Looking Ahead: The Future of Furniture in India

As we look to the future, it's clear that the Indian furniture market will continue to evolve, influenced by global trends but shaped by local preferences. The integration of smart technology, the demand for sustainable products, and the desire for multifunctional pieces will likely drive innovation in the industry. For consumers, this shift presents an exciting opportunity to explore diverse styles and create truly personalized living spaces. For businesses, it's a call to adapt, innovate, and cater to a market that's increasingly global in its outlook.

Dr. Mahesh M, CEO, Creaticity

• global brands
• Consumer Behaviour
• Global trends

Raymond, a brand synonymous with quality and heritage in India, is not just resting on its laurels. The company has embarked on a technological revolution, integrating AI and omnichannel commerce to ensure that it stays relevant and competitive in today’s fast-paced retail environment. In an in-depth discussion with Ravi Hudda, Chief Technology Officer, Raymond, we delve into how the company is embracing the future.

Omnichannel Commerce: Meeting Consumers Where They Are

In today’s retail landscape, the line between online and offline shopping is increasingly blurred. Hudda explains, "Omnichannel has become a necessity from a consumer perspective. Today, consumers crave a physical experience in-store as much as they appreciate the convenience of browsing websites or marketplaces. To remain in the consumer’s consideration set, a diverse strategy to attract and capture consumers across various channels is essential."

Raymond's journey towards an omnichannel strategy began well before the pandemic, but it was COVID-19 that accelerated the process. "Standalone channels, both online and offline, have been operating in India since 2015 and 2016," Hudda notes, "but COVID put the entire omnichannel journey on steroids. Physical retail consumers wanted to engage with brands, and online became a very big touchpoint. Once restrictions eased, we saw a surge in consumers returning to physical stores, leading to a phenomenon we call ‘revenge buying’."

Raymond's omnichannel strategy now spans across its vast retail network of approximately 1,500 exclusive brand outlets (EBOs), shop-in-shop formats, and franchisee stores. The brand is also present across all major e-commerce marketplaces and runs its own direct-to-consumer (D2C) website. "If you combine all retail touchpoints, we have more than 20,000 across the country," says Hudda, highlighting the sheer scale of Raymond's reach.

The Power of AI

As Raymond expanded its omnichannel presence, the need for deeper consumer insights became apparent. Enter Staqu, an AI-powered retail analytics platform that the company has integrated into its stores. "We all know that AI has huge potential," Hudda states. "When a consumer visits our website, we get full insights—where they come from, what pages they land on, what products they view, and their conversion rates. But what about in-store? We wanted to understand consumer journeys in our stores—when they arrive, who they are, how much time they spend, and their conversion rates."

Staqu’s Jarvis, a video analytics solution, provided the perfect answer. Atul Rai, Co-founder and CEO, Staqu, explains, "Raymond already had cameras in its stores, so the idea was to leverage this existing infrastructure. We connected the feed to the cloud, where Jarvis analyzes the data. The AI tracks footfall, identifies unique visitors (excluding employees), and analyzes consumer behavior within the store."

This technology allows Raymond to create heatmaps of store sections, track which products attract the most attention, and measure how long consumers engage with these products. "This is information you typically get from online shopping, but offline stores were missing out on it," says Rai. "Now, cameras play a powerful role in providing this data, helping the company optimize their store layouts and product placements."

Ensuring Privacy in a Data-Driven World

With the increasing use of AI and data analytics, privacy concerns are at the forefront. Both Hudda and Rai emphasize Raymond’s commitment to consumer privacy. "In India, we follow GDPR guidelines, even though there isn’t a data protection law in place yet," Rai assures. "We’re the only company in the country that is GDPR compliant, getting audited monthly to ensure we’re up to standard."

The data collected by Jarvis is anonymized and does not include any personally identifiable information (PII). "We do not collect data related to faces or any other re-identifiable markers," Rai explains. "The data is stored on Raymond’s cloud, and Staqu does not have access to it. This ensures that Raymond maintains full control over their consumer data, safeguarding it within their firewall."

Hudda adds, "Think of it as a watchman sitting outside the store counting the number of people entering. He’s not interested in faces, just the numbers. That’s how we use AI—purely to enhance consumer experience without compromising privacy."

Measuring Success

For Raymond, the integration of AI is not just about staying ahead of the curve; it’s about tangible results. "Any investment in technology is measured on ROI," Hudda states. "For instance, if I have two stores in different locations and one has a lower conversion rate, I can analyze whether customers are not spending enough time in the right sections or if our staff needs better training in cross-selling and upselling."

Furthermore, the insights from Jarvis enable Raymond to make more informed decisions about store displays, visual merchandising, and even marketing campaigns. "My marketing dollars are becoming more efficient because I can measure the impact of each campaign," Hudda says. "I can refine those campaigns to create better footfalls and conversions."

Expanding Tech Horizons

Raymond is not stopping at just AI-powered analytics. The brand is actively exploring other technological innovations to enhance customer experience. "We are working on multiple generative AI solutions to make the consumer journey easier, more interactive, and engaging," Hudda reveals. While he remains tight-lipped about specific details, it’s clear that the company is gearing up to announce significant progress in the coming quarters.

As Raymond continues to evolve, embracing technology and innovation, it stays true to its legacy while preparing for the future. By integrating AI and omnichannel strategies, the brand is not just meeting consumer expectations but setting new standards in the retail industry.

• Raymond Group
• customer insight technology in India

Gold is a significant part of India. People of our country buy gold not just for investment purposes, but for their fondness and love for the lustrous metal. For decades, Indians bought gold from their family jewellers - those who they trusted for generations, however, today some jewellery brands have established their dominance in the booming market. How and when these top gold  jewellery brands came into being? Here is a curated list of the top 10 gold jewellery brands in India. This article presents all the information you need on the best gold jewellery brand in India.

Read More: How Farah Khan Ali Transformed Indian Jewelry with Bold Designs and Sustainability

Top 10 Gold Jewellery Brands in India

Here is a curated list of top gold Jewellery brands in India. Learn more about the leading jewellers in the market. 

Tanishq, a leading gold jewellery brand in India, was founded in 1994. It is a division of Titan Company. This Indian jewellery brand has its headquarters in Bengaluru. Xerxes Desai is the founder of the jewellery brand. Tanishq has a presence across more than 410 retail stores in 240 cities in India, UAE, the US, Singapore, and Qatar. International expansion started with its first store in the UAE, around  COVID-19 pandemic. The company has launched a sub-brand called Rivaah, focusing on the wedding sector. Hallmark has granted authentication to Tanishq. The company has been awarded Dot Design as the World's highest honor for product design. 

Recently, Tanishq opened a new store at Omaxe Chowk, Delhi. Check Here

2. Kalyan Jewellers

Kalyan Jewellers , the popular jewellery brand pan-India, has a family legacy in the business. It was launched in 1908. Kalyan Jewellers FZE is the parent company of the gold jewellery brand. T. S. Kalyanaraman is the founder. It opened its first showroom in 1993 in Thrissur, Kerala, and expanded its presence across pan-India in 2012. It started expanding internationally by opening 6 showrooms in the UAE; now the brand has around 30 showrooms in the Middle East (Qatar, Kuwait, Oman). Today the jewellery brand has 137 showrooms, out of which 107 are in India and 30 are in the Middle East part of the world. The brand has been awarded as the most influential brand by DC Books and DC Media. Kalyan collaborated with Amitabh Bachchan as its national brand ambassador. 

Kalyan Jewellers reveals the revenue growth report. Read More Here

3. Malabar 

Malabar is another leading gold jewellery brand in India. M. P. Ahammed is the founder and chairman of Malabar, which launched in 1993. He achieved the Global Excellence award from Defense Minister Nirmala Sitaraman and got recognized with the APCO Group's Haji A.P. Award from Kerala Chief Minister Oomen Chandy. Malabar is present nationally and internationally, making a retail network of more than 350 outlets across 13 countries with 15 other business vertices. India, the Middle East, the Far East, and the US are the countries where Malabar has a strong presence with multiple offices, design centers, wholesale units, and factories. The brand offers 100 percent BIS Hallmark gold in the market. Alia Bhatt was signed up as the brand ambassador for Malabar.

Malabar Gold & Diamonds Expands in UK, Opens Second Showroom in Leicester. Read More Here

4. Reliance Jewels

Reliance Jewels , a top gold jewellery brand in India, was established in 2007. The first launch of the brand was through its showroom opening in Iscon Mall, Ahmedabad. Reliance Retail is the parent company. Reliance Jewels has 400+ stores in showrooms and shop-in shops formats across 200+ cities. The brand deals with only 100 percent BIS Hallmark gold. Reliance Jewels was recognized as ‘Brand of the Decade’ by BARC Asia Awards in 2023.

5. PC Jewellers

PC Jewellers is regarded as the top gold jewellery brand in India. A first-generation business founded by Padam Chand Gupta and Balram Garg. It opened its first showroom in 2005 in Karol Bagh, New Delhi. Today the brand is available across 67 cities in 17 states in India. PC Jewellers is the fastest-growing jewellery retail chain with standalone stores at high-street locations. PC Jewellers featured Akshay Kumar and Twinkle Khanna as their brand ambassadors. The gold jeweller brand was awarded the Niryat Shree Silver Trophy in the gems and jewellery non-MSME category by the Federation of Indian Export Organizations, set up by the Ministry of Commerce and Industry, Government of India.

6. Joyalukkas

Joyalukkas is a leading gold jewellery brand in India. Founded in 2001 by Alukkas Group, the inception happened in 1987 by Alukka Joseph Varghese, who laid the ideology behind the brand. The gold jewellery brand is based in Kerala and Dubai, with more than 160 showrooms in 11 countries around the globe. Including India, the UK, the US, Singapore, Malaysia, the UAE, Qatar, Kuwait, Bahrain, and Oman. Joyalukkas is the first retail jewellery brand to be awarded both the prestigious ISO 9001:2008 and 14001:2004 certifications. Along with that, Joyalukkas has received Dubai Quality Awards Certification from H. H. Sheikh Mohammed Bin Rashid Al Maktoum, Vice President and Prime Minister of the UAE and Ruler of Dubai. Actress Kajol has been signed up as the brand ambassador for Joyalukkas.

Senco is another top gold jewellery brand in India. With a legacy of more than 80 years, Senco Gold Limited owns the brand. It was incorporated in 1994 in Kolkata, under the chairmanship of the late Shri Shankar Sen. It was launched under the provisions of the Companies Act, 1956. Today the chairman and director of Senco is Ranjana Sen, representing the gold jewellery brand in more than 16 states with 150 showrooms in India. Senco has earned Jagran Achiever’s Award 2023 for Excellence in Design Innovation in Gold and Diamonds. It partnered with Kiara Advani as the brand ambassador of the brand.

Senco Gold and Diamonds Spearheads 'Make in India' Commitment Through ONDC Integration. Read More Here

8. CaratLane

CaratLane has emerged as the top new-age gold jewellery brand in India, which began its journey as a D2C brand. The brand was incorporated in 2008 by Mithun Sacheti and Srinivasa Gopalan. It has its headquarters in Chennai. CaratLane was acquired by Titan Company in 2016, making it the parent company. The gold jewellery brand is present in more than 100 cities in India with over 270 retail stores. It has an omnichannel presence in the market, providing physical and online retailing. CaratLane has used technology as a way to upscale; for instance, it used applications on smartphones with face recognition and 3D imaging technology for customers to try on the product virtually.

CaratLane's Progressive Ties with PhonePe for Digital Gold Redemption : Read More Here

9. Bluestone

Another D2c jewellery brand that became an omnichannel giant is Bluestone . It has today gained prominence among the best gold jewellery brands in India. The brand was founded by Gaurav Singh Kushwaha. It started with an initial investment from Accel and Saama Capital in 2011, and launched its first store in 2018. Today, it has over 150 stores in India. The gold jewellery brand is shipping internationally to the US, UK, Canada, as well as Australia. Bluestone had been awarded for outstanding e-retail performance in 2024. It signed with Alia Bhatt as its first brand ambassador.

Gaurav Singh Kushwaha redefines the landscape of jewellery shopping in India. Read More Here 

Zoya is a leading gold jewellery brand in India. It is a luxury jewellery boutique owned by the house of TATA. It started operations in 2010 with innovative artisanal techniques that were critically analyzed from the traditional Indian karigari. Zoya began with 5 flagship boutiques and 2 retail stores in 5 cities in India—namely Mumbai, Bangalore, Delhi, Hyderabad, and Gurgaon. Recently, Zoya launched its new flagship store in the south extension, New Delhi. The gold jewellery brand signed Sonam Kapoor as its brand ambassador.

In the eyes of Indian Retailer, gold jewellery is a fail-safe way of investment. Not just that, gold is valued due to its durability, historical significance, as well as a medium of exchange. Here are all the top 10 gold jewellery brands in India, for you to learn more about the leading jewellers in the market. Read more about - Top 5 Jewellery brands in India

Does gold have a standard price across all brands?

Mostly, gold has a fixed price but can vary due to making charges, design, brand premiums, and styles.

Do brands offer certification for the gold jeweller?

Yes, gold jewellery brands offer certifications like BIS Hallmarking, which ensures purity. 

Is there any exchange policy for jewellery?

Yes, reputed brands do provide an exchange policy where old jewellery can be exchanged at a fixed price for a new one. In case of a lower price for the old jewellery, the remaining amount can be paid.

• kalyan jewellers
• Reliance Jewels
• PC Jewellers

In today’s tech-driven world, India with its booming digital economy, laptops have become an essential tool for personal and professional use. Early in the 1980s, laptops with the flip form factor were introduced. In Australia, the Dulmont Magnum was introduced in 1981–1982. However, it wasn't sold outside until 1984–1985. The $8150 (equivalent to $25730 in 2023) GRiD Compass 1101, released in 1982, was used at NASA and by the military, among others. The choice of a laptop brand can significantly impact your user experience. From powerful machines for gaming and professional work to sleek, lightweight models for everyday tasks. Here’s a list of the top 10 laptop brands in India to explore how they are impacting the Indian Market.

10 Laptop Brands Review: Pros & Cons

List of Top 10 Laptop Brands in India

Here we put the list of the top 10 laptop brands in India which are driving the Indian Market and becoming giants in the tech industry.

1. Apple (MacBook)

Apple is an American multinational technology company founded by Steve Jobs, Steve Wozniak, and Ronald Wayne in the year 1976. It is a company identified with its premium, high-end MacBook laptops- great productivity combined with ultra-modern design. Apple has a total revenue of $383.29 billion, the California-based company holds its headquarters in Cupertino, California. As of 2023, Apple was the fourth-largest personal computer vendor with a market share of 9 percent by unit sales and the largest manufacturing company by revenue.

Apple is equipped with features such as Retina displays, M1 and M2 chips, and interference-free operation with products from other Apple. Along with its excellent security system, MacBook products are also recognized for their premium construction quality. Apple recently announced the new MacBook Air with the powerful M3 chip, taking an incredible combination of power-efficient performance and portability to a new level making it up to 60% faster.

HP is a leading tech company that was founded in 1939 by Bill Hewlett and David Packard, is now a top laptop brand that has a broad range of products that suit various budgets. Located in Palo Alto, California, HP is worth approximately $12.8 billion as of Q2 in 2024. HP's laptop computers are renowned for their stylish designs and high-speed performance with series like Pavilion, Envy, and Spectre which have superior quality features providing the best performance. With that HP laptops hold a market share of 21.9 percent in the global market as of 2023.

HP laptops offer the HP Command Center, which allows users to optimize performance, fan speed, and noise levels. The Spectre x360 is a popular device among users because of its versatility and stylish look.

Dell is a technology brand founded in 1984 by Michael Dell that can be trusted and, at the same time, it is an innovator. The headquarters is based in Texas, USA. Dell has a revenue of $22.2 billion in Q1 2024, up 6% YoY growth and a market share of 16.6 percent. Dell is the Most Trusted Brand in India and is most commonly recognized for its laptops, which are personalized according to customer specifications.

Dell brings the world’s broadest GenAI portfolio to help lead the AI revolution. The Inspiron series is suitable for everyday users, whereas the Alienware line is for gamers. The Dell CinemaColor technology offers enhanced color accuracy, contrast, and depth for a stunning visual experience, making these laptops perfect for media consumption and professional use. Dell, being renowned for its performance and innovation, has become the favorite of professionals looking for the best quality and reliability and has acquired companies like Alienware, known for high-end gaming PCs.

Lenovo is one of the top laptop makers in the world. It was started by Liu Chuanzhi in 1984 and now has a revenue of over $56,864 million in 2024 and the highest market share of 24.8 percent in the global market as of 2023. The headquarters of the company are located in Beijing, China and the operational headquarters are in Morrisville, North Carolina. Lenovo has operations in over 60 countries and it sells its products in around 180 countries.

Among the innovative and quality devices is the ThinkPad series, admired by professionals and renowned for its TrackPoint navigation and ThinkShutter camera cover, offering innovative cursor control and privacy protection. While the IdeaPad and Legion series are gaming and general consumer-friendly. The ThinkPad X1 Carbon is a relatively new model, but it is already loved for its long battery life and good-quality keyboard. Lenovo has built a solid reputation for quality and performance that allows it to cater to various user segments. Lenovo ranked #248 on the Fortune Global 500 list.

Asus is a high-tech company known for its gaming PC that was established by T.H. Tung, Ted Hsu, Wayne Tsiah, M.T. Liao and Luca D. M., in 1989. It is headquartered in Taipei, Taiwan. The ROG (Republic of Gamers) series is one of the brand's hottest sellers for gamers and has a market share of 7.1 percent as of 2023. The product comes with a strong graphics card and a cooling system that can withstand high temperatures. Asus integrates Aura sync RGB lighting, allowing gamers to customize the aesthetics of their laptops.

Asus is known for its creative design, and a good value for money, but a few models have thermal issues, which made it lose some confidence. ROG Zephyrus G14 is loved by many for its great gaming and portability. In 2019, Asus earned more than eleven awards from some of the world’s most prestigious organizations and media groups and was named the World’s Most Admired Companies by Fortune.

Read More:  ASUS India: Pioneering Next-Gen Gaming

Earlier in News:  ASUS India Launches 4th Select Store for Refurbished Products in Hyderabad

Acer is a technology company that was founded by Stan Shih, Carolyn Yeh, and Lemuel Girma in 1976 and is a well-known brand for its low-cost and high-quality products. Acer is headquartered in Xizhi, New Taipei City, Taiwan. As of 2024, Acer’s revenue was about $28.19 billion in June and is the world’s sixth-largest personal computer vendor with a market share of 6.6 percent which has been making cheap laptops such as the Aspire line for students and Predator series for gamers.

Acer’s Predator laptops are equipped with Predator Sense software, enabling users to control and customize system settings. Generally, Acer products offer decent performance and Full HD displays, but may not be the best choice in terms of build quality, as some models tend to have inconsistent quality. In 2019, Acer and Ubisoft teamed up for the Rainbow Six Pro League and other major esports events with the Predator brand as the PC and monitor sponsor. The company announced the esports social platform PLANET9.gg which aims to provide game analytics, community-organized competitions, and social experiences.

Earlier In News:  Acer Unveils TravelLite Laptop Tailored for Business Needs

7. Microsoft

Microsoft is an American multinational tech company founded by Bill Gates and Paul Allen in 1975, Microsoft is a tech behemoth known primarily for its Surface range of laptops. Its headquarters in Redmond, Washington, USA, is where the tech giant has a revenue of $245.1 billion as of 2024.

Microsoft laptops, although more expensive, outshine their competitors due to their top-notch construction and effortless compatibility with the Microsoft ecosystem, making them the preferred choice for tech aficionados and professionals. Microsoft ranked No. 2 in the 2022 Fortune 500 rankings of the largest United States corporations by total revenue and it was the world’s largest software maker by revenue. The subsidiaries include Skype Technologies, GitHub, and LinkedIn.

Samsung is a South Korean technology giant famous for its electronics, including laptops, was founded in 1938 by Lee Byung-chul. The company's quarterly revenue for Q2 2024 is KRW 74.07 trillion, and its headquarters are in Suwon, South Korea. Sleek design, AMOLED displays, and long battery life make Samsung laptops stand out. Especially those who love aesthetics with performance have chosen the Galaxy Book series.

Samsung keeps on evolving even in the face of competition, although some users have noticed that its prices may be higher than those of its rivals. Their Galaxy Ecosystem connectivity allows seamless integration with other Samsung devices, enabling a smooth transition between tasks and increasing productivity. Samsung comprises numerous affiliated businesses and has the eighth-largest brand value in the world as of 2020.

HCL brand is focused on technology and IT services, even laptops and was Established in 1976 by Shiv Nadar. The company’s headquarters are located in Noida, India, and has a revenue valued at ₹111,408 as of 2024. With a production of laptops for educational and business purposes, HCL is well known for its motto “affordable and functional design”. The company has offices in 60 countries. Even though it may not be as well-known as other brands around the world, HCL is a good choice for people who are looking for affordable and reliable products.

Whereas HCL laptops fail to boast high-tech features, they still serve well for the needs of less demanding applications, such as small enterprises and educational institutions needing economical solutions. In 2024, HCLTech decided to acquire select assets of the communications technology group, a business division of Hewlett Packard Enterprise HPE, for $225 million.

LG Corporation is a South Korean multinational company established in 1947 by Koo In-hwoi and is famous for its innovation and quality in a wide range of electronic products, including laptops. It has a revenue of KRW 83.5 trillion as of 2023 and its headquarters are in Seoul, South Korea.

The LG Gram is in the lead when it comes to portability and high performance thus it catches the attention of both professionals and travelers. LG's laptop range has been as extensive as the others, it would have been less popular. However, their design and functionality are the main reasons why they are more appealing to those who prefer mobility and durability.

At Indian Retailer, we see how rapidly the tech industry is changing day by day, and how the market giants are trying to adopt these changes to stay No. 1 in the market. Their unmatched performance and advanced technology make them highly sought-after choices for both professionals and tech enthusiasts. So we make a list of the top 10 laptop brands in India which is driving the market crazy. These brands are often preferred by industry leaders and trendsetters, setting benchmarks in the tech world and embodying the essence of modern efficiency and style.

FAQs on Top 10 Laptop Brands in India (2024)

1. Which brand is best for laptops?

Some of the best laptop brands in India include Dell, HP, Lenovo, Asus, and Apple. These brands are known for their excellent performance, build quality and customer support.

2. Which generation of laptop is best?

You can opt for 12th-generation and 13th-generation laptops. Anything older is also fine, but you may be giving up on newer features and performance figures that may make your new laptop more future-proof in the long run.

3. Which laptop size is best?

15-16 inches is a comfortable sweet spot. Even though I review laptops for a living, I still see them as a secondary option (or necessary evil) when I'm not able to work on a desktop.

4. Which is better, Lenovo or Dell?

Lenovo offers a more balanced approach, utilizing both Intel and AMD processors depending on the model and target audience. Both brands offer a variety of pre-configured options, but Dell allows for more customization on high-end laptops, particularly in the XPS series.

5. Who is the biggest laptop manufacturer?

Lenovo is the largest personal computer manufacturer globally. Lenovo is an iconic Chinese technology company manufacturing computers since 1984. The market data shows that Lenovo has solidified its position as the largest PC manufacturer globally.

India is at the forefront of a global cross-border shopping revolution, propelled by increasing consumer demand for superior quality and unique products from around the world. The trend towards international purchases is rapidly gaining momentum, showcasing a significant shift in consumer behavior and preferences in the Indian market. This burgeoning interest is driven by several factors, including the allure of better quality goods, competitive pricing, and access to products not readily available in the local market. Despite some challenges, such as unexpected customs duties and marketing hurdles, the potential for growth in this sector remains substantial.

According to Avalara's "Cross-Border Commerce and Compliance Survey," over 67 percent of Indian consumers have made purchases from international businesses, marking a substantial shift towards global consumerism within the country. This figure stands in stark contrast to the US, where only 37 percent of consumers have engaged in international shopping in the past year.

Quality and Unique Products as Key Drivers

The report reveals that 76 percent of Indian consumers perceive the quality of items from international sellers as superior, significantly more than their counterparts in the UK (27 percent) and the USA (35 percent). The availability of unique products not found in India, better quality, and competitive pricing are cited as key reasons for this preference.

Established e-commerce platforms such as Amazon, eBay, and Etsy are the preferred choice for over 61 percent of Indian consumers for their overseas shopping needs, with a strong demand for international fashion and technology products. Despite the potential for direct cross-border purchases via social media platforms like Facebook and Instagram, only 4.8 percent of Indian consumers choose this route.

Customs Duties and Compliance

However, India's enthusiastic embrace of cross-border shopping comes with challenges. Indian consumers reported the highest incidence of customs duties coming as a surprise, with 45 percent describing them as "shocking." This contrasts with Australian consumers, where 57 percent reported being well-informed about customs fees, thus avoiding unpleasant surprises.

Dulles Krishnan, VP of Go To Market at Avalara, commented on the insights, stating, "As global cross-border commerce continues to expand, we conducted this survey to help businesses understand cross-border buying habits of consumers, identify factors impacting cart abandonment, as well as assess the role compliance plays in cross-border commerce."

The Impact of 'Make in India' on Cross-Border Commerce

In addition to Avalara's findings, a report from Payoneer sheds light on the progress and challenges faced by Indian cross-border sellers. The Indian eCommerce market has grown significantly, surpassing the government-set $400 billion target of trade within a single year. This growth has been partly driven by the 'Make in India' program and shifting customer demands globally.

Post-Pandemic Growth and Seller Confidence

Indian sellers have made substantial progress in the post-pandemic world, with 91 percent planning to expand their cross-border business. An impressive 94 percent believe that 'Make in India' products are globally competitive, and 70 percent attribute their success in the international arena to the quality of Indian-made products.

Despite these positive trends, there are challenges to address. Almost half of the respondents identified marketing as the biggest weakness in Indian cross-border trade. One in three sellers believe that improvements are needed in promoting the 'Make in India' program globally. To succeed in competitive markets like the US, Indian sellers will need to enhance their marketing strategies and raise their game.

Key Takeaways

• One in three Indian sellers think that marketing is their biggest weakness when it comes to selling an Indian-made product.
• 42 percent of Indian sellers think that improvements are needed in promoting the 'Make in India' program globally.
• 91 percent of Indian sellers are planning to expand their cross-border business.
• 94 percent of Indian sellers think that 'Make in India' products are globally competitive.
• 70 percent of Indian sellers believe that the quality of Indian-made products helps them in the international arena.

By focusing on transparent cost structures, competitive pricing, and effective marketing strategies, businesses can better capture the growing segment of Indian consumers eager for quality international products.

Thriving in the Global Commerce Landscape

India is leading the global cross-border shopping boom, driven by a strong consumer preference for quality and unique products. While challenges such as unexpected customs duties and marketing weaknesses remain, the opportunities for growth and expansion in this market are significant. By addressing these challenges and leveraging the strengths of Indian-made products, businesses can thrive in the competitive landscape of global commerce.

Hydration fans, brace yourselves; Laneige, the iconic Korean skincare brand that’s taken the world by storm, has landed at Sephora India. The brand has been available at different ecommerce websites until now. This move reflects the brand’s strategic expansion efforts within the Indian market, offering beauty enthusiasts an opportunity to experience Laneige’s innovative skincare solutions both online and offline. The recent launch event at Sephora’s Saket store in Delhi was not just a celebration of this collaboration but a testament to the brand's commitment to making high-quality Korean skincare accessible to a wider audience in India.

What’s the Buzz?

Laneige, known for its hydration-packed skincare wonders, made its grand debut at Sephora India, both online and in-store. Paul Lee, Country Head, Amore Pacific India, couldn’t hide his excitement: “The event at the Sephora store in Saket was an invigorating experience! Laneige has launched its products in Sephora's physical and online stores for the first time as part of its omnichannel expansion strategy. We aim to complement our strong online presence and provide customers with multiple touchpoints to experience the essence of the brand.”

For those who live and breathe beauty, Sephora is a sacred space. So, it only makes sense that the Korean beauty brand, with its cult-favorite Water Sleeping Mask and Lip Sleeping Mask, would find its way into this beauty mecca. Mini Sood Banerjee, Assistant Director and Head of Marketing, Amore Pacific India, couldn’t have said it better: “We are thrilled with the debut of Laneige Skin Superheroes at Sephora. The global beauty giant is one of the favorite shopping spots for the beauty enthusiast, and our presence here will allow us to engage with customers in new and innovative ways, and we can’t wait to see the impact. We’re committed to continuing this momentum, and making Laneige the leader in the industry.”

The Secret to Skincare Magic

Laneige isn’t just another skincare brand — it’s a hydration powerhouse! Specializing in moisture research, the brand has perfected the art of keeping your skin plump, dewy, and glowing. Think of their products as a tall glass of water for your skin, quenching its thirst and giving you that lit-from-within glow.

Sally Lee, Brand General Manager, Laneige India, shared the brand’s vision: “It’s exciting to see the response we have received for the brand in the last 5 years. The brand offers unique products for Indian consumers to experience, and we aim to connect with a broader audience interested in exploring these skincare offerings.”

It's skincare lineup is like a superhero squad for the face — each product bringing something unique to the table. From their iconic Water Sleeping Mask that works magic while sleeping, to the Lip Sleeping Mask that’s become a bedside staple, the products are designed to hydrate, repair, and protect the skin.

Mini explains the brand’s appeal: “Korean brands like Laneige are catching on fast in India because they bring something fresh and effective to the table. Our products, especially the sleeping masks, are a hit because they deliver visible results — hydration, glow, and all the things that make you look like you’ve just walked out of a K-drama!”

Sephora x Laneige: What’s Next?

With Laneige now in the Sephora fold, the brand is set to conquer the Indian skincare market like never before. Already present in eight Sephora stores across the country, the brand is on a mission to expand its reach even further. Mini gives us the inside scoop: “Our expansion plans include further collaborations with multi-branded stores like Nykaa, Tira, and of course, Sephora.” But what about the idea of standalone brand stores in India? Not so fast. Banerjee explains, “We are still trying to figure out the Indian market. Though customers love us, we need some more time for that matter.”

Laneige’s appeal in India isn’t just a flash in the pan. It’s no surprise that cities like Delhi and Mumbai are leading the charge, but the love for the brand is spreading fast to Tier I and Tier II cities too. What’s driving this trend? The answer is simple: K-beauty is the new cool, and Laneige is at the heart of it.

Paul Lee shares his thoughts on the brand’s traction in India: “Metros, of course, Delhi, Mumbai, Northeast, and even the Tier I and Tier II cities are showing a very fast-paced uptake. K-beauty is trending all over the world, and especially in India. We recently collaborated with Sara Tendulkar as our brand ambassador, and she’s working very well for us. Her dewy and glowing skin is a perfect match for the brand's brand ethos.”

And let’s not forget the Northeast — a region that’s becoming a hotbed for K-beauty lovers. Laneige’s popularity here is partly due to the region’s deep connection with Korean culture, from K-pop to K-dramas, making it the perfect playground for the brand's skincare innovations.

Paul Lee is optimistic about Laneige’s future: “Globally, Laneige’s partnership with Sephora has been very strong and extensive. With Sephora India, we have just started, but I strongly believe that we have a lot of success stories globally. I believe we will also soon be able to become the number one skincare brand in Sephora India as well.”

• Beauty & Personal Care Market
• Indian Beauty Industry
• Beauty brands
• retail news

Coming from a business family involved in small enterprises in Nagra, Ishendra Agarwal pursued his bachelor's and master's degrees at IIT Kanpur. Afterward, he joined BCG as a management consultant. During his time in the corporate world, particularly within the jewelry segment , he observed that India, being the world's second-largest consumer of jewelry, had a significant market gap. Most jewelry brands in India, including Tanishq, Kalyan, Malabar, CaratLane, and BlueStone, focus on fine jewelry priced above Rs 30,000. This high price point makes it challenging for women to purchase and wear such jewelry regularly, whether for office wear or small gatherings.

In contrast, international brands like Pandora and Mejuri offer fine jewelry at more accessible price ranges, with average order values between Rs 12,000 - 15,000. This observation highlighted a need for a fine jewelry brand in India that provides quality pieces at a more affordable price point, allowing women to purchase jewelry frequently without worrying about significant expenses.

Inspired by this insight, he founded GIVA to fill this gap in the market. “Our goal is to create a brand where women can effortlessly buy beautiful, fine jewelry without having to consider substantial savings or budget constraints. Whether through a quick visit to a store or a few clicks online, we aim to make fine jewelry accessible and enjoyable for everyday wear,” he said.

Nationwide Store Expansion

Currently, the brand has approximately 130 stores operating across India, with about 50 percent of them located in Bengaluru and Delhi – Bengaluru has 32 stores, and Delhi has 34 stores. The remaining stores are spread across other Tier I cities like Mumbai, Pune, Kolkata, and Hyderabad, as well as Tier II cities such as Dehradun, Indore, Lucknow, and Kanpur.

“Our expansion strategy focuses on increasing our offline presence significantly. We aim to establish at least 50 to 60 stores in Bengaluru and Delhi alone. Simultaneously, we plan to deepen our reach in other metro and Tier I cities while expanding our footprint in Tier II cities. Our goal for the next two years is to be present in about 60 cities across India, with a total store count of approximately 300,” stated Agarwal.

Digital-Offline Balance

GIVA’s approach to online channels leverages widespread access to mobile phones and the internet, aiming to create brand awareness primarily through digital platforms. This remains its primary focus. Conversions, however, can occur both online—through its mobile application and website—and offline. This is the essence of its customer acquisition strategy in the D2C funnel.

Additionally, the brand is present on various marketplace channels, including Amazon, Myntra, Nykaa, Nykaa Fashion, and Tata CLiQ, which contribute significantly to its sales.

“Currently, online channels and these marketplaces account for 60 percent of our sales, while offline sales, which we began two years ago, contribute 40 percent of our revenue. We anticipate this to shift to a 40-60 split in the next two years, favoring offline sales,” he asserted.

GIVA also utilizes its mobile application to provide various services to its customers. For instance, if a woman purchases jewelry and wants lifetime replating, she can easily arrange it via the app. The app also offers access to digital warranty and authenticity certificates, and it serves as a convenient platform for its loyalty program. This is how the brand integrates its mobile application and website into its overall strategy.

Quick Commerce Entry

GIVA has recently ventured into Quick Commerce, launching about a month ago on platforms like Blinkit and Swiggy Instamart . This initiative has been performing exceptionally well, particularly during special events like Akshay Tritiya, Mother's Day, and Father's Day. On these occasions, there is a noticeable spike in demand as customers seek fine jewelry for same-day gifting.

“We have become a popular choice for last-minute gifts, as many people don't plan their gifts days in advance and often make the decision on the same day. Quick Commerce provides a convenient solution for these spontaneous purchases, making it easy for customers to select and receive a fine jewelry product swiftly,” explained Agarwal.

Expanding Product Portfolio

Currently, GIVA is focusing on silver as a primary metal and has expanded into lab-grown diamonds set in 14-carat and 18-carat gold. It launched its lab-grown diamond collection six months ago, and it is now available in 60 of its stores. In silver collection, the brand offers a wide range of earrings, pendants, rings, and bracelets.

“We are also expanding into categories like toe rings, anklets, and nose pins. Additionally, we are focusing on kids' and men's jewelry, recognizing that fine jewelry makes an excellent gift for children.” He noted.

Moreover, it is working on launching GIVA signature perfumes, featuring five to six floral notes, designed to provide a unique and memorable GIVA experience. This new product line is currently being developed.

Influencer-Driven Awareness

The brand uses social commerce primarily to create awareness rather than drive transactions. Its strategy involves collaborating with numerous influencers and micro-celebrities to generate content and build brand visibility. Each month, over 2,000 influencers post about GIVA on platforms like YouTube and Instagram.

“Our social commerce efforts focus on several key areas. We create awareness about specific categories, highlight the presence of our stores in various regions, and promote new collections, especially around significant events. For instance, we recently launched a silver Rakhi line for Raksha Bandhan, featuring both standard silver Rakhis and personalized options where you can have your brother's or sister's name engraved on the Rakhi. This multifaceted approach helps us reach a wider audience and keep them informed about our latest offerings,” highlighted Agarwal.

Tech-Enhanced Experience

To improve the consumer experience, the brand utilizes several technological advancements. First, its virtual try-on feature available on its app allows customers to see how certain products will look on them, enhancing their shopping experience. Second, it integrates online and offline channels to provide a personalized shopping experience.

Additionally, the company is incorporating technology into its customer support to offer faster responses. Automated systems can handle common queries efficiently, reducing the need for human intervention and speeding up response times.

Designer Collaborations

GIVA actively collaborates with multiple designers to keep its designs fresh and fashionable. About six months ago, the brand partnered with European designer Lea Schroeder to launch the "Love in Paris" collection. Following that, it collaborated with Bhumi Pednekar five months ago, who worked with its design team to create a new collection. More recently, GIVA teamed up with a Turkish designer to introduce the "Wings of Wonder" collection.

“These collaborations are central to our strategy, as our goal is to set fashion trends in India or bring the latest international trends to India as quickly as possible. We are committed to staying at the forefront of fashion through these dynamic partnerships,” explained Agarwal.

Remarkable Revenue Growth

GIVA has been experiencing impressive growth, with a year-on-year increase of 90 to 100 percent. Last year, the brand achieved approximately Rs 250 crore in revenue, and this year, it is closing at around Rs 450 crore.

The brand has also recently ventured into franchising, which has been highly successful. “Our franchising model involves franchisees investing in the store while we handle operations. Franchisees manage employees and sales, adhering to our established protocols, while our team oversees store operations to ensure consistency and quality,” he stated.

“Our long-term target is to reach Rs 1000 - 1500 crore in revenue within the next four to five years,” he added.

READ MORE:  India’s Jewelry Market Poised for Explosive Growth, Projected to Reach $145 Bn by FY28

Strategic Global Expansion

GIVA currently has a store in Sri Lanka that is performing well, and it plans to continue its presence there, albeit at a measured pace.

“In the next one to two years, we aim to expand into Sri Lanka further, as well as explore opportunities in Singapore, Southeast Asia, and the Middle East. These regions will be our focus for international expansion,” he concluded.

• Fashion and jewelry

The rum has been a favorite drink for Indians for decades. Have you ever wondered where these best rum brands originate? What are the top 10 rum brands in India? Which country is the largest producer of rum? 

Starting with the first answer, the exotic nation of the Philippines is the largest rum producer. Keep reading as we answer all the pertinent questions regarding the top partner of cola drinks - the rum.

Top 10 Rum Brands in India (2024)

Here are the best rum brands in India. Fetch details on the top rum brands in the market starting with Old Monk, Bacardi, and Santa Teresa.

1. Old Monk 

Old Monk is one of the top 10 rum brands in India. This alcoholic beverage brand was introduced in 1855. It is manufactured by Mohan Meakin Ltd. Produced in Ghaziabad and Uttar Pradesh and has its headquarters in Solan, Himachal Pradesh. The leading rum brand is made in India and has been blended for 7 years. It launched in the Indian market in 1935. The rum is made with four key ingredients: caramel, chocolate, ripe peach, and vanilla. It contained 42.8 percent of ABV. 

Old Monk Rum Varieties:

• Old Monk Orange Rum
• Old Monk Lemon Rum 
• Old Monk Apple Rum
• Old Monk White Rum
• Old Monk Cola
• Old Monk Cranberry
• Old Monk Mojito

Bacardi is one of the best rum brands in India. The rum brand started in 1862 in Santiago de Cuba. The headquarters lies in Hamilton, Bermuda. Bacardi was founded by Facundo Bacardi Masso. He wanted to create a balance between two separate spirits. The first one is called ‘aguardiente’ and the second spirit is known as  ‘redestilado’. It is a private limited company that has had ownership for seven generations, selling in more than 170 countries. In the 1930s Bacardi expanded its presence in Mexico and Puerto Rico, making the largest rum production facility of Bacardi. Mexico became the first international expansion for Bacardi. Today the rum brand operates in the US, Mexico, Puerto Rico, Spain and the Bahamas. The Bacardi rum has an ABV of 40 percent in the US and 37.5 percent in the UK and continental Europe. 

Bacardi Rum Varieties:

• BACARDÍ Limón
• BACARDÍ Pineapple
• BACARDÍ Dragon Berry
• BACARDÍ Mango
• BACARDÍ Coconut
• BACARDÍ Raspberry
• BACARDÍ Lime
• BACARDÍ Ginger

Read More:  Scotch vs. Whisky: The Key Differences Explained

3. Santa Teresa

Santa Teresa , the best rum brand in India was founded in 1796. The brand is based out of Venezuela. The journey of Santa Teresa started when a German merchant named Gustav Julius Vollmer got married to Panchita Rivas. The Vollmer family continues the ownership of Santa Teresa. Present day president of this rum brand is Alberto C Vollmer. It has its headquarters in Santa Teresa Estate, Costa Rica. Santa Teresa is made with the solera technique to produce a perfectly crafted rum with a fruity aroma and wood notes. A bottle of Santa Teresa rum holds an ABV of 40 percent. 

Santa Teresa Rum Varieties:

• Santa Teresa 1796 Rum
• Santa Teresa 1796 Speyside Whisky Cask Finish
• Santa Teresa Arábica Coffee Cask Finish
•  Santa Teresa 1796 Rum
•  Havana Club Añejo Clásico
• Santa Teresa 1796 Solera Rum

Earlier In News:  Indri Single Malt Whisky Emerges as World's Fastest Growing Brand

4. Amrut 2 Indies Rum

Amrut 2 Indies , is a leading rum brand in India. The company was founded by JN Radhakrishna Rao Jagdale. It set foot in the distilled beverage industry in 1947 by establishing Amrut Distilleries in Bangalore. The very name of the brand Amrut is defined as ‘nectar of the gods’ in Sanskrit. The Amrut Distilleries Ltd. is a subsidiary of the N.R. Jagdale Group. As the name suggests, the rum has its special essence due to a perfect balance of two indies distilled together. One from the West Indies (Barbados, Guyana & Jamaica) and second from the East Indies (India), made out of Indian jaggery. The rum is one of its kind, the only variety in the market. 

Read More:  Top Vodka Brands in India: A Guide to the Best Picks

5. Rock Paper

Rock Paper is a new-age rum brand in India. Good Barrel Distilleries Private Limited is the parent company of Rock Paper. The rum brand was founded in 2021, serving more than 1000 restaurants, and bars in Mumbai and Pune. The rum brand first entered the market with a flagship product “Indian Spice Rum”. Lalit Kalani is the third-generation founder of Rock Paper who is keen to place Indian rum on the top shelf. Rock Paper was featured in Shark Tank Indian as well in Season 3.

Rock Paper Rum Varieties: 

• Indian Spiced
• Coastal White
• Zesty Lemon 
• Tropical Coconut
• Roast Coffee

6. Camikara

Camikara is one of the best rum brands in India. It was first distilled in 2009 and Piccadilly Distillery is the parent company of Camikara. ‘Camikara’ holds a meaning in Sanskrit - ‘ liquid gold’. The brand stands outside the crowd as it does not use molasses in crafting. It originates from Haryana, India where the particular sugar mill is situated for the distillery. The rum brand holds an ABV of 50 and 42.8 percent in its varieties of rum. It is produced with pure sugar cane juice.

Camikara Rum Varieties:

• Camikara rum 12 year cask aged
• Camikara rum 8 years cask aged
• Camikara rm 3 years cask aged 

Pitbull is considered to be the best rum brand in India. Produced in Aurangabad, Maharashtra from 2021, Kalpesh Parekh and Karishma Chandy are the founders and the brains behind Pitbull. It has an ABV of 42.8 percent. It is made with 100 percent sugarcane molasses, blended with barrel-aged spirits and rice Caribbean flavors, with no added sugar.  The brand serves ‘PUREBRED INDIAN DARK RUM’ in the Indian market, filled with essence of cinnamon, vanilla and anise.

Bermuda is a leading rum brand in India by Gosling Brothers Ltd. Founded by James Gosling, a navigator in 1806, he was the man behind the Bermuda Rum. The rum contains 75.5 percent of ABV in its black rum collection. The key ingredients in Bermuda rum are - Gosling’s Gold Seal rum, pineapple juice and grenadine. 

Bermuda Rum Varieties

• Gosling's Black Seal Rum
• Gosling's Black Seal Rum (151 Proof)
• Goslings Spirited Seas Ocean Aged Rum

9. Contessa XXX

Contessa XXX is one of the best rum brands in India. The rum brand was founded by Radico Khaitan Ltd. In 1943, Rampur, Uttar Pradesh was the distillery plant for the Contessa XXX rum. Now it is also processed in Radico NV Distillery Maharashtra Ltd. The rum contains Caribbean sugarcane as its key ingredient and is aged in oak barrels. The rum has an ABV of 42.8 percent. The brand has one rum named Contessa XXX.

10. Five Rivers

Five Rivers is a leading rum brand in India. The brand was founded in Punjab. Sangera Rum Company is the parent company of Five Rivers. Taj Sanghera is the fifth-generation founder of the rum brand. The brand name is a translation of the state - Punjab, which means Panj- five and Ab - water. The main ingredients of the rum are ginger, clove and coriander seeds. The brand has just one white rum which can be served in various combinations of drinks. 

In the eyes of Indian Retailers, these top 10 best rum brands are worth knowing about. Understand what are the key ingredients in these rum brands. History plays an important role in the success of these rum brands in India. Know how and when the best rum brands gained recognition. Some serve one iconic rum while other brands have a range of rums with different essences. Here is all about rum brands in India!

FAQs on Top Rum Brands in India

What are the top 3 rum brands in India?

Old Monk followed by Bacardi and Santa Teresa are the top three rum brands in India. 

In what ways can someone consume rum?

Neat, on the rocks, mixed with soft drinks or juices are the typical way of consuming rum. 

How to store rum properly?

Keep the rum in cool surroundings and away from direct sun. Ensure the bottles are sealed and not stored for a long time.

India is known for its diverse tastes in style and fashion. And people don’t buy luxury only for comfort but to show their value in society, likewise, all luxury products including handbags are just a way of showing their richness and standards. India, with its growing affluent class, is embracing these high-end accessories more than ever. But what is it about a luxury handbag that captures the heart of so many fashion enthusiasts? As we explore the top 10 luxury handbag brands in India for 2024, we Indian Retailer will uncover the unique elements that set each coveted brand apart, making them the giants in the luxury segment.

Kiara Advani is the New Face of Caprese Handbags

Sanktum Redefines Luxury Fashion with Innovative Handbag Subscription Service

How Caprese is Innovating the Handbag Industry with AI

Different Types of Luxury Handbags

There are various types and styles of bags in the market to give a different look on every occasion. Here I’ll mention some of the most used handbags among women which are famous for their unique features.

These are some top styles of bags that are commonly used in every luxury fashion house now let’s discover the brands that are making this style a trend in the market.

Top 10 Luxury Handbags in India

Here are the top 10 luxury handbag options which have driven the Indian audience crazy with their innovation.

Hermès International S.A . is a French luxury fashion house which was founded in 1837 by Thierry Hermès, based in Paris. It specialises in leather goods, lifestyle accessories, home furnishings, perfumery, jewelry, watches and ready-to-wear. Since the 1950s, its logo has depicted a ducal horse-drawn carriage. The company has grown to become a world leader in the fashion industry and is known for its luxurious and high-quality goods. Hermès sells about 30% leather goods, 15% clothes, 12% scarves, and 43% other wares. Hermès holds diligently on to a market share with a total asset of €210.97 billion and thus is one of the top manufacturers of luxury fashion articles.  

The works of Hermès are often recognized for their stunning designs like the Herbag and Steeple bags. Another famous handbag, the Birkin bag, was named after the British actress Jane Birkin. The latter are commended for their exquisite workmanship and everlasting charm. The likes of Victoria Beckham, Kim Kardashian, and Kate Moss have often been seen with Hermès handbags, which, by the way, have contributed to the brand's covetable status. Hermès remains the most luxurious and well-constructed product.

Gucci is an Italian luxury brand known for its Italian art style in their products,  founded by the businessman Guccio Gucci in 1921, in Florence, Italy. The company is headquartered in Florence, Italy and operates in 528 locations under its parent company Kering. Gucci is known worldwide for being a trendsetter with its innovative, daring designs in fashion. The brand indeed has a dozen of luxury products and it is firmly established in the luxury market with an astonishing revenue of €9.9 billion in 2023.

Gucci's bags are known all over the world and to stress the fact often include the GG logo and monograms reflecting the brand's unique style. The print Flora of course represents Gucci's long history as well as the brand's creative capability. All the high-profile endorsements by Gucci feature celebrities like Harry Styles, Blake Lively, and Beyoncé who are always on the go with Gucci's opulent pieces. Whether it's a statement about luxury, fashion, or a combination of both, Gucci stands as the perfect example of a brand that had a staggering value in the luxury handbags sector. Gucci is a forerunner in fashion, creating not only bags that are accessories but also ones that show boldness and individuality.

3. Louis Vuitton

Louis Vuitton is a French luxury fashion company for fashion lifestyle and accessories, founded by Louis Vuitton in 1854. The brand is headquartered in Paris and is known as a company that gives out its best in luxury, and innovativeness, as well as style that is superior to others. The company is one of the top players in the luxury handbag market, accounting for a significant chunk of its market share with a brand valuation of €14 billion. It is fully owned by the LVMH conglomerate and operates in 50 countries with more than 460 stores worldwide.

All products display the legacy of perfect examples of aesthetics and art. The signature handbags like the Speedy and Neverfull which are loved by many and have one of the brand’s distinguishing features, the monogram canvas made of 90% ultra-resistant nylon. Louis Vuitton diplomas made from handbags are worn by international celebrities Angelina Jolie, Michelle Williams, and Emma Stone, whose participation in the luxury brand nature makes it more interesting and valuable.

Dior is a multinational luxury fashion hub, founded by the visionary Christian Dior in Paris, France in 1946. Headquartered in Paris, Dior has long been synonymous with opulence and sophistication. This is the classic fashion house that changed the world with its stunningly feminine "New Look" in post-war Europe. Dior did not take long to become a desired label among the rich and elite. They are ageless pieces demanded by wearers from all over the globe. Dior is one of the biggest names in the world with a revenue of €79.18 billion as of 2022, operating under the LVMH group.

Dior is present in 210 locations worldwide with every piece being a mark of French elegance. The "Lady Dior" bag with its iconic quilting and delicate D.I.O.R. charms shows the brand's commitment to quality craftsmanship. Dior's handbags are star-studded pieces worn by the likes of Jennifer Lawrence, Charlize Theron, and Rihanna, thus, it strengthens the image of the brand as a celebrity favorite. Dior's total assets are worth €131.9 billion, which is evidence of its power in the luxury goods sector. The subsidiary is  Christian Dior Couture. Dior's distinct melange of classic grace and innovative design makes it a sought-after brand for those who admire high fashion and artistic design.

Chanel is a luxury fragrance & beauty boutique established by Coco Chanel in 1910 in Paris. The brand is privately owned by the Wertheimer family and has been headquartered in London since 2018. The company has made a considerable space in the luxury handbag market with 500+ stores worldwide, capturing about $15.6 billion in 2021. Chanel handbags are famous for their classic quilted leather designs and chain-link straps, one of the most famous being the iconic Chanel 2.55 bag.

These add-ons of design have been the reason for the latest to be Chanel's perennial favourite among fashion connoisseurs. Celebrities such as Kristen Stewart, Margot Robbie, and Keira Knightley have worn Chanel's chic handbags, boosting the brand's image as a luxury mainstay. Chanel makes fragrances that further cement the luxury brand's place as a timeless symbol of status. Chanel’s steadfast adherence to luxury and superior technique guarantees that its handbags are the most prized possessions, still the sought-after items for those who prefer the classic style.

Celine is a big player in the luxury handbags segment, which was established in 1945 and headquartered in Paris, by the hands of its founder Céline Vipiana. Celine stands out as a key player in the luxury market and LVMH is Celine's parent company which owns a significant part of the luxury industry. Celine's clean lines, premium materials, and understated sophistication are known throughout the world The Celine Nino, Celine Louise Bag, and Celine Classique Triomphe Bag are the iconic bags of the company, renowned for their simple design and usability.

The likes of Angelina Jolie and Dakota Johnson, who are huge fans of Celine, often wear the brand, thus making Celine a must-have for Hollywood movie stars. Celine continues to be the center of attention for luxury lovers with its unique blend of neoteric and classic charm operating with 178 boutiques worldwide.  

Miu Miu has been a part of luxury fashion since 1993 when Miuccia Prada created a playful and imaginative collection in Milan. Miu Miu is no slacker in the handbags department, being recognized for its designer's colourful visions and high-octane designs to attract young people. It is a fully owned subsidiary of the brand Prada, accessible to a higher and simpler audience than most brands, Well-liked goods are the Miu Miu Aventure Nappa leather bag and Miu Miu Leather Beau Bag.

Milan, as the headquarters of Miu Miu, is the ideal city to be where Italian art and creativity are making today's fashion. A-list Superstars such as Elle Fanning and Lupita Nyong'o have developed a close relationship with Miu Miu, and as a result, people are starting to associate its name with creative concepts. Miu Miu, with its revenue of €166 million, still has a key position in contemporary luxury, releasing items that are hard to find for the crowd.

Prada, a well-known name in the luxury handbags market, was established by Mario Prada the luxury fashion house Prada in 1913 in Milan, Italy, to form a fashion brand that is the embodiment of fine elegance and contemporary style. Prada is one of the prime players headquartered in Milan with a revenue of €4.72 billion as of 2023. The Milan office is the creative centre of the innovative designs which are made by Prada. The Galleria and Cahier bags are iconic for their unique materials, stylish design, and classic charm, and are exemplified by the brand's characteristic minimalism.

Galleria and Cahier bags are so popular and highly regarded for their sophisticated style and timeless elegance that celebrities such as Sarah Paulson, Olivia Wilde, and Bella Hadid have often been spotted with them, thus, boosting the brand's status even further. Miu Miu, Church’s, Fondazione Prada and Luna Rossa are subsidiaries of Prada. Prada's quality and innovation strength still have a pull on the fashion world, and that is why their bags have become everlasting icons among customers who love luxury with a modern touch.

9. Yves Saint Laurent

Yves Saint Laurent is a trendy name in the luxury segment, started in 1961 in Paris by Yves Saint Laurent and Pierre Bergé, Saint Laurent has become a brand known for its elegance and audacity in fashion. Part of the Kering Group, the brand's headquarters are in Paris, where it continues to lead with innovative designs. Saint Laurent bags including the Envelope, LouLou Bag, and Kate Bag hit the spot with both traditional class and eye-catching modernity.

Stars like Zoë Kravitz and Miley Cyrus have been spotted with these signature items, implying the label's status. Its cosmetics line, YSL Beauty, is owned by L’Oréal. With revenue of €3.2 billion in value by 2023, Saint Laurent is still seen as a Parisian fashion icon, offering handbags that are just as stylishly daring as they are of timeless elegance.

10. Givenchy

Givenchy became a giant in the luxury handbag segment by bringing french aesthetics into their product segment which was founded by Hubert de Givenchy in 1952. Givenchy is a well-known brand name that is part of the LVMH Group that is headquartered in Paris, France. The company is famous for its various handbag products such as the Nano Voyou, and Voyou basket Bag, among others.

With a focus on tradition and modern-day aesthetics, Givenchy's designs, which are mainly worn by celebrities such as Cate Blanchett and Meghan Markle, can be described as sophisticated. Givenchy stands out among competitors in the luxury market with its timeless designs that are fusions of classic and contemporary styles, making its handbags the must-have accessory for fashionistas around the globe.

At Indian Retailer, we closely see all the top luxury brands craze in the Indian market and the reason is their timeless innovation and creativity which make them the top choice in the global and Indian market as well. Their iconic style is favored by celebrities and fashion-forward people to set the standard in the luxury market, making them coveted symbols of status and style.

FAQs on Top 10 Luxury Handbags in India

1. Which luxury bags are worth buying?

Hermès, Chanel, and Louis Vuitton are top-performing brands.

2. What luxury brand has the highest quality?

Louis Vuitton is not only the world's most valuable luxury brand but also one of the most recognizable and influential fashion houses ever.

3. What is the best way to store expensive handbags?

It should be out of direct sunlight, in the dark and away from heat sources such as radiators and hair dryers. In a climate-controlled room with a stable relative humidity (RH) between 45-55%.You can also store the bag inside a dust bag, upright on an open shelf.

4. Which is the most luxurious bag?

The Guinness World Record for the most expensive bag offered to the public is the Mouawad “1001 Nights” diamond purse.

5. Why do purses have peels?

If the handbag is exposed to water or other liquids, the leather can become weakened and start to peel. Leather can dry out and become brittle over time, especially if it is not cared for properly.

• Luxury bags
• Louis Vuitton

India's Fast-Moving Consumer Goods (FMCG) sector has demonstrated remarkable growth, driven by consumer demand and increasing product prices, especially for essential goods. This sector not only contributes significantly to the country's economy but also provides employment to around 3 million people , accounting for approximately 5 percent of total factory employment in India.

Revenue Growth and Key Drivers

In the fiscal year 2022-23, FMCG sales in India grew by 7-9 percent in revenues. Key drivers of this growth include favorable government initiatives and policies, a burgeoning rural market and youth population, the introduction of new branded products, and the expansion of e-commerce platforms. The sector saw a 7.5 percent volume growth in the April-June 2023 quarter, marking the highest growth in the last eight quarters, largely due to a revival in rural demand and higher growth in modern trade.

Economic Contributions and Consumer Trends

As the fourth-largest sector in India, FMCG has been expanding steadily due to rising disposable incomes, a growing youth population, and increasing brand awareness among consumers. Household and personal care products account for 50 percent of FMCG sales in India, making the industry a crucial contributor to the GDP. India's middle-class population, larger than the total population of the USA, makes it a market no FMCG player can afford to ignore.

Urban and Rural Market Dynamics

The urban segment remains the largest contributor, accounting for around 65 percent of the revenue generated by the FMCG sector. However, the rural market has been growing at a faster pace in recent years. Semi-urban and rural segments are expanding rapidly, with FMCG products accounting for 50 percent of total rural spending.

Market Size and Future Projections

The FMCG market is expected to grow at a CAGR of 27.9 percent from 2021 to 2027, reaching nearly $615.87 billion. In 2022, the urban segment contributed 65 percent, while rural India accounted for over 35 percent of annual FMCG sales. A good harvest and government spending are expected to aid rural demand recovery in FY24. The sector experienced an 8.5 percent revenue growth and a 2.5 percent volume growth last fiscal year. The January-June 2022 period saw value growth of about 8.4 percent due to inflationary price hikes, with the third quarter of FY23 clocking a 9.0 percent YoY value growth.

Government Initiatives and Support

The Indian government has launched several initiatives to support the FMCG sector:

• A new Production Linked Incentive (PLI) scheme for the food processing sector, with a budget outlay of Rs 109 billion ($1.46 billion), providing incentives until 2026-27.
• Promotion of millets for their health benefits, establishing the Indian Institute of Millet Research in Hyderabad as a global center of excellence.
• Investment of Rs 4,900 crore ($593 million) in the food processing industry under the PLI scheme, approved in March 2021.
• Completion of 112 food processing projects in 2022, leveraging Rs 706.04 crore ($85.4 million) in private investment and generating employment for over 25,000 people.
• Tax incentives for new agro-processing industries and reductions in excise duties for dairy machinery and meat, poultry, and fish products.
• Initial funding of Rs. 1,000 crore ($ 120.7 million) in NITI Aayog for incubation centers and skill development to facilitate the startup ecosystem.

Digital Transformation and E-Commerce Growth

The FMCG sector's growth is also fueled by the rise of digital advertising, which reached $9.92 billion by 2023, with the FMCG industry contributing 42 percent of the total digital spend. India, with 780 million internet users , sees an average individual spending 7.3 hours daily on smartphones. This number is expected to increase to 900 million by 2025. E-commerce now accounts for 17 percent of overall FMCG consumption, driven by affluent consumers with average spending of about Rs 5,620 ($677.11 million).

The Indian e-commerce market is projected to grow from $83 billion in 2022 to $185 billion by 2026 , and it is expected to reach an annual gross merchandise value of $350 billion by 2030 . The market's exponential growth over the past five years is attributed to increased internet and smartphone users, improved policy reforms, and higher disposable incomes. Digital transactions, valued at $300 billion in 202 1, are projected to reach $1 trillion by 2026 .

Competitive Landscape and D2C Disruption

Traditional FMCG giants such as Johnson & Johnson, Himalaya, Hindustan Unilever, and ITC are now competing with D2C-focused startups like Mamaearth, The Moms Co., and Azah. Market giants like Revlon and Lotus took around 20 years to reach the Rs 100 crore ($ 13.4 million) revenue mark, while new-age D2C brands such as Mamaearth and Sugar achieved this milestone in just four and eight years, respectively.

The Road Ahead

Rural consumption is on the rise, driven by increasing incomes and higher aspiration levels, with branded products seeing higher demand in rural India. The organized sector is expected to grow as the share of the unorganized market decreases, driven by rising brand consciousness and modern retail growth. The growing youth population in urban areas is also propelling the demand for food services.

Online portals are expected to play a key role in penetrating hinterlands, with the internet providing a cost-effective and convenient way to increase reach. By 2025, India is expected to have 1 billion internet users, with 40 percent of all FMCG consumption projected to be online by 2030. The implementation of GST and demonetization is expected to drive structured economic growth, benefiting both rural and urban areas.

India's FMCG sector is poised for continued robust growth, supported by favorable government policies, increasing digital penetration, and evolving consumer preferences. As the sector adapts to new market dynamics and leverages digital advancements, it will continue to be a vital contributor to India's economic development.

The life of a product from manufacturing to the shelf of a customer, is most important for a business for it to grow and flourish in the respective market. Know all about a product's life cycle, its importance and its main stages. Every product, whether cosmetics, clothing, furniture or electronics, has different life spans. This article delves into how the product life cycle works. 

What is Product Life Cycle?

The process of a product passing through development to its expiry is defined as the product life cycle. Marketing and business management use this concept to make the market aware of the product. The product life cycle is a key feature of an item, explaining everything from initial creation to its decline. The time when a product enters the market to its removal from a shelf is a concept that determines how long it will work and stay in the market. 

For instance, the concept of television entered the Indian market in 1959. Television is still persistent due to its upgrade to becoming smart. Its existence would have been diluted without modifications. Hence, the product should have an enticing feature making it long-lasting in the market or keep developing the product. The methods or strategies used to maintain and continue a product's life in the market are known as product life management. 

4 Stages of Product Life Cycle 

The product life cycle has four stages to make the product stand long in the market. Every product needs to go through the four steps, to determine its life of the same. Four stages include - introduction, growth, maturity and decline. 

• Introduction - This is the first stage of making the product's grand entrance into the market. It is essential to make target customers aware of the product’s existence. The launch of the product is used as an opportunity to make an announcement, a promotional tool.  The initial investment in marketing the products can help build brand demand. There can be competition, bringing difficulty, in that case, the USP of the product can help to defeat competitors. 

Example : Various smart TV brands in India are in the introduction phase, where customers are still getting informed about their presence in the market. Brands like OnePlus, LG, Samsung and more are spreading awareness about smart TVs in the Indian market. 

• Growth - After making customers aware of the product and a high investment, it's time to cover up. Utilize the surge created for the product, and build the identity for the brand. Sustain the position and develop an expansion plan. Growth is a stage where a brand can have leadership in the market. Getting customer acceptance can recover the high-end investment. 

Example : Amazon is a leading e-commerce platform. It expanded to streaming services and gained growth by offering free shipment on the shopping platform. This increased the Amazon Prime video subscription. This strategy made the brand more noticeable in the market. 

• Maturity - After a hike in demand comes a product's saturation point. This stage has the highest competition as various new brands imitate the market. The product life starts to end. To sustain in the market there is always a way to bring offers, discounts, innovation and something new on the table for customers to explore.

Example : McDonalds faced its maturity stage when it started having competition in the fast food market. To stay in the industry McDonalds maintained its market share and adapted to consumer preference for healthy food.  Making it more enticing by providing fresh food services.

• Decline - The end of a product's life is known as the decline. There are less sales and no profit. However, some might survive, with innovation, upgradation and enticing consumers with something new. The market presence gets lost in the last stage, making the product almost disappear. 

Example : Chevrolet, an automobile company faced its decline in 2017. It failed to fulfill customer satisfaction and compete with competitors. It faced challenges in building a name in the Indian market, due to its luxury automobile brand. 

Why is Product Life Cycle Important?

It is important to understand why a company needs to work on the product life cycle. It gives allowance to gather insights on the demand of consumers and improve products accordingly. Why is the product life cycle important? Here is the answer for it:-

Improvement to help develop products - The concept of the Product life cycle is important as it allows businesses to make necessary improvements to their products. Serving all purposes in the market space. Allocating resources strategically, making an existing product stay longer. 

Awareness about the product presence - The first stage of the product life cycle, introduction, makes it easier for companies to spread awareness about the product. It could be an idea, innovation or something unique that could help in gaining attention and expand in the market. 

Brand building to entice customers - Product life cycle can make a brand noticeable to consumers. Developing a customer relationship for loyalty and satisfaction. Engaging with the audience teaches upcoming trends and looks for what is missing in the market. 

Resource allocation for growth and investment - Dividing resources for marketing and promotions, manufacturing costs, and R&D for the product. Generating knowledge about the brand and its product USP, with using allocated resources for stable profitability. 

How Does Product Life Cycle Work for Different Industries? 

PLM plays a vital role across different industries, which are:

Apparel Industry 

The product life cycle for apparel is usually a bell-shaped curve, on the four stages. There are various materials used in the manufacturing of cloth. The life span of a particular apparel item is highly dependent on that. There are natural and artificial fibres that are used in the manufacturing.

3D printing, sustainability clothing, smart fabrics and using AI in the manufacturing of apparel are trending. Getting introduced in the market. It shall go through all the stages of the product life cycle, declining at the end and other innovative ideas in the fashion industry will again be introduced. 

Electronic Industry

The electronic industry tends to last the most as compared to other products in the market space. This happens due to the innovation in the electronic field every year. There is an upgrade every year, making it hard to reach the decline stage for some.

For instance, television started with just one channel in India, carry forward it had multiple channels and today a normal television has been converted to a smart one. This has made consumers stay, building the lifespan of a television. 

Cosmetic Industry

The cosmetic industry has a much lesser product life cycle as compared to other industries. The lifespan of a cosmetic or skincare product depends on the formulation, packaging used and quality of the products. 

The lifespan of a cosmetic product tends to last 1-2 years, then it faces a decline. Today the cosmetic industry has a lot of competition, making it hard for previous brands to compete. 

Factors Affecting the Product Life Cycle

Various factors influence the product life cycle for a company. Businesses must work according to the following factors to beat the competition in the market space. Here are key factors affecting the product life cycle with examples:- 

Tech advancement

There are changes in everyday life on the technical grounds of various products. Countries having high-end technological changes tend to shorten the product life cycle. Businesses continuously evolve to remain consistent in the market. Using the available technology in developing a product and maintaining the image of the brand.  

Samsung, a leading smartphone manufacturer, proposed first-generation memory technology. It included V HAND with 200 cell layers for smartphones and premium memory solutions. Along with the first generation PCle Gen5 SSDs for storage and applications. This upgrade in the technical front makes it more enticing for the consumer to explore. This is the first stage of the product life cycle. 

Competition 

A product always has competition in the market. To increase the value, sales and growth of a business, it is a must to understand and improve according to the competitors. Fulfilling the demand of the customer before the competitor. 

Nykaa faced competition in the online fashion industry from Myntra, Amazon and Ajio. To overcome its losses and continue its existence in the market, the brand focused on building brand relationships. Improving customer experience on the online shopping platform of Nykaa application and faster delivery than its competitors. 

Market Demand

Every product has different factors that maintain its performance in the market. Adapting to changes in the market according to the product line the business is in. Market acceptance is necessary, and that can happen by fulfilling the changing demands of consumers.

Maruti Suzuki, the largest economy car manufacturer in India, always caters in regards with what customers want. Every car produced by the company has four models, serving different consumer needs. Making the company a dominant player in the automobile market in India. 

From the Indian Retailers eye, the product life cycle is that various product categories are different from one another. Various factors and functions contribute to the lifespan of a product. Four stages define the life cycle of a particular product. The four stages of the product life cycle are introduction, growth, maturity and decline, which is followed by most companies. There are ways to increase the life of the product by necessary changes according to trends, technology and development, making it more wanted in the market. 

What are the four stages of the product life cycle?

Introduction, growth, maturity and decline are the four stages in the product life cycle.

How can companies expand the product life cycle?

These are the following points to improve the product life cycle:

• Upgrade and improve products
• Expand reach by entering new markets
• Pricing strategies
• Marketing strategies 

How does the product life cycle affect business?

The product life cycle determines the growth of the business. With the innovations and upgrades, the PLC can be increased leading to profitability for different businesses in sales. 

• consumer products

In India, one of the most daunting tasks for small businesses is the struggle to gain visibility and establish an online presence. Platform constraints and high costs have made it challenging for them to compete with larger e-commerce giants. However, the Open Network for Digital Commerce (ONDC) is poised to change the game with its innovative interoperable QR code. Currently in its alpha phase, this tool enables sellers to generate unique QR codes that customers can scan using an ONDC-registered buyer app, such as magicpin and Paytm. This initiative is set to expand across the entire network following successful initial testing.

"Today marks a transformative moment in Indian commerce," declared T Koshy, MD & CEO, ONDC, during the launch event for the QR code. "ONDC’s interoperable QR code breaks down the barriers that have held small businesses back. Now, every seller has the power to reach cus tomers digitally, just like the e-commerce giants. It’s a massive leap towards an open, inclusive, and democratized digital marketplace."

Empowering Sellers with Simple Technology

The beauty of this technology lies in its simplicity and potential for far-reaching impact. Sellers can display their QR codes anywhere — on storefronts, products, marketing materials, or social media — instantly connecting with customers both offline and online. For consumers, it means unparalleled convenience: a quick scan with any QR scanner app or ONDC Buyer Apps links them directly to the seller’s online store through their preferred buyer app.

"Think of the local shopkeeper, the street vendor, the artisan — they can now be discovered and patronized by anyone, anywhere," Koshy emphasized. "This isn't just a new feature; it's a catalyst for economic growth and digital inclusion. Millions of businesses will come online, creating new opportunities and driving India’s digital economy forward. Just think of the possibilities!”

A Game-Changer for Small Businesses

Before ONDC’s interoperable QR code, sellers were either not online because of demand generation costs or were having to pay a high revenue share. Now, with this game-changing tool, they can drive their own growth in affordable ways. From the last two years, since its launch, ONDC has been empowering a diverse set of merchants and service providers, from kirana stores to restaurant owners to fashion B2C clients. The key advantage of the QR code is its power to the brand owner or the shop owner. "Imagine you are a kirana store owner. One of the challenges you are facing today is that your target segment is your neighborhood. Nobody's going to come from a few kilometers or tens of kilometers away. So, we want to have all of them aware of your existence," Koshy explained. "Today, everyone knows they can come to you, but what happens in the next generation? By the time the next generation is there, they won't even know where your store is. They'll all do online shopping. So, how will you expand and why would they come to you?"

The ONDC QR code allows small merchants to publish themselves through social media, WhatsApp, or leaflets, saying, "I exist, look at this scan, this QR code." Many big brands, when they advertise their products, will put a QR code saying "scan with any ONDC application”. The nearest store will show it to you because they don't have to go and tie up with each of them separately. They have to only make sure that they're there.

"This way, the shops together with the big brands, will make their existence more relevant in the digital world; otherwise, they will become irrelevant," Koshy noted. "In developed countries like the US, as e-commerce gets more prevalent, small shops or as we say, mom-and-Pop stores are becoming irrelevant. They have no discoverability unless they follow the rules and regulations of a few existing platforms. Here, they have discoverability and existence of their own. Not everyone will succeed, but they have to innovate with good products and offers. This definitely gives them a power in their hand, and the QR code is one more tool."

A Cost-Effective Solution

The qr code costs the sellers nothing they don't need to give any special price to any application. they can generate it and give it to everybody, and they can scan it..

For the food services and restaurants onboarded on ONDC, this new model offers significant advantages. In the existing platform world, there are only one or two options, giving certain privileges. Now, with many seller aggregators, the service is only to make the seller visible to the network, with demand coming from buyer applications. This reduces the rent-seeking capability and profit maximization possible with only a few players, making it more competitive for sellers. Restaurants, for example, can make themselves visible in the ONDC network at a low cost. "If you're a digitized restaurant, you can be visible in the ONDC network, let everybody else bring demand, and use it. It becomes a no-brainer decision to be part of it and benefit from it," Koshy elaborated.

The new network-wide logistics are hyperlocal, available at the most competitive price, matchable to any price that even the established players will offer. This makes it easier for small businesses to compete, offering good food and competitive logistics, representing themselves at a lower cost.

Encouraging Broader Participation

The post-budget reaction to the reduction of TDS on e-commerce to 0.1% and the establishment of export hubs has been positive. "These steps are encouraging for both sellers and startups. My ecosystem consists of merchants, innovators, and startups, and if they're happy, I'm happy," Koshy remarked.

The goal is ambitious. In the next one or two years, the target is to have 500 million ONDC QR codes out there in the country. This ambitious target is reflective of the aspirations of the Indian government and the startup sector. The beauty of ONDC is that it works with a lot of seller aggregators who target specific segments. There are innovations even in small cities, where simple tools will help onboarding easier.

India is considered as the third largest automobile industry. As in India cars are emotions to many people, many people consider the car as a statement of their standard. The country is vibrant with the automobile industry and it can be an exciting journey to explore India’s automobile industry from luxurious rides to rugged performers. Here are the top 10 Car brands in India that have a huge impact on the Indian automobile industry with a revenue of Rs 15 lakh crore by the end of the year 2024 , highlighting their unique features, safety standards, and engineering marvels.

Top 10 Car Brands in India 

Let’s Discover the top 10 car brands in India, and find out about the brand which are driving the Indian market.

1. Maruti Suzuki

Maruti Suzuki is the biggest automaker in India, and it has been making cars that are inexpensive and dependable since 1981. A joint venture of Maruti Udyog Limited and Suzuki Motor Corporation of Japan, Maruti Suzuki is based in New Delhi. The brand's position in the Indian market is strong, as it provides quality vehicles that are both practical and cost-effective. Maruti Suzuki's design philosophy prioritizes streamlined forms and practical features, as seen in the Maruti Suzuki Swift and Maruti Suzuki Baleno, which have aerodynamic shapes and luxurious, tech-rich interiors.

A major area to look out for at Maruti Suzuki is safety, with such standard features as dual airbags, ABS with EBD, and rear parking sensors. The hidden talent under the hood, which is equally good, arranges the Swift with a 1.2-liter DualJet petrol engine of 88 bhp and the Baleno with a similar engine which is enhanced by a mild-hybrid for improved fuel efficiency. The brand has a net income of Rs 13,488 crore as of 2024 and the total asset is worth Rs 115353 crore. Maruti Suzuki's dedication to innovation and efficiency is what made it the most successful car maker in India with over 3.5 thousand exclusive showrooms.

Hyundai Motor India Ltd. which is a subsidiary company belonging to the South Korean firm Hyundai Motor Company was set up in 1967 by Chung Ju-yung and is headquartered in Seoul, South Korea. Hyundai is well known for its stylish and technologically advanced vehicles and has a significant share in the Indian market. The brand is admired for its dedication to the creation of modern, attractive designs, an example of which can be seen in popular models like the Hyundai Creta and Hyundai Verna. These vehicles are characterized by the signature Hyundai cascading grille and elegant headlight design and have spacious interiors that boast the freshest infotainment systems. Besides, the Hyundai vehicles are equipped with safety features like the presence of a multiple Airbags system, ABS with EBD as well as ESC.

Hyundai ensures these engines have strong support for longer use and are well-tuned for both performance and fuel economy. The Creta comes with a powertrain In May 2023, with a 1.4-litre turbo petrol engine that outputs 138 bhp, and if we talk about the Verna, i t has a 1.5-litre petrol engine that is rated at 113 bhp. Currently, the company owns 33.88 percent of Kia Corporation and fully owns two marques including its luxury cars subsidiary, Genesis, and their electric vehicle brand Logic. Hyundai has constantly renewed its quality issues and has come to be trusted by Indian customers who want an innovative model that combines style with performance and safety.

3. Tata Motors

Tata Motors Limited is the automotive manufacturer of the Tata Group and the biggest in India. It has got a prominent place in the development of the Indian automotive sector. The company was established in 1945 by J.R.D. Tata. It is headquartered in Mumbai and manufactures a wide range of vehicles from passenger cars to commercial vehicles. The brand is known for its innovative design philosophy, which emphasizes strength and sophistication. This is evident in models like the Tata Nexon and Tata Harrier, which feature bold and muscular exteriors combined with plush, tech-laden interiors.

The major foundation of Tata Motors is safety, and a lot of models have a 5-star Global NCAP safety rating. Features like ABS with EBD, dual airbags, and an advanced electronic stability program are the standard for the range of models. Tata's engines are made to perform and use less fuel, as the Nexon has a 1.2L turbocharged gasoline engine with 118 hp while the Harrier has a 2.0L diesel engine that produces 168 hp. Jaguar and Land Rover are subsidiaries of the company. The company’s net income is Rs 31,806 crore as of 2024. Tata Motors' persistent efforts toward sustainability and innovation are at the top of the industry and slowly but surely they are gaining influence not only in India but also around the world.

4. Mahindra & Mahindra 

Mahindra & Mahindra Limited is the Indian subsidiary of Mahindra Group, and it is an Indian automobile manufacturer that is big and has been around since 1945 established by J.C. Mahindra, K.C. Mahindra, M.G. Muhammad. The headquarters is in Mumbai, Maharashtra. Mahindra is a well-known name in the production of rugged and reliable vehicles and has a strong market position in the SUV and commercial vehicle segments. The brand's long-time association with hardiness, such as the Mahindra XUV500 and Mahindra Thar models, is still valid today. The XUV500 is well-designed with a roomy interior, while the Thar is a traditional off-road vehicle with a modern style. Mahindra's commitment to safety includes such features as ABS with EBD, dual airbags, and strong structural integrity.

Mahindra automobile-powered engines are full of performance and long-lasting, XUV500 with a 2.2-liter mHawk diesel engine that produces 155 bhp and Thar with a 2.0-liter medallion petrol engine that produces 150 bhp. The subsidiaries include companies like Mahindra Tractors, Mahindra Truck and Bus and BSA Company. The net income of the company is Rs 11,269 crore as of 2024. Mahindra's focus, thus, is not only on delivering powerful, robust, and trendy vehicles but also on establishing itself as one of the most loved automobile manufacturers in India whether one is looking for adventure or reliability.

Kia Motors Corporation which is a South Korean automobile manufacturing corporation was founded in 1944 and in no time it has become a household name in India and entered the market in 2019. The company whose headquarters are in Seoul, South Korea produces stylish vehicles that are packed with lots of features and provide good performance and comfort. The brand's unwavering dedication to agile design can be seen through the Kia Seltos and Kia Sonet, characterized by their dynamic tiger-nose grille and lean body lines that differentiate the Kia brand from others. Kia's driving force is safety, including standard features like multiple airbags, ABS with EBD, and electronic stability control, thus offering an accident-free experience.

The Seltos 1.4-liter turbo petrol engine with a power of 138 bhp and the Sonet 1.0-liter turbo petrol engine with a power of 118 bhp are the two options Kia engines are engineered for maximum efficiency and power. Kia is owned by Hyundai with a stake of 33.88 percent. In India , Kia gained immense popularity due to innovation, quality, and customer satisfaction, making it the choice among consumers looking for style and technology.

Toyota Motor Corporation, which was established in 1937 by Kiichiro Toyoda, is an automobile giant on the world stage. With its administrative center in Toyota City, Japan, it has earned its place among the most dependable and innovative car manufacturers. In India, Toyota is known for its versatile range of vehicles that are suitable to different types of customers. According to Toyota's design approach, practicality and style are embraced, which is the case with the Fortuner and Innova Crysta models. These cars embody audacious exteriors along with lavish and spacious interiors that are made for comfort and utility.

Safety is primarily on the agenda of Toyota, with an array of advanced features including double airbags, ABS with EBD, Vehicle Stability Control, and the Toyota Safety Sense suite, which has sophisticated technologies such as a Pre-Collision System and Lane Departure Alert. Besides being known for their efficiency and reliability, Toyota engines are also known for their ruggedness. With the Fortuner, for instance, you can get a 2.8-liter diesel engine that pumps out 201 bhp and a 2.7-liter petrol engine that gives you 164 bhp on the Innova Crysta. Toyota's commitment to innovation as well as sustainability is one of the major reasons why the company is still the leader in the automotive industry.

Honda Motor Co., Ltd., founded in 1948, is a Japanese globally operating corporation that has a reputation for its engineering and automotive innovations. Honda has its base in Minato, Tokyo, Japan, and it has successfully penetrated the Indian market with a wide range of vehicles. Honda cars stand out with their striking, aerodynamic configurations as can be seen in top models such as Honda City and Honda CR-V, both of which flaunt stylish outsides and high-tech comfortable interiors. Honda is very concerned about safety, which is why standard features like dual airbags, ABS with EBD, and the Advanced Compatibility Engineering (ACE) body structure come with their cars.

This is complemented by the Honda Sensing suite of safety technologies that include features such as Collision Mitigation Braking System and Lane Keeping Assist that provide extra protection to passengers. Honda is known for their excellence in all respects, but the City comes with a 1.5-liter i-VTEC engine that gives 119 bhp, while the CR-V has a 2.0-liter engine that generates 152 bhp. The unwavering commitment of Honda to innovation, performance, and road safety further engraves its existence in the minds of Indian consumers.

Škoda Auto is a renowned automaker known for producing vehicles that blend luxury and practicality, founded in 1895 in Mladá Boleslav, Czech Republic. In India, Skoda has made significant strides with its premium offerings that cater to discerning consumers. Skoda cars are designed with a focus on elegance and functionality, evident in models like the Škoda Octavia and Škoda Kodiaq, which feature sharp lines and spacious, luxurious interiors. Safety is a priority for Škoda, with vehicles equipped with multiple airbags, ABS with EBD, Electronic Stability Control, and Rear Parking Sensors.

Škoda engines are crafted for performance and efficiency, with the Octavia featuring a 2.0-liter TSI petrol engine that delivers an impressive 190 bhp, and the Kodiaq offering a 2.0-liter TDI diesel engine producing 148 bhp. The Škoda Octavia is well-regarded for its smooth ride and high-quality interior, which includes a 10-inch touchscreen infotainment system and a virtual cockpit. The Škoda Kodiaq, on the other hand, is a spacious SUV that offers excellent off-road capabilities and a luxurious cabin. Škoda's commitment to producing vehicles that combine innovation, safety, and elegance has solidified its presence in the Indian market, appealing to those who seek both comfort and performance in their cars.

9. Volkswagen

Volkswagen, the origin of Volkswagen in 1937 sounds like a tale of the German state automobile manufacturer that had been producing cars reliable and well-engineered for decades. The company is headquartered in Wolfsburg, Germany, and is known for its precise engineering and uncompromised quality. Volkswagen India offers a diverse portfolio of cars not only for those who heat their hearts with motors but also for those who are not fanatics, but use them for work and everyday driving . As the brand's signature image is captured in the sleek exteriors and high-quality interior of advanced infotainment systems, models like Polo and Tiguan embody the design philosophy of Volkswagen.

Volkswagen is safety-conscious and integrates features like ABS, electronic stability control, multiple airbags, and rear parking sensors across its entire lineup. The engines of VW cars are intentionally set to be both very efficient and very powerful, with the Polo having a 1.0 lTSI gasoline engine with 108 horsepower and the Tiguan flaunting a 2.0 lTSI engine with 187 horsepower. VW's commitment to engineering perfection and technology is still the preference among Indian customers who are looking for precision and reliability in their cars.

10. Renault

Renault, a French corporation of car manufacturers, was founded in 1899 and has its headquarters in Boulogne-Billancourt, France. Renault is widely acknowledged for its creative designs and for providing cars which not only look good but are also comfortable and practical. In India, Renault has created a special place in the market by introducing models such as the Renault Kwid and Renault Duster, which are made to provide a combination of aesthetic and functional appeal.

The Renault Kwid is selling like hotcakes, especially because of its stylistic design, which makes it look like an SUV while being very compact and suited for the city. T he Duster, in contrast, is a sporty SUV that offers good off-road performance and roomy cabins. Renault puts a cardinal focus on safety, incorporating into its vehicles things like dual airbags, ABS with EBD, and reverse parking sensors . The engines from Renault are not only efficient but also perform well, with the Kwid model using a 1.0-litre petrol engine providing 67 bhp and the Duster model with a 1.3-litre turbo petrol engine giving 154 bhp. Renault's commitment to inventive solutions has become a key reason Indian consumers have been drawn to the brand, who value the exclusive look and solid performance.

At Indian Retailer, we understand Automobile industry is driving the market crazy with unique style and innovative technology. It's important to understand how impactful this industry is, so we have made a list of the top 10 car brands in India with the details of brands, their style, and technology. Above we have mentioned all the information anyone needs to know about the brands to understand the top car brands in India in detail.

FAQs on Top Car Brands in India

1. Which is the No. 1 car brand in India?

Maruti Suzuki is India's Most Popular Automobile Brand. The company has operated for over 40 years and has a wide range of cars to offer, from compact hatchbacks to SUVs.

2. How many car brands are there in India?

It's no surprise that there are over 35 global and Indian car brands active in the country.

3. What is the most expensive car?

The most expensive car ever sold in the world is the Mercedes-Benz 300 SLR Uhlenhaut Coupé, which sold for $142 million in 2022 through RM Sotheby's. 

4. Which car is safest in India?

The Tata Harrier is the safest Indian car as per Global NCAP adult safety ratings. The Harrier prioritizes safety by boasting six airbags as standard, with top-tier variants featuring a driver knee airbag.

5. Which is India's most selling car?

Maruti Suzuki manufactures the best-selling cars in India. 

• Maruti Suzuki
• Tata Motors
• Mahindra & Mahindra

Indian online shoppers exhibit distinct behaviors and preferences, placing a high value on brand trust and the quality of products and services. Indian online shoppers are tech-savvy and value efficiency, relevance, and personalized experiences. Social media ads, search filters, and technologies like AI chatbots and QR codes play significant roles in their shopping journeys.

The Power of Social Media Advertising

According to a survey by Capterra, despite the ubiquitous nature of ads, they remain a potent tool for reaching online consumers. The survey revealed that 70 percent of respondents had purchased one or more products after seeing a social media ad in the past 12 months. Additionally, 69 percent of these shoppers sought more information about a product after viewing an ad, while 65 percent followed the brand. This indicates that even when social media ads do not lead to immediate purchases, they generate significant engagement and build a potential customer base for future sales.

The engagement sparked by these ads extends beyond initial interest, fostering continuous interaction with brands. This ongoing dialogue allows brands to consistently deliver relevant content, updates, and offers to their followers, reinforcing brand presence and increasing the likelihood of converting engagement into sales.

Relevance of Ads

73 percent of respondents found ads acceptable if they were relevant to their interests. This highlights the importance of effectively targeting the right audience. Businesses can leverage marketing automation software to analyze customer data, segment audiences, and deliver personalized content that is more likely to engage and convert.

Interestingly, 53 percent of respondents indicated they found ads for products they had not previously shown interest in acceptable. This presents a significant opportunity for companies to use social media platforms to attract new customers, not just reach existing ones. In a dynamic market like India, where half of consumers are open to discovering new products through social media, effective targeting becomes crucial.

The Role of Search Filters in Online Shopping

Search filters play a significant role in online shopping. The survey found that 52 percent of respondents always use search filters to narrow their product searches, while 36 percent use them often, and 11 percent use them sometimes. However, there are areas for improvement. About 46 percent of respondents found search filters too specific, and 40 percent felt overwhelmed by too many filters.

Too many search filters can confuse and frustrate customers, potentially leading to a loss of interest or search abandonment. Direct and relevant search filters can improve user experience and expose shoppers to products they might not have initially considered.

Growing Interest in Chatbots and QR Codes

Technology has significantly transformed the online shopping experience, making it more efficient and enjoyable. The survey revealed that 51 percent of respondents are interested in using AI chatbots and QR codes for shopping online. These technologies simplify the shopping process and enhance decision-making and satisfaction.

AI chatbots provide real-time, 24/7 customer service, offering tailored recommendations and assisting with purchases. QR codes offer a quick way to access product information, promotional offers, and digital services. These tools make the shopping experience more dynamic and engaging, helping customers find and buy what they need more efficiently.

The Future of AI-Enabled Shopping

The survey indicated that 72 percent of respondents have used AI-enabled chatbots to search for products online and would like to use them again. This growing interest highlights a shift towards a more convenient and interactive shopping experience. According to a Gartner report, by 2026, 50 percent of customer service and support organizations will have implemented GenAI-driven virtual assistants for customer-facing tasks.

GenAI chatbots can simulate human-like conversations, efficiently route conversations to relevant stakeholders, offer personalized responses, and help visualize content. These advancements can significantly enhance customer engagement and satisfaction.

Challenges and Opportunities for Businesses

While technology enhances the online shopping experience, not all consumers feel the same way. About 8 percent of respondents who have used chatbots do not plan to use them again. This indicates that there is still work to be done to improve these tools and address customer concerns.

Businesses must optimize their e-commerce platforms and marketing strategies to gain insights into consumer behaviors and preferences. Enhancing search filters to be more user-friendly and implementing personalized marketing tactics can help companies better connect with online consumers. By focusing on efficiency, customization, and relevance, businesses can increase customer satisfaction and conversion rates.

Indian online shoppers are tech-savvy and value efficiency, relevance, and personalized experiences. Social media ads, search filters, and technologies like AI chatbots and QR codes play significant roles in their shopping journeys. Businesses that recognize and adapt to these behaviors will be better positioned to engage and convert this dynamic consumer base. By leveraging advanced technologies and personalized marketing strategies, companies can enhance their online presence, build brand trust, and drive sales in the ever-evolving Indian market.

• Artificial intelligence

India’s beauty market is a burgeoning arena, forecasted to reach a staggering $46 billion in the coming years. International brands are keenly eyeing this vast potential, and Amazon India stands at the helm of this transformation, leveraging its vast reach and robust infrastructure to cater to the burgeoning demand. In an exclusive interaction with Indian Retailer, Zeba Khan, Director, Fashion and Beauty, Amazon India, shared fascinating insights into how the e-commerce giant is navigating this exciting market.

Surge of Global Brands

"You're absolutely right. The Indian beauty market is so ripe," Zeba begins, setting the stage for our discussion. "E-commerce in India is still only about 20 percent of the market. The Indian beauty customer is spending less than one-fourth of what a person in China spends on beauty,” she notes, highlighting the untapped potential in the market. To bridge this gap, Amazon India launched the Global Beauty Store, a curated collection of trending international brands. “We have 60-plus international brands and over 5,000 products on that store,” she adds. This initiative has seen tremendous success, with a 2.5x spike in traffic on launch day alone, underscoring the excitement among Indian consumers for global beauty products.

One of the standout features of Amazon’s approach is its ability to democratize access to these international brands. “We serve almost all the pin codes in India, bringing these products to the doorstep of the last pin code at the convenience of a click,” Zeba proudly states. This level of accessibility ensures that even consumers in remote areas can enjoy the latest beauty trends from around the world.

Trends in Luxury Beauty

Luxury beauty is a fast-evolving segment in India, with perfumes and makeup leading the charge. “Perfumes remain evergreen, with brands like Carolina Herrera now available on our platform,” Zeba shares. The makeup segment is also booming, with renowned brands like Anastasia Beverly Hills making their debut on Amazon India. This marks a notable trend where luxury makeup brands are gaining traction, whereas previously, the focus was more on skincare and perfumes.

Interestingly, there is a growing interest in derma brands. “Indian consumers are very particular about their skin type and ingredients,” Zeba observes. This shift is driven by increased consumer awareness and interest in the specific ingredients and types of skincare products. Indian customers are now well-informed about national brands and equally discerning about the ingredients in these products. As a result, there's a growing trend of people consulting dermatologists and using derma products without hesitation.

To cater to this demand, Amazon launched the Derma Store, offering a curated selection of derma products and expert consultations. “This platform is highly educational and informative, featuring experts who customers can consult. It offers a curated selection of products, providing customers with reliable and specialized skincare options,” she adds.

A Diverse Portfolio

While international brands are a major draw, Amazon India is equally committed to promoting homegrown brands. “We have more than 1,300 homegrown trending direct-to-consumer brands,” Zeba reveals. This diverse portfolio ensures that customers have access to a wide range of products, catering to varied preferences and needs.

For Zeba, this extensive selection is a personal boon. “I shop for Moroccan Oil for haircare, and derma brands for my sensitive skin,” she shares. The vast array of options allows her to explore new brands and products regularly, a perk she relishes.

The beauty industry is no longer the exclusive domain of women. Men’s beauty is a rapidly growing segment, with skincare leading the charge. “Last year, we saw growth in men’s skincare, but now makeup is also picking up,” Zeba notes. Indian brands are catering to diverse skin tones and preferences, encouraging more men to experiment with makeup.

The Beauty Sale

Amazon’s Beauty Sale is a much-anticipated event, offering up to 70 percent off on a wide range of products. “This is our fourth edition. The sale features 8,000-plus deals across international and homegrown brands, with categories like skincare, makeup, and luxury beauty seeing significant traction,” she shares. But the Beauty Sale is more than just discounts. “We have continuous live sessions on our app with derma and makeup experts, social media giveaways, and exciting contests,” Zeba highlights. Additionally, the Amazon Beautyverse brings top creators together to network and educate customers, making the shopping experience both enjoyable and informative.

Exclusive collaborations are a cornerstone of Amazon’s strategy to offer unique products to its customers. “We launched St. Botanica perfumes exclusively with us,” Zeba shares. These perfumes feature scents crafted from the world’s best ingredients, offering a diverse selection to consumers. In the skincare segment, Amazon partnered with CeraVe, a US derma brand in India. “While it wasn’t exclusive with us, we are one of the first few e-commerce partners offering this brand,” Zeba states, expressing excitement about this collaboration.

Amazon India’s vision for the future of beauty shopping is clear: to provide an unparalleled selection of products, ensure authenticity, and offer a seamless and informative shopping experience. With initiatives like the Global Beauty Store, Derma Store, and exclusive collaborations, Amazon is well on its way to transforming the beauty landscape in India.

Zeba Khan’s insights paint a vivid picture of an industry on the brink of a major evolution. As international and homegrown brands converge on the Indian market, consumers stand to benefit from a plethora of choices, expert guidance, and the convenience of shopping from the comfort of their homes. The treasure trove of beauty is truly being unlocked, one click at a time.

• Amazon India
• Beauty Products

In recent years, Bharat has witnessed a significant shift in the eCommerce landscape. Traditionally dominated by major urban centers like Delhi, Mumbai, and Bangalore, the spotlight is now turning towards non-metro areas where the eCommerce revolution is thriving. 

Shiprocket’s latest report titled “How MSMEs of Bharat sell online” sheds light on this transformation, revealing intriguing trends and data that highlight the expanding reach and evolving nature of online retail in Bharat.

71 Percent of Orders from Small Towns

One of the standout findings from the report is the substantial shift of eCommerce activity from metropolitan cities to non-metro areas. In 2023, approximately 71 percent of all online orders originated from these smaller towns and rural regions. This trend underscores a pivotal change in India's retail dynamics, with rural and semi-urban areas becoming significant contributors to the eCommerce growth narrative.

"This shift is a clear indicator of the burgeoning potential in Bharat’s smaller towns," said Atul Mehta, CEO of Domestic Shipping at Shiprocket. "It highlights the immense opportunity for eCommerce growth beyond just the traditional urban centers. The rise in digital access and smartphone usage in these regions is transforming them into vital hubs of online shopping."

Changing Consumer Preferences

Consumer behavior has also evolved, particularly with regards to shopping patterns. MSMEs have noted that 84 percent of their orders are placed over weekends, indicating a preference for shopping during leisure time. The report also reveals that personal care products are leading the charge, accounting for 27 percent of all orders in early 2024. Apparel & footwear and electronics follow, capturing 20 and 9 percent of orders, respectively.

"Understanding these trends is crucial for MSMEs as they navigate the competitive eCommerce landscape. The weekend shopping spike presents a significant opportunity for targeted marketing and promotional strategies. Additionally, the increasing trust in digital payments, with 42 percent of buyers preferring prepaid methods, reflects a growing confidence in online transactions,” explains Mehta.

MSMEs Embrace WhatsApp and Data Analytics

As eCommerce continues to evolve, MSMEs are increasingly integrating advanced technology solutions to enhance their operations. A notable trend is the growing adoption of WhatsApp for direct marketing, with usage rising from 25 to 30 percent among small and medium-sized businesses. This shift towards instant communication channels reflects a broader move towards more personalized and efficient customer interactions.

"WhatsApp and other direct communication tools are revolutionizing how MSMEs engage with their customers. The rise in usage from 25 to 30 percent among SMBs underscores the shift towards more immediate and personal marketing channels. This trend is a testament to the increasing importance of real-time interaction in building customer relationships," said Mehta.

Furthermore, data analytics tools are becoming indispensable for MSMEs. By leveraging these tools, businesses can gain valuable insights into customer behavior, optimize their product offerings, and make informed decisions. "The integration of data analytics is empowering MSMEs to refine their strategic planning and respond more effectively to market trends," Mehta added.

The $300 Billion Vision

The report emphasizes the potential of the Indian eCommerce market, projected to reach $300 billion by 2030. This growth trajectory is expected to be driven by inclusive development, with women-led MSMEs playing a crucial role. Currently, women-led businesses account for 20.5 percent of all registered MSMEs and generate 19 percent of employment, reflecting their significant contribution to the market.

"Sustainability and inclusivity are not just trends; they are shaping the future of eCommerce in Bharat. Women entrepreneurs are making significant strides, and their stories are inspiring. The focus on sustainability, from eco-friendly packaging to ethically sourced products, is also driving consumer preferences and business practices," Mehta noted. 

Sustainability is also becoming a key factor, with a rising demand for eco-friendly practices and ethically sourced products. MSMEs are adapting to these changes by adopting sustainable packaging and exploring environmentally friendly logistics solutions. " Consumers today are increasingly conscious of the environmental impact of their purchases, MSMEs that embrace these sustainable practices will not only meet consumer expectations but also stand out in a competitive market," Mehta observed. 

Indian Brands Making Their Mark Globally

The report also touches on the growing trend of Indian brands expanding internationally. As Indian eCommerce businesses gain traction with unique and well-crafted product offerings, many are finding success beyond domestic borders. " Brands that offer specialized and differentiated products, such as those targeting specific needs like curly hair care, are not just catering to the Indian market but are also making a mark globally, " Mehta observed.

This international expansion is facilitated by the strong foundation and success of these brands in the domestic market. With a compelling brand story and a clear value proposition, Indian eCommerce businesses are well-equipped to enter and compete in global markets. The strength of Indian brands lies in their unique value propositions and the ability to tell compelling stories. When these brands succeed in India, they are well-positioned to replicate that success internationally.

Insights and Opportunities for MSMEs

"As we look towards the future, it is clear that India is poised to become a major player in the global eCommerce arena. The growth of MSMEs, especially those from non-metro areas and led by women entrepreneurs, is a testament to the vibrant and dynamic nature of our digital economy," said Saahil Goel, MD & CEO, Shiprocket. 

The eCommerce sector in Bharat is experiencing a transformative phase, with non-metro areas emerging as key contributors to growth. The evolving consumer preferences, technological advancements, and the increasing focus on sustainability and international expansion are shaping the future of online retail in India. As MSMEs continue to embrace these changes, the potential for further growth and innovation remains boundless.

• growth in India:

The fast-moving consumer goods (FMCG) sector in India is poised for a notable shift, driven by robust growth in the rural market. The rural FMCG volume is expected to grow by 6.1 percent in the current fiscal year, up from 4.4 percent the previous year. This projection presents a strong positive outlook, especially in contrast to the urban market, which is predicted to remain relatively flat at 4.2 percent.

The Rural Challenge: A Seismic Shift

According to a recent report by Kantar Worldpanel, titled 'The Rural Challenge,' suggests that the rural market is on the brink of a significant transformation. Stability in the macro market is anticipated to catalyze this change, potentially enabling rural volumes to catch up with urban growth. Currently, the rural market generates half of the FMCG volume and value in India, underscoring its importance to the sector. The report also highlights that growth in rural areas is largely population-driven rather than consumption-driven.

Premiumization and Evolving Consumer Preferences

Kantar's findings indicate a notable trend towards premiumization in the FMCG sector. As rural consumers experience a higher standard of living, there is an increasing demand for premium products. Categories such as food spreads and dressings, face scrubs, body washes, hair conditioning serums, muesli, and Korean noodles are seeing heightened consumer interest. This shift mirrors trends in other sectors where consumers are willing to pay more for products that elevate their experience.

Additionally, products that simplify daily life and save time are gaining popularity. Liquid dishwashing soaps, liquid detergents, ready-to-cook mixes, cornflakes, oats, frozen foods, and fabric conditioners are among the categories witnessing increased demand. In personal care, items that address specific consumer needs, such as targeted skin creams, sensitive toothpaste, roll-on deodorants, tampons, and prickly heat-cooling powders, are also experiencing higher growth.

Healthier Alternatives and Quick Commerce

There is a growing preference for healthier alternatives within the FMCG sector. Products such as healthy bread, various types of healthy oil (olive, canola, rice bran, flaxseed), sweeteners, sugar-free cold drinks, dark chocolates, and healthy biscuits are becoming increasingly popular. This shift is part of a broader trend where consumers are making more health-conscious choices.

Moreover, the adoption of e-commerce and quick commerce channels is accelerating. Quick commerce, in particular, is seeing significant growth in premium categories, with users frequently purchasing larger packs. This trend indicates a shift in consumer behavior towards convenience and faster delivery times, which are becoming critical factors in purchasing decisions.

Leading FMCG Brands: Parle and Britannia Dominate

The latest Kantar Brand Footprint India 2024 report sheds light on the most chosen FMCG brands in the country. Parle has maintained its top spot as the most chosen in-home FMCG brand for the 12th consecutive year, with a Consumer Reach Points (CRP) score of 7,980 million. Britannia follows closely with a CRP score of 7,937 million. Other leading brands include Amul (6,137 million), Clinic Plus (4,144 million), and Tata Consumer Products (3,035 million).

CRP is a metric that measures brand popularity and reach by combining penetration (the percentage of households buying the brand), frequency (how often they buy it), and population (total households). This metric provides a comprehensive view of a brand's strength and consumer preference.

Out-of-Home Consumption Trends

Britannia leads the out-of-home brand rankings with 628 million CRP points, surpassing Haldiram’s (442 million), Cadbury's (427 million), Balaji (362 million), and Parle (302 million). The report indicates that out-of-home consumption is on the rise, driven by different choice triggers compared to in-home consumption.

Growth and Penetration Insights

Despite a general slowdown in CRP growth across sectors such as FMCG, foods, homecare, health and beauty, and beverages, the dairy sector showed resilience with a 2 percent growth. Haldiram’s and Balaji performed exceptionally well, entering the top 25 in-home brand list with over 30 percent growth in 2023. Brands like Sunfeast, Sunsilk, Stayfree, and Oreo made significant penetration gains, reaching the top 10 list.

K. Ramakrishnan, Managing Director of the South Asia Worldpanel division at Kantar, emphasizes that the increasing availability of brand options is evolving consumer choices in India. This evolution is reflected in the steady increase in CRPs, indicating that consumers are making more frequent purchase trips and expanding their options.

• FMCG sector
• rural India

The younger generation aims to reach new heights today, especially in entrepreneurship. Gone are the days when a traditional nine-to-five job was the only path to success. With the rise in technology and independence, young entrepreneurs in India are building their own legacies. Resources like online education, crowdfunding, and global market access have made everything easier to reach.

In India, 14 percent of 18-37-year-olds are getting into entrepreneurship. For these top young entrepreneurs in India, it’s not just about making money; it’s about creativity, innovation, and personal achievement. Among them, the top 9 young entrepreneurs in India are setting new standards and inspiring others. This trend has led to a rise in famous young entrepreneurs in India who are making big strides in their fields.

These successful young entrepreneurs in India are especially impressive because they show great drive and creativity. They are not just building businesses but also making meaningful contributions to the economy and society.

Top 9 Successful Young Entrepreneurs in India

Here is a list of the top young entrepreneurs in India in 2024.

1. Anchit and Adwaita Nayar- Nykaa

Anchit Nayar, a successful Indian entrepreneur, is the chief executive officer of the beauty e-commerce giant with ten years of experience in marketing, retail and banking serving in expanding Nykaa retail stores. Adwaita Nayar is also the Chief executive officer of the company. She has instituted Nykaa Fashion Business by supervising NykaaFashion.com with more than ten years of experience in the equity market, fashion and retail.

At the age of 50, Falguni (mother) started the company from scratch with $2 million in 2012 and now has GVM (gross merchandise value) of $1 million during FY2024 a 25 percent year-on-year increase. The Omnichannel company trades in cosmetics and fashion in both men's and women's gentry. The Fashion and beauty retail brand is projected to shoot up 20 percent in CAGR. The B2B segment called the superstore and media arm had grown to Rs 835 crore (59 percent).

Read More:  Female Entrepreneurs : 7 Retail Empires Built in India (2024)

2. Gazal Alagh and Varun Alagh – Mamaearth

Gazal Alagh and Varun Alagh, are successful Indian entrepreneurs and the founder of Mamaearth . The journey of the Rs 2,488 crore personal care company, started when the parents-to-be were searching for toxin-free baby products for their firstborn. The fact that most of the parents were using deleterious products for their little ones, got Gazal (36) and Varun (38) young entrepreneurs in India,  to form a brand that uses well-researched methods to provide baby-safe items.

Mamaearth, a D2C brand, announced the highest quarterly net profit of Rs 30.5 crore for 2023-2024. Consolidated revenue increased by 21 percent year-on-year to Rs 471.1 crore in the fourth quarter of 2024. Mamaearth has grown sales by 21.5 percent and consolidated EBITDA at Rs 33 crore.

Read More:  How the Emergence of Young Entrepreneurs is Reshaping the Notion of Youth in Biz

3. Ankit Nagori - Curefoods

Ankit Nagori (36) an Indian entrepreneur, came across the idea to jump-start a food delivery company, Curefoods in 2020. As time passed, the company climbed the ladder of cloud kitchen by collaborating with various brands. Today, Curefoods has eight affiliated brands named - EATFIT, Sharif Bhai, Olio, Great Indian Khichdi, Rolls on Wheels, Nomad Pizza, CakeZone, Millet Express, Chaat Street and Juno’s. Curefoods focuses on developing food that is made on a sustainable basis, chemical-free items that are loved by consumers covering 75 percent of India’s online food market. Ankit is well-known in both private and professional spheres for his perennial drive for food and fitness, pushing his devotion to the field.

Curefoods, a F&B company has over 200 cloud kitchens and offline stores serving over 10 cuisines between 15 cities in India generating an annual revenue of Rs 412 crore ($51.3 million) for FY2023. It has taken second place in the list of largest cloud kitchen players in India with the philosophy to be a chemical-free, ISO-certified kitchen and hygienic food provider.

4. Bala Sarda- Vahdam

Bala Sarda (25) is a famous Indian entrepreneur in India, who started his business ‘Vahdam’ with the ancestry experience of 80 years in the tea industry. In 2015, to solve the problem of the massive gap of $90 billion in the tea market, he made fresh teas available to consumers worldwide using technology to deliver home-grown tea. He plans to take the Indian tea industry global.

Vahdam generated a revenue of Rs 26.2 million in FY 2023 with an increase of 5 percent CAGR. It generates 90 percent of the revenue from e-commerce and other online sales platforms rest 10 percent from offline presence. Vahdam has 6500 stores globally including the US, Canada and Europe are the main consumer-centric countries. 

5. Dhvanil Sheth- Skillmatics

Dhvanil Sheth (29), a successful Indian entrepreneur, founded Skillmatics in 2016. When he saw his nephew going through a book he realized learning could be done through games. A mover and shaker educational product brand is committed to developing innovative games that build essential skills in children. He started by investing $50.000 and came up with early learning games to help children gain knowledge without applications and smart electronics.

The brand has over 20,000 retail stores worldwide with an omnichannel distribution model. The plan for the company is to hold a dominant position in the global market by expanding product assortment and getting deeper into online as well as offline channels. Skillmatics generated a revenue of $5.9 million (Rs 47.7 crore) and net profit.

6. Ankit Garg and Chaitanya Ramalingegowda - Wakefit

Ankit Garg and Chaitanya Ramalingegowda, young entrepreneurs in India, founded ‘Wakefit’ in 2016 with a well-researched and innovation-driven home and sleep solution brand. Director and Co-founder Chaitanya Ramalingegowda with more than 20 years of experience in managerial capacities in large and start-up companies, looks upon all front-end operations such as sales, marketing, technology and consumer experience. Ankit Garg Co-founder of Wakefit leads the product development, design, research and innovation operations for the company with over 10 years of experience in the professional domain.

Wakefit, a sleep and home solution company, follows a niche delivery model with a product-oriented approach that exercises research and innovation to be ahead of the industry. As of FY 2023, the company has a valuation of $ 275 million and an annual revenue of $102 million along with total funding of $145 million.

7. Manoj Meena - Atomberg

Manoj Meena is a young Indian entrepreneur who noticed an energy efficiency problem in India. To solve the concern they catered to making energy-efficient smart appliances like the smart BLDC fans which reduce energy consumption by up to 65 percent. The story of Atomberg starts with two IIT Bombay friends,  Manoj Meena and Sibabrata Das. 

Atomberg is a pioneer in the premium fans segment along with expanding newer categories like mixers, grinders and smart locks. The company has more than 30,000 retail stores across 400 tons in India and also has a presence in all e-commerce platforms. The company has an annual revenue of $80.9 million and a valuation of $359 million as of FY2023.

8. Harsh Lal- Souled Store

Harsh Lal, a young entrepreneur in India and the owner of Souled Store founded the brand in 2013 to overcome the gap between fashion and customers. Harsh Lal is the modern-day entrepreneur and the co-founder of the souled store overseeing licensing, retail and marketplaces for the biggest brand for offline merchandise with products from T-shirts, backpacks, and phone covers to socks and badges.

The company has an annual funding of $29.4 million and a valuation of $98.6 million in FY2023 with a total funding of $29.7 million. 

9. Siddharth Dungarwal- Snitch

Siddharth Dungarwal,  a successful young entrepreneur and the founder of Snitch, always had a passion for fashion, he entered into the industry mainly self-tutored and started by providing products under the Snitch label, distributing to different retailers. It started with the D2C brand through “snitch.co.in” a website offering unconventional styles in male fashion.

The brand has achieved a GVM of Rs 400 crore and sets its sights to reach Rs 600 crore at the end of FY2024. 80 percent of the operating revenue is driven by the men's fashion category with a 130 percent increase in sales. 

Final Outlook 

In the Indian Retailer's eye, the country is a hub of opportunities for young entrepreneurs. Everyone has a new idea to develop and produce, filling the gaps in the market. Making it easier for customers to attain their needs. Bring creative thoughts and knowledge for others to gather, and achieve entrepreneurial goals. These top 9 young entrepreneurs in India are a great inspiration for the youth of the country. Get inspired and start your venture!

What is a young entrepreneur?

A young adult who starts a business in a particular field. A person who thinks about taking a risk and starting a new venture from scratch along with contributing towards society as well.

Who is the most famous young entrepreneur in India?

Gazal Alagh and Varun Alagh followed by Anchit Adwaita Nayar and Ankit Nagori are the top 3 most famous young entrepreneurs in India.

Who is the first woman entrepreneur in India?

Kalpana Saroj is the first woman entrepreneur in India.

Ever imagine why smartwatches are more popular than regular watches? Because they can do so much more than just tell you the time and date. From tracking your steps and distance, counting the calories burned, to watching your heart rate and monitoring your sleep patterns, they are your personal trainers. So are you excited to uncover more features about the top 10 best budget smartwatch brands in India? Let’s find out who’s leading the Indian market size of $33.58 billion and what are your best options.

10 Best Affordable Smartwatch Brands in India 2024 - Top Picks

Below are the top 10 affordable smartwatch brands that are leading the Indian market with budget-friendly prices.

Check More:  Top 10 Ladies Watch Brands in India

BoAt is one of the leading earwear audio brands in India, founded by Aman Gupta and Sameer Mehta in 2014, headquartered in Mumbai. BoAt quickly became famous in India's wearable technology market. The boAt also provides a reasonable price range of Rs 800 to Rs 6,000 of smartwatches, so you can be sure that this is one of the most affordable brands showcasing its tech products.

The most popular boAt products include functionalities such as bright displays, and also health monitoring services. The Xtend series possesses a 1.69-inch screen with Alexa built-in, interchangeable watch faces, and a SpO2 monitor, which is a very useful and good thing for people who care about their health. At the same time, the brand is tied up with IPL teams for its marketing which is the other part of the reason why its status is the best as a tech company. The name 'boAt' is a very interesting one, and it represents a journey that is not lost in the sea of technology and lifestyle products, which in a way, is the brand's strength of resilience and innovation.

Best-Selling Models:

Check More:  Top 10 Affordable Watch Brands in India for Every Style

NOISE started its journey selling smartphone accessories but it’s today renowned for smart wearable and wireless headphones. The name is now a highly recognized technology brand in India. The name NOISE represents the voice inside each of us, the only voice which can push each one of us every day for the daily hustle and win in life. And that NOISE gave the wings to both Gaurav Khatri and Amit Khatri to come into existence in 2014 as the creators of Noise. The brand is based in Gurugram and offers affordable and budget-friendly smartwatches which are loved by people with different interests and are in the price range of Rs 1,000 to 8,000.

Among the most popular models that Noise produces are the ColorFit Pro 4. Its ColorFit Pro 4 is the name of a watch that has a 1.72-inch touchscreen, along with 24/7 heart rate tracking and SpO2 measurement, making it an optimum choice for fitness freaks. Noise is among the few who are trying to take technology to the heights of innovation through products like AMOLED screens, Customizable Watch faces, and Seamless smartphone Integration. With a gonoise.com platform dedicated to lifestyle gadgets, Noise frequently introduces creations that are out of the ordinary to the market, thus underlining the company's philosophy.

Titan, a trusted brand in the Indian watch industry, was founded by Xerxes Desai in 1984. Headquartered in Bengaluru, Titan is part of the Tata Group and has made a significant impact in the smartwatch segment with a price range of Rs 2,500 to 25,000. Popular models like the Titan Crest and Titan Smart offer a blend of elegance and advanced technology. Titan brings you a lot of smartwatches that can meet different tastes and needs, nowadays. The Titan Smart Watch with a 4.97 cm Super AMOLED display comes with SingleSync Bluetooth, AI assistant, and a durable IP68 rating.

Similarly, the Titan Crest features a 3.63 cm AMOLED display with Always-On functionality, a crown that helps in easy navigation, and supports Bluetooth calling Titan Celestor has highly accurate GPS for tracking, an altimeter, and a barometer, is perfect for outdoor enthusiasts for reliability. Associated with brands like Tanishq, Fastrack, and Sonata, 

Timex , a watch brand with a rich heritage, was started named Waterbury Clock Company in 1854. It was purchased by Thomas Olsen and renamed to Timex which is based in Middlebury, Connecticut, US. Timex has a stronghold in the Indian market with budget-friendly smartwatches ranging from Rs 1,000 to ₹15,000. The Timex iConnect Active is one of the top models. The iConnect Active comes with a touchscreen display, which is the main feature that sets it apart, and the ability to change the watch faces and the 24/7 monitoring are cool features.

The brand Timex has been giving the market the impression of being classic and reliable with a timeless design and great performance, the main features that users see when using them to monitor their health. With brands like Adidas, Guess and Versace under its umbrella, Timex progresses to develop its partner-built reputation of innovation and mass appeal, thus maintaining its name, which merges 'Time' with 'Kleenex.'

Best-Selling Mod els:

5. Fire-Boltt

Fire-Boltt is a smartwatch brand which is affordable and stylish at the same time was established by Arnav Kishore and Aayushi Kishore in the year 2015. Headquartered in New Delhi, Fire-Boltt is a brand that provides smartwatches which are priced between Rs 800 to 5,000. The brand offers a 1.39-inch AMOLED display, Bluetooth calling, and also an AI-based voice assistant, although its model is among the top ones appreciated for its full-touch display, SpO2 monitor, and sports modes.

Fire-Boltt smartwatches are appreciated for their stylish design, and the cheap price tag of the watches, which also often include IP67 water resistance and multiple sports modes. The company is oriented toward the audio and fitness accessory devices segment and it offers a striking combination of both speed (Bolt) and passion (Fire) as seen in its vibrant product line-up. Bolt is partnered with Amazon, Croma, Reliance Digital, etc for its product sales in addition to their website.

Hammer , the tech start-up wearable brand that offers smartwatches at a very stylish range of products at a very affordable price, was established by young spiritual leader, Rohit Nandwani, in 2019 and soon drew attention for its chicness and pocket-friendly price tags. Situated in Haryana, Hammer watches have costs ranging from Rs 1,000 to 4,000. Its products include LCD and AMOLED displays, a 1.69-inch display, SpO2, heart rate monitoring, and sports mode options, Pulse ACE comes out on top, whereas the simplicity of Solo catches the consumer's eye along with its health tracking options.

This brand is centered on the creation of impressive and long-lasting devices that serve the purpose of fitness tracking and smart notifications. Their collaboration with the company Nykaa allows them to expand their production line.

7. Fastrack

Fastrack , which is a sub-brand of Titan, is a fashion accessory retail brand designed to attract the energetic youthful market. Established in 1998, the company’s headquarters is located in New Delhi, and the first store was opened early in 2009. The company's smartwatches are priced between Rs 1,500 to Rs 7000. Fastrack has released several wristwatches over the years, some of them, for example, Fastrack Reflex Hello and Fastrack Reflex Beat are their popular models.

Fastrack's emphasis on the latest style, and durability, and the Reflex mobile app that can provide a thorough classification of physical activities and fitness are among the company's attributes. Jointly with Titan, Sonata, and Tanishq, Fastrack will not lose its shine with the new generation, who are the major clients themselves because the brand name is synonymous with speed and modernity. Fastrack entered the Affordable Smart Segment with the launch of Reflex Beat+ in 2023.

Pebble, a tech company that offers a diverse range of smartwatches is the most funded project of Kickstarter, funded around $10.3 million. Established in the year 2013 by Eric Migicovsky. Pebble has established its presence in the Indian market with smartwatches priced at Rs 1,000-6,000. The most sought-after ones are, however, the Pebble Revolve and Pebble Royal.

Pebble smartwatches are widely granted for their sleek design and nifty pricing, allowing basic functions such as IP68 water resistance and various sports modes. The name 'Pebble' stands for simplicity and timelessness, with a focus on the creation of products that combine visual beauty with practical features. Pebble is partnered with Amazon, Myntra, Nykaa and Croma for its sales.

Redmi is one of the leaders in the smartwatch market thanks to its affordable and feature-rich products. It is part of the brand Xiaomi which was set up by Lei Jun in 2010. The brand is headquartered in Beijing, China. The Watch 3 Active and Watch 2 Lite models come with a 1.83-inch HD touchscreen display through which you can have a heart rate; it also offers over 110 fitness modes including 10 different water sports and can display information, such as OS.

The Redmi smartwatches exclusively draw their success thanks to their mega battery life, state-of-the-art displays, and in-depth health options. Oftentimes these academic activities are at affordable prices. Dedicated to healthier living and healthy physical and mental development, these gadgets are part of the well-being approach that Tech can offer. The Mi. Fit app has been integrated with it to get all-round features and great usability and convenience.

Maxima is a well-established name in the Indian watch industry, having expanded into the smartwatch sector with offerings that blend tradition with modern technology. Maxima was launched under P.A. Time Industries, founded in 1962 by Mr. GS Purewal. In India, It is headquartered in Solan, Himachal Pradesh and provides smartwatches in the affordable price range of Rs 1,500 to 5,000. Known for its commitment to quality and affordability, Maxima has a strong market presence with bestselling models like the Maxima Max Pro Hype and the Maxima Max Pro Fire.

Maxima's smartwatches have a 1.83'' display with a tap advanced calling function. It uses an advanced JL7012 chipset and is enabled with features like AI voice assistant, inbuilt games, smart notifications and multiple cloud-based watch faces. Some of the models are also water resistant, include additional features like SPO2 and sleep monitoring, and are powered with the GloryFit app for user interaction. Maxima smartwatches are lauded for their user-friendly interface and reliability, appealing to consumers who seek a balance of technology and affordability. Maxima is partnered with Amazon, Ajio and Nykaa.

At Indian Retailer, we understand how important it is to know about the brands before purchasing any technical stuff, you need to know everything about the brand and its technology. So for that, we prepare a list of the top 10 affordable smartwatch brands in India to help you make an informed decision.

FAQs on Affordable Smartwatch Brands in India 

1. What is SpO2 in a smartwatch?

The term blood oxygen level, represented as Sp02, refers to the amount of oxygen saturation in the blood.

3. Which shape is better for a smartwatch?

There are two popular designs of smartwatches: round-faced and square-faced. Round-faced watches sell better than square-faced watches, most probably because of psychological reasons.

4. What is the life of a smartwatch?

Most smartwatches can last for 2 to 5 years depending on several factors, including the brand, model, and how often it is used.

5. Which watch brand is most famous in India?

Titan, BoAt, Timex, Fasttrack, and Noise are the popular choices in Smartwatches.

• titan watches

Imagine unwrapping a gift so exquisite that it feels like a treasure trove of delights, each piece as precious as a jewel. Mars Wrigley India has just launched something that promises to redefine the way we think about gifting: GALAXY® Jewels. This isn’t just another box of chocolates — it's an experience, a statement, and a celebration all wrapped into one. From the moment you set eyes on its disruptive packaging to the last bite of its luxurious flavors, the newest entrant in the premier gifting market is designed to captivate and enchant.

The sleek, jewel-like design isn’t just about aesthetics; Mars Wrigley India has poured its legacy of over 20 years of global success into creating an offering that is as much about the visual and sensory pleasure as it is about taste. The box offers four individually wrapped flavors: Smooth Milk, Crispy, Caramel, and Dark Cream, and is available in two sizes — priced at Rs 299 and Rs 549.

 “At Mars Wrigley, we believe in the power of creating iconic brands that become a part of people’s fondest memories. GALAXY® Jewels embodies this philosophy with its luxurious pralines in delectable flavors and elegant packaging, making it the perfect gift to celebrate special moments. We are focusing on the fast growing premium gifting segment and this will make Galaxy’s play in India more complete,” says Nikhil Rao, Chief Marketing Officer, Mars Wrigley India.

A Strategic Move

With its focus on the fast-growing premium gifting segment, Mars Wrigley India is strategically positioning GALAXY® Jewels in the top tier of the market. The company is targeting e-commerce, modern trade, and standalone supermarkets, primarily in metros and Tier I cities. Rao explains, “Our focus right now is on the top end of India. We are going to participate in e-commerce, modern trade, and standalone supermarkets. It will largely be metros and Tier I cities.”

Quick commerce is an essential part of Mars Wrigley’s strategy. According to Rao, quick commerce has been growing rapidly and significantly contributes to the business. He confirms that the newest launch would be listed on quick commerce platforms, ensuring that consumers can quickly and easily purchase this luxurious treat.

When it comes to market penetration, Mars Wrigley India is taking a measured approach. “We are largely a premium player compared to the Indian market and we are focused on metros, Tier I and Tier II. We do not go beyond that. We have not entered rural India yet,” Rao shares. The company employs a hub-and-spoke mechanism to reach Tier II towns indirectly, ensuring focused and strategic growth.

Collaborations and Brand Extensions

Mars Wrigley India is open to collaborations and brand extensions, although no specific plans are in place yet for GALAXY® Jewels. Rao mentions that while they have done successful collaborations globally, they were still exploring opportunities in India. “We would be keen to partner with the right brand, the right company,” he says.

Looking ahead to FY25, Mars Wrigley India plans to continue its sequential expansion. “India is such a massive market. The chocolate category reaches out to 50 lakh stores, and today we are present in 5 or 6 lakh stores. It is an inch-by-inch, step-by-step kind of process,” explains Rao. The company’s focus will remain on core brands like Snickers, Galaxy, and Boomer, with innovation contributing to 10 percent of growth.

In an era where digital and social media marketing are crucial, Mars Wrigley India is tailoring its strategies to engage Gen Z. Rao acknowledges the short attention span of this demographic and emphasizes the importance of digital and social media marketing. “The TV is more geared towards their parents, I guess. And the younger ones,” he concludes.

Haier India is blazing a trail in the consumer appliance market, redefining how traditional brands can evolve into modern, innovative hybrid retailers. NS Satish, President of Haier Appliances India, recently shared insights with IndianRetailer about the company’s transformation and its strategies to meet the dynamic demands of today’s consumers.

The Indian Consumer Electronics Landscape

India’s consumer electronics market is on a rapid growth trajectory, driven by rising disposable incomes and technological advancements. In FY24 (April-January), electronics exports reached $22.64 billion, and India aims to achieve $300 billion in electronics manufacturing and $120 billion in exports by FY26. By 2025, India’s Consumer Electronics and Appliances Industry is projected to be the fifth-largest globally. The market, valued at $9.84 billion in 2021, is expected to nearly double to $21.18 billion by 2025.

NS Satish notes, "The growth in India’s consumer electronics market presents both immense opportunities and intense competition. As a key player, Haier India is committed to leading this evolution through innovation and customer-centric strategies."

Overcoming Traditional Challenges

Transitioning from a traditional appliance brand to an omnichannel retailer has been a complex journey. Haier India faced several challenges, particularly in a high-involvement category where repurchase cycles are long. Satish explains, "We are in a high involvement category. The average life of a repurchase has dropped from 10 years to 6 or 7. This means consumers are more engaged and discerning."

One major shift for Haier was reducing the traditional product introduction cycle. "We moved from a traditional marketing focus to a digital-first strategy. This summer, we were print-free. Not a single newspaper ad was released," says Satish. This bold move reflects Haier's commitment to staying ahead of the curve.

Innovation at the Core

Haier’s commitment to innovation is evident in their product designs. For instance, their bottom-mounted refrigerator has been a game-changer. Satish elaborates, "We redesigned our refrigerators with the freezer at the bottom. This user-centric innovation has allowed us to capture 75 percent of the market in this segment."

Data-Driven Decision Making

In today’s competitive market, data analytics is crucial. Satish shares, "We combine data analytics with ground reports to make informed decisions. Experience alone is no longer sufficient; the market is evolving too quickly."

A notable example is Haier’s campaign for refrigerators. "We saw that the highest number of clicks was coming from Bihar. This insight led us to adjust our strategy and implement geo-fencing to better target our audience," Satish explains.

Understanding Consumer Segmentation

Haier India has tailored its marketing strategies based on household decision-makers. "In our market, different products are decided by different family members. Understanding these dynamics helps us tailor our strategies effectively," Satish says. This approach allows Haier to connect with various consumer segments more effectively.

Embracing Omnichannel Strategies

Haier’s omnichannel approach balances online and offline experiences. Satish emphasizes, "Price parity between offline and online channels is crucial. If there’s a discrepancy, it leads to dissatisfaction. We need to ensure a seamless experience across all touchpoints."

Dynamic pricing is another challenge. "Consumers are highly sensitive to price differences. They are willing to travel to save even a small amount. We have to manage this sensitivity carefully," Satish explains.

Adapting to Consumer Behavior Shifts

The shift towards online shopping for high-value items was surprising for Haier. "When we first ventured into e-commerce, we didn’t anticipate high-value items like side-by-side refrigerators selling online. Today, we sell over 2,000 of these refrigerators online every month. This shift highlights the importance of adapting to consumer preferences," Satish reveals.

Advice for Omnichannel Success

For brands aiming to thrive in an omnichannel environment, Satish offers valuable advice, "Understand the changing decision-making processes of consumers. They expect everything to happen instantly and online. Maintaining price parity and providing a seamless pre-sale and post-sale experience are crucial."

Under the leadership of NS Satish, Haier has not only adapted to market changes but has actively driven them. As Haier continues to grow, its commitment to digital transformation and customer-centric strategies will remain central to its success in the competitive Indian market.

• Consumer Durable brands

Want to know about the top 10 formal men's wear brands in India? The formal men's wear industry has taken a steep curve over a period of time in the Indian fashion market. Formal attire serves as the perfect option in case of a professional occasion, a wedding, or a casual meet as well, making you stand outside the crowd. There has been an evolution of formal men's wear from designing to using technology in the fabrics. To answer the question, here are the top 10 formal men's wear brands in India.

Top 10 Men's Formal Wear Brands in India

Here are the top 10 formal men's wear brands that every retailer should consider stocking:

Raymond Ltd was established in 1925 in Thane, Maharashtra as a woollen mill. Raymond Group has over 60 percent market share in the fabric industry in India. It was founded by Albert Raymond and Abraha[node:title] - Indian Retailerm Jacob Raymond and later passed on to Lala Kailashpat Singhania in 1944. Today Gautam Singhania is the Chairman and the Managing Director of Raymond Ltd.

Aparshakti Khurrana and Aakriti Ahuja are the brand ambassadors of the apparel brand. Presenting a huge catalogue of formal men's wear in India. Raymond has various associated brands- Raymond Fine Fabrics, Raymond Ready to Wear, Park Avenue, Parx and Colorplus serving all types of styling in formal men's wear. It has a presence in over 1000 outposts within 600 towns and cities in India. 

Rare Rabbit

Rare Rabbit, owned by Manish Poddar, saw a gap in the Indian apparel market for men's fashion. Hence, he started a flagship store of Rare Rabbit in Bengaluru along with an e-commerce website in 2015. The parent company of Rare Rabbit is Radhamani Textiles, owned by the Poddar family. 

It has over 135 physical stores in India across Tier II and II cities. The House of Rare Rabbit has an associated premium women's wear brand named Rareism and another brand named Articale. It has an omnichannel presence as well. 

Marks & Spencer

Marks & Spencer is a British retail company formed in 1884, earlier called as Marks and Sparks. It was founded in London by Michael Marks and Thomas Spencer. It deals in the retailing industry with 434 stores globally (Source: Wikipedia). Along with an e-commerce platform, it has its own 39 websites worldwide.

This public listed company has collaborated with reality stars- Mark Wright and Spencer Mathews. The partnership launched its A-list star Sienna Millers clothing range. Marks & Spencer has also shaken hands with Vick Hope, an influencer on social media platforms, to reach its customers. 

Van Heusen is a premium formal men's wear brand known for fashion for professionals. It was developed by Moses Philip and his son Isaac. Founded in 1881 in Pennsylvania, it is a premium formal men's wear brand in India. Father and son duo sold hand-sewn shirts to coal miners, made by Phillip’s wife Endel. Time passed and the company expanded its operation to New York City. In New York, the encounter happened between Van Heusen and Phillip and an alliance was formed named Phillip Van Heusen.

It has more than 300 stores. These standalone outlets are present across 70 counties and 5 continents, providing billions to its retail sales. Van Heusen has been working on sustainability measures in collaboration with various brands like Forest Stewardship, SmartWay, Textile Exchange and more. It entered the Indian market in 1990 when Aditya Birla Group gained a license of operation for the company. India has 97 retail stores along with an e-commerce presence of Van Heusen. 

Louis Philippe

Louis Philippe is a leading brand in the formal wear segment for men in India. Founded in 1989, named after the king of France, is a part of Aditya Birla Group, a multi-industry corporation. It is a subsidiary of Madura Fashion and Lifestyle that is a benchmark for premium formal men's wear.

It has 300 plus stores across 100 cities in India. Along with that, it has its e-commerce website globally and flagship stores, exclusive brand outlets, Planet Fashion, trouser town, departmental stores and multi-brand outlets. 

• Peter England

Peter England, a top-rated formal men's wear brand in India, started its journey in 1889 in Ireland. It provided attires in the Boer War, later owned by Coats Viyella, a British company. Its presence in the Indian market was obtained by Madura Fashion and Lifestyle, a subsidiary of the Aditya Birla Group in 2000. Now Peter England is in an alliance between Aditya Birla Group and M2C2 group. 

Peter England is present in more than 1000 exclusive stores, and 3500 multi-brand outlets within 800 towns in India. It is operated from an e-commerce platform as well.  ABFRL has a portfolio of leading clothing brands in India- Peter England, Allen Solly, Louis Philippe and more. 

• Park Avenue

Park Avenue is owned by Raymond Group in India. It is known as the exclusive formal men's wear brand in India. This fashion brand was born in 1986, creating a space in men's wardrobes. It is a premium apparel brand with a presence all across India. Park Avenue is available in 8 cities with 12 exclusive stores in India. It is expanded through multi-brand outlets and under Raymond which has chains of flagship stores across 150 cities in the country. The clothing brand had collaborated with actor Siddhant Chaturvedi for Park Avenues Deo for men. 

Allen Solly 

Allen Solly was founded by William Holin and Company Limited, and made an entrance into the Indian market in 1993. Today, the formal men's wear brand is a division of Aditya Birla Group. The brand is present in 200 outlets in India, including retail stores in malls. It also has brick-and-mortar stores, EBOs (Exclusive brand outlets) and an e-commerce presence. Indrani Dasgupta has collaborated with Allen Solly as the brand ambassador. Sooraj Bhat is the CEO of the company and serves in the retail segment for Allen Solly. 

United Colors of Benetton 

United Colors of Benetton was launched in 1965. The journey of the formal men's wear brand started in Ponzano Veneto, Italy. It is solely owned by the Benetton Group which has about 5000 stores globally. It has an afflicted brand called as Sisley that is making apparel in urban lifestyle. 

The brand made an entrance into the Indian market in 2011, with a 20-year expansion plan in mind. It had 400 stores in 100 cities in the country in the early stages. The fashion retail brand has 6,000 stores in 120 countries globally.

Jack and Jones

Jack and Jones is a brand founded in Denmark in 1990. It started with just jeanswear in the initial stage of its retailing parented by the Bestseller Foundation. Today, it is the best-selling formal men's wear brand in India owned by Anders Holch Povlsen. It has 1000 stores in 38 countries worldwide. Jack and Jones have five associated brands - Jack and Jones Vintage Clothing, Premium by Jack and Jones, Originals by Jack and Jones and Core by Jack and Jones. It is operated in India through 69 EBOs and 221 shop-in-shop stores. Actor Ranveer Singh has joined forces with Jack and Jones to unveil different collections. 

Final Outlook

In the eyes of Indian Retailers, these brands top the list of best formal men's wear brands in India. Each brand has something exclusive to look out for. These top 10 formal men's wear brands cater to all the needs of their audience by using technology and sustainability methods in their apparel business. Formal wear is a fit suitable for any occasion and these brands are there to give options to a wide range of customers. 

What are the 3 best formal men's wear brands in India?

The 3 best formal men's wear brands are Raymond, Rare Rabbit and Marks and Spencer. 

Which brand offers customisation in the list?

Raymond and Louis Philippe are the brands offering customisation for formal men's wear. 

Is formal wear suitable for casual events?

Yes, formal menswear enhances the appearance of casual or formal events. 

Which Indian brand is known for having colors in its stores?

United Colors of Benetton is known for having creative and attractive visual merchandising.

Related Articles: 

• Top 10 Men’s Clothing Brands Every Stylish Man Should Check Out
• Top 10 Best Formal Shirt Brands in India 2024

Earlier in News:

• Powerlook Men’s Fashion Launches New Store In Pune
• Marks and Spencer

Union Finance Minister Nirmala Sitharaman has recently represented the first budget of PM Modi government’s third term in parliament. A range of economic measures and policy changes were also introduced aiming at stimulating growth and addressing various sectoral challenges. Sitharaman highlighted Modi 3.0’s roadmap aiming to transform India into ‘Viksit Bharat’ by 2047. 

In the budget session, the Finance Minister reduced custom duties on gold and silver jewelry to 6 percent, and platinum to 6.4 percent. The following move will lead to increasing demands. The jewelry market which is a significant segment of India’s retail industry is poised to experience notable shifts due to the new budgetary provisions. The decision to reduce the basic customs duty on the jewelry market has always been a long pending demand in the jewels and gems industry. 

" The decision to reduce customs duty on gold and silver to 6 percent, and on platinum to 6.4 percent, is a welcome move that will have a positive impact on the precious metals market. This reduction will make gold, silver, and platinum more accessible to consumers and investors, stimulating demand and enhancing market liquidity. We believe this policy change will encourage the growth of the jewelry and bullion industry, fostering economic development and creating new opportunities. This budget reflects a strategic approach to strengthening the sector and supporting its long-term sustainability ,” stated Aksha Kamboj, Executive Chairperson, Aspect Global Ventures and VP, India Bullion Jewellers Association (IBJA).

According to the experts, this reduction in the customs duty on the jewelry will lower the prices of gold, silver, and platinum jewelry. The support initiated for Micro, Medium, and Small Enterprises (MSMEs) will also aid many of the nation’s jewelers. Also, in the long run, this could potentially widen the trade deficit and there are chances that it further weaken the rupees. 

MP Ahammed, Chairman, Malabar Group commented, “ The reduction in import duty on gold has been a long-standing demand for gold retailers, and we are extremely grateful to the Union Finance Minister for addressing this issue in today’s Union Budget by reducing the duty from 15 percent (including cess) to 6 percent. This move not only relieves consumers who have eagerly awaited this announcement but is also expected to boost gold demand in the country and create jobs for artisans. High import duty often leads to increased smuggling of gold through illegal routes, which hampers the growth of the organized retail gold trade and results in revenue losses for the government. It is expected that the duty reduction will drastically cut down gold smuggling, thereby curbing illegal trade and enhancing tax revenues. This reduction benefits organized retail jewelers, consumers, and the government, making it a positive development for all parties involved. ”

Vidita Kochar, Co-Founder, Jewelbox also stated , “ The recent reduction of customs duty on gold to 6 percent marks a significant advancement for the jewelry industry, enhancing its competitiveness and making it more accessible to consumers. This move aligns seamlessly with our commitment to providing high-quality, affordable lab diamond jewelry to our customers. Additionally, the abolition of the angel tax is a laudable initiative that will invigorate India’s startup ecosystem. This change is poised to spur innovation, attract global investors, and provide a substantial boost to startups. We are confident that these measures will significantly contribute to the growth and dynamism of both the jewelry sector and the broader startup community in India .”

The increasing demand for gold from India could boost global prices, which is estimated to reach a record high earlier this year. This could also possibly result in growth in India's trade deficit and will put additional pressure on the struggling rupee. The Finance Minister also announced the reduction in the cost of production of other metals like steel and copper. 

concerning the near future, the provisions introduced in the budget are expected to contribute to the overall development of the jewelry industry. Also, the focus on supporting SMEs and artisans is also expected to strengthen the sector's foundation and will promote a more inclusive market ecosystem. This will benefit local jewelers and artisans and will enable them to scale their operations and adopt modern practices while preserving traditional craftsmanship.

Ramesh Kalyanaraman, Executive Director, Kalyan Jewellers said , “ We welcome the 2024 Budget's progressive measures to reduce customs duties on gold, silver, and platinum. These changes, coupled with the government's commitment to enhancing domestic value addition and craftsmanship, are poised to significantly benefit the jewelry industry, further contributing to the sector’s growth. The new tax regime, with its focus on increased disposable income, will boost demand for jewelry as consumers will invest in asset creation. Kalyan Jewellers looks forward to leveraging these positive changes to further enhance the quality and global competitiveness of the organized Indian jewelry sector, contributing to the industry's growth and India's continued economic prosperity ." 

Vipul Shah, Chairman, GJEPC also expressed , “ The Union Budget 2024 is a game-changer for the gems and jewellery sector. The reduction in import duties on gold and silver to 6% and platinum to 6.4 percent is a major boost for our industry, enhancing affordability for consumers and competitiveness for the manufacturing sector by releasing working capital. The abolition of the 2 percent Equalization Levy and introduction of the Safe Harbour Rule on the sale of rough diamonds at SNZs will firmly establish India as a global rough diamond trading hub. These combined measures will propel the sector’s growth, and generate lakhs of employment opportunities by benefitting the small-scale jewellery manufacturers & exporters and diamond cutters and polishers, thus contributing significantly to India’s vision of becoming a Viksit Bharat by 2047 .”

The Union Budget 2024 represented by Sitharaman will have a mixed but largely favorable impact on the Indian jewelry market. The planned reductions in customs duties will set a positive trajectory for the industry's growth. However, the market will need to navigate potential challenges and leverage the opportunities presented by these changes to achieve sustainable and long-term success. Overall, the trends in both gold and silver markets highlight a resilient landscape, offering strategic opportunities for informed investors.

The Union Budget 2024 announced by India’s Finance Minister Nirmala Sitharaman has introduced a series of measures poised to energize the mobile industry. By slashing the basic customs duty on critical mobile components, the budget not only supports local manufacturing but also aims to make cutting-edge technology more accessible to consumers across the country.

‘Viksit Bharat’ is a forward-thinking approach to job creation, skill enhancement, and MSME support. Sitharaman also mentioned that duties on ‘oxygen-free copper for manufacture of resistors’, hitherto set at 5 percent, would be eliminated.

The "Make in India" campaign, which aims to stimulate local manufacturing and cut production costs for original equipment manufacturers (OEMs), is expected to benefit greatly from Sitharaman's declaration. This decrease in import taxes follows comparable tax breaks on essential parts like lithium-ion batteries and camera lenses from the previous year, which similarly sought to increase domestic manufacture of electric cars and cellphones.

Custom Duty Reduction

In a bid to foster a more robust domestic mobile industry, the Union Budget has announced a significant reduction in customs duties. The budget reduces customs duties on essential mobile phone components, including camera lenses, display assemblies, and battery packs, from 20 percent to 15 percent. This initiative is to take place to promote Indian smartphone brands in the competitive market.

The reduction in import taxes follows last year’s similar tax breaks on lithium-ion batteries and camera lenses, which were aimed at promoting the domestic manufacture of electric cars and smartphones. Sitharaman's current initiative continues this trend, emphasizing the government's commitment to supporting the ‘Make in India’ campaign.

Impact on Industry

The production cost of mobile phone manufacturers like Samsung, Xiaomi, and Apple, is expected to lower in manufacturing operations who are trying to expand in India for the reduction in the customs duty. This step will directly impact the retail prices of making smartphones and other accessories super affordable. The leading industry welcomes these changes in the hope of change, that global brands will increase their investment in India and the local supply chain.

Amit Khatri, Co-Founder, of Noise  said, “youth and participation of women in the workforce hold the key to India’s success. To this end, the focus on extensive training and skill development initiatives demonstrates a clear commitment to boosting employability and productivity. By linking job creation in manufacturing to first-time workers and offering EPFO incentives, the government is paving the way for a robust manufacturing ecosystem, creating 4 crore jobs over the next five years.”

“It is certainly a commendable initiative to boost local manufacturing. India has long been an attractive consumer market for international brands, supported by our collaborative and business-friendly policies that enable seamless operations. The export hubs are an efficient step in unlocking similar avenues for homegrown companies, allowing a global stage for their innovation and entrepreneurial mindset, and strengthening India’s position in manufacturing,” added Khatri .

Sustainable Growth and Innovation

The budget emphasizes enhancing India’s technological capabilities, aiming to transform the country into a global hub for electronics manufacturing. By reducing the cost of key components, the government seeks to support innovation and sustainability in the mobile phone sector. The approach is expected to foster increased research and development in India, potentially leading to new advancements in mobile technology and a stronger presence in the global market.

On a similar note, Avneet Singh Marwah, CEO of SPPL, added, “The budget allocates Rs 3,000 crore for the development of semiconductor and display manufacturing, more than doubling the previous allocation. Additionally, the allocation of 3 crore more houses under the PM Aawas Yojana is expected to boost demand for entry-level large consumer durables. The government also promotes ease of doing business in the manufacturing sector. New and additional employment incentives across sectors will encourage workforce growth and bolster the Make in India initiative, complementing existing PLI schemes. Despite these progressive steps, the industry anticipated more aggressive measures to increase disposable income to further stimulate consumer spending.”

However, the production Linked Incentive (PLI) seems limited focus, and can create gaps in its effectiveness. A substantial Rs 2 lakh crore is allocated for skilling programs to equip the workforce with essential skills for a competitive global market.

Charger Costs to Also See a Dip

According to Sitharaman's statement, mobile phone chargers are expected to become cheaper with the reduction of customs duties. This move is expected to drive the overall cost of mobile phones in India. This decision aligns with the government's broader goal of increasing the affordability and accessibility of digital technology, thereby empowering more citizens to participate in the digital economy.

Pawan Kumar, CEO, of Elista  said, "We commend the government's proactive measures in the Union Budget 2024, particularly the introduction of the credit guarantee schemes for MSMEs in manufacturing. This initiative, facilitating term loans for the purchase of machinery and equipment without the need for collateral, is a significant step forward in the manufacturing sector. The guarantee fund providing guarantees of up to Rs 100 crore will undoubtedly bolster the manufacturing industry, fostering growth and innovation. The decision will help reduce production costs, making high-quality consumer electronics more affordable and accessible to the Indian market."

Elista sees these changes as opportunities to leverage growth and meet the evolving demands of consumers. This step will help the manufacturer to implement great technology in their electronic sector to enhance the production capabilities and product quality, which will benefit the consumer getting the advanced machines from the domestic manufacturer.

Kumar further added, “The government's focus on youth development, with five dedicated schemes and a central outlay of Rs 2 lakh crore over the next five years, is also highly praiseworthy. Investing in the skills and potential of 4.1 crore youth will drive our nation’s future economic growth and stability. We look forward to leveraging these initiatives to further enhance our operations, contribute to the local economy, and support the broader national objectives.”

With the approach of ‘Viksit Bharat’, India is strengthening its position in the global tech manufacturing sector, and the government's commitment towards technological growth and economic development.

• eCommerce Trends

Finance Minister Nirmala Sitharaman presented the Union Budget for 2024-25 in Parliament today, marking the first budget of Prime Minister Narendra Modi's third term. This budget unveiled significant advancements for the retail, start-up, and e-commerce sectors . Here are the top highlights for the retail and e-commerce sectors from the Union Budget 2024-25 .

1. Custom Duty Reduction on Gold & Silver to 6 pc and Platinum to 6.4 pc

Finance Minister Nirmala Sitharaman announced a cut in customs duty on gold and silver to 6 percent. Additionally, the finance minister further informed the customs duty slash on platinum to 6.4 percent.

Welcoming this announcement, Amit Pratihari, MD, De Beers Forevermark said, “The Gems and Jewelry sector has made significant contributions to India’s GDP, and we appreciate the announcements made in the Union Budget for this sector. The proposed reduction in customs duties to 6 percent on gold and silver, and 6.5 percent on platinum, will enhance sales by making these precious metals more affordable. The implementation of safe harbor rates for the diamond-cutting industry, for foreign mining companies selling rough diamonds in India, will stimulate growth, boost consumer spending, and increase global competitiveness.”

Vidita Kochar, Co-Founder at Jewelbox added, “The recent reduction of customs duty on gold to 6 percent marks a significant advancement for the jewelry industry, enhancing its competitiveness and making it more accessible to consumers. This move aligns seamlessly with our commitment to providing high-quality, affordable lab diamond jewelry to our customers.”

“This reduction is a significant move that will not only make these precious metals more affordable for consumers but also provide a great boost to the jewelry industry. Lower customs duties mean reduced costs for raw materials, enabling jewelers to offer more competitive prices and innovative designs to our customers,” stated Piyush Gupta, Director at PP Jewellers by Pawan Gupta.

Ramesh Kalyanaraman, Executive Director, Kalyan Jewellers added, "We welcome the 2024 Budget's progressive measures to reduce customs duties on gold, silver, and platinum. These changes, coupled with the government's commitment to enhancing domestic value addition and craftsmanship, are poised to significantly benefit the jewelry industry, further contributing to the sector’s growth. 

2. BCD Rates on Mobile Phones, Mobile PCBA, and Charger Reduced to 15 pc from 20 pc

Nirmala Sitharaman proposed to reduce the basic customs duty (BCD) rates on imported mobile phones, mobile printed circuit board assembly (PCBA), and mobile chargers to 15 percent from 20 percent. Presenting the budget in the Lok Sabha, Sitharaman said, “With a three-fold increase in domestic production and almost 100-fold jump in exports of mobile phones over the last six years, the Indian mobile phone industry has matured.”

ND Mali, Founder, KDM stated, “The budget will steer India towards a Viksit Bharat by 2047 through a slew of measures that boost consumption. Tax reduction of up to 15 percent on mobile phones, mobile PCBs, and chargers is expected to boost domestic manufacturing and benefit customers.”

3. Introduction of E-commerce Hubs under the PPP model

India is set to establish dedicated e-commerce export hubs to boost online trade. The government aims to create a streamlined regulatory and logistics environment to support the growing e-commerce sector. These hubs are expected to offer a range of services, including export clearances, warehousing, customs clearance, returns processing, and product handling.

Amit Khatri, Co-Founder, Noise said, “The establishment of e-commerce export hubs in a PPP model is another significant step taken by the government and will significantly empower MSMEs and traditional artisans to compete internationally. It will open opportunities for Indian players to boost their reach globally while enhancing the ease of doing business and accessing new markets.”

Anand Ramanathan, Partner and Consumer Products and Retail sector Leader, Deloitte India asserted, “Focus on e-commerce hubs through PPP mode is a creative intervention to help MSMEs in this sector derive benefits of a cluster approach such as access to cheaper finance and export markets. The approach will also help organize supply in sectors such as footwear, apparel, jewelry, and other categories where there is heavy dependence on skilled artisans and weavers.”

Nitya Sharma, Founder and CEO, Simpl noted, “The proposed development of e-commerce export and industrial hubs will enable our sellers to cater to a global market while support to MSMEs and promoting entrepreneurship through policy interventions will further propel opportunities for sellers including Direct-to-Consumer brands.”

4. Boost to Consumer Durable Products

The Centre’s focus on pumping in higher allocations for rural development, agriculture, and allied services and schemes for employment and skilling of youth is expected to boost both rural and urban consumption of consumer products. At the same time, the construction of an additional one crore homes under PMAY Urban 2.0 with an outlay of Rs 10 lakh crore will also boost the purchase of consumer durable products.

5. Abolition of Angel tax

Sitharaman also proposed to abolish the Angel Tax. She said the Indian startup ecosystem is buzzing with innovation and ambition, but Angel Tax often sparks debate. “To bolster the Indian start-up eco-system, boost the entrepreneurial spirit, and support innovation, I propose to abolish the so-called angel tax for all classes of investors,” the finance minister said.

M Ramakrishnan, Managing Director at Primus Partners noted, “It is such a relief that Angel Tax is finally scrapped. This has been a much-sought-demand from the start-up ecosystem - both Founders and the Investors.”

Amit Khatri, Co-Founder, Noise explained, “I feel the abolition of the angel tax will undoubtedly boost funding in the startup ecosystem, fueling innovation and growth. This move, along with incentives for job creation in the manufacturing sector and support for MSMEs, will not only stimulate valuable employment opportunities for millions of young people but also ensure economic resilience, laying a strong foundation for a powerful growth trajectory for India.”

Gaurav Manchanda, the Founder & MD, The Organic World highlighted, “As an entrepreneur, I am also extremely pleased with the abolition of the angel tax for startups. It will not only encourage resilience in entrepreneurship but also strengthen the startup ecosystem, fostering innovation across India.”

Kunal Bahl, Chairman, CII National Start-up Council and Co-Founder, Titan Capital & Snapdeal added, “Budget 2024 brings cheer to India’s fast-growing start-up ecosystem. The abolition of angel tax removes friction and ambiguity in the fundraising process by start-ups. Reducing TDS to 0.1 percent for e-commerce operators will free up working capital.”

6. Reduction in Tax Rates for Foreign Companies Operating in India from 40 pc to 35 pc

She unveiled a proposal to reduce the corporate tax rate on foreign companies from the current 40 percent to 35 percent, aiming to boost foreign investment. This strategic decision is expected to enhance the attractiveness of the country as a global investment destination and stimulate economic growth.

Manoj Purohit, Partner & Leader, Financial Services Tax, Tax & Regulatory Services, BDO India said, “The FM has proposed a reduction in tax rates for foreign companies operating in India from 40 percent to 35 percent. This has been a much-awaited change for reinsurance companies operating through a branch office in India since 2017. The proposed change may not provide a level-playing field to the reinsurance branches with the domestic insurance companies (which continue to be taxed at a much lower rate) but will surely pave the path towards rationalizing the tax rates for foreign companies operating in India.”

7. TDS Rate on E-Commerce Exporters to be Reduced to 0.1 pc from 1 pc

Finance Minister Nirmala Sitharaman has proposed to reduce the TDS rate on e-commerce operators from the existing 1 percent to 0.1 percent.

“The reduction of TDS from 1 percent to 0.1 percent for e-commerce operators will substantially support the industry's expansion. These new measures will not only strengthen the valued investment of Indian households in diamonds but also add to their emotional significance,” said Amit Pratihari, MD, De Beers Forevermark.

Dr. Somdutta Singh, First-Generation Serial Entrepreneur, Founder & CEO Assiduus, Investor & Ex-Member Niti Aayog explained, “The reduction in TDS from 1 percent to 0.1 percent for e-commerce operators, is a significant relief for sellers. This change will enhance their working capital flow, allowing them to reinvest in their businesses more swiftly. By reducing the tax burden, sellers can maintain better liquidity and manage their cash flows more effectively. This move will particularly benefit SMEs that rely heavily on timely access to funds for day-to-day operations.”

8. Boost to Leather and Textile Industries

Giving an export fillip to the leather and textile sectors, the budget proposed to reduce BCD on real down filling material from duck or goose and added to the list of exempted goods for manufacturing leather and textile garments, footwear, and other leather articles for export. 

“To rectify inversion in duty, I propose to reduce BCD, subject to conditions, on methylene diphenyl diisocyanate (MDI) for the manufacture of spandex yarn from 7.5 percent to 5 percent,” the FM said.

• e-commerce space
• Indian Startup
• Nirmala Sitharaman
• Finance Minister

Did you know the fact that Oxford shoes are the standard style of shoe to wear with any suit, which are mostly made of leather and sometimes the entire shoe is made of leather including the outers, lining and sole but for more durability at the expense of elegance, many shoes are made with rubber soles. But now people are not buying shoes for fashion but they want comfort as well. And obviously, comfort brings confidence, right? 

In everyday life, many working professionals wear formal shoes and for them, it is important to stay comfortable for long working days. So let’s find out the top formal shoe brands for men which will help you to stay comfortable all day long and also find out why they are the top choice in the Indian market value of $26.06 billion.

Top 10 Formal Shoe Brands in India                                             

Here are the top 10 formal shoe brands for men in India to stay comfortable and stylish all day long. Let’s find your style now. Happy Reading!

Clarks is a footwear giant that was started in 1825 by Cyrus Clark and James Clark in the village of Street, Somerset. The shoes of this brand are popular among the best formal shoe brands all over the world with a market evaluation of about $254.39 million. The majority of the stakes of the brand are currently owned by Viva Goods, Hong Kong. Clark is a company that is famous for its formal shoes and its commitment to comfort, innovation, and heritage, it also excels in the sphere of sophisticated marketing strategy which includes hefty discounts on their official website. 

In addition to formal shoes, the product lineup covers models like the Clarks Desert Boot and Clarks Wallabee and is priced between Rs 2000 and Rs 20,000. Their stores are located in 65 countries across the globe in over 1,400 stores. Since 2010, the company has begun to trade in India where it now has 25 standalone stores. They are supplied with more than 22000 Clark’s styles and shoes that sparked a revolution, defined a generation and captured the evolution. They are the companies that work with such brands as Clarks Originals and Clarks Cloud steppers.

Related Article: Top 10 Shoe Brands in India: 2024's Top Picks

ALDO is a footwear brand also famous for men's formal shoes was established in 1972 in Montreal by the Aldo Group. The brand was launched and associated with the fashion company Le Château. The multinational brand has 3000 stores across 100 countries worldwide. ALDO has a revenue of $1.69 million and has divisions in ALDO, Call it Spring and GLOBO. 

ALDO wants to use powerful keywords to target the right public and they have built a good reputation concerning users of the website which is one of the main features of their marketing. The company is associated with JCPenney and Kohl to spread its exclusive footwear and other products like handbags and accessories.

Check More: How Footwear Brand Cheré is Planning to Double its Reach by Year-End

3. Bruno Magli

Bruno Magli is one of the most respected names in the luxury footwear market and is best for men's formal shoes was established by the Magli siblings in 1936. Its headquarters are based in Bologna, Italy, where the shoes of Bruno Magli are esteemed for using the best quality leather and making them from the hand of the master craftsmen. Their products cover formal and casual shoes, which are known for their timeless and sophisticated designs. 

The main motto of their marketing plan is to heavily rely on such assets as Italian heritage and elegance, using the high-end fashion magazine, and the digital campaign. The brand's commitment to both the quality and style of Bruno Magli Moccasins and Monk Straps has made them the most popular among users. The brand was acquired in 2015 by Marquee Brands, a holding company that owns several brands in fashion and home cooking.

4. Carlton London

Carlton London is a fashion brand known for its footwear, was established in 1992 in the East end of London. The brand is popular in the Indian market for the best formal shoe brands for men in India by launching products of British sophistication with a price range between Rs 2,500 and Rs 10,000. They develop products with a distinct line of fashion-forward styles, keeping the focus on quality and comfort. Among the brand’s promotional techniques are more expensive fashion events and social media campaigns that target young urban professionals. Its headquarters in London, UK, are inclusive of the first stuff that is noticeable yet it is also prominent in the largest Indian retail stores. 

As far as the Indian consumer is concerned Carlton London provides the rare combination of being trendy at the same time it is conscious of their longing for fashion. In addition to both men’s and women’s footwear, Carlton is also famous for its handbags and accessories.

5. Pedro (Charles & Keith)

Pedro is part of the Charles & Keith Group which was founded by Charles Wong and Keith Wong in the year of 1996, Under which they launched their male segment on Pedro which was founded in the year 2005 and headquartered in Singapore. The brand is best known for its fashionable men's formal footwear which is priced between Rs 3,000 and Rs 15,000 and they are the fastest in the latest fashion and digital marketing. Charles & Keith has over 700 and for its brand Pedro which has the male collection they have 107  stores worldwide across 37 countries that can suggest what will be the next popular styles and the most accessible luxury. The brand is associated with L Capital Asia LLC, a private equity firm. Charles & Keith has partnered with international organizations such as UN Women, Dress for Success, The Asia Foundation, Save the Children, UNICEF, Red Cross, WWF, and Plastic Bank.

Dune, a british shoe manufacturer who dreams of creating affordable luxury is famous for men's formal shoes for their stylish look and comfort was founded by Daniel Rubin in 1992, and is a dazzling shoemaker who started with a small concession store in Oxford Street, London, UK. The first standalone store was launched in 1993. The company makes luxury and middle-market shoes at a price that ranges from Rs 4000 to Rs 20000 and sells them in 350 stores worldwide. The company claims that a pair of shoes undergoes more than 120 processes which make them out-of-the-box. 

Dune uses its retail network and online communications to reach its high-end and fashion-savvy customers. The name Dune embodies the purity and aesthetics of the sand dunes, as well as the perfect nature of their star models, like Dune London Sandals. Dune has won the Drapers Multiple Footwear Retailer for five years and has collaborations with fashion designers Rupert Sanderson and Kit Neale.

7. Rosso Brunello

Rosso Brunello is a chic footwear brand considered the best formal shoe brand for men in India was founded by Sahil Malik in 2010 (in association with Da Milano) is provides shoes under Rs 3,000 to Rs 12,000. The brand is known for its stylish and fashion-forward styles for both men and women. Despite the scarcity of authentic documentation about the initial stages of the brand, the association between the brand and the wine Brunello communicates Italian charm and elegance. 

Rosso Brunello, which is favored for its mastery of art and a limited edition, is a premium retail outlet that combines them. The evergreen models such as the Rosso Brunello Leather Boots show the brand’s perfect way of balancing elegance and comfort, so it’s the must-have item for those who love to wear spirited footwear that is very elegant. The brand has grown to 23 Exclusive stores and 52 points of sale in India, the Middle East and Asia.

8. Red Tape

Red Tape is a well-known Indian footwear brand which is famous for its formal shoes for men was established in 1996 by Mirza International, Red Tape offers a wide range of casual, formal, and sports shoes priced between Rs 2,000 and Rs 10,000. The brand’s marketing strategy includes celebrity endorsements and focuses on affordability and quality. 

Red Tape’s name represents a mark of distinction, and its high-quality leather shoes are known for durability and comfort. With over 390 opulent stores in India and presented in 17 countries associated with brands like Bond Street and MODE, Red Tape has become a trusted name in the Indian footwear industry.

9. Lee Cooper

Lee Cooper is one of the most iconic footwear brands of the fashion group named Iconix Brand Group which was founded by Morris Cooper back in 1908 The brand is known for best formal shoe brand for men. It is headquartered in Shoreditch, East End London, UK . Originally, a developer of denim, Lee Cooper's shoes that are sold in casual and formal manner feature both toughness and elegance (ruggedness with style), the price range of which is Rs 2,000-Rs 8,000. The brand's promotion is mainly based on its tradition and the importance of the product's quality and durability. Operating from London, UK, and distributing in a good number of retail stores, Lee Cooper's iconic goods like Lee Cooper Boots are another example of the brand's ability to combine fashion and ease. The brand, through its nomenclature, has managed to remain authentic and innovative in its craft, thus carrying a mark of trust for the endowments and the company's culture.

10. Hush Puppies

Hush Puppies is a footwear brand which is known for best men's formal shoe brand that was established in 1958 by Wolverine Worldwide. The brand is headquartered in Rockford, Michigan. Hush Puppies has, over the years, blended comfort with casual style, marketing their tees and leisure wear in a way that is lively, revels in their nostalgic style, and sets them apart from others. As the first brand of Wolverine Worldwide, it designs so much that it offers all types of formal and casual shoes priced from Rs 3,000 to Rs 15,000. 

Hush Puppies is a comfort footwear enterprise famous for its products Bounce and ZeroG product lines assemble them through multi-brand channels and other retail companies.  Hush Puppies is recognized globally by its logo of a dog and has become a solution for sore feet, aka, ‘barking dogs’.

At Indian Retailer, we bring to you the top world-renowned brands that are widely available in India to cater to the need for men’s formal shoes. Here we give you a complete guide of the top 10 formal shoe brands for men in India to understand and carry your fashion and comfort at the same time. In this article, you find out about this brand's history, its story and its retail price in India to make an informed decision.

FAQs on Top Formal Shoe Brands in India

1. Which type of shoes are best for formal wear?

Classic Oxfords are always recommended for such ensembles for a sleek & formal appeal.

2. What are the formal shoe options for men?

Men's formal shoes are no longer just plain patent leather. Today, loafers, boots, and oxfords can all be used as formal shoes for men.

3. Which formal shoe material is best?

Leather is a high-quality material that has long been used to create long-lasting and fashionable shoes.

4. How long should formal shoes last?

Leather shoes or dress shoes last for every 6 to 12 months, depending on their quality and walking frequency which wears out the soles. Good maintenance can stretch their lifespan.

5. What is the most expensive pair of shoes?

Moonstar Shoes by Antonio Vietri is priced at around $19.9 Million. 

The Indian government has set an ambitious target to boost e-commerce exports to $200-300 billion as part of its broader $1 trillion merchandise export goal by FY 2030. This requires a significant transformation, necessitating a 50-60-fold increase from the current levels.

As per the latest EY-ASSOCHAM report titled "Enabling e-commerce exports from India," achieving this target demands addressing key barriers, including complex customs procedures, payment repatriation challenges, and restrictive policies. The report provides a comprehensive roadmap for policy changes required in payments, customs, and logistics to help MSMEs access export markets and achieve this ambitious goal.

The Current Landscape

Currently, India's e-commerce exports for FY2023 are estimated to range between $4 to $5 billion, accounting for approximately 0.9 percent to 1.1 percent of India’s total merchandise exports. Despite this modest share, the potential for growth is enormous, especially for Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises (MSMEs), which form the backbone of the Indian economy. The EY-ASSOCHAM report underscores the need for more flexible policies and streamlined processes to unlock this potential.

Streamlining Customs and Regulatory Procedures

One of the primary areas for improvement is the customs and regulatory framework. The report highlights the need to simplify customs procedures to make them more conducive for e-commerce exporters. Increasing the courier consignment limit to $50,000 is a critical recommendation. This change would allow exporters to send larger shipments with fewer constraints, facilitating smoother trade operations. Furthermore, creating separate customs supervision codes for cross-border e-commerce trade can expedite the clearance process. These codes would enable efficient data collection and streamline customs procedures, significantly reducing delays.

Another crucial recommendation is to expedite the customs clearance process for courier shipments. This can be achieved by implementing functionalities in the CSB-V system and collaborating with e-commerce marketplaces for verification. Clear guidelines for re-import transactions, including duty-free re-import of consignments up to $600, would further simplify the process for exporters handling returns. For consignments above this threshold, formulating Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) to recognize returns as re-imports of returned goods is essential.

Enhancing Payment Reconciliation and Financial Flexibility

Payment reconciliation remains a significant hurdle for e-commerce exporters, particularly MSMEs. The report suggests several measures to ease this burden. Reducing the cost of payment reconciliation by tying fees to a percentage of consignment value can alleviate financial pressure on small-scale exporters. Moreover, extending payment realization and repatriation periods up to 18 months, in alignment with global practices, would provide exporters with greater financial flexibility. Removing the 25 percent variation clause on realized payments and enabling periodic shipping bill reconciliation would also enhance financial predictability and stability for exporters.

Establishing E-commerce Export Hubs (ECEHs)

To foster a supportive environment for e-commerce exports, the report calls for various policy interventions. Extending export promotion incentives under the Courier Import and Export Regulations, 2010, to e-commerce exporters can stimulate growth. These incentives would encourage more MSMEs to engage in cross-border trade. Additionally, establishing e-commerce export hubs (ECEHs) with integrated training centers is crucial. Expanding the scope of ECEHs by providing customs support, training facilities, and logistical infrastructure near air cargo terminals can significantly enhance the efficiency and effectiveness of e-commerce exports. Stationing customs officials within these hubs would facilitate faster clearance and reduce bottlenecks.

Policy Interventions and Support Mechanisms

Another significant recommendation is to add explicit provisions in Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) policies to allow FDI-funded e-commerce entities to hold inventory for sale in international marketplaces. This change can enable global sales of Indian MSME products, broadening their market reach. Establishing regulatory testing sandboxes for e-commerce exports is also suggested to foster innovation and compliance testing, allowing businesses to experiment with new models and processes in a controlled environment.

Financial Accessibility and Priority Sector Lending

Furthermore, including e-commerce exports in the Reserve Bank of India's (RBI) priority sector lending category would improve access to affordable finance for exporters, enabling them to scale their operations and invest in growth. Granting Authorized Economic Operator-Tier III (AEO-T3) status to e-commerce marketplaces can streamline customs procedures, ensuring faster and more reliable export processes. Additionally, incorporating provisions for cross-border e-commerce trade in bilateral agreements can enhance India’s global e-commerce export capabilities, creating more opportunities for Indian businesses in international markets.

Reflecting on the report's findings, Deepak Sood, Secretary General of ASSOCHAM, emphasized the necessity of streamlined regulations and supportive policies for e-commerce exports. "In today's global marketplace, the need for streamlined regulations and supportive policies for e-commerce exports cannot be overstated. This report's recommendations are essential for empowering Indian e-commerce exporters and positioning them competitively on the world stage," he said.

Bipin Sapra, Tax Partner at EY India, echoed these sentiments, noting that the Indian e-commerce export ecosystem is poised for exponential growth, benefiting the economy and MSMEs alike. He stressed the importance of government and regulatory intervention to iron out the kinks in current laws and processes to help MSMEs access global markets efficiently and easily. "This report brings together all the recommendations needed to build a thriving e-commerce export ecosystem in India," he added.

READ MORE: Indian E-commerce Market to Reach $163 Bn by 2026, Poised for Global Second Place by 2034

Building a Competitive E-commerce Export Ecosystem

By addressing these existing barriers and implementing the recommendations outlined in the EY-ASSOCHAM report, India can create a supportive environment for e-commerce exporters. Streamlined customs procedures, enhanced financial flexibility, supportive policy interventions, and targeted infrastructure development are crucial to empowering Indian e-commerce exporters, particularly MSMEs. The government’s commitment to reform and innovation will be instrumental in positioning India competitively on the world stage and achieving the ambitious export targets set for FY 2030.

In conclusion, the path to achieving $200-300 billion in e-commerce exports by FY 2030 is challenging but achievable. By embracing the necessary changes and fostering a supportive environment for e-commerce exports, India can not only meet but exceed its goals, driving economic growth and establishing itself as a global leader in the e-commerce export market.

• E-commerce industry

India is home to 659 million smartphone users, the second largest smartphone user base in the world. Internet penetration, mobile-first infotainment and financial platforms, and superlative camera features are some of the contributing factors to the growth of smartphone aspirations, even in Tier II and below towns. However, aspiration needs affordability to create a market. This is where pre-owned smartphones come into play.

Industry estimates project that the overall pre-owned smartphone market in India is close to $5 billion and is expected to reach $10 billion by 2030. The organized segment accounts for 20-25 percent of the current market. This segment is largely made up of online platforms that enable consumers to buy authentic pre-owned smartphones, along with various value-added benefits. These platforms, including several new entrants, are not only reshaping consumer behavior but also propelling technological advancements and sustainability initiatives. Let us see how online businesses, particularly newer players, are playing a pivotal role in the pre-owned smartphone industry in India.

Consumer Behavior: Convenience and Affordability

New online platforms have made it incredibly convenient for consumers to buy and sell pre-owned smartphones. The typical hassles of offline transactions, like trust deficit and the long time required to identify buyers or sellers, have already been tackled to a great extent. These new brands provide user-friendly interfaces, detailed product listings, and secure payment gateways that add to the user’s convenience.

Apart from convenience, consumers also look for affordability when it comes to changing or upgrading their smartphones. With the tech advancements, more consumers are willing to try out the newly launched high-end phones. New platforms allow them to sell their old devices so that they can partially fund their new purchases. Consumers can also fund the gap between their sales and purchase prices through easy EMIs. Thus, consumers can access a range of smartphones at significantly lower prices than new models, making technology accessible.

 Ensuring Quality and Trust

The quality and authenticity of pre-owned smartphones has always been a big concern for consumers. To address this, many online platforms now offer certified pre-owned phones that have been thoroughly inspected on many parameters and have gone through multiple quality checks. This assures the consumers that their phones are in good working condition. The additional guarantee provided by the platform takes this confidence a notch further.

Sustainability Initiatives: Promoting a Circular Economy

The pre-owned smartphone market contributes significantly to the cause of environmental sustainability. By extending the life cycle of smartphones, online platforms focus on the reduction of manufacturing and electronic waste, which is a growing concern globally.

Although India's 'Make in India' initiative aims to boost local manufacturing, the reality includes a complex landscape. While many components are sourced locally, high-end parts often need to be imported due to supply chain constraints. Unfortunately, these imports face steep tariffs aimed at protecting domestic manufacturers, thereby increasing overall production costs.

However, India faces challenges in becoming a dominant manufacturing hub. Key issues include deficiencies in infrastructure, such as inadequate transportation networks and limited access to advanced technology and connectivity. These deficiencies can significantly hinder manufacturing productivity and operational efficiency.

Despite these challenges, India possesses substantial potential as a manufacturing destination. Addressing infrastructure gaps and improving 'ease of doing business' metrics are critical steps to unlock this potential fully. Additionally, proactive steps to integrate more seamlessly into the global tech manufacturing supply chain will be essential for India to capitalize on its strengths and attract further investment."

Challenges and Road Ahead

Despite the significant progress made by multiple online platforms, there are still some challenges. As mentioned earlier in the article, a large chunk of the Pre-Owned phone market is still unorganised. Here, the consumers are always prone to issues such as poor quality and the lack of standardization. Moreover, in some consumer segments, there is still an underlying perception about used smartphones being inferior in quality.

They need to continue investing in technology and customer education to come around these issues. Enhancing transparency through detailed product information, and warranties, and providing credible after-sales service will help consumers feel more confident about their purchases. Additionally, these platforms can also collaborate with manufacturers and authorized service providers to standardize the refurbishment process. This will provide a consistent supply of high-quality pre-owned smartphones.

While the challenges are steep, the current trend indicates that online platforms will be able to address most of these. This will also help them play an even more important role in Digital India.

Yug Bhatia, CEO and Founder, of ControlZ

Singer, the world-renowned brand in the household sewing machine segment, boasts a rich legacy of 170 years in the sewing machine and home appliance industry. In India, Singer has embarked on a new journey that remains anchored in its core business, ethos, values, and principles.

Singer India has strategically positioned itself in the competitive retail market by focusing on innovation, technological advancement, and customer-centric initiatives. The company is committed to bringing highly functional and technologically advanced machines to India. This commitment is reflected in its refined product messaging, streamlined inventory management, optimized operations, and enhanced stakeholder engagement.

“In the home appliances segment, we aim to achieve profitable growth by launching and focusing on high-quality products that command premium pricing. This strategy helps establish a premium positioning in the consumer's mind. We also place significant emphasis on after-sales service to improve consumer engagement and the post-sales experience,” said Rakesh Khanna, MD & VC, Singer India.

Key Strategies Driving Growth

One of the key initiatives by the company in the sewing machine segment is the launch of "Singer Live Assist," a first-of-its-kind virtual service for sewing machine consumers across the country. This service strengthens the after-sales experience by reducing turnaround time for product demonstrations, especially in remote areas. It also saves on service costs and prevents post-sales service delays, thereby strengthening customer relationships.

Singer India is also bringing technologically advanced and globally popular machines to the Indian market. For instance, the company launched the M3330, a global icon and top seller on Amazon, and supported its launch with a focused marketing campaign. The machine has been voted the best sewing machine in the home segment and is one of the company's best sellers on Amazon. Another innovative product, the SE9185, a Wi-Fi-enabled, 3-in-1 sewing cum embroidery and quilting machine, has received positive responses across the country.

“Strategic investments are another critical area for us. The US-based multinational SVP Worldwide, which owns the iconic Singer brand, is set to be our knowledge partner. We plan to set up a second manufacturing facility for the brand, focusing on Zig-Zag machines to cater to both domestic and global markets,” he stated.

Adapting to Changes in Consumer Behavior

Singer India has observed significant changes in consumer behavior in recent years. There is a growing interest in crafting and self-expression, leading to renewed interest in learning sewing as a skill. To cater to this evolving demand, the company is incorporating best-in-class technologies into its sewing machines, making them more user-friendly and enjoyable to use.

The influence of DIY influencers on global platforms has also played a crucial role in raising awareness and familiarity with sewing and embroidery. This trend has further fueled interest, desire, and willingness to learn sewing. Singer India's latest offering, the SE9185, exemplifies the company's commitment to technological advancement and meeting the needs of modern consumers. This 3-in-1 Wi-Fi-enabled machine comes with a large 7-inch color touchscreen and mySewnet, the industry’s first cloud-based operating system. It is designed to cater to both experienced sewists and beginners.

Omnichannel Presence

The brand has a robust offline presence, with over 2,500 dealers and sub-dealers across the country and 21 exclusive Singer sewing machine retail stores. The company is currently undertaking a pan-India branding exercise, starting with key states such as Bihar, Jharkhand, Punjab, Kerala, Tamil Nadu, and Karnataka.

Singer India's D2C strategy focuses on building a strong online and offline presence around three key pillars: awareness, experience, and building desire. The company leverages online communication to make people aware of its new technologically advanced machines, which are easy to learn and use. Consumer-centric campaigns like "CreatewithSINGER" and "#TurnoldintoBold" encourage consumers to showcase their crafting skills and engage with the brand.

“We are also actively engaging with the DIY community of influencers and creators, who create awareness around the endless sewing and crafting possibilities. We sell our products on platforms like Amazon and Flipkart, in addition to our website and 21 exclusive store locations. This multi-platform approach maximizes reach, caters to diverse customer preferences, and provides convenient purchasing options for sewing enthusiasts across the digital landscape,” noted Khanna.

“Currently, e-commerce contributes over 30 percent of our revenue. With a robust online strategy and increasing digital engagement, we expect e-commerce to play a significant role in our revenue growth over the next 2-3 years,” he added.

Product Categories and Upcoming Launches

Singer India's sewing machine range offers over 140 SKUs across key categories such as Straight Stitch, Artisan, Embroidery, AZZ line, and Industrial machines. In the home appliances segment, the company offers products like washing machines, coolers, JMGs, MGs, kettles, and irons, with over 90 SKUs available in offline and online trade. Recent product launches like the M3330 and SE9185 highlight the company's focus on innovation and consumer-centric design.

In the sewing machine segment, the brand is focused on strengthening its offerings and expanding aggressively in the Indian market. Recognizing the growing DIY community and the demand for innovative, user-friendly machines, the company introduced the SE9185, a 3-in-1 Wi-Fi-enabled sewing cum embroidery and quilting machine. This product showcases Singer India's dedication to delivering cutting-edge, consumer-focused sewing machine options that cater to modern sewing enthusiasts.

Embracing Digital Transformation

Singer India understands the importance of a strong digital presence in today's technology-driven world. The company has enhanced its online visibility and engagement with customers through various digital marketing campaigns and collaborations with influencers. For instance, the M3330, a global best-seller on Amazon, has benefited from digital collaborations that highlight its user-friendly design and extensive features.

Singer Live Assist, an innovative service offering real-time virtual support for customers, has significantly enhanced the customer experience. Available through WhatsApp and a toll-free number, this service provides product demonstrations and resolves customer concerns from the comfort of their homes. The "Revive Traditions with SE 9185" campaign further emphasizes Singer India's commitment to digital engagement and fostering a vibrant community of creators.

Revenue Targets

Despite facing setbacks, Singer India achieved a revenue of Rs 425 crore last year. The company has seen steady growth in its AZZ and Industrial lines and is confident that e-commerce will be a key driver of future growth. The target for this year is to increase and improve customer experience and engagement, strengthen product messaging, and showcase capabilities.

Future Growth

Over the next 2-3 years, Singer India aims to strengthen and expand its market presence through several key growth levers. These include product innovation and diversification, enhancing manufacturing capabilities, improving customer experience, and engaging with the community. The recent launches of the M3330 and SE9185 highlight the company's focus on functional, user-friendly, and technologically advanced products.

Singer India is a pan-India brand with a strong presence in Tier II and Tier III towns and cities. “To strengthen our presence in these markets, we are increasing branding and visibility, expanding our distribution network, and leveraging the SINGER Live Assist service. These initiatives aim to reinforce our presence, create consistent and recognizable branding, and meet the increasing demand in these regions,” Khanna concluded.

Starting a clothing boutique business in the Indian market space can be profitable. A small space with a specific product line serving a particular clientele is called a boutique. Boutiques are successful due to the product masters present in the store, assisting customers with expert insights and answering all the questions about costing, expenses, retailing options and profitability. Here is a complete guide for you to start a boutique business in India. Let your passion for starting a boutique business win over with these tips. 

1. Run Through Market Research

Investigate trends, demands, styles or categories. Resonate with the target audience. Fill the gap in the market. What is your target market? Are they people between 15 and 60 years of age? For whom do you want to make it? For male, female or both. What style of clothes do you want to wear? Indian, western or indo-western, provide both for more options for your customers.

Make your brand stand out. Have a unique boutique name, use an attractive color palette and consider having a slogan. The boutique should have a business name held on the front of the store with a name, logo, colorful and memorable slogan. 

It is also crucial to understand who are the competitors in the same location. What strategies do the competitors use to attract customers? What makes the other boutique popular? Mark and make changes accordingly for the growth of the boutique. 

2. Select a Location 

Making the right choice in which area, locality or state you want to set up your boutique is essential for success. Selecting a particular location for a boutique store is a time-consuming process. In India, most of the fashion boutiques are present in Tier I, II and III. The most recognised Tier I cities in India are Bengaluru, Delhi, Chennai, Hyderabad, Mumbai, Pune, Kolkata and Ahmedabad. Tier II and III cities that are recommended for a boutique business are Kanpur, Jaipur, Amritsar, Jamshedpur, Faridabad, Chandigarh, Kochi, Nagpur, Raipur, Bhopal, Mysuru, Surat, Agra, Ajmer, Srinagar, and Bhubaneshwar among others. 

Here are more criteria that need to be looked after while buying or renting a space for a boutique business.

• Availability: The area should be easily accessible for staff and vendors. Having good connectivity to major highways or roads can be beneficial in this regard.
• Distance for easy accessibility of raw materials: Consider the distance to raw material suppliers as it can impact the lead times and transportation costs which, when minimized, contribute to enhancing operational efficiency.
• Transit Systems: Evaluate the ease of access for transportation purposes both in terms of exporting final goods easily and receiving basic supplies conveniently. Take practicality into consideration when assessing transit facilities available at your location. 

3. Create a Business Plan

There is a need to form a proper business structure. It means what kind of a structure will a boutique follow for instance will it function as a sole proprietorship, LLC (limited liability company), partnership, corporation or private limited company. To opt for an ideal structure, various factors like current situation and aspiration play a key role. 

4. Get the Boutique Registered

GST is another critical legal permit. If the boutique business's annual turnover exceeds Rs 40 lakh, it must register for GST. In states like Tripura, Sikkim, Uttarakhand, Meghalaya, Manipur, Arunachal Pradesh, Puducherry, Nagaland and Mizoram, the GST turnover limit is more than Rs 20 lakh. 

It is a necessity to register under the Shop and Establishment Act according to the selected area for the boutique. It must be done within a month. In case the boutique business is earning more than Rs 9 lakh annually, it must pay the service tax as suggested by the government of India. 

5. Develop a Funding Structure

It is believed that to start a boutique business in India, one must have an initial investment of around Rs 2-5 lakh. It can vary according to the size and location of the store. There are various ways to get funds for a kickstart. Bank loans, other financial institutions or SME loans are another option. Saving is the best option to avoid loans. The funding must include enough for rent, raw materials, labor, production process and interior decor for the boutique initially. 

There are various government schemes in India for flagship funding, subsidy schemes, and women empowering schemes. Here are some of the schemes by the government of India for small businesses like a boutique:-

• Pradhan Mantri Mudra Yojana
• Capital Investment Subsidy
• National Small Industries Corporation 
• MUDRA Bank 
• Mahila Coir Yojana
• Government Women Entrepreneur Schemes

6. Spread Awareness via Online and Offline Platforms

It is important to market your boutique business. Spread awareness about the existence of the boutique. Otherwise, how will the target audience know about you? In today's world, small businesses like boutiques are using online platforms more than offline ones. The platform you choose depends on the target audience you cater to. Social media is the perfect option for enticing the young crowd towards your boutique. Instagram and Facebook are the most popular fashion advertisement formats.

Make a marketing strategy for your boutique business. Marketing your products, showcasing the store, and making the brand name noticeable will engage customers. Here are some marketing channels:- 

• Content marketing 
• Influencer marketing
• Organic social media marketing 
• Paid social media marketing 

Offline Marketing Strategies assist small businesses in attracting customers with visual appeal. Especially when it's a boutique business where the B2B model is followed. Here are a few of the offline strategies to help your business grow:-

• Local events

The Final Outlook

In the eye of an Indian Retailer, starting a boutique business needs an initial investment of around Rs 2 to 5 lakh. It is a profitable market space. There are various schemes provided by the government of India for starting a small business like a boutique. Opening a boutique business requires you to apply for necessary legal permits and allowances. Lastly, bring them to the target audience, making potential customers aware that the boutique is available in the market. 

What is a boutique?

A small specialized retail store often selling clothing, accessories, jewelry or other specialty items. 

How do I choose a location for opening a boutique store?

Demographics, footfall of customers, nearby competitors, easy accessibility of raw materials, and labor are a few common factors that should be catered to while opening a boutique store in a particular location. 

Which tier cities in India should I open a boutique store?

Tier I, II and III cities are the most efficient places to start a boutique business in India.

Which platforms can I use to market a boutique business?

Both online and offline marketing platforms are viable for starting a boutique business.

Over the past decade, India’s organic food retail landscape has experienced remarkable growth, driven by increasing consumer awareness, health and sustainability concerns, and government support for organic farming practices. Valued at over $1.5 billion in 2023, the Indian organic food market is projected to grow at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of over 20 percent, reaching approximately $9 billion by 2032. A key emerging player in this sector, with the potential to revolutionize the market, is plant-based foods.

The evolving demands of Indian consumers, influenced by health, environmental, and ethical considerations, are steering a significant shift towards plant-based alternatives. With around 30 percent of India’s population adhering to a vegetarian lifestyle, the market is ripe for the adoption of these alternatives.

Similarly, the increasing prevalence of lifestyle diseases, coupled with concerns about sustainability, is driving the global trend towards plant-based options. The COVID-19 pandemic further accelerated this demand, with consumers seeking organic food options, including plant-based products, to mitigate the risks of chronic diseases.

What Consumers Want

Plant-based milk, meat alternatives, and organic vegetables are becoming popular choices among health-conscious consumers. The environmental advantages of plant-based foods are also significant, as they are known to reduce greenhouse gas emissions, water usage, and land usage compared to animal-based diets.

The surge in demand for plant-based foods is largely driven by Millennials, Gen Z, and urban consumers, who prioritize sustainable and healthier food options. A 2023 survey revealed that 63 percent of Indian millennials are willing to pay a premium for sustainable products. Over the last few years, there has been a steady growth in the demand for plant-based meats, reflecting a strong market potential. Whether it’s the rising demand for plant-based milk alternatives and meat substitutes or vegan snacks and confectioneries, sustainable and healthier food options are what consumers want.

Golden Opportunity for Retailers 

Currently, the market is dominated by startups and small-scale players, highlighting a significant opportunity for those in the organic food retail market to cater to the evolving preferences of consumers. Innovation is crucial, particularly in research and development to introduce new and exciting plant-based products tailored to the Indian palate and nutritional needs.

Jackfruit-based meat alternatives, almond and soy-based dairy substitutes, and plant-based snacks are already gaining acceptance among Indian consumers. Expanding and diversifying product offerings to include a wider range of plant-based options is essential for retailers. Organic retailers are particularly well-positioned to capitalize on the demand, leveraging their expertise in sourcing and distribution.

Further, effective marketing strategies, including targeted campaigns, strategic merchandising, and strong branding, can help attract and retain customers. Collaborations with influencers, driven by the reach of social media, can significantly enhance the visibility and appeal of plant-based products, especially among younger, digitally-engaged consumers.

Getting Future-Ready

Globally, the plant-based food market was valued at $11.3 billion in 2023 and is projected to reach $35.9 billion by 2033. Although the market is niche in India at present, it has the potential to be a game-changer. Companies that successfully incorporate traditional Indian flavors and ingredients into their plant-based offerings are likely to resonate better with consumers who prioritize products that align with their values.

With access to locally sourced plant-based ingredients, such as legumes, cereals, fruits, and vegetables, organic retailers in India have a definite competitive advantage. This can translate to lower production costs, allowing them to offer competitively priced, plant-based products while maintaining their commitment to sustainability and ethical sourcing practices.

Building a robust supply chain is equally critical to ensure the availability and quality of plant-based products. Retailers need to establish strong partnerships with suppliers and manufacturers to secure a consistent supply of high-quality ingredients. This involves sourcing sustainable raw materials and adopting eco-friendly packaging solutions, aligning with the clean-label movement and appealing to environmentally conscious consumers.

Plant-based foods represent more than a passing fad; they signal a fundamental shift in consumer behavior that is reshaping the organic food retail landscape in India.

About the Author

Gaurav Manchanda, The Founder & Managing Director, The Organic World

• organic food

Marketers and consumers have long recognized the value of personalized experiences. Besides improving customer outcomes, it opens up revenue-generation opportunities for brands. McKinsey research found that those growing more rapidly compared to their peers attributed 40 percent more of their revenue to their personalization strategy. According to another McKinsey study, more than 70 percent of consumers anticipate personalized interaction and even tend to be discouraged by its absence.

Yet, in a world of imperfect data, such personalization attempts can often have the contrary impact. As a consumer, how often have we felt irked by unwanted ads as we browse online?  And wondered why we are served a financial product ad, as you click on a sleep-inducing music video on YouTube? Consumers are likely to feel overwhelmed and intruded upon when incessantly bombarded with seemingly customized recommendations. Stereotyping by inference and imposing irrelevant or insensitive content can come in the way of successful personalization.

What can marketers, publishers and consumers do, to fine-tune personalization attempts to remove negative, disruptive experiences that impede consumer’s continued engagement with the brand?

Customer-first, Cautious approach from marketers/brands

Personalization must hit the sweet spot of meeting specific customer preferences while never crossing the privacy line. Although achieving personalization non-intrusively might feel like a tough balancing act, the constant target for marketers must be to preserve the consumer-brand relationship. This can be achieved through empathy for the consumer in every situation.

Appropriate controls over inappropriate ad placements and constant review of consumer reactions, can avoid potential consumer backlash.

Here are some practices to help make personalization of consumer experiences non-intrusive:

Focusing on first-party data: Since 2018, data regulations have evolved and become more stringent. In keeping with this trend, the likes of Google phasing out third-party cookies in Chrome and first-party cookies coming into focus can be a blessing in disguise for brands. They can look at alternative ways to gather consumer data and make sure of the credentials of their first–party data sources.

Using storytelling that connects back to the customer: Today, storytelling and content that is well-timed and immersive finds more takers, even before marketers impose the brand image. Consumers increasingly prefer more experiential content rather than the push method used in cookies, ads, and targeting content thrust into their space. An already engaged customer has a low risk of alienation

Using tech to enable non-intrusive personalization: The evolving privacy laws, cookie banners, and ad blockers have impacted how advertising analytics is done. Instead, marketers can choose from a host of privacy-friendly tracking technologies that empower cookie-proof tracking, cohort analyses, and statistical modelling solutions. These are more sophisticated than conventional methods that rely mostly on cookies.

Weeding out the irritability factor: Inappropriate ad insertions can damage the brand reputation and must be quickly addressed by marketers. Consciously using consumer insights and social science expertise to understand trigger areas will help the brand avoid content that could be irritating, off-putting, or even offensive.

Emphasizing the overall consumer journey: Obsessing over insights on individual touchpoints can make it intrusive for consumers. Instead, brands should consider consumer perception, attitudes, and data analytics on overall buying patterns and propensity from their interactions in a holistic way.

Being transparent about how they use the data: Brands have the opportunity to build trust by disclosing their awareness and serious attention to their consumer’s privacy concerns and how it translates into policy. Being open about how they collect and intend to use the data will help improve the trust factor and chances of consent from the consumer for their stated purpose.

As consumers, we can make choices too – taking care to set appropriate privacy settings including ad blockers, leveraging browsers that are inherently more privacy friendly, choosing paid subscriptions  (e.g. for YouTube) and regularly reviewing and unsubscribing to content we no longer want.

Publishers, especially those media houses that rely on ad revenues, can do well to reduce ad insertions and limit flashing pop-ups.

The consumer holds the final choice but can be much aided by the marketers.

Andal Alwan, VP - Consumer, Retail and Logistics for APAC, Infosys.

• Customer Experience

In India, alcohol is preferred in every situation whether you are celebrating or want to end a stressful day. Alcohol which everyone should avoid is driving the Indian market crazy with an estimated value of  $ 11.7 billion in 2024. But people in India have a diverse taste and hence different people prefer different tastes. Some people prefer soothing beer for fun and some want strong beer . Here we prepare a list of the top 10 beers with the highest alcohol percentage beer in India to find out some of the strong beer brands which drive the market crazy.  Are you ready to discover the best beer brands in India?

List of Top 10 Strong Beer Brands in India

1. bro code.

2. Kingfisher 

4. Carlsberg 

5. Godfather 

6. Haywards 

7. Budweiser 

8. Bira 91 

9. Bad Monkey

10. bee young.

Here is the list of the top 10 beer brands with maximum alcohol. Know more about the brands to understand why they are the strongest beer brands in India.

Bro Code , the strongest beer brand, the brainchild of Indospirit Beverages launched in 2018. It is a product for the modern generation, the youth who love strong and you-can-feel-it beer. The ABV of Bro Code is 15 percent separates it from others due to its feisty flavors and a top brand label. The brand began in India and has its administrative offices in New Delhi. Bro Code plans to gain young audiences through digital platforms and various other methods, involving influencer partnerships and social media to amplify fan engagement. Bro code has other variants which include Bro Code 10 and Bro Code Club Soda.  

Read More: Top 10 Red Wine Brands in India

2. Kingfisher

Kingfisher , one of the strongest beer brands in India and worldwide, crowned as the "King of Good Times” is manufactured by United Breweries Group. The brand was relaunched in 1978 by Vijay Mallya headquartered in Bengaluru, and holds a market share of over 36%. The pool where the beer Kingfisher Strong comes with 8 percent ABV is a beer brand with a reputation worth the taste and the mainstay of the Indian beer market. Kingfisher Storm is another strong beer variant of them which has the same ABV of 8 percent. Every batch of the beer goes through the same rigorous process to make it full-bodied, flavorful, and crisp beer with a distinct aftertaste. Other popular strong variants of this brand include Kingfisher Ultra Max and Kingfisher Blue with the same ABV. The brand promotion is done by representational TV commercials all over the country, and the sponsorship of sporting events like IPL. Kingfisher is available in 60+ countries across the globe. It is associated with Heineken which augments its portfolio with stellar products of global repute.

Simba is a strong beer brand and its Brewery has been serving local beer with a new look since 2016. The brand was co-founded by Ishwaraj Bhatia. Simba Strong with 5.5 percent ABV and Simba Stout with 7 percent ABV are one of the strongest beers brewed in the country and are based in Chhattisgarh. They are well-liked for their recognizable taste and branding. The brewery developed a strategy that includes funny content on social media, booths at craft beer festivals, and partnering with some of the trendiest bars and restaurants to get brand recognition in the global market. 

4. Carlsberg

Carlsberg Elephant, a strong beer variant from the Carlsberg Group, was established in 1847 by J.C. Jacobsen. The beer is a good option for those who love robust flavors. This beer with its ABV of 7.20 percent is a commemorative product of Denmark with its origin in Copenhagen . The Carlsberg brand is the one that defines the term "global branding”. It has become a premium event sponsor using a global approach that not only promotes beer labels but succeeds in bringing partners together. Carlsberg has more than 140 associated brands with the likes of 1664, Tuborg and others, in their beer portfolio. Carlsberg spans core beer brands, craft & speciality and alcohol free brews. Other variants of the brand include Carlsberg lager which has less alcohol content of up to 5 percent. 

5. Godfather

Godfather, the famous beer brand by Devans Modern Breweries Ltd ., is the owner of three strong variants. The Brewery was established in 1961 by Dewan Gian Chand in Jammu, India . Godfather Super 8 contains 8 percent ABV and is the top choice for those drinkers who like the strong flavor. It also comes with a variant named Godfather Legendary which has 7.2 percent ABV, while the last variant is Godfather Premium with 6.5 percent ABV. The production department of the beer's manufacturer pays attention to the promotion of various products in the region, the organization, and the sponsorship of local events in this region, and the carefully directed advertisement in the primary markets. 

6. Haywards

Haywards 5000 from the stables of SABMiller (now owned by AB InBev) has been the champion of the Indian strong beer market since the 1970s. Haywards 5000 was launched by Sir Anthony William Byrd Haywards in India. The beer has carved a niche for itself with its bold alcohol content of 7%. The brand is also popularly identified with Haywards 2000 which is another variant popular in the Indian market. The brand promotion is obtained by the two mediums: mass media commercials and outreach programs done in various regions. In addition, Haywards 5000 is also involved in organizing sporting events as promoters. The parent company AB InBev is associated with brands like Budweiser, Corona Extra and Stella Artois .

7. Budweiser

Budweise r is one of the most popular beer brands in the world and was first introduced in 1876 by Carl Conrad . It is a brand of the Belgian brewing company AB InBev. Budweiser Magnum Strong, which is a strong beer variant of the Budweiser brand, is popular among beer lovers and is a well-known beer in India with an ABV of 8 percent. Budweiser's main marketing practices revolve around top-flight advertising through high-profile event sponsorships. AB InBev advertises the Budweiser brand heavily, spending $449 million in 2012 in the United States alone, making it one of the most advertised brands worldwide. Other popular products of Budweiser in India include Budweiser lager which has less alcohol content and has a segment of non-alcoholic products as well. 

Bira 91 , is a renowned beer brand from B9 Beverages Pvt. Ltd. known for strong beer in India. The brand was introduced in 2015 by founder Ankur Jain. Bira 91 is headquartered in New Delhi and it holds 4% of the market share. Bira Gold Wheat Strong beer has an ABV of 8% and is brewed with the choicest golden wheat from India and caramel malts from Europe,   imparting a hint of honey sweetness with a toasted malty flavor. Bira 91 Blonde Lager, a new product, became instantly viral because of its flavor and creative promotion and has an ABV of 8  percent. Furthermore, its line-up also includes Bira 91 Premium. Bira 91 has an energetic social media presence with fun on-brand collaborations. Bira 91 is now available in 24 countries and around 31k outlets. Other popular products include Bira 91 Light, Bira 91 White, and Bira 91 Classic which has a lower alcohol content of less than 5 percent.

Bad Monkey , known for its strong beer, is owned by Sinq Beverages Inc, founded by Rohan Khare in 2018 . It is a manufacturer and marketer of strong beer loved by consumers in India. The brand is mostly available in Delhi, Uttar Pradesh, Punjab, Chandigarh and exports to countries like Australia, New Zealand and in the Middle East. Bad Monkey is a late addition brand in the Indian beer market. Sort of an odd man out, Bad Monkey has a liquor content of 8 percent in the Bad Monkey Strong Beer variant. It also comes with another variant o f Bad Monkey Tamed beer which has an ABV of 5 percent. The company uses advertising that is innovative and unconventional, guerrilla marketing tactics and is strong in digital space to get to more people. 

Earlier in News:  Bad Monkey Beer Makes Official Entry into Uttar Pradesh

Bee Young is a beer brand produced by Kimaya Himalayan Beverages LLP and founded by Abhinav Jindal in 2018. It is identified by its silk texture and appealing logo, and is a popular brand among beer-lovers in India. Bee Young has a beer with an ABV of 7.2 percent, with brewing facilities in New Delhi. Bee Young uses lifestyle marketing that utilizes social media to advertise music and cultural festivals in connection with its target audience. The brand is mainly brewed in Delhi, Uttarakhand, Uttar Pradesh and Punjab and is available in 100+ locations in PAN India and is expanding. Other brands of Kimaya Himalayan Beverages include Yavira.

At Indian Retailer, we are showcasing top Indian strong beer brands like Bro Code, Kingfisher Strong, Simba, and Bira 91 that can meet diverse consumer preferences for the HoReCa industry. It enhances the market presence and ensures consistent demand. 

FQAs on Top 10 Strong Beer Brands in India

1. Which beer drink is strongest?

Bro Code is the strongest beer in India and Brewmeister Snake Venom is currently recognised as the strongest beer in the World.

2. Which beer is costly?

The Belgian Stella Artois is also one of the most expensive beers in India. The luxury beer costs around Rs 325-345.

3. What is Whisky beer called?

Bulleit Boilermaker is called Whisky beer. 

4. What does 90 percent of beer contain?

Water comprises 90-95% of beer, playing a crucial role as both a primary ingredient and a major influence on the beer's flavor and quality. The mineral content of water can significantly alter the taste of beer, leading breweries to meticulously adjust water chemistry to craft specific beer styles.

5. What is the best beer in the world?

Russian River Supplication Beer is considered the best beer in the world by connoisseurs. It is a delicate blend of Belgian bitter and sour ales with fruity aromas of raisins, currants, and cherries. The flavor has been described as both tart and sweet, with a slight oakiness that gives way to a dry finish.

Check More Articles:

To 10 Brandy Brands in India with Price List

Scotch vs. Whisky: The Key Differences Explained

Top 10 Beer Brands in India Under Rs 400: Sip Without Splurging

Innovation is not just a necessity — it's the cornerstone of success. Enter BB Matrix, the all-in-one SaaS-based supply chain platform developed by BigBasket, a TATA Enterprise. Launched amidst a burgeoning global demand for supply chain management software, BB Matrix promises to offer comprehensive visibility across the entire supply chain to enterprises worldwide. The platform is set to reshape how businesses handle their supply chains, providing real-time updates, swiftly identifying bottlenecks, and empowering data-driven decision-making to build resilient supply chains.

The launch of BB Matrix could not be timelier. According to a Gartner report, global annual SCM software spending is projected to reach $62 billion by 2028, up from $29 billion in 2023, with a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 16.3 percent. Spearheaded by Hari Menon, Co-Founder and CEO, BigBasket, and Rakshit Daga, Chief Product and Technology Officer, BB Matrix is designed to deliver next-generation supply chain solutions that cut costs and boost productivity.

"The SaaS-based solution has made it possible to reduce transportation costs by nearly 50 percent, lower lead times by around 60 percent, and ensure up to 100 percent supply chain visibility with its cutting-edge solutions," said Manish Mishra, Head of Sales & Marketing, BB Matrix.

Comprehensive Support and Global Reach

BB Matrix offers configuration and optimization, seamless data integration with over 150 ERP, CRM, and POS tools, and flawless migration for its customers. This holistic approach positions BB Matrix as a singular, expert solution provider tailored for the modern supply chain landscape.

One of the standout features of BB Matrix is its adaptability to changing market conditions. Whether forecasting inventory, managing stock replenishment, storage, payments, delivery, or handling returns, the platform provides real-time updates and helps in identifying bottlenecks swiftly. This enables users to make data-driven decisions, crucial for building resilient supply chain processes.

"BB Matrix brings to the table a vast infrastructure and network globally with a nearly 99.1 percent on-time delivery record," Mishra noted. "This helps our clients deliver an excellent customer experience and achieve optimal outcomes in their supply chain operations."

The Genesis of BB Matrix

The inception of BB Matrix is a fascinating story of innovation within a thriving enterprise. "It's kind of a startup within a startup," Mishra explained. "With BigBasket's operations expanding, we realized the potential of providing our advanced technology as a service to the external world. This led to the SaaSification of our product stack, transforming it from a monolithic form to a scalable, cloud-based solution."

This journey began a couple of years ago, starting with the technological foundation and gradually moving towards a go-to-market strategy, which has been largely product-led. The development of BB Matrix was driven by a clear market need for a unified SaaS platform for supply chain management. "Efficiency was a big item on the list for many organizations we spoke to," Mishra clarified. "With increasing competition, there was a pressing need to enhance efficiency and customer experience. That's where we saw an opportunity to step in."

Salient Features and Unique Technologies

BB Matrix is a cloud-based platform hosted on AWS, offering three primary modules within the supply chain software portfolio: warehouse management system, transport management system, and order management system. These modules cover supply chain execution and, to some extent, sourcing and procurement.

"Our focus is on efficiency around warehouse operations, order management, and transport management," Mishra highlighted. "Ease of deployment and integration with third-party tools are also critical features our customers look for."

A significant advantage of BB Matrix is its off-the-shelf customization capabilities. "Based on our customers' needs, we've ensured that the platform addresses key gaps in servicing, visibility, and tracking," Mishra said. "Our goal is to offer a product that meets 80-90 percent of our customers' needs out-of-the-box, requiring minimal customization."

Addressing Key Supply Chain Challenges

BB Matrix tackles traditional problem areas in supply chain management head-on. "Productivity is a major focus, alongside competitive pressure and customer satisfaction," Mishra explained. "A cloud-enabled product like BB Matrix reduces capex and keeps technology up-to-date, addressing scalability challenges effectively."

While BB Matrix starts with a strong focus on the Indian market, its ambitions are global. "We're catering to retail, e-commerce, manufacturing, logistics, and transportation sectors," Mishra said. "Our aim is to stabilize our operations in India and then expand into emerging markets in Southeast Asia, the Middle East, Africa, and eventually the US. The platform is capable of offering its solutions in international markets like the US, Middle East, Southeast Asia, and Africa regions as well," Mishra added. "This global reach sets us apart in the industry."

Expectations and Market Impact

With a well-tested product and a growing market, BB Matrix has high expectations for the future. "The supply chain market is growing phenomenally, with high double-digit growth rates," Mishra noted. "Our expectation is to achieve triple-digit million-dollar revenues in the next three to five years and make significant inroads into international markets."

BB Matrix is poised to revolutionize supply chain management with its innovative, SaaS-based platform. By offering comprehensive support, real-time efficiency, and global reach, BB Matrix is set to meet the evolving needs of modern enterprises and drive significant improvements in supply chain operations.

• Supply Chain Management

Smartphone prices are skyrocketing all over the world. In such a scenario, Lava International Ltd. is shaking things up with their Blaze X Series by focusing on affordability, premium design, and value for money, while meeting the needs of a diverse consumer base. Sunil Raina, Managing Director, Lava, gives Indian Retailer an exclusive look at how this new series is set to redefine value in the sub-Rs 30,000 segment. Get ready to be amazed by the groundbreaking features and thoughtful design that make Blaze X a game-changer for budget-conscious consumers.

The Blaze X Vision

According to Raina, Lava identified a significant gap in the market for smartphones priced below Rs 30,000. He explains, "If you scan the smartphone market today, you'll notice that unique features are often reserved for higher price segments. We believe there's a large consumer base, primarily below the Rs 30,000 price point, that deserves access to advanced technology. Their aspirations need to be met just as much as those of high-end consumers."

This philosophy led to the creation of Blaze X, a smartphone series designed to bring premium features to an affordable price bracket. Raina proudly states, "Blaze X is going to be the first smartphone with a curved display in the sub-Rs 15,000 category. It will feature an in-display fingerprint sensor, a high-quality chipset, and an exquisite design that looks and feels expensive."

Premium Design without the Premium Price

One of the key differentiators of the Blaze X series is its aesthetic appeal. Raina criticizes the industry norm of making lower-priced phones look less attractive to push consumers towards more expensive models. He says, "We have a clear principle that people must get their money's worth. Aesthetics and build quality don't have to cost a fortune. Our phones, whether priced at Rs 7,000 or Rs 25,000 rupees, all look premium and offer the best build quality available."

Lava's commitment to providing excellent value is evident in every aspect of the latest series. Raina emphasizes, "It's important to recognize that someone buying Rs 7,000 device values their money just as much, if not more, than someone spending Rs 40,000 or Rs 50,000. We're dedicated to offering the best value to all our consumers."

Check out LAVA Blaze X Key Features

The smartphone features a 16.94 cm (6.67”) 120 Hz Curved AMOLED Display with a punch-hole design for an immersive experience.

• It boasts a 64MP + 2MP rear camera with a Sony sensor and a 16MP front camera, offering modes like Dual View Video, Film, Pro Video, Slow Motion, Timelapse, UHD, GIF, Beauty, HDR, Night, Portrait, AI, Pro, Panorama, Filters, Macro, and AI Emoji.
• Powered by the latest MediaTek Dimensity 6300 processor with AnTuTu 420K+, the smartphone offers three RAM options (4GB+4GB, 6GB+6GB, 8GB+8GB) and 128GB UFS 2.2 storage for smooth multitasking and ample space.
• Blaze X includes a 5000mAh battery, Type C port, and 33W Fast charging.

Catering to Diverse Markets

The Blaze X series is not just about affordability; it's also about accessibility. Raina highlights the different market dynamics, explaining, "Lower-end price points are typically more popular in rural areas and Tier II and III cities, while higher-end phones are more prevalent in urban areas. For instance, our Agni 2 model was very popular in metro cities, whereas our Rs 7,000 models are more popular in rural regions."

Lava's strategy is to ensure that their products reach every corner of the country. With a distribution network of 950 distributors and over 120,000 retailers, they have one of the largest market presences in India. Raina mentions, "We have built an automated platform connecting all our retailers and distributors, giving us direct visibility of each and every operator."

As far as their online-offline sales ratio is concerned, they are about 65 percent offline and 35 percent online, with a tie-up with Amazon. “Three years back, we used to be about 5 percent online and 95 percent offline. Now that has shifted dramatically, and we are bridging that gap,” he says.

Competing in a Crowded Market

The smartphone industry is fiercely competitive, but Lava is well-prepared to stand out. Raina notes, "Our industry has never had a shortage of competition. When we started, there were over 200 brands in the market. Today, we are the only Indian brand remaining, competing with global giants."

Lava's focus on providing the best value to consumers has been a key factor in their success. Raina states, "The battle is about who can give consumers the best value. Our view of best value is ensuring that every device we release offers full value to the consumer, regardless of the price point."

Commitment to Security and Updates

In today's digital age, security is paramount. Lava ensures that their devices are secure by using the Android operating system and regularly providing security updates. Raina explains, "We promise updates and upgrades for each device and fulfill that promise. While other brands may focus on high-end devices, we ensure that even our lower-priced models receive regular updates, reducing vulnerability."

 Lava's ambitious plans include exploring IPO options and raising capital to further invest in research and development and marketing. Raina is optimistic about the future, stating, "India is set to become the manufacturing hub for the world. With initiatives like the Production-Linked Incentive (PLI) scheme for components, the opportunities are immense. We believe that the next decade will be crucial for the manufacturing sector in India."

With ambitious plans for expansion and a commitment to providing the best value, Lava is poised to make a significant impact in the market. As Sunil Raina aptly puts it, "We believe our people deserve the best, and we're here to deliver just that."

• Cheapest Smartphone
• Smartphone Industry
• brand expanding in tier II III cities

A scotch can be called a whisky but a whisky cannot be called a scotch . Want to know more about scotch whisky ? Did you know that all the scotch whisky must be made in Scotland by law? Here are the top 10 scotch whisky brands in India. 

Scotch Whisky is the largest export segment for Scotland, with millions of bottles being shipped around the globe each year! It must be matured in oak casks in Scotland made from malted barley for three years as per the Scotch Whisky Association, established in 1912 to watch over the production and labeling of scotch whisky.

Top 10 Scotch Whisky Brands in India

Discover the top 10 scotch whisky brands in India, and gather all the Information you Need!

1. Glenlivet

Glenlivet, a scotch whisky brand was started by George Smith in 1824 with the Glenlivet being the main range of single malt scotch whisky. It goes through the process of malting, milling, mashing, fermenting, distilling and maturing. This scotch whisky is made in Livet Valley, Scotland. The brand became a part of the Pernod Ricard group, the Chivas brothers subsidiary.

Top 4 Glenlivet Scotch Whisky Range in Delhi

2. Monkey Shoulder

Monkey Shoulder, a scotch and whisky brand owned by William Grant & Sons since 1887, originated in Scotland. The name ‘Monkey Shoulder’ came from the traditional process of whisky making. Way back malters would have strain injuries which led their hands to hang down like a monkey. It was the third best-selling scotch whisky brand in 2023. It comes from the Balvenie, Glenfiddich and Kininvie distilleries. (Source: Wikipedia)

Monkey Shoulder Scotch Whisky Range in Delhi 

3. Black and White 

Black and White, a scotch and whisky brand was started by James Buchanan, through a London whisky brokerage in 1879. He found that whisky was believed to be harsh and saw a chance to sell something smooth. He used the finest molten grain whisky from Dalwhinnie, Clynelish and Glen Dullan. A balanced content was made in the Buchanan blend with the mixture of these. Later it was renamed as ‘Black and White’. Diageo owns the brand now. This scotch whisky is produced in Scotland. 

Black and White Scotch Whisky Range in Delhi  

Chivas , a scotch and whisky brand, was founded by John and James Chivas in the rural Scottish Highlands. It has had its distillery since 1789 called the Strathisla. This scotch whisky brand is popular due to its smoothness and taste of Speyside malt. The Chivas scotch whisky range is matured between 10-25 years. Pernod Ricard has been the parent company since 2001. 

Chivas Scotch Whisky Range in Delhi 

5. 100 Pipers

100 Pipers, a scotch whisky brand, produces its product with a blended mixture of 25-30 fine malt whiskies. It has been a part of Pernod Richard since 2001. The brand name was adapted from a ballad of ‘the hundred pipers’ which explains the store of pipers of a troop commanded by Bonnie Prince Charlie, in a battle. It was started by Jimmy Lang and Chivas brothers and Alan Baillie in 1965.

Top 2 100 Pipers Scotch Whisky Range in Delhi   

6. Johnnie Walker

Jonnie Walker, a scotch whisky brand, has a great story. John Walker as a teenager started the distillery, grocery and wine segment when his father died. Slowly, he began to focus on whisky exclusively. It originated from Kilmarnock, Ayrshire in Scotland, and was passed on to his son and later to his grandson. Now the company is owned by Diageo.

Top 5 Johnnie Walker Scotch Whisky Range in Delhi  

7. Black Dog

Black Dog is a blended scotch whisky producer established in 1883. It was blended and bottled by James Mackinlay. It is now produced by the Indian Beverage Company United Spirits Limited (USL), a subsidiary of Diageo. Since 1992 it has been bottled and marketed in India.

Top 3 Black Dog Scotch Whisky Range in Certain Parts of Delhi

8. Teachers 

Teachers is a scotch whisky brand started by William Teachers. After the Excise Act in 1823 William got the opportunity to sell whisky in his grocery store. He obtained a legal allowance to create and sell self-made whiskies in his shop. Years passed and his sons and grandsons held the legacy and became William Teachers & Sons Ltd. In 2011 Fortune Brands acquired Teachers and made it into Beam Inc. In 2014, Suntory bought Beam, forming Beam Suntory.

Top 2 Teachers Scotch Whisky Range in Delhi 

9. Ballantine

Ballantine, a scotch whisky brand, started in 1836 when a Scottish greengrocer named George Ballantine turned to the art of whiskies. He started marketing his hand-selected malts. He first started his grocery with just shakes and ended up being the top scotch whisky brand around the globe. It provides blended scotch whisky from the most renowned whisky regions in Scotland which are Speyside, Highlands, Islay and Lowlands. It became a part of the Pernod Ricard Group in 2005. 

Top 3 Ballantine Scotch Whisky Range in Delhi 

Vat 69 is a scotch whisky brand that was started in Leith, Scotland by William Sanderson in 1839. He owned his own alcohol business in 1863. To make it perfect, William developed 100 different vatting of whiskies for expert testing. The number 69 came from the chosen number of vatting by the experts. Hence the brand name ‘Vat 69’. Today it is owned by Diageo and is produced in Scotland. 

Top-rated Vat 69 Scotch Whisky Range in Delhi

From the Indian Retailers' view, Scotch Whisky has a special place in the global market of spirits products, differentiating itself and appealing to sophisticated consumers all over the world by being made following strict regulations that are based on time-honored Scottish methods of production. 

Which are the top 3 scotch whisky brands in India?

Glenfiddich 12, Chivas Regal 12, and Johnnie Walker Black Label are the best scotch whisky brands in India. 

What factors are required before purchasing a scotch whisky?

Price, age, range and flavor are the top four factors that should be considered before purchasing a scotch whisky.

What are the main types of scotch whisky?

Single malt scotch whisky, single grain scotch whisky, blended malt scotch whisky, blended grain scotch whisky and blended scotch whisky are the main four types of scotch whisky in the market. 

What are the common scotch whisky regions in Scotland?

Speyside, Highlands, Islay, Lowlands and Campbeltown are the main regions in Scotland. 

In a spectacular display of business acumen, Mango has set a new benchmark with the highest revenue in its 40-year history, raking in over 1.543 billion euros in the first six months of the year. This marks a 6.3 percent increase compared to the same period last year, showcasing the brand's relentless upward trajectory despite facing challenges like climate impacts, inflationary pressures, and geopolitical tensions.

The secret behind Mango's soaring success? A series of blockbuster collections that have captivated customers worldwide. Mango’s collections and value proposition, meticulously designed in Barcelona, have been exceptionally well received. From the much-anticipated collaboration with fashion icon Victoria Beckham for its Woman line to an exclusive partnership with Italian tailoring powerhouse Boglioli for Mango Man, the brand has consistently delivered on quality and innovation. These new capsule collections, alongside fresh editions of its Capsule and Selection lines, have not only reinforced Mango's commitment to aspirational style but also resonated deeply with fashion enthusiasts.

Unstoppable Sales across All Business Lines

Mango's diverse business lines have all seen remarkable growth. Mango Man has emerged as a star performer with a jaw-dropping 21 percent increase in sales. Meanwhile, Mango Kids and Teen have recorded impressive growth of over 11 percent. The Woman line, the backbone of Mango's business, has achieved a slight but significant growth of 4 percent, securing the highest revenue for a six-month period in the company's history and accounting for a whopping 79 percent of total revenue.

Toni Ruiz, CEO, Mango, expressed his pride in the company's achievements. "In a very competitive environment, the company has achieved the best six months in its history, with growth above the market average. The excellent performance in revenue during the first half of the year reinforces our commitment to our value proposition, our business model and the international expansion plan with which we want to continue to inspire the world with our passion for fashion," he stated.

Global Domination 

With a presence in over 115 markets, Mango's international business now accounts for more than 78 percent of the group's total revenue. The top-performing regions include Spain, France, Turkey, Germany, and the US. The brand's aggressive expansion strategy has led to 57 net store openings in the first half of the year, bringing the total to 2,743 stores worldwide. By the end of 2024, Mango aims to surpass 2,800 stores, a testament to its ambitious growth plans.

Mango's expansion is nothing short of impressive. In the US, the brand is opening more stores than initially planned, with new locations in Pennsylvania, Massachusetts, and Virginia, as well as a strengthened presence in California and New York. In Spain, around twenty new stores are set to open, particularly for the Mango Teen line, with a new Teen store already making waves at Passeig de Gracia in Barcelona.

The UK market is also a key focus, with plans for over twenty new stores this year, including first-time ventures into cities in Northern Ireland and central and southern England. London has already welcomed its first international Mango Teen store.

Italy is another hotspot for Mango's expansion, with more than fifteen new stores slated to open, pushing the total number of stores in the country past one hundred. Key cities like Rome, Bologna, Genoa, and Verona are seeing significant investments, including a new flagship store in Rome's Alberto Sordi shopping gallery and a revamped iconic store in Milan's Galleria del Corso.

Physical and Online Channels Flourish

Mango's physical channel growth has been bolstered by not just new store openings but also a significant double-digit growth in Like-for-Like (LxL) sales. Meanwhile, the online channel continues to perform robustly, with slight growth over the same period last year. Online sales now represent approximately 33 percent of the group's total revenue, a figure that far exceeds industry competitors.

Celebrating its 40th anniversary in 2024, Mango has unveiled a bold new Strategic Plan named 4E, outlining the business priorities until 2026. The four pillars of the 4E Plan—Elevate, Expand, Earn, and Empower—will drive the company towards its ambitious goals, including surpassing 4 billion euros in revenue by 2026. Central to this plan is a reinforced value proposition and a strategic expansion that envisions the opening of over 500 stores in the next three years.

Mango closed a record 2023 financial year with revenue exceeding 3.1 billion euros. As the company now pushes forward with its 4E Strategic Plan, the goal is clear: exceed 4 billion euros in revenue by 2026. With its eyes firmly set on the future, Mango continues to inspire the fashion world, setting new standards and breaking records with each passing day. Stay tuned as this fashion juggernaut continues its unstoppable ascent!

• retail expansion

Everyone has shoes in their wardrobe, and people like buying good shoes. Therefore starting a shoe business can be an exciting and rewarding venture, but there is always a right strategy to kick start, the perfect push, isn't it? To assist you on h ow to start a shoe business , here is a 14-step hands-on guide that will describe the path for your entrepreneur journey. 

14 Steps to Starting a Shoe Business

Starting a shoe business involves careful planning and execution. Here are 14 steps to guide you through the process:

Step 1. Research Your Market

Engagement, Awareness and Analysis of  the Market:

• Conduct Surveys: gathering information about the market, audience wants and demands is essential. In today's technology there are various ways to collect information, using online tools like Google Forms or SurveyMonkey can help you gain customer insights. 
• Analyze Competitors: One must know their competitors. Thorough research on what the other shoe brands are doing, their performance, their market information, and whether there are any gaps that you are missing. Understand the strategies of successful shoe brands and improvise yours. 
• Attend Trade Shows: Engaging with industry experts is crucial, make your networking, and gain knowledge about the shoe industry in your country. Recognize and integrate with a first-hand look at upcoming trends. 

Tip : Create an online survey and share it on social media to gather initial feedback. Use this data to refine your shoe business concept.

Step 2. Define Your Niche 

Spot Your Target Audience:

• Demographics: Age, gender, location, and income level are the key elements to define and understand your target audience. This will help you to dedicate your product to a specific customer making it resonate with them. 
• Interests and Lifestyles: Who are you designing and manufacturing for? What type of shoe needs to be made for what type of audience? Get answers to these questions, whether you want to produce a show for an athlete, a fashion admirer or a corporate audience. For instance, if your shoe business is for an athlete, then design your product accordingly, make it a high-performance running shoe, soft foot strike and other features. 

Tip : Develop customer personas. Give them names and backstories to better visualize and cater to their needs.

Step 3. Brand Identity

Build a Strong Brand Identity :

• Name and Logo: A memorable and unique name and logo can add a lot of value to your shoe business. It catches the eye of a consumer. 
• Visual Elements: Making the right choice of color scheme, the typography in the logo and content and the images is a great way to attract customers. The logo and brand name should have the right balance of colors and readable typography.
• Brand Story: The narration of your brand story builds a connection between the target audience and your brand. A compelling storytelling that resonates. Honesty and achievements should be a part of the storytelling. Mark the milestones. For example: Nike’s “swoosh” logo is instantly recognizable and symbolizes speed and motion.

Tip: Use a free logo maker tool like Canva to experiment with designs. Share your top choices with friends and family for feedback.

Step 4. Plan Out Your Business

Components of a Business Plan:

• Executive Summary: Answers to why, what, who, where and how of the shoe business will bring an objective to your brand. Make an overview of the business.
• Marketing Strategy: Develop and improve the marketing plan as per the trends. Customers want something new and niche, adapt to a plan that can retain and entice your customers. 

Tip: There are tons of business plan websites that can make a template for you according to your needs. Small Business Administration (SBA) is a well-known website in India. 

Step 5. Secure Funding                 

Explore Funding Options: Know What Suits You!

• Bootstrapping: It is the most popular option for starting a shoe business. It means building your brand from scratch with owner finances without external capital. It provides full ownership and eliminates the payment of interest, dividends and external investors.
• Bank Loans: Secure funding option from a financial institute that can be used in purchasing inventory, storefront and manufacturing. A bank provides a lump sum amount that needs to be repaid with interest but mostly for a business loan banks give long-period repayment. 
• Crowdfunding: It is a recent and upcoming option to raise your funding to start a business. It means a practice of raising money by a large number of people who would like to invest small or big amounts. It usually happens on online platforms, Kickstarter and IndieGoGo are the top crowdfunding websites. 

Tip : Create a crowdfunding campaign video that tells your story and explains why people should support your venture.

Step 6. Manufacturing of the Products

Design and production:

• Sketch Designs: A developed and researched design information is put down on a piece of paper. Make sketches, and translate the gathered knowledge on what type of shoes is the company making. 
• Create Prototypes: Make a rough outlined duplicate of your shoe. A show sample can assist in rectifying the little details are are left. Ensuring the sample is correct as per the expectation, then master the final product.
• Test for Quality: Certainty in the quality, durability, comfort and style of the shoe is a must. Make sure the shoe has all the elements that are required like lace, sole or color.

Note: The development process for a running shoe will differ significantly from that of a high-heeled shoe in terms of materials and design.

Tip: Gather feedback from customers and improve. The sketches can be shared with potential customers on online mediums like social media or via email.

Step 7. Managing Supply Chain

Establish a Reliable Supply Chain:

• Source Materials supplier: Building and maintaining a strong relationship with suppliers benefits the brand in procurement, and responsible products, ensuring quality, delivery, and sustainability. Do not depend on one supplier, diversify. 
• Manufacturing: Reduce risk factors and resolve common challenges in the manufacturing process. Partner with reputable suppliers.
• Logistics: Adopt and plan your inventory, and how to transport your products from the factory to your storage facility or directly to customers. Implement ABC analysis and Embrace Just-in-time inventory.

Tip: Trello is a reputed supply chain and inventory company. 

Step 8. Register Your Business

Legal Requirements:

• Choose a Business Model: Decide if you want to start with a retail store, or through e-commerce or Omnichannel (retail store as well as online presence). If the budget is open to a large investment a retail store is the right call. If the budget allows low investment e-commerce is the best.
• Register Your Business Name: Make your shoe brand authentic to gain the confidence of your customers. Choose a business structure, for instance, sole proprietorship, partnership, LLC or corporation. 

Step 9. Set Up Your Storefront or an Online Presence

Ways of Selling : 

• Brick-and-Mortar Store: A retail store in a specific location where customers have the comfort of testing and trying the shoe. 
• E-commerce Website: Use online applications and websites like Amazon, Flipkart or Myntra etc. Online presence has a wider reach ability to gain the attention of the audience. 

Step 10. Marketing Strategy

Promote Your Brand: 

• Social Media Marketing: Today the most popular marketing platforms are social media. Build a presence on Instagram and Facebook to showcase the footwear. It is best for making a large number of audiences aware of your shoe business. 
• Influencer Collaborations: Influencer marketing is when you partner with social media influencers or even celebrities with a huge number of followers, to advertise your footwear brand.
• Email Campaigns: Newsletters have a dual advantage, it makes consumers aware of the brand as well as bring the innovative upgrades seen. keep the audience updated with new arrivals and promotions. 

Tip: Hootsuite is a common and well-rated website for managing social media posts, and stories with cost efficiency. 

Step 11. Launch Your Business

Plan Your Launch:

• Pre-Launch Hype: Make a tease about your footwear in the market. Encourage customers through marketing strategies before the launch. Use social media, and offline advertisements like billboards and merchandising. 
• Launch Event: Host an event online or offline. Make the store an e-commerce presence seen in the market. 
• Exclusive Offers: To engage and entice the customers, avail with offers, discounts, and coupons.

Tip: Live stream your launch event on social media to engage with a broader audience.

Step 12. Manage Inventory

Efficient Inventory Management:

• Inventory Management System: For a successful operation consider investing in a reliable inventory management system. The software must manage the stock levels, sales performance, and generate real-time reports. 
• Set Par Levels: Ensure stock-ins and stock-outs. Manage with balance for dealing with minimal quantities for each footwear to ensure it is never out of stock. 

Tip: QuickBooks is a website to integrate inventory management with your accounting system.

Step 13. Provide Excellent Customer Service

Customer Experience:

• Sizing Guides: Help customers choose the right size, acknowledge the feedback and improve.
• Personalized Recommendations: Suggest and customize products based on customer preferences. It builds trust and confidence from a customer's perspective towards your brand. 
• Easy Returns: Offer hassle-free returns to build trust. Certain coupons or discounts can be made available for dissatisfied customers, generating a want for customers to come back. 

Tip: Implement a live chat feature on your website to assist customers in real-time.

Step 14. Plan Future

Stay Ahead of the Curve:

• Monitor Trends: Keep upgrading and follow the latest footwear trends and technology 
• Collect Feedback: Regularly ask customers for their opinions. 
• Adapt Quickly: Be ready to pivot your strategy based on market changes.

Tip: Use Google Analytics to track your website’s performance and gain insights into customer behavior.

In the Indian retailer's eye, omnichannel presence is gaining heights for a startup. A business must choose the right path in the business model. E-commerce and retailing strategies influence the usual shopping experience still liked by the majority. Retailers are now integrating physical and digital mediums into omnichannel presence to expand their customer base. It is important to combine e-commerce and traditional retail, it was revealed that 73 percent of consumers incorporate multiple channels in their shopping. 

Is the shoe business profitable?

Yes, the shoe business can be profitable. Different types of shoe businesses have different cost structures and profit margins. For example, a retail shoe store has a profit margin of approximately 20% to 30%, whereas a wholesale shoe distributor has a profit margin of about 35% due to lower costs of goods sold​.

What are the most popular types of shoes demanded in the market?

The top 3 types of market-demanded shoes are - casual footwear, formal footwear, and customized footwear.

What is the minimum investment for a footwear business?

The minimum investment to start a footwear business typically ranges from Rs. 8 lakhs to Rs. 20 lakhs. This amount covers essential costs such as renting a space, purchasing inventory, business registration, and initial marketing efforts.

The ones responsible for the high amounts of market value in India and rapid growth among all others are Supermarkets and Hypermarkets. It's expected that in 2026 the retail market value of India will reach $1.7 trillion, with super and hypermarkets being important drivers of it. The retail giants in addition not only revolutionized the shopping experience but also completely changed consumer behavior and the economy. It is most likely that urbanization together with the increase of disposable incomes contributes to the very fact that the distinction between supermarkets and hypermarkets becomes more comprehensible.

What is a Supermarket?

A Supermarket is a very large retail establishment that particularly sells in big quantities to family members. Bringing you back to the story, supermarkets operate in self-service and provide a wide list of foods in their inventory including vegetables, fruits, meat, packaged goods, and also non-food items such as cleaning things and personal hygiene products. An instance in India that portrays an adequate example is Reliance Fresh. The global Supermarkets Market value is approximately $0.98 trillion in 2024, along the line is expected to touch $1.16 trillion by 2029, although the CAGR has been cited to reach 3.30 percent in the period of the forecast (2024-2029).  Such grocers usually set up shops near urban and semi-urban centers, thus enabling convenience and a wide selection of food items for one's daily needs in shopping. There are different types of Supermarkets which are:

• Conventional supermarkets
• A limited assortment of supermarkets
• Supercenters
• Warehouse clubs
• Convenience stores

Check More:  Retail Store: Definition, Types and Components

What is a Hypermarket?

A hypermarket is an immense supermarket-like enterprise, which combines a supermarket with a department store. Normally, these shops have a wide selection of products in one place, such as groceries, apparel, electronics, furniture, and much more. Hypermarkets are a type of large retail store that provides a more comprehensive shopping experience and because of that, they are usually larger than supermarkets. The success of Lulu Hyderabad in India is a wonderful illustration of a hypermarket chain. A majority of the time, hypermarkets are found either in the suburbs or on the outskirts of towns, and they usually offer large parking lots and diverse stock. The Hypermarket market size is calculated as $774.27 billion in 2024 and is expected to reach $876.03 billion as soon as the end of the year 2029 with an every-year development proportion of 2.5 percent within the same period between 2024 and 2029.

Check More:  Difference Between Supermarkets and Department Stores

Major Differences between Supermarket and Hypermarket

The main difference between a supermarket and a hypermarket is that a hypermarket is a supermarket that also sells expensive items like appliances and is much more significant. Hypermarkets are massive, whereas supermarkets are small.

Examples of Supermarkets and Hypermarkets:

• Supermarkets: Walmart Inc. and in India Reliance Fresh, and Hypercity are the greatest examples of Supermarkets. 
• Hypermarkets: Reliance Retail, DMart and Spencer’s are some examples of Hypermarket 

Strategies for Success:

To thrive, both supermarkets and hypermarkets must adopt specific strategies:

Store Location:

• Supermarkets can be found near housing areas and that is why they are more accessible to the consumers.
• The central part of the city is the location of the hypermarkets. This is due to the huge area of them, which is why more parking spaces are provided and thus, the site can attract more customers.

Merchandise Range:

• Supermarkets are the first to enter with the least brand variety but more product categories (e.g., 500 categories with 10 choices each).
• Hypermarkets are the second for they offer more products but fewer brand choices in each category (e.g., 3,000 categories with top 3-5 brands).

Inventory Management:

• With supermarkets, there are such practices as inventory turnover, demand-making estimation, communicating with a reliable supplier, setting auto reorders, etc.
• In hypermarkets, by inclusion of forecasted demands commodity-wise, they escape overstock or stockouts.

Store Layout:

• Supermarkets make use of the same layout for all the departments and thus a customer can get familiar with everything by following the signboards.
• Hypermarkets do the same for the board (i.e. rows for groceries, and free flow for clothes) and the customer will be able to find a way to move through the store because of the signboards.

Online Presence:

• Supermarkets have put up more user-friendly websites or have made apps for online ordering and home delivery. They are also taking advantage of social media and digital marketing.
• Hypermarkets have evolved traditional shopping methods, letting patrons order curbside pick-up and combining such walks with car-parking directions filled through online channels.

Technology Integration:

• Supermarkets also believe in the concept of implementing ERP solutions that can be adapted to different business functions (e.g., inventory control, billing, accounts, and GST filing).
• Similarly, Hypermarkets will also be capable of being extended to security measures like even theft-detection cameras, especially for self-checkout POS machines.

Customer Service:

• Supermarkets: Staff must be taught to help customers who are overwhelmed by the huge number of shoppers. The personnel should be effortlessly approachable by the customers.
• Hypermarkets: They have a nice idea such as the addition of in-store restaurants and cafes thus an important reason behind them to shop and boost sales.

A Quick Summary of the Differences between Hypermarket and Supermarkets

• Size: Hypermarkets are significantly larger than supermarkets.
• Location: Supermarkets are usually located near residential areas while hypermarkets are located in commercial areas or ideally on the outskirts areas.
• Product Range: Hypermarkets offer a more extensive range of products.
• Pricing: Supermarkets prices are based on their nearest competitor's price while the hypermarkets follow everyday low pricing strategies after their large sales volume.
• Shopping Experience: Supermarkets are convenient for quick trips, while hypermarkets provide a comprehensive shopping experience.
• Checkout counters: Supermarkets have a single counter with multiple tills but Hypermarket has departments with their different counters for billing.
• Service: Supermarkets focus on speed and convenience hypermarkets on variety and additional services.
• Target Market: Supermarkets cater to the daily needs of urban shoppers; hypermarkets target bulk buyers and those seeking a wide variety.

At Indian Retailer, we think that both Hypermarket and Supermarkets play important roles in the Indian economy, and play a crucial role in the Indian retail market, understanding their difference is also important for anyone to make an informed choice and also for the people who want to strategize growth in the retail world.

FAQs on the Difference Between Supermarkets and Hypermarkets

1. Is DMart a supermarket or a hypermarket?

DMart is an Indian retail corporation that operates a chain of supermarkets in India.

2. Is mall a hypermarket?

No, a mall is not a hypermarket. A mall is a large complex with multiple retail stores and entertainment options, while a hypermarket is a single, extensive store combining a supermarket and a department store.

3. What is the difference between a retail store and a hypermarket?

Hypermarkets are usually part of a larger retail chain, and they often have a larger selection than supermarkets or department stores. In addition to offering a wide variety of items, hypermarkets typically sell items at lower prices than other retailers.

4. What is the difference between a supermarket and a grocery store?

A grocery store tends to be more focused on food and produce, often smaller in size, and might not carry the same extensive range of non-food items. Essentially, supermarkets are like a one-size-fits-all store, while grocery stores are more specialized.

5. Why is a supermarket necessary?

The benefit of a supermarket is that customers can get all of their goods under one roof, which saves a lot of time.

• Hypermarket
• Supermarket

In an era where digital transactions are burgeoning, Indian consumers are particularly sensitive about their personal data. 82 percent of consumers consider the protection of their personal data as the most critical factor in earning their trust. This sentiment is echoed by Ravi Kapoor, Partner and Leader – Retail and Consumer sector, PwC India, who stated, "Protecting consumer data has not surprisingly been voted by 82 percent of consumers as the most important factor that will help build trust."

PwC India has released its latest survey titled "Voice of the Consumer Survey 2024," providing a comprehensive look at the sentiments and shopping behaviors of Indian consumers. The survey, encompassing responses from 1,000 Indian consumers, underscores significant trends and imperatives that brands must heed to build trust and foster loyalty. According to the survey, Indian consumers are increasingly discerning about where they spend their money and whom they trust with their personal data. The survey provides a comprehensive look into the sentiments and shopping behaviors of Indian consumers, offering crucial insights for brands aiming to refine their strategies and marketing efforts.

The Crucial Role of Data Protection

Consumers are increasingly cautious about privacy and data sharing, particularly on social media. Despite 58 percent of consumers buying products through social media, it remains the least trusted channel, with 76 percent of consumers expressing concerns about privacy. This underscores the need for brands to implement stringent data protection measures and transparently manage consumer data.

“The survey advises businesses to adopt rigorous data protection strategies, as 83 percent of consumers value knowing their devices secure their information, and 74 percent approve using their data for beneficial services. Additionally, over 66 percent are willing to share data for more personalized experiences, provided their privacy is not compromised,” he explained.

Health, Wellness, and Sustainability

Indian consumers' preferences are increasingly leaning towards health and wellness-focused products. The survey reveals that 69 percent of consumers plan to eat more fruits and vegetables soon, and 75 percent actively seek information on food sustainability. Millennials, in particular, show a proactive stance, with 78 percent favoring independent sustainability scores on labels, compared to 66 percent of Gen Z.

This shift towards sustainability is further driven by concerns over climate change, which 46 percent of Indian consumers view as a significant threat. As a result, 60 percent of these consumers are changing their behavior and moving towards sustainable products, even willing to pay a premium of 13.1 percent for sustainably sourced goods.

Kapoor emphasized, "Our survey reveals three main drivers of building trust; firstly, how well do brands make life easier for their consumers; secondly, how well they connect with their consumers and finally how do they ensure inclusiveness with their consumers."

Businesses are advised to align their offerings with wellness, nutrition, and sustainable practices. The top incentives for sustainable purchasing include water conservation (43 percent), eco-friendly packaging (41 percent), and waste reduction and recycling (36 percent). By addressing these concerns, brands can tap into the growing market of environmentally conscious consumers and strengthen their trust and loyalty.

Physical Stores vs. Online Shopping

While the global trend shows a significant shift towards online shopping, Indian consumers still exhibit a strong preference for physical stores. According to the survey, 56 percent of Indian consumers frequently purchase non-grocery items from physical stores, a figure substantially higher than the global average of 34 percent. In-store shopping remains popular, with 62 percent of consumers preferring to visit stores to discover products, while 53 percent browse online.

This preference for physical stores is balanced with the convenience of online marketplaces, with 43 percent of purchases happening in-store and 44 percent online. Businesses are encouraged to enhance the physical store experience by incorporating technologies like augmented reality and mobile payments to make shopping more seamless and engaging.

"Indian consumers’ optimistic sentiment shines through the survey with a whopping 75 percent of consumers saying that they will increase spends in the clothing/footwear/grocery and health and beauty categories in the next six months," noted Kapoor.

The Impact of Social Media and Influencers

Social media plays a crucial role in consumer decision-making, despite being the least trusted industry. The survey indicates that 77 percent of consumers discover new brands via social media, and 81 percent use it to seek reviews before making purchases. Influencer endorsements and targeted ads significantly influence purchasing decisions, highlighting the importance for brands to maintain authenticity and transparency on these platforms.

However, the concerns about privacy and data sharing on social media cannot be ignored. Kapoor highlighted, "The main theme of the survey is the need for brands to stay authentic to earn consumer trust and ultimately build loyalty." To address these concerns, businesses must implement stringent privacy measures and clearly communicate their data protection policies to consumers.

AI and the Human Touch

The integration of AI in business operations is a double-edged sword. While 57 percent of consumers trust AI for low-risk activities like obtaining product information or receiving recommendations, they remain skeptical about AI’s role in high-risk tasks. Despite interest in chatbots, there is a strong preference for direct interaction with sales representatives. Over 86 percent of consumers express concerns about the potential cyber risks and job security implications of future AI developments.

The survey cautions businesses to carefully integrate AI, emphasizing the need to balance AI with human interaction, especially in complex and personal services. He advised, "Brands need to deploy generative AI tools responsibly to build consumer trust." This balance is crucial in ensuring that AI enhances the consumer experience without overshadowing the human touch that many consumers still value.

Building Trust Through Authenticity and Value

The survey identifies six key imperatives essential for building consumer trust: focusing on value-creating purchase journeys, proactively helping consumers manage their health and wellness needs, staying authentic on social media channels, building watertight personal data protection capabilities, creating sustainable business models, and deploying generative AI tools responsibly.

By addressing these imperatives, businesses can meet consumer expectations and build long-lasting trust and loyalty. High-quality products and services, clear communication, consistent consumer experiences, affordability, transparency in ESG matters, and improved decision-making and execution are the cornerstones of building trust with consumers.

• Shopping experience
• Consumer Spending

The fast-moving consumer goods (FMCG) sector in India is witnessing significant growth driven by consumer demand and price hikes, particularly for essential items. As of 2023, the FMCG market has reached a valuation of $121.8 billion. This report delves into the various factors contributing to the sector's expansion and the projections for its future growth.

According to IBEF(India Brand Equity Foundation), the total revenue of the FMCG market is expected to grow at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 27.9 percent from 2021-27 , potentially reaching nearly $615.87 billion . In 2022, the urban segment contributed 65 percent to the overall annual FMCG sales, while rural India accounted for over 35 percent. This growth is supported by a good harvest and government spending, which are anticipated to aid rural demand recovery in FY24.

Volume and Value Growth

India's FMCG sector grew by 6.4 percent in volumes during the October-December 2023 quarter, led by positive consumption trends across the country. In FY23, the sector witnessed an 8.5 percent increase in revenues and a 2.5 percent rise in volumes. During the first half of 2022, value growth was approximately 8.4 percent due to inflation-induced price hikes. In Q2 of 2022, the FMCG sector recorded a 10.9 percent year-on-year value growth, surpassing the 6 percent growth seen in Q1.

Digital Influence and Resilience

India boasts 780 million internet users, with the average person spending around 7.3 hours daily on their smartphone, one of the highest rates globally. This digital presence has significantly influenced the FMCG sector, with digital advertising spending reaching $9.92 billion by 2023. The FMCG industry contributed 42 percent of the total digital spending, highlighting its dominance in the digital advertising space.

Food Processing Industry: A Key Contributor

The Indian food processing market reached $ 307.2 billion in 2022 and is expected to grow to $ 470 billion by 2028, with a CAGR of 9.5 percent from 2023-28. From April 2000 to December 2023, the food processing industry received $ 12,466 million in foreign direct investment (FDI). The Union government has approved a new production-linked incentive (PLI) scheme for the food processing sector with a budget of Rs. 109 billion ($ 1.46 billion), with incentives disbursed over six years until 2026-27.

Investment Announcements and Acquisitions

• Varun Beverages: In February 2024, the company announced a Rs. 3,500 crore ($ 421.69 million) investment to set up manufacturing plants, generating 1,500 jobs.
• Unilever: In October 2023, Unilever entered into an agreement to sell Dollar Shave Club while retaining a 35 percent minority shareholding.
• VLCC: In June 2023, VLCC acquired the men's grooming brand Ustraa.
• Reliance Retail Ventures: Completed the acquisition of a controlling stake in Lotus Chocolate in May 2023.
• ITC: In January 2023, ITC announced plans to acquire 100 percent of Sproutlife Foods, the parent company of the health food brand 'Yoga Bar', over three to four years.

Government Initiatives and Budget Allocations

The Union Budget 2023-24 allocated $976 million for PLI schemes aimed at reducing import costs, improving domestic production cost competitiveness, increasing domestic capacity, and promoting exports. These initiatives are expected to drive growth in the FMCG sector by creating jobs and strengthening the supply chain.

ALSO READ:  FMCG Sector in India Sees Strong Growth in 2023-24

Employment and Consumption Trends

The FMCG sector employs around 3 million people, accounting for approximately 5 percent of the total factory employment in India. Sales in the sector were expected to grow by 7-9 percent in revenues for 2022-23. Key growth drivers include favorable government initiatives, a growing rural market and youth population, new branded products, and the rise of e-commerce platforms. By 2025, the number of active internet users in India is expected to reach 900 million, up from 622 million in 2020.

Rural Markets and Urban Contributions

Rural markets contribute more than 35 percent to overall annual FMCG sales. E-commerce accounts for 17 percent of the overall FMCG consumption among affluent buyers, who spend an average of Rs 5,620 ($68). The sector's growth is also fueled by increased spending on healthcare products, driven by the COVID-19 pandemic, and the rising demand for branded products in rural areas.

Future Outlook

The FMCG market in India is expected to increase at a CAGR of 14.9 percent, reaching $220 billion by 2025, up from $110 billion in 2020. The government's incentives and FDI funds have bolstered the sector, improving employment rates and establishing a robust supply chain. The FMCG sector's resilience, coupled with digital advancements and government support, ensures its continued growth and contribution to India's economy.

• FMCG Products

Revolutionizing the traditional mattress industry, TSC leads on the front foot with 100 company-owned-company-led stores. Remarkably, it's India's fastest D2C brand to reach this milestone within two years of launching its first store in Bengaluru in June 2022. In just four-and-a-half years, The Sleep Company has hit an impressive Rs 500 crore ARR! The Sleep Company is redefining the landscape of comfort with its innovative approach to sleep and seating products. From humble beginnings to becoming a trailblazer in the comfort tech industry, the journey of The Sleep Company is nothing short of inspiring.

Priyanka Salot, Co-founder, The Sleep Company, along with her husband Harshil, embarked on a transformative journey after identifying a gap in the Indian market for high-quality sleep products. "When I became a mom, sleep became a luxury that I couldn't afford. Despite trying various mattresses, my quest for comfort remained unfulfilled," Priyanka recalls. "That's when we realized the stark difference in product quality available in India compared to the global market. It sparked the idea that led to the birth of The Sleep Company."

With a decade-long experience at Procter & Gamble, Priyanka's passion for consumer brands and tangible products that improve lives fueled the foundation of the brand. "We wanted to create a consumer brand that would make a real difference. Our goal was clear: to revolutionize sleep and seating comfort with innovative products," she says.

Disrupting with SmartGRID Technology

The turning point came when Priyanka and Hershel met AK Tripathi, a former Defence Research and Development Organisation (DRDO) scientist. "We spent two years in R&D, developing a product far superior to anything available in the country. Our patented SmartGRID mattress was born, designed to provide unparalleled comfort and support," Priyanka explains. The SmartGRID technology, now patented in multiple countries including India, has set new standards in the comfort tech industry.

From the outset, the vision was ambitious. "Can we make people sleep and sit better and become the world's best comfort tech brand?" Priyanka asked. In just two years, the company has established a strong offline presence, opening 100 company-owned experience centers across 30 cities in India. "We didn't want to be just another online brand. We aimed to create a tangible experience for our consumers," she emphasizes. "Our stores are designed to educate consumers about the importance of sleep and the benefits of SmartGRID technology. We offer a unique 'Sleep Lab' experience where customers can see and feel the difference." The company offers a host of products including mattresses, sofa, pillows, cushions, bedding, office chairs, smart recliner bed, among others.

From 100 to 200 Stores

With the recent milestone of 100 stores, The Sleep Company is poised for further expansion. "We plan to double our store count to 200 in the next 12 months," Priyanka shares. "Our approach is data-driven. We use proprietary tools to identify the best locations based on demographics, income levels, and other parameters. This ensures a high success rate for our stores."

The focus remains on direct-to-consumer sales, providing a seamless shopping experience both online and offline. "Our strategy of Research Online, Purchase Offline (ROPO) has worked exceptionally well. Today, more than 60 percent of our business comes from offline sales," she notes.

The Sleep Company saw its operating revenue soar to over Rs 127.14 crore in FY23, a massive leap from Rs 74.05 lakh in FY20. The company is on track to hit Rs 1000 crore in revenue within the next two-three years. This ambitious goal aligns with the leadership’s strategic vision, and will be fueled by a robust growth strategy, including expansion plans across India. The company has two manufacturing sites, one each in Mumbai and Bengaluru. Since December 2022, it has opened one store every 4-5 days, and all of TSC stores have been EBITDA profitable since the beginning of its operations.

The company generates 85 percent of its sales through its omnichannel presence, which includes both retail stores and its website. Dominating the office chair market in India, it has seen an astounding 10X growth in its chair category since launch. With the recent debut of its chair brand 'ErgoSmart', TSC aims to double its market share in the next 24 months. So far, TSC has raised Rs 184 cr in a Series C funding round from Premji Invest and Fireside Ventures in December 2023, Rs 177 cr in a Series B round led by the same investors and Alteria Capital, and Rs 13.4 cr in a pre-Series A round. Currently, they don’t have plans to raise more capital.

Inventing for the Future

Innovation continues to be at the core of the brand. "We operate in two main categories: sleep and seating. We are constantly launching new products within these categories," says Priyanka. "Our aim is to continue innovating and offering products that truly solve consumer problems." Beyond products, Priyanka and Harshil are committed to building a great organization. "Every employee at The Sleep Company has ESOPs, and we've conducted two rounds of buyback in our three-year funding journey. We want to ensure our employees are part of our success," Priyanka states proudly. "We strive to create a company that is not just profitable but also a great place to work."

To solidify its market position and omnichannel presence, The Sleep Company plans to boost its workforce from the current 1000 employees to 1300-1400 by the end of 2024. “This rapid growth and expansion is attributed to a combination of innovative products, expansion of our omnichannel presence and our unwavering commitment to customer satisfaction. Innovation remains at the core of our growth strategy and our patented SmartGRID technology is what gives us a competitive edge and makes us stand out in the industry. We are now looking to enhance our position as a ‘House of Brands’ and expand our product line while setting new standards in the industry.  The integration of AI into our future products will help us further enhance customer experience. We are extremely grateful to our people, customers and investors for being a part of this growth journey and we remain committed to improving the lives of individuals with our sleep and sitting solutions,” she adds.

Global Ambitions

While the primary focus remains on India, The Sleep Company is testing international waters. "We are present in the UK and UAE, and have patents granted in several countries. Our vision is to become a global brand, made in India," Priyanka reveals. "The potential in the Indian market is vast, and we are just getting started."

The Sleep Company's journey from a startup to a leading comfort tech brand is a testament to its innovative spirit and consumer-centric approach. As Priyanka concludes, "We are committed to making people sleep and sit better. With our continued focus on innovation and expansion, we aim to set new benchmarks in the comfort tech industry." With the ambitious goal of doubling their store count and expanding their product line, The Sleep Company is well on its way to becoming a household name in the comfort tech industry, both in India and globally.

• omnichannel

What makes furniture truly luxurious? How do you choose pieces that perfectly blend sophistication and comfort? We have the solution with India’s top 10 luxury furniture brands , popular for the substantive luxury and ecology standards that have become a new trend. So let’s look into the leading furniture makers with their huge brand history, and their flagship stores to reach the brands which help you to analyze the best furniture brands for both domestic and international markets. Ready to discover the finest in luxury furniture?

Furniture Lifting the Indian Market

• In 2024, the Furniture market in India is projected to generate a revenue of Rs 5.48 billion.
• This market is expected to grow at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 6.42 percen t from 2024 to 2029.
• The largest segment within this market is the Home Décor, which is estimated to have a market volume of Rs 1.95 billion in 2024.

Top 10 Furniture Brands in India

Here is the list of the top 10 luxury furniture brands in India to help you understand why they come under the luxury segment. 

1. Sources Unlimited

Helmed by Falgun Shroff, Sources Unlimited is a luxury home decor brand in India. Founded in 2004 and headquartered in Mumbai, the company has delivered projects throughout India, boasting well-known public figures and top corporate houses amongst their list of clients. With a focus on giving highly personalized service, ‘Sources Unlimited’ today has 3 showrooms - in Mumbai, Delhi and Bangalore. Currently, Sources Unlimited has exclusive tie-ups with various top European brands such as Giorgetti, Rimadesio, Turri, Longhi, Baxter, Promemoria, Sicis, Wall & Deco. Besides these brands, they house 500 other high-profile international brands, which are globally renowned and can be easily accessed through Sources Unlimited. Media Milestone is in charge of exclusively marketing and promoting the brand. 

2. IOTA Furniture

IOTA Furniture began its journey as a family-owned timber shop founded in the year 2003 by Namit Ajmani, their headquarters is in Kirti Nagar, Delhi. IOTA is one of the trusted resources of imported luxury furniture in Delhi. Iota’s flagship features an eclectic mix of high-impact furniture pieces and interior accessories over seven countries. T heir selection boasts timelessly elegant design marvels from global heavyweights such as Ligne Roset, Kartell, Lenzi, Innovation Living, Arosio Milano, and many more. The marketing is majorly through blogs on their official website and articles. They provide special offers for their customers on their websites and stores. The expertly curated range of products, cherry-picked by IOTA’s skilled design team, typifies the contemporary style, soul, and spirit.

3. Sarita Handa

Sarita Handa, founded by the legend herself - Sarita Handa - has today metamorphosed into a hallmark luxury home design. Founded in 1992, the brand opened its first retail store in 2004. Later, Handa opened retail stores in Mumbai and Chennai. Today, helmed by her daughter, Suparna Handa, the brand opened its doors to a fourth luxury retail space in the upscale Defence Colony area of South Delhi. Spread across 1800 sq. feet, the store exudes an inviting, contemporary sophisticated ambience. Last year, the company registered an annual turnover of Rs 500 crore. The brand now sells bed and bath linen, furniture, décor products, and furniture fabrics all over India and overseas. Sarita Handa's marketing is mainly through news articles and social media. Their feed showcases a diverse mix of home decor, cushions, bed linens, furniture, fabrics, and lifestyle inspirations, all presented with a colorful and minimalist style that exudes sophistication.

4. Beyond Designs

Beyond Designs, the maximalist, luxury furniture brand was founded by the designer duo Sachin Gupta and Neha Gupta in the year 2000. Beyond Designs specializes in custom-made furniture, lights and accessories. They started their manufacturing unit in 2003 on a 500 square ft space. The Beyond Designs retail store was launched in South Delhi in 2010, and in 2018 they unveiled their flagship store at MG Road, Sultanpur in the Delhi Design District. The 8,000-sqft store showcases high-end furniture pieces, lights and accessories that use exclusive materials like stone, mirror, metal, crystals, semi-precious inlay, gold, and silver leaf etc.

Nivasa specializes in creating homes, furniture and accessories. Founded in 1993 by Rohit Kapoor, the headquarters is in Sultanpur, New Delhi. Nivasa is a design and manufacturing company, engaged in creating exclusive furniture for the last 20 years. They offer bespoke furniture that is designed to fit your lifestyle and personality, along with different lines of ready-to-buy designer furniture. These comprise the following: PALAIS is intricately carved from solid wood, with elaborate craftsmanship. SCANDINAVIA is known for clean, minimalist furniture with innovative textures, materials, and finishes. The company’s share capital is Rs 90.00 lac and the total paid-up capital is Rs 64.60 lakh. Nivasa Retail Private Limited's operating revenues range is Rs 1 crore - 100 crore for the financial year ending on 31 March 2023.

6. Nitin Kohli Home

The brand name is Furncraft Decollage, but, since the designer’s name was vastly known and respected throughout the country, the company it was rebranded to Nitin Kohli Home in 2018. Nitin Kohli Home is an ambidextrous and versatile design company with an in-house design center brimming with unique materials, along with dedicated units for stone, metal, fabrics, soft furnishings, and glasswork. Favored by top architects, the brand ensures that every project embodies a true masterpiece. It has its showhouse/flagship store based in Ambawatta One, near Qutub Minar, New Delhi , specializing in residential and commercial design. Nitin Kohli markets through social media.

7. Bay Window

Bay Window , a rising mid-luxury furniture brand has marked its debut with a sprawling 30,000-square-foot, five-storey flagship store in the upscale suburb of Jubilee Hills, Hyderabad.  Founded in 2009 by Siddhant and Shivani Anand, Bay Window’s collaborations with renowned international designers infuse the brand's offerings with a worldliness, enabling them to cater to a variety of tastes and preferences. Their collections include pieces by London-based Leonhard Pfeifer, Scandinavian designer Anders Östberg, and Serge Milan, amongst others, all of whom merge their distinct design sensibilities with the Bay Window ethos. Bay Window has an ambitious roadmap, eyeing expansions across 10 cities in the next three years. The goal is to revolutionize the shopping experience in the home decor segment, promising customers not just exceptional products but also an unmatched omnichannel shopping experience with lightning-fast delivery. The brand attracts people through various news articles and online magazines. 

8. Vita Moderna

Vita Moderna was established in the year 2008 by Akshay Adhalrao and Pritesh Modi and emerged slowly to rule the luxury furniture and interior design products in India. The company has been associated with luxurious homes across India for the last 15 years and maintains a close association with top interior designers and architects. The brand has successfully executed over 500 projects not only in India but also in international markets such as the UK and the Middle East. Vita Moderna has truly excelled in bridging the gap between Indian consumers and the finest Italian and European home decor brands, delivering a seamless fulfillment experience. It is associated with Flexform, Vittoria Frigerio, Reflex Angelo, Glas Italia, etc.

9.  Ralph Lauren 

Ralph Lauren , a renowned name in the design, marketing and distribution of premium lifestyle products and other licenced product categories, was founded in the year 1983 by Ralph Lauren, The renowned classic American brand is available at Seetu Kohli Homes in India. The brand offers products, including furniture, bedding, lighting, and decor, with SKUs priced between Rs 2,00,000 and Rs 30,00,000. The brand’s emphasis on sustainable materials and custom furniture options, coupled with collaborations with top artisans, has solidified its global reputation, including a strong presence in India. Its headquarters is located in New York, US, and it is associated with brands like Polo Ralph Lauren and Lauren Ralph Lauren. Seetu Kohli Homes is headquartered in New Delhi’s posh Ambawatta complex.

10. Bent Chair

Bent Chair founded in the year 2016 by Neeraj Jain and Natasha Jain,  a place where tradition was blended with modern technology. Bent Chair's headquarters is based in Ambala, the brand offers a wide range of premium sofas, dining tables & chairs, tables, mirrors, bookends, cushions, and wall decor items in varied designs and styles. Bent Chairs has a presence in over 15+ stores in PAN India and 10k+ app downloads. It has 12+ retail outlets in Indian cities such as Hyderabad, Bangalore, Chennai, Agra, Raipur, Patna and Ahmedabad. Internationally, Bent Chair has collaborated with BD Homes in China.

At Indian Retailer, we understand choosing a piece of furniture is not just about the standard but about the person's personality, family culture and fashion as well, and for that, we have a list of the top 10 luxury furniture brands, which help you to choose the right furniture according to your style.

FAQs on Luxury Furniture Brands in India

1. Which type of sofa is best?

If you want the sofa to be firm and provide good support, go for higher-density foam. The foam is usually supported by different types of springs and elastic belts. Polyurethane (PU) Foam: PU foam has a broad range of load-bearing capabilities and resiliency. Multiple layers of foam can provide suitable firmness.

2. What is luxury furniture?

It gives a sense of spaciousness as well as the appearance of a luxury lifestyle. They combine high-end furniture materials with creative styles that make them simply unique. Whether it's a bed base, a leather sofa, a solid wood dining table, or a sideboard, every piece of furniture can be a piece of luxury.

3. Who dominates the furniture market?

The United States generated nearly 254 billion U.S. dollars in furniture revenue in 2023, making it the leading market globally. China and Germany came in second and third place, with both markets worth over the 50 billion U.S. dollars mark.

4. Which city is famous for furniture goods?

Jodhpur (Rajasthan) is a furniture city in India, as there are almost 2000 big and small manufacturers of different types of furniture. And this city alone exports 1000 containers per month to the biggest furniture retailers all over the world.

• ralph lauren
• SARITA HANDA
• Interior designs

Have you ever wondered what attracts us when we visit a store? Is it the decorative mannequins or the styling or the aesthetic setting; or the kind of products that are available? All these aspects come under merchandising. From selection to placement of products, everything is done exclusively for a particular store. But there are two aspects that make a store entice you to walk in and explore. They are retail merchandising and visual merchandising. Let’s explore what the differences are between these two. 

This article will help you understand the differences, key features, and importance of retail and visual merchandising for your business idea. 

What is Retail Merchandising?

Retail Merchandising's primary objective is customer attraction. Retail merchandising is the art of showcasing and selling diverse products in a store that catches the eye of potential buyers. It calls for innovation in approach — using strategies like store layout and product placement based on customer demographics. The selection of stock-keeping units (SKUs) plays a vital role in defining the store's identity and appeal to its target market. In layman’s terms - whatever product you see in the store is painstakingly chosen and placed with utmost care to attract the customer.

Check More:  Why is AI Retail Merchandising Essential for the Holidays?

What is Visual Merchandising?

Visual Merchandising The main thing that visual merchandising does is determine how a store looks to showcase the brand's identity. The concept encompasses all aspects of store presentation from the layout to mannequin placement. Brick-and-mortar stores typically leverage visual merchandising as a tool for establishing their brand identity. It consists of such components as lighting and music selection blended with interior design that creates an image in customers' minds about the brand. In layman’s terms it is styling the store so that it looks and feels its best and can then entice the customers. 

Check More:  Top 5 retail visual merchandising strategies from the industry stalwarts

Difference between Retail and Visual Merchandising

Retail merchandising is primarily concerned with product selection and presentation to drive sales; visual merchandising, on the other hand, underscores the store's aesthetics and ambience to boost brand value and draw in clientele. Here are the key differences between retail and visual merchandising:-

Retail Merchandising aims to plan, buy and sell products for profitability, build engagement with customers and develop a brand identity. 

Visual Merchandising is the visual presentation for engaging customers towards a store. The attractive elements on banners, posters or digital screens assist in enticing customers, and building a curiosity to walk inside a store. 

Retail Merchandising focuses on product selection, prices, inventory management, and promotions.

Visual Merchandising focuses on display, customer experience and store outlook.

Retail merchandising impacts profitability and sales with constructive product supervision.

Visual merchandising plays a key role in customer interaction, shop experience and sales as well.

• Role in Branding

Retail Merchandising makes sure the correct number of product stock is available at the right time (seasonal product accessibility).

Visual Merchandising increases the brand image by providing an environment that entices customers and making visually appealing stores.

Examples of Retail and Visual Merchandising

Retail Merchandising : Placing the products on particular shelves, dedicating a particular area of the shop to a particular product, understanding the trends and seasonal demands in the market in regards to the product and updating them. For example, Zara changes its stock every few days to keep up with trends and resonate with young customers, and look fresh for repeat customers.

Visual Merchandising : Banners, posters, digital panels above or at the entrance of a store, crowd-free and simple checkout mechanism. For example, McDonald's has a digital screen where ordering and payment options are done with a few clicks. 

Importance of Retail Merchandising

Strategic showcasing of products in retail merchandising is vital to maximize sales, draw in customers, and improve the shopping experience. Understand the importance of retail merchandising by the following points: 

1. Customer Fulfillment

Providing a satisfying experience is crucial as it naturally increases customer fulfillment. There should be easy selection, accessibility and clear signage for products. At the least, neatness and organized placement are necessary in stores to ensure comfort for customers. Zara for example, keeps up with the trends in the clothing market, it focuses on freshness and timeliness delivery of products to its customers in stores.

2. Stock Control

Maintaining inventory is essential for avoiding an overload of product stocks or minimizing out-of-stock scenarios. Expanding store space for products in an organized manner affects customer engagement.  

3. Branding

Retail merchandising shapes the customer perspective of a brand and lights its identity. Effective merchandising can make the brand stand outside the crowd, reflecting the unique selling proposition. For instance, H&M systematically arranges its products, making them easily accessible and within a free-flow layout. All this merchandising assists H&M in promotion with a remarkable customer experience.

Importance of Visual Merchandising

Creating an in-store atmosphere boosting brand perception and drawing in customers through design and display are key elements of effective visual merchandising. Understand the importance of visual merchandising by the following points:

1.       Increase Sales

A visual presentation like a unique window display outside a retail store can gather attention from customers as it provides an overview of what to expect when inside the store. For example, the Adidas London flagship had a bold and innovative display using augmented reality, movable cables and a ‘Marley’ sneaker display to show sustainability and eye-catching storytelling, making a want to enter the store.

2.       Showcase Product Characteristics

Visual merchandising enables brands to showcase the key features, upgrades and other characteristics of their products that can interest customers. For example, Apple displays a digital screen on the entrance that explains the functions of the products so that it attracts customers.

3.       Connection with Customer

Visual merchandising involves displaying trends, seasonal products, new arrivals, and decorative interiors of the store, proper color palettes, and describing the history of the brand, all these contribute to building an emotional connection with customers.  

What are the Key Features of Retail Merchandising and Visual Merchandising?

Retail merchandising focuses on product selection, pricing, promotions, inventory, and displays, while visual merchandising emphasizes store design, lighting, layout, and branding. Know more with the mentioned pointers below:-

Retail Merchandising

• Product – There are certain ways in which a product can be displayed. Products should be kept at the eye-level shelf, positioned vertically, maintained quantity on the shelves, checked pricing on the shelf to match the product, and putting similar products together all these factors affect gathering the attention of consumers.
• Segmentation – Catering to designing and layouts of the store that bring attention to core products and division of product zones to manage traffic flow.
• Retail analysis - Trace sales, customer behavior and feedback to improve and adapt to the changes and trends.
• Visual Merchandising
• Brand Aesthetics – Window display, lighting, color palettes, and interiors of a retail store catering to amplify product presence, and make customers want to enter the store and spend more time.
• Signages – Innovative, seasonal, and trendy standing boards or digital screens can entice customers to have a look around the store, explore and gain brand knowledge.
• Customer flow – Navigation for effortless finding of different categories of products, segments, checkout counters and more so that there is less hustle for the customer, making them want to return to the store.  

Indian Retailer Overview:

Merchandising is vital for every retail brand in various aspects like branding, engaging customers, recognising brand identity and commerce. Differences between retail and visual merchandising are based on goal, focus, impact and role in branding. It is said that retail merchandising increases brand revenue by 23 percent! Window displays can increase traffic by 23 percent, 82 percent of eye-level shelves products are purchased, and customers spend 20 percent more time due to innovative visual displays. Both the type of merchandising retail as well as visual play specific roles in the growing process of a brand.

What are the main two types of visual merchandising?

Mannequins and signage are the top preferred types of visual merchandising.

What is the primary objective of retail merchandising?

The primary objective of retail merchandising is to entice and engage customers with creative and innovative merchandising.

What are the top two retail merchandising techniques?

Inventory management and product selection process are the top two retail merchandising

• merchandising

India’s furniture market is booming, and is mostly controlled by the unorganized sector. The local carpenters can copy designs at a fraction of the cost. In this labyrinth, there are a few home-grown furniture and décor brands that stand out from the crowd and beckon the customer with their alluring wares, which are of top-notch quality and design. Founded by Gaurav Jain in 2014, Orange Tree is the retail arm of the House of Basant, a brand that boasts a 25-year heritage of exquisite lighting and décor. With an extensive 9 lakh square feet state-of-the-art factory, Orange Tree today truly reflects global design excellence while emphasizing sustainability and meticulous craftsmanship. The company's journey from being a prominent exporter of high-quality furniture to international markets to establishing a strong presence in the Indian retail landscape showcases its commitment to quality, design, and innovation. Orange Tree aims to bridge the gap between global standards and local accessibility, offering Indian consumers an opportunity to experience world-class furniture and décor within their reach.

A Family Legacy

"We are a family of furniture," says Gaurav Jain, Founder, Orange Tree. "My father started the company, and Orange Tree is essentially an extension of the House of Basant, our family business. At Basant, we have been exporting furniture and making pieces for global brands. There was always this aspiration to provide the same quality of furniture to the Indian market. Some of my friends would visit the factory, see the furniture we were exporting, and always ask how they could get it. That's how Orange Tree came to be."

The brand prides itself for its in-house design capabilities. "We design, manufacture, and now also sell directly to consumers," Jain explains. "At Orange Tree, we have a separate vertical for designing lighting, décor, and furniture. All the designs you see at here are created by our in-house team, though we do collaborate as well with brands such as Doodlage and Muse Mart."

Commitment to Innovation

One of the recent collaborations with the Raw Collaborative (design exhibition platform) was a testament to Orange Tree's commitment to innovative design. "Design is something I am very passionate about," says Jain. "Whenever I have the chance to meet creative people, I try to engage in any way I can. For instance, our collaboration with Muse Mart was an enriching experience."

Orange Tree stands out in the competitive Indian market by focusing on quality and unique design. Jain believes that there is still a lot of room for growth and improvement in the Indian furniture market. "India is a vast market with 1.5 billion people. When you think of furniture or home space brands, there aren't many that come to mind. There are some local brands doing good work, but on a national level, there is still much potential. We aim to fill that gap with our young and vibrant design ethos."

Inspiration and Design Process

The design process is driven by global trends and local inspirations. "We don't follow trends religiously," Jain says. "Our biggest inspiration comes from travel and meeting people. For instance, one of our design team members recently visited Ladakh and saw some beautiful textiles. Now, we're working on a collection inspired by those fabrics and techniques. We combine customer feedback with our design team's inspirations to create our collections."

Customization is another key aspect of Orange Tree's offerings. "We do customize for projects, and customers can choose from various fabric options, finishes, and sizes," Jain explains. "Our sales team listens to customer needs, and we use that data to form our designs. For example, we've noticed a growing demand for bar cabinets, so we are working on incorporating that into our SKUs."

As of now, Orange Tree has three operational stores in Bangalore, Jodhpur, and Hyderabad. "By October, we plan to have five more stores," Jain shares. "Selecting the right location and partner to manage the store is crucial. We take a step-by-step approach, ensuring we have the right people and location before expanding."

While the brand started as an online player, physical stores have provided valuable insights. "Online and physical stores cater to different customers," Jain explains. "Having a physical presence allows customers to touch and feel the products, leading to valuable conversations and feedback that help us improve our products."

Despite facing challenges like logistics and building trust as a young brand, Orange Tree has continued to grow. "Shipping heavy furniture was a major challenge initially, and building trust was another. But as we grew, word spread, and those challenges became less significant. Our current challenge is meeting the high expectations of our customers and delivering products quickly," says Jain.

Technology plays a significant role in Orange Tree's operations, with a mix of handcrafted and mechanical processes. "We use a mix of manual and mechanical processes depending on the product," Jain explains. "For instance, some of our recent collections required manual weaving, so we hired local artisans. For more straightforward products like dining tables, we use mechanical processes."

Looking ahead, Jain sees sustainability as a major trend. "Globally and in India, consumers are becoming more conscious about sustainability. They want to know how the product is made and whether the process is sustainable. At Orange Tree, we focus on sustainable materials and processes, aiming to create timeless pieces that bring nature into homes."

As for the future of the brand, Jain is optimistic but focused on quality over rapid expansion. "We hit our highest sales last month, which is encouraging," he shares. "However, we are not pressured by numbers. Our goal is to create beautiful products and provide a great customer experience. We are privately held and haven't raised money, so we are not answerable to investors. This allows us to focus on doing things right and ironing out challenges. Growth will follow naturally."

The brand is poised for a bright future, driven by its commitment to design excellence, sustainability, and customer satisfaction. As Gaurav Jain aptly puts it, "We are growing, and we are happy. Our focus is on bringing beautiful products and providing a great experience to our customers. Everything else will follow."

• Furniture brand
• Furniture market
• Home decor & furnishing
• lighting industry

Copyright © 2009 - 2024 Franchise India Holdings Ltd

How to Start a Retail Business in India

Archana Karthikeyan , Apoorva Bajj

Buying finished goods from manufacturers and then selling them to users is called retail business. The goods sold through a retail business have a higher cost in comparison to goods sold through a wholesale business.

In India, retail business contributes 12% of the GDP and is the third-largest revenue generator 

To start a retail business in India, there are certain policies to be followed. The purpose of this blog is to help aspiring entrepreneurs in establishing a retail business in India. The blog aims to give an insight into practical steps and strategies required to navigate through the Indian Retail Market so that ventures can launch successfully and have sustainable growth. 

Steps to Start a Retail Business in India

• Perform detailed market research, identify the consumer needs, competition, and target, and lay down an informative business strategy.
• Plan the business outlining the vision, mission, structure of operations, marketing strategies, and financial projections.
• Register the business and plan out timelines to obtain the required licenses and permissions.
• Find a location if it is of brick and mortar type or decide on a platform to operate if it is an online business.
• Implement result-oriented marketing strategies to reach out to consumers.

Types of Retail Business

The retail business industry in India comprises a variety of business models considering the varied preferences of Indian buyers . They are mainly divided into 4 types which are detailed below:

Brick and Mortar Stores 

These include traditional stores such as family-owned retail/kirana stores which sell groceries or a supermarket which sells multiple goods. It can also include a garment store, a jewelry store, and an electronic gadget store to name a few, which can be considered as specialty stores based on the consumer needs. 

Ecommerce Platforms

Ecommerce platforms that sell online have gained considerable popularity in India in recent times, especially after COVID-19 . Starting from essentials such as daily needs to automobiles, one can shop from the ease of their home through such eCcommerce platforms which are booming with attractive offers for consumers who buy on a retail scale. Also, a few websites supply directly to customers without any retail middlemen but at retail prices to mark their presence in the market. 

Franchise Opportunities

The franchise market in India is evolving rapidly. It includes a variety of sectors such as education, food, and retail. With the growth in the economy, the franchising demand has increased which has in turn attracted a lot of global and domestic investors in the retail industry. Franchise models can be easy as they have all the prerequisites, one has to just invest and start doing good business. 

Mobile Retail and Pop Up Shops

A creative approach in retail selling is the mobile stores and pop-up shops . Unlike traditional stores, these businesses allow the engagement of consumers in a flexible and dynamic environment. This includes making use of temporary setups or vehicles which can be easily moved from one place to another. For example, a food truck which can be taken to any place depending on consumer demand. This helps brands reach out to a wide range of consumers. 

Advantages of Starting A Retail Business In India

• Expanding consumer market  
• Improvement in disposable income  
• Government programs to promote entrepreneurship  
• Choice of market niches and product selection range 
• Potential to incorporate new technologies

Registrations Required for a Retail Business

Retail business in India needs licensing and registration. This is also to procure permission from the concerned departments to run the business under the rules and regulations stipulated by the government under the Consumer Act. Hence one should understand the requisites to start a retail business. Below are a few pointers to go through for registration:

• Registration options for the chosen business structure
• Getting the required permissions and licenses
• Registration of taxes and compliances
• Insuring the property

Steps to Register a Retail Business in India

1. market research.

• Identify Target Market: Understand who your potential customers are
• Competitor Analysis: Study your competitors to identify their strengths and weaknesses
• Trend Analysis: Keep up-to-date with market trends and consumer preferences

2. Business Plan

• Executive Summary: An overview of your business idea
• Market Analysis: Detailed findings from your market research
• Marketing Strategy: How you plan to attract and retain customers
• Financial Plan: Budget, projected income, expenses, and break-even analysis
• Operational Plan: Daily operations, management structure, and logistics

3. Legal Structure and Registration

• Choose a Legal Structure: Decide whether you want to be a sole proprietor, partnership, LLC, or corporation
• Register Your Business: Obtain the necessary licenses and permits
• Tax Identification Number: Apply for an EIN (Employer Identification Number) from the IRS

4. Location and Space

• Select a Location: Choose a location that is accessible to your target market
• Lease or Purchase: Decide whether to lease or buy retail space
• Layout and Design: Plan the store layout for maximum customer engagement and efficient operations

5. Financing

• Initial Investment: Calculate the amount of initial capital required
• Funding Sources: Look into various funding options like personal savings, bank loans, or investors
• Financial Management: Set up accounting systems to track income and expenses

6. Inventory Management

• Select Suppliers: Research and choose reliable suppliers
• Inventory System: Implement an inventory management system to track stock levels
• Product Range: Decide on the range of products you will offer

7. Staffing

• Hiring: Recruit staff that meets your business needs
• Training: Provide comprehensive training for customer service and product knowledge
• Management: Establish policies for staff management and operations

8. Marketing and Sales

• Brand Development: Create a strong brand identity
• Online Presence: Develop a website and utilize social media
• Promotions and Advertising: Plan advertising campaigns and promotions to attract customers
• Customer Service: Focus on providing excellent customer service to retain customers

9. Point-of-Sale (POS) System

• Choose a POS System: Select a reliable point-of-sale system to handle transactions, track sales, and manage inventory
• Payment Methods: Set up various payment options like credit cards, mobile payments, etc

10. Launch and Evaluate

• Soft Launch: Consider a soft launch to test your operations before the official opening
• Grand Opening: Plan a grand opening event to attract customers
• Feedback and Adjustments: Collect customer feedback and make necessary adjustments to improve your business operations

Starting Retail Business Online

To start an online retail business one has to understand the cyber protocols and plan accordingly. Below are a few pointers for online businesses:

• Building an eCommerce website
• Selecting a proper platform
• Digital marketing plans
• Customer engagement post-purchase in the online setup
• Logistics to ship the goods purchased

With the above details, we can understand that India is one of the best places for retail businesses. Also, the retail business comes with some paperwork and an understanding of the system. Hence if a business person can get a hang of all these then retail business is a profitable business in India.

What is a retail business?

What are the types of retail business.

The various types of retail businesses include brick-and-mortar stores, eCommerce platforms, franchise stores, and Mobile Retail and Pop Up Shops.

What are the steps to register a retail business in India?

The steps to register the retail business in India are as follows:

• Market Research
• Business Plan
• Legal Structure and Registration
• Location and Space
• Inventory Management
• Marketing and Sales
• Point-of-sale (POS) System
• Launch and Evaluate

Must have tools for startups - Recommended by StartupTalky

• Convert Visitors into Leads- SeizeLead
• Manage your business smoothly- Google Workspace
• International Money transfer- XE Money Transfer

Sector Agnostic Investing: Key Strategies and Trends for Driving Innovation

This article has been contributed by Mudit Kumar, Active Angle Investor. Today’s world that we live in, is rapidly and dynamically evolving. This change is happening so fast that sometimes we don’t even realize this subliminal change is affecting our lives. At the forefront of this change is

SpiceJet Under 'Enhanced Surveillance' Due to 'Certain Deficiencies' Found in DGCA Audit

Reports of flight cancellations and financial difficulties have forced the cash-strapped SpiceJet to once again operate under the "enhanced surveillance" of the Directorate General of Civil Aviation (DGCA). This measure will take effect immediately. This is in response to the aviation regulator's discovery of "certain

US Fed Worries About Integrating Global and Domestic Payment Networks for Quick Payments

A US Federal Reserve official has voiced concerns that banks involved in interconnecting domestic quick payment systems with international systems for making global transactions may face higher legal and compliance costs. "There is no magic wand that enhances speed as well as effectiveness without trade-offs," stated Christopher J.

Countries in Which Telegram Has Been Banned: A Global Overview Amid Rising Allegations

The messaging software Telegram is under fire for allegedly facilitating the spread of extremism and disinformation around the world. Paris recently detained CEO Pavel Durov on charges of crime. In a blog post, Telegram denied the charges and said that CEO Pavel Durov travels across Europe often and has nothing

Popular Posts

• CFO Challenges: How Month-End Reconciliation Hinders Strategic Value

• The Stress-Free Guide to Risk-Based Reconciliation Process

• Automated Solutions Drive Impressive ROI in Reconciliations and Close Management

• The Advantages of Financial Automation in Your Balance Sheet Reconciliation Process

• 5 Proven Methods to Streamline Your Reconciliation Process

Top 11 Retail Business Ideas in India for 2024 (High Profit)

Surabhi Guleria

• May 2, 2024
• 18 Min Read

Ever since e-commerce went mainstream, naysayers have been expecting the retail industry to collapse. But what happened was something completely different. New retail business ideas cropped up and existing retailers adapted to the increasingly digital world. 

Today, the retail industry is extremely resilient and is ready to accept newcomers with open arms for a successful future. In other words, if you plan to enter the retail industry, the timing cannot be more right.

What Is Retail Business?

Before you start to plan for your retail business ideas , it is important to know what is a retail business. A retail business is a type of business where a person sells either products or services for the customer’s use.

In a retail business, the product is sold at a higher price than in a wholesale business .

How To Start A Retail Business

Starting a retail business can be a challenging but rewarding venture. Here are some steps to help you get started:

• Develop a business plan : Determine your business goals, target market, products or services, and financial projections.
• Choose a location : Consider factors such as foot traffic, competition, and accessibility.
• Register your business : Choose a legal structure, register with the appropriate authorities, and obtain the necessary permits and licenses.
• Secure funding : Determine your start-up costs, and explore financing options such as loans, grants, or investors.
• Build a team : Hire employees who share your vision and can help you execute your business plan.
• Source and stock inventory : Research and select quality products that appeal to your target market.
• Market your business : Develop a marketing strategy that includes a website, social media presence, and other advertising methods.
• Launch and grow : Launch your business, and continually assess and adjust your strategies to ensure growth and success.

Retail Business Ideas in India 

To help you even further, we have listed down ten retail business ideas that you can embrace right now.

Thrift Shop

Did Macklemore & Ryan Lewis make the Thrift Shop oh-so-cool? Maybe. Gen Z and millennials, driven by platforms like Instagram, are following the trend of being mindful shoppers by thrifting.

Not only do thrift shops take unwanted items off of people’s hands, but they also refurbish and resell them at a reasonable price. One of the biggest advantages of this business is that most items will come to the store in the form of donations.

This means that no money needs to be paid to middlemen or manufacturers.  

Aspiring thrift shop owners can start by selling items from their own wardrobes and asking their immediate circle of friends and relatives to pitch in. Once there is a large enough client base and the revenue is satisfactory, they can start scouting for second-hand vendors to build inventory. 

And once you have the required inventory, there is free software for inventory management that make the job hassle-free.

Want to start a retail business?

Get a business manager for yourself. Just download lio and manage your business on your mobile with the Lio app.

FREE OF COST

Art Supplies Store 

High-profit margins and additional income streams will always follow an art supplies store that provides popular and high-quality products.

This is one of the best retail shop business ideas for people who are genuinely passionate about art and is knowledgeable about the market. But before choosing an idea, you should know how to sell online in India .

In addition to selling art, the business can also conduct classes at the store, host events/private parties, and art exhibitions, or even integrate a coffee bar into the store.

If the store is in a populous part of the city or town, the business can even cater to a niche. For example, the store can specialize in Mural art.

Speciality Food Store

We have all at one point seen something online or on TV, checked around every supermarket only to come home disappointed. This is a problem people are increasingly facing with exotic and specialty food items.

Large stores simply may not procure such items in bulk because it makes no sense for them to do so. If an area’s grocery selection is limited to such big box stores, it is a lucrative option to start a niche business offering imported food, gourmet items, and gift baskets. 

You should be a knowledgeable foodie who can source unique specialty items and can guide customers about the finest details about food and drinks. The business can also offer catering for small events with party trays, beer, and wine selections.

Organic produce and healthy food is other specialty food that is under-served in many small cities and towns. People are becoming more selective about their diet, and this makes it one of the best retail business ideas for small towns in India. Clicks on the link, if you really want to know about the top food business ideas in India .

Microbrewery 

In recent days, craft beer has risen in popularity in India and fueled the growth of microbreweries here. The beer market was valued at 5533.73 Million Liters in 2020 and is expected to reach 9004.74 Million Liters by 2025.

People seek out craft beer because it is perceived to be of better quality and of different flavors. The young urban population with higher disposable income makes up a large section of the customer base.

Another reason is that microbreweries are places where people come to relax after a week of grinding work. Ambiance, flavor variety, location, etc., are some of the factors that determine success in the craft beer business. 

Your business. Your language.

Manage your business in your native language. Lio app has 10 Indian languages including Hindi, English, Gujarati, and 7 others.

Coffeehouse .

This one is for non-alcoholic beverage lovers out there. Not everyone drinks alcohol, but they would still like to hang around at a place that is just as fun as a bar.

This is exactly the demand that a coffeehouse aims to meet. It is pretty evident that Indians love freshly brewed cups of coffee. According to Statista’s reports, the coffee industry is expected to grow at a CAGR of 8.9% from 2020 to 2025.

This is why a coffeehouse can turn out to be an extremely profitable business idea if done right. The market is a lot more evenly spread out – smaller cities and towns included. Entrepreneurs can either build a new brand from the ground up or open a franchise of an already established brand.

Another option is to buy out a struggling coffeehouse and fix the parts that were weighing down the business. Starting your own microbrewery is definitely one of the best retail business ideas.

Investment- INR 10 to 20 lakh

Profit Margin- 20% to 80%

Manage your business digitally.

Lio app has 100+ digital templates for you and your business. Manage and organize your business effectively on your mobile.

Car wash .

Vehicles are prized possessions, and owners like to keep them clean even if they can’t find the time to do it themselves. That is why the car/bike wash business has been a productive one for a long time.

If the business gets efficient, net revenue can reach around 50%. This business has taken a huge leap, especially in recent years, owing to the increase in automobile ownership and due to technological innovations. 

Most car washes today also provide basic automobile care, including coating, rebuilding, applying tints, etc. Yes, the competition is high, but what percentage of the competition is actually raising the bar in terms of quality of service?

It will most likely be not as high as one would expect it to be. If a car wash business over-delivers on its promises, they are well on its way to retaining a large percentage of its customer base and also getting new ones purely based on referrals. 

Investment- INR 25 lakh

Profit Margin- 40%

Flower Shop

To most people, a flower shop may look like something that earns the owners the bare minimum. After all, it is just flowers, right? Most people won’t even be able to comprehend the big money that flows through an average flower shop.

The ones who do would have definitely thought, “Why didn’t I think of doing this for a living?”. There is huge money to be made in this business.

People buy flowers for special occasions – be it for greeting someone after being away for a long time, on valentines’ day, or for more extravagant events like weddings and betrothals. The demand for flowers is almost constant, with a sharp rise during festive seasons like Diwali.

Florists not only need to know a lot about flowers and decorative plants , but they should also be skilled in detailing and building an aesthetic appeal around the products. Sourcing supplies from the right suppliers is also important. The stock should arrive at the store as fresh as possible. 

The modern flower shop owner cannot expect the business to succeed without building a strong online presence. In fact, a lot can be done for the brand using one platform alone – Instagram.

If the store owner has a decent smartphone camera and knows how to create posts (including reels), that’s all that’s needed to get started with marketing. Hence with low investment and great returns, this is among the best great retail business ideas that you can opt for.

Investment- INR 50,000

Profit Margin- 60 – 90%

Indians are prioritizing their health more than ever since the events of the COVID-19 pandemic. The demand and market value of medicines have shot through the roof. It would not be the worst of ideas to make a lot of money by getting into the pharmacy business, now would it?

According to the Indian Economic Survey 2021 , the domestic pharmacy market is expected to reach $65 billion by 2024.  The pharmacy business is also one of the few evergreen businesses in India , almost unaffected by economic cycles. 

A drug license is necessary to start a pharmacy business. The licenses are controlled by the Central Drug Control Organization and The State Drugs Standard Control Organization. A minimum floor space of 10 square meters is recommended.

Since people are so used to buying online, it would be a great small business idea to partner up with a delivery partner too.

Investment- INR 3-4 Lacs

Profit Margin- 20-25%

Easy Supply Track In your Pharmacy

manage your pharmacy with the customizable templates available on Lio App and track your business well.

Beauty salon.

Running a salon can be a very rewarding business opportunity. The Indian market, in particular, is said to be one of the fastest-growing markets in the world. The Indian beauty industry is expected to be worth over $20 Billion by 2025.  

There are different business models to choose from depending on what aspects of the business you would like to take up and the kind of services you plan to offer to customers.

Some of the most preferred business models include Spa centers, Wellness centers, hair and skin clinic, and traditional beauty parlor or salons. This is an industry that accommodates small retail business ideas as well as large-scale ones.

Therefore, it is essential for owners to freeze on a business model, scale, and ownership structure.

There are lots of successful franchises like Naturals , Lakme, and Green Trends to choose from if you decide to go ahead with a franchise model instead of setting up an independent brand. 

Investment- INR 15 lakh to 30 lakh

Profit Margin- 10% to 20%

Tea is right up there, with coffee as India’s favorite non-alcoholic beverage. Tea shops have taken up a different persona in the recent past.

They are no longer a place just to have the same tea. The modern tea shop offers an array of flavors, including masala tea, herbal tea, dum tea, etc., along with light snacks like Poha and Biscuits.

A tea joint located next to high traffic areas like schools, colleges, and IT parks can bring in moolah and make the business profitable in no time.

Investment- INR 10,000

Profit Margin- 30%

Fruits Shop

To start this business, you do not require any specialized knowledge or anything like that. Fruits are the primary product in the Indian market as India has the largest agricultural market. You can easily start your business in fruits and maybe also specialize in fruits.

Investment- INR 35,000

Other Retail Business Ideas

Some other retail business ideas are:

• Plant Nursery
• Fabric Store
• Banquet Hall
• Pizza Store
• Coaching Centre

Also Read: 12 Business Ideas in Assam you must See before Starting

Types of Retail Businesses

There are three types of retail businesses that you should know about as you begin to think of retail business ideas for yourself.

Low Investment Business

Low-investment businesses are the ones that require very less investment. They are perfect for people who need a side hustle with their other job. Some examples of low-investment retail businesses in India are stationary, Kirana , Tea stalls, fruit stores, etc.

Medium Investment Business

Medium investment businesses are basically small-scale businesses that have flourished over a period of time. To start a medium investment business you would require slightly more money but not a lot. When it comes to medium investments, Medical stores, Saree shops , Cosmetic stores, and Gift shops are the best example.

High Investment Business

High-investment businesses are the kinds that need a lot of money to run. Today, one can get business loans to start such a business in our country. Coffee shops, Ice Cream parlors, Car Wash, and Two-Wheeler showrooms are the best example of high-investment retail businesses.

How to Start a Retail Business

Here are the top retail business tips for a new business that you need to follow:

Write A Business Plan

Every business needs a full-fledged plan. There are several businesses that are launched each year but only a few of them get successful and that is because they lack proper planning. You must work on a concrete five-year plan for the business that covers all aspects of it.

Set Your Goals And Objectives

A plan without a goal is of no use to anyone and would not take you anywhere. One needs to define strategies and tactics to work on various things in a retail business like deadlines, key dates, cash flow , and budget. You must have short-term, mid-term, and long-term plans with you.

Define Your Uniqueness

There would be many businesses just like yours in the market. There would be some that would be older than your business and there would be some who would be new. What is important is for you to define how you are different from each one of them. Define what is it that you have and they don’t.

Analyze The Industry

Analyze everything regarding your business like who are your competitors, who are your target audience is, how much money you would require etc.

Maximize Your Online Business Potential for just ₹79/month on Lio. Annual plans start at just ₹799 .

How Can Lio Help With Your Retail Business?

To make your dreams come true of having a business of your own and managing it nicely, Lio App can help you big time. The app lets you keep all sorts of data together in a more organized manner. You can keep records, and create tables and lists while working solo or with a team. 

The many features of Lio would help you with your retail business as you would be able to maintain all data on a track that you can use at any time. If you want to upload a document, then you can do that. Know the money transactions, cash inflow, profit and loss you are making, Udhaar, list of product s, services, and even the teammates and clients that you have all in one place. 

Your retail business ideas will certainly become a successful business if you go on this journey of managing your business with Lio.

Step 1: Select the Language you want to work on. Lio on Android

Step 2: Create your account using your Phone Number or Email Id.

Verify the OTP and you are good to go.

Step 3 : Select a template in which you want to add your data.

Add your Data with our Free Cloud Storage.

Step 4: All Done? Share and Collaborate with your contacts.

How Lio Automation Can Help You Business Process

Business automation is used by not just big businesses but all entrepreneurs and start-ups. It is something that has really helped companies run a smoother process and learn from their mistakes. Companies who have adopted automation have really made a mark and have from 10X faster with the best possible results. 

Lio Automation gives you many amazing features that make your work super simple and effective. There are very many features that will help you and your business in various aspects. From connecting and staying in touch with your customers, to working together as a team, and everything in between, Lio Automation will truly make your business run smoothly and make it reach new heights of success.

If you are using Lio Automation for your business processes consider all your data safe and secure all the time. Not only is the data saved in the cloud, but it also offers a data versioning feature in which you can actually see the many changes the document or file has gone through and who has made those changes. You can save the version of the file as required by you. 

You can create dashboards for each file which would give you clear details of your company’s operations, marketing campaigns, sales, and other analytics. This is one useful feature that would truly make a difference to your business and help your see all the processes clearly so that you can make well-informed decisions.

Lio Automation also makes working in teams very easy with their Task feature . you can not just assign tasks to your team efficiently. You can set the priority of each task along with the due date. Your team will get a notification about the task automatically, even on Whatsapp, they can see their assigned tasks in the app, mark them complete, and you will get a notification on Whatsapp! 

Not just this, Team management and work allocation are made super easy with Lio Automation. You can also work with teams in real time and see all the changes happening.

Lio also makes collecting valuable reviews from customers very easy with its automation process. Along with this, you can also manage leads very easily with the help of automation. Now no lead would be missed and can be responded to the minute you receive them. 

There are several other amazing Lio automation features that are made so that you and your business can benefit from them. Excited to know more about it? Start with your Lio automation process for your brand and start your journey to success. 

The retail industry in India is booming. Entrepreneurs should choose from the many retail business ideas that align with their interests and has the potential for scalability.

No matter how small the establishment, proper tracking of all the aspects of the business, including payments, attendance, and credit, is important for long-term success.

Entrepreneurs need not spend money on expensive software when they can simply download templates from Lio on any smartphone or tablet to keep track of their business. 

Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs)

What are the eligibility criteria for a loan in a retail business.

The eligibility criteria are:

– Business must have existed for 6 months – Business should be profitable – Age criteria are a minimum of 18 years and a maximum of 65 years – Annual turnover to be a minimum of 24 lakhs – Good CIBIL score. 700 and above – The applicant should be a citizen of India with no criminal record or with loan defaults.

Is the Retail Business Profitable?

Retail business is definitely profitable in our country and it also needs very low investment.

What are the details of loans that are offered by the banks?

The loan details are as under:

Interest rate – Up to 21% p.a. Loan amount – Up to Rs. 75 lakh Loan tenure – Up to 5 years Processing fee – Up to 6.5% of the loan amount + GST

What is considered a Retail Business?

Businesses like grocery, departmental, and convenience stores, drug, rental places, and beauty salons, all come under retail businesses.

Are the retail businesses covered under MSME in India?

No, both retail and wholesale are not categorized under MSME.

Top Profitable Business Ideas In Odisha For 2024

Best Business Ideas In Kashmir for 2024

Very informative article. Got to learn so much about the retail business. Please keep sharing more business ideas like these.

Hi Jatin, Thank you for your kind words! will surely share more articles related to retail business ideas in the coming weeks. Stay tuned !!

Liked the fact that you have mentioned the profit margin as well as investment amount of each retail business ideas very clearly.

Hello Jasbeer, Thankyou so much for taking your time out to read this. Means a lot.

Is it possible to make a good amount of profit from a thrift store or should I just stick to it as a hobby?

Hello Kanishka, Thankyou for the question. Thrift store definitely helps in bringing profit as it is a lucrative business. Make sure that you offer the right products with right etiquettes in an organized manner along with a good marketing strategy. You’ll do great!

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

How to Start a Clothing Business in India (12 Awesome Idea)

• August 13, 2019 January 11, 2023

Who on the earth has not visited a “ Clothing Store/shop”? We all have! Whether it’s for weddings or festivals, housewarming or anniversary parties, we Indians are bound to shop for clothes.

 Ever dreamt of starting a “Clothing Store business” like the one you buy at?

Well, stop dreaming and start doing!

A “Clothing Store business” is truly a profitable business to venture into if you’re looking for some new clothing business ideas in India. Then this blog definitely helps you to know how to start a clothing business. Of course, there are failures, there are plenty of clothing stores/shops that aren’t performing well, mainly because of lack of proper planning or probably there was no planning at all.

Here are 10 simple steps how to start a clothing store business plan in india:

1. Gather your money for investment

✔ starting a clothing store/shop business is definitely expensive. in the case of fashion, you’ll need to spend money to make money. it’s likely you’ll need to borrow money to fund your business through a small business bank loan. , ✔ some clothing store/shop businesses are family funded, many small business owners take loans from friends and relatives. see what works out for you., ✔ it’s important not to underestimate the amount of financial capital you’ll need to get started. , ✔ you’ll need to purchase merchandise, pay store rent, buy marketing materials, furnish the store/shop with fixtures and lighting, and other expenses., 2. complete your gst registration, ✔ if your estimated  annual turnover < 20 lakhs , get your clothing store business gst registration done to obtain your 15 digit number., ✔ most businesses avoid non-gst companies as every transaction is documented and this can end up in tax violations. it is always better to stick to the tax rules made by the government to avoid any complications., ✔ you can apply for gst registration now., 3. be smart in picking your location, ✔ go where the people are., ✔ find a place which a higher chance of selling profitably., ✔ higher foot traffic the better it is., ✔ if it is beyond your reach, settle for a place with a lot of people coming daily, look for communities that are lacking businesses like the one you want.  , ✔ it is always advisable to settle down in the lesser competition area., 4. start your clothing store small business.

Every big business once started small. Plan well before you start taking steps.

✔  Validate your financial plan in the real world.

✔  estimate how much does the setting up of the clothing store business cost you., ✔ apply for the small business bank loans if necessary., ✔ also, try finding private investors., ✔ know where you should invest, how much to invest., 5. learn from your competition, ✔ visit clothing store doing well in your area. see their products and display style., ✔ note their business hours, location(s), merchandise and items, and services., 6. be creative, competitive but always original, ✔ pick out an attractive name for your clothing store business., ✔ make your shop/store appealing in and out. spend some time and money on it to make it’s interior and exterior better. get some pretty looking shelves attached., ✔ the balance between using the space efficiently yet arrange it attractively to get your customers eyeballs over it. displays inside of the store should also be visually appealing., ✔ make sure that the display clothes are appealing. set up seasonally-appropriate displays with a visual flair that will indicate what’s currently in your inventory. avoid having a cluttered store., 7. filling stocks and finding suppliers.

✔  Have a well-stocked clothing store/shop that appeals to a variety of customers. Acquire enough to fill all of your shelf and display space. 

✔  Obtain inventory from more than one source.

✔  Visit local craft, art, or trade fairs, and look online on Etsy (or similar websites).

✔  To start, you’ll need to get in touch with vendors who carry the clothing that you want to sell. A trade show is one of the best places to buy wholesale merchandise for your store. At trade shows, you’ll be able to connect with suppliers and see first-hand their product offerings.

✔  When making orders, consider the amount you’ll need when you first open your store, plus the inventory you’ll need to regularly replace the items that sell. Don’t forget seasonal trends, plus those new styles and clothing brand that become popular. You’ll need to have a diverse mix of clothing while understanding that you won’t necessarily be able to satisfy everyone that walks through your door.

✔  Throughout the process, research the best way to set your prices based on the merchandise you’re selling. You’ll need to determine your mark-up amount, understand effective pricing techniques for your type of store, and know-how to discount merchandise effectively.

8. What to sell?

✔ First-time inventory will cost you at least 5 Lakhs – 10 lakhs. Again it depends on your business size.

✔ Make sure to include all items based on your customers’ taste – Sarees, Chudidhars, Petticoat, Designer blouse, lehengas, Shirt pieces and many more in demand.

9. Hire additional workers if required

✔  When you first open the Clothing store business, you’ll be on a tight budget and won’t have money to hire help. After several months or a year, though, if your Clothing shop is financially stable enough, start thinking about bringing in additional help.

✔ Think back to the Clothing shop/store that you visited. Were most apparel stores run by the owners themselves? If not, how many staffs worked at the clothing store?

10. consider hours.

• Choose the right hours.
• Keep in mind that Clothes store do most of their business on and around holidays.
• Clothes owners rarely get holidays off; in fact, they’re the biggest sales days for nearly all clothes business.
• Be ready for such shifts.

11. Start with discounts & put items on sale seasonally

• When you’re ready to open your doors, don’t be afraid to tell everyone. From friends and family to those you’re connected with on social media, be sure you have a message to share with them and reasons they should shop at your new store. You might consider having an open house with special discounts, giveaways, and other “little extras.”
• Sales are a great way to draw in customers.
• You can sell clothes that are not fast-moving. 
• Use Holidays and other special days to celebrate your customers and give them new, exciting reasons to visit your clothing store.

12. Learn to Book Keep

• Bookkeep the financial expenditures and income of your clothing shop using an Inventory Managment App  As a small business owner, you’ll be responsible for keeping track of tax-deductible expenses and paying taxes every year.
• Use Business accounting software like Vyapar to keep track of your Clothing Store business finances, including assets, loans (and loan payments), monthly rent payments, and income from sales.

# Conclusion

So through this article you got to know how to start a clothing business in India. Now that you know everything about how to start a clothing business then, you should not waste your time and take advantage of it. Also, if you feel that you are not ready with a proper business idea/plan right now, you can take some more time to find some more profitable clothing business plans/ideas and start your business after some time.

Don’t you think that in today’s time online clothing business in India is also a good idea/plan? Now you can also start your own online store through many online platforms and get more benefits.

You may want to read these:

How to start a Grocery Store Business in India?

How to Start a Departmental Store/Kirana Shop in India

How to Start an Organic Food Store in India

How to Start Hardware Store Successfully in India – 11 Steps

Frequently Asked Questions(FAQs’)

# How to start a clothing/apparel store business in India?

Clothing business is one of the most prominent industries in India. Follow these steps below to know how to start a clothing store business plan in India:

• Gather money and investments for business
• Fulfil your GST Registration
• Be precise in choosing the location
• Start small, don’t grow
• Start small store, don’t go big upfront
• Do the Best Competitive Market Research
• Be creative, competitive but always original styles/items
• Find reliable distributors and suppliers to fill stock
• Decide what you want to sell
• Hire Trusted Staff for Your Clotting Store
• Choose the right working hours
• Offers great discounts to attract customers
• Manage inventories with Bookkeeping via Vyapar App

# How to start a clothing brand in India?

The things required to start a clothing brand in India are as follows:

• First Think of a Solid Business Plan
• Choose your Target Market Audience
• Build a solid business model
• Obtain all necessary permits and licenses
• Establish Business Contacts
• Curate a Marketing Portfolio
• Participate in Exhibitions, Shows, etc.
• Email Marketing and Press Releases

# How much does it cost to start an clothing store business?

To start an clothing store business in India, an initial investment of Rs 5 to 10 lakh is required. This includes your location, inventory, staff salaries, and all business license costing, etc.

# Is clothing a good business?

Clothing store business is one of the most profitable and successful businesses in India. If you plan and manage your cash flow properly, you can start making profits within your first year of entering the clothing market.

# Where can I sell clothes online for free?

Generally free websites are not available in India, as they all require some nominal mandatory fee. However, here are some popular websites to sell your clothes online in India:

• Facebook Marketplace
• Quickr ,etc.

# Is Boutique Business Profitable in India?

A boutique business can be quite profitable, especially if you deal with women’s apparel. You need an investment of Rs. 2 lakh to Rs. 5 lakhs to start a boutique in India, at least on a small scale.

# How do I manage my clothing boutique?

Here are 10 Awesome Tips for Build Your Boutique Business:

• Try out new marketing strategies.
• Attend local events.
• Build a loyalty program.
• Get active on apps.
• Location, location, location.
• Apply for additional working capital.
• Hire the right employees.
• Ask for customer feedback.

Stay updated about the Latest News on  Vyaparapp

Download the BEST GST Compliant Mobile Billing App

Happy Vyaparing!!!

Step by step guide to setup retail business in India

Types of Retail Businesses in India

When it comes to setting up a retail business in India, there are many different types of businesses that you can choose from. In this blog post, we will take a look at some of the most popular types of retail businesses in India, and give you a step-by-step guide on how to set up each one.

1. Clothing Store : A clothing store is a great option for those looking to start a retail business in India. There are many different types of clothing stores that you can choose from, including women’s clothing stores, men’s clothing stores, children’s clothing stores, and more.

2. Department Store : Another option for those looking to start a retail business in India is a department store. Department stores offer a wide variety of products and services, making them a great option for those who want to offer their customers a one-stop shop.

3. Grocery Store : If you are looking to start a retail business that focuses on food, then opening a grocery store may be the right option for you. Grocery stores are always in demand, as they offer customers a convenient way to purchase food and other household items.

4. Home Improvement Store : Home improvement stores are another great option for those looking to start a retail business in India. These types of stores offer customers a wide variety of products and services, making them a great option for those who want to improve their home’s value.

5. Jewelry Store : A jewelry store is a perfect option for those looking to start a retail business that focuses on selling high-end jewelry. Jewelry stores offer customers a wide variety of products and services, making them a great option for those who want to sell top-quality jewelry.

Now that you know some of the most popular types of retail businesses in India, it’s time to get started on your own. To learn more about how to start a retail business in India, check out our step-by-step guide.

How to Start a Retail Business in India

Are you looking to start a retail business in India? There are many things to consider when starting a business, including the type of business, location, and target market. This step-by-step guide will help you get started on the right foot.

1. Choose the right type of business . The first step is to decide what type of retail business you want to start. There are many different types of businesses, so it’s important to choose one that fits your skills and interests. For example, do you want to open a brick-and-mortar store or an online store?

2. Decide on a location . Once you know what type of business you want to start, you need to choose a location. India is a large country with many different regions, so it’s important to choose a location that makes sense for your business. For example, if you want to open a brick-and-mortar store, you need to choose a location with high foot traffic.

3. Identify your target market . Another important consideration is your target market. Who are you selling to? What are their needs and wants? Knowing your target market will help you create a marketing strategy that resonates with them.

4. Create a business plan . Once you have all of the above information, you need to put it all together in a business plan. This document will outline your business goals, strategies, and financial projections. Having a well-thought-out business plan is essential for any successful business.

5. Register your business . The next step is to register your business with the government. This will give you legal status and help you open a bank account and get a tax ID number.

6. Get the necessary licenses and permits . Depending on the type of business you’re starting, you may need to get additional licenses and permits from the government. For example, if you’re starting a restaurant, you’ll need a food license from the health department.

7. Find suppliers and manufacturers . Once you have all of the above in place, you can start sourcing suppliers and manufacturers for your products. It’s important to find reliable partners that can provide high-quality products at a competitive price.

8. Create a marketing strategy . No business can succeed without marketing. You need to create a marketing strategy that will generate awareness for your brand and help you reach your target market.

9. Open your doors for business . After everything is in place, you can finally open your doors for business. Make sure to let your customers know that you’re open and ready to serve them.

10. Evaluate and adjust as needed . Even the best-laid plans can go awry. Be prepared to make changes to your business as needed. Evaluate your performance regularly and make adjustments to improve your bottom line.

Benefits of Owning Retail Business in India

There are many benefits of owning a retail business in India. Retail businesses provide goods and services to customers who need them. They also offer opportunities for entrepreneurs to start and grow their businesses. Here are some of the top benefits of owning a retail business in India:

1. Retail businesses can be profitable .

With the right location, products, and marketing strategy, a retail business can be quite profitable. In fact, many retail businesses in India are doing very well.

2. Retail businesses offer opportunities for entrepreneurs to start and grow their businesses.

Starting a retail business in India is a great way to become your own boss and grow your business. There are many resources available to help you get started, including government support and funding programs.

3. Retail businesses provide goods and services to customers who need them.

Retail businesses play an important role in the economy by providing goods and services that people need. They help to create jobs and spur economic growth.

4. Retail businesses can be exciting and challenging.

Owning a retail business can be both exciting and challenging. It’s a great way to test your entrepreneurial skills and build your business acumen. And, if you’re successful, you can enjoy the rewards of owning your own business.

Setting up a retail business in India is not as difficult as it may seem. By following the steps outlined in this guide, you can have your business up and running in no time. Be sure to do your research, choose the right location, and get all the necessary permits and licenses before opening your doors for business. With a little planning and preparation, you can be on your way to success in the retail industry.

Why Billing Software is Your Retail Store Superhero

खुदरा स्टोर के लिए बिलिंग सॉफ्टवेयर क्यों महत्वपूर्ण है?

Boost Your Retail Business in Bhutan with RetailCore Software

Retailcore Software’s Growing Reach

• Kurukshetra
• Navi Mumbai
• Vishakhapatnam

Are you opening new shop? or Looking to upgrade your software?

RetailCore will help you get things done

Welcome to RetailCore

RetailCore is dedicated to service of the world. We believe growth of retail industry is great for the prosperity of nation. RetailCore is made by retailers for retailers. Software is available as online / cloud version or offline / desktop version. Manage your inventory, sales by multiple channels, qr / barcode, branch stores, e-commerce.

• Single Store Retail Software
• Multiple Stores Retail Software
• Ecommerce Website
• Customer Referral Software
• Barcode Generate and Barcode Printing Software
• Website Design Service
• Billing Mobile App
• POS Hardware
• Retail Dictionary India
• Whatsapp Integration
• G Suite Email
• Latest Updates
• Software Videos
• Job Openings

Software Works On

How to Start a Clothing Brand in India: Step-by-Step Guide for 2024

Looking to start a clothing brand in India? Well, initially you will feel daunting, especially when faced with questions like, “How do I identify my target market? Where can I find reliable suppliers and manufacturers? How do I set competitive pricing while ensuring a healthy profit margin?” If these uncertainties are holding you back, fear not.

Table of Contents

Did you know? The Indian apparel market is big, with the textile and clothing industry valued at approximately $108 billion. It is projected to reach $223 billion by 2021.

This step-by-step guide is your compass, guiding you through the planning to execution stages of creating a fashion brand. We’ll make the process easy and help you establish a distinctive brand identity.

What is a Clothing Brand?

A clothing brand is a unique label or trademark associated with a collection of apparel. Beyond garments, it embodies a distinct identity, style, and ethos, differentiating it in the market. From design to marketing, a clothing brand encompasses a comprehensive process.

This creates a connection with consumers through aesthetics and values. Whether luxury or sustainable, successful brands establish a loyal customer base by resonating with their target audience.

How Much Does it Cost to Start a Clothing Line?

Understanding the financial aspects of starting a clothing line is crucial. Break down the initial costs, including manufacturing, marketing, and website development. Implement budgeting strategies to ensure your financial resources are allocated efficiently. Consider cost-saving measures without compromising the quality and integrity of your brand.

Breakdown of Initial Costs

The financial landscape can be daunting, but breaking down costs into categories makes it more manageable. Divide budget segments for fabric sourcing, manufacturing, marketing campaigns, and website development. Tools like QuickBooks can assist in meticulous financial planning.

Pro Tip: Explore crowdfunding platforms like Kickstarter or Indiegogo to raise initial capital. Engaging your future customers in the startup phase not only funds your venture but also builds a community around your brand.

Cost-Saving Strategies

Consider collaborative efforts with local manufacturers or suppliers to negotiate better deals. Leverage the power of bulk purchasing to cut production costs. Tools like Alibaba can connect you with global suppliers, providing cost-effective solutions.

Example: For instance, if your brand focuses on sustainable fashion. Specify the cost of sourcing eco-friendly materials and highlight successful sustainable clothing brands in India like FabIndia or Nicobar.

How to Start a Clothing Brand in India

Let’s get to the step-by-step guide on how to start your clothing business :

Step 1: Market Research

• Utilize tools like Google Analytics, social media insights, or surveys to delve into specific demographics, such as age, location, and interests.
• Example: If your brand targets environmentally conscious consumers, understand their specific eco-friendly preferences.
• Use competitive analysis tools like SEMrush or Ahrefs to identify competitors’ SEO strategies, keywords, and backlink sources.
• Pro Tip: Look for patterns in customer reviews of competitors to pinpoint areas of dissatisfaction and address them in your business strategy.

Step 2: Create a Business Plan

• Make your business goals Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Relevant, and Time-bound (SMART) for clarity and accountability.
• Conduct a SWOT analysis (Strengths, Weaknesses, Opportunities, Threats) to identify your unique strengths that can form the basis of your USP.
• Example: If your brand focuses on sustainable practices, emphasize this as a key differentiator.
• Use budgeting tools like QuickBooks or FreshBooks to create detailed financial projections and track expenses effectively.
• Pro Tip: Allocate a specific percentage of your budget for innovative marketing strategies or unexpected expenses.

Step 3: Design and Manufacturing

• Prototype your designs and gather feedback from a focus group or target audience before mass production.
• Pro Tip: Collaborate with local artisans or craftsmen to add unique, locally-inspired elements to your designs.
• Consider eco-friendly materials and ethical manufacturing processes to align with the growing trend of sustainable fashion.

Step 4: Supply Chain and Inventory

• Implement inventory management software like Zoho Inventory or TradeGecko for real-time tracking and efficient stock management.
• Example: Avoid stockouts during peak seasons by forecasting demand using historical sales data.

Step 5: E-commerce Presence

• Ensure your online store is mobile-friendly, as a significant portion of online shopping occurs on mobile devices.
• Pro Tip: Leverage mobile marketing channels like SMS or push notifications for targeted promotions.
• Implement AR features for virtual try-ons, enhancing the online shopping experience for customers.
• Example: Brands like Warby Parker use AR to allow customers to virtually try on glasses before purchase.

Step 6: Offline Presence

• Experiment with themed pop-up shops or unique in-store experiences to attract and engage customers.
• Tool Recommendation: Use event management tools like Eventbrite to organize and promote pop-up events effectively.

Step 7: Marketing and Promotion

• Encourage customers to share their experiences through UGC on social media, creating authentic content for your brand.
• Collaborate with micro-influencers in your niche for more authentic and cost-effective promotion.
• Example: A local fashion blogger with a dedicated following can have a more significant impact on your target audience.

Step 8: Customer Service

• Integrate chatbots on your website to provide instant customer support and gather valuable insights.
• Pro Tip: Use AI-powered chatbots for personalized product recommendations based on customer preferences.

Step 9: Scaling and Expansion

• Research and consider entering international markets through e-commerce platforms or collaborations with global retailers.
• Example: Indian fashion brands like FabIndia successfully expanded to international markets by adapting to local preferences.
• Utilize analytics tools like Google Analytics or Hotjar to gather data on customer behavior, helping inform strategic business decisions.

Legalities, Registration, and Protecting Your Brand Identity

This is an important step in building your successful clothing brand:

1. Register Your Brand Name and Logo

Commence your journey by securing your brand name and logo. This isn’t just a legal formality; it’s a shield against potential imitations and brand dilution. Utilize online platforms like the Trademark Electronic Application System (TEAS) to streamline the registration process.

2. Obtain Necessary Licenses and Permits

Ensure you have all the requisite licenses and permits to operate your clothing business seamlessly. This includes understanding and adhering to local regulations, such as the Goods and Services Tax (GST) in India. Tools like ClearTax can assist in navigating the complex tax landscape.

3. Compliance and Future-Proofing

Compliance with taxation and business regulations is an ongoing process. Consider consulting legal professionals or using services like LegalZoom to stay ahead of any changes. This not only mitigates legal risks but also future-proofs your business against evolving regulatory landscapes.

Pro Tip: Consider conducting a comprehensive trademark search before finalizing your brand name to avoid potential conflicts. This proactive step can save you from legal hassles in the long run.

How to Start an Online Clothing Brand in India?

To start an online clothing store choose a unique and memorable domain name that reflects your brand identity. Set up an e-commerce website using popular platforms like Blinkstore or WooCommerce. Ensure seamless integration of secure payment gateways and implement effective inventory management systems to streamline your online operations.

1. Domain Name Selection

Selecting a domain name is more than an online address; it’s your brand’s digital identity. Use tools like Namecheap or GoDaddy to check domain availability and ensure it aligns with your brand image.

2. E-commerce Platform Selection

The choice of your e-commerce platform is pivotal. Platforms like Blinkstore offer user-friendly interfaces, while WooCommerce provides flexibility for customization. Choose based on your brand’s specific needs and future scalability.

3. Secure Payment Gateways

The security of online transactions is paramount. Integrate reliable payment gateways such as Razorpay or PayU to instill trust among your customers. Clearly communicate the security measures you’ve implemented to enhance customer confidence.

4. Inventory Management

Efficient inventory management ensures a seamless customer experience. Utilize tools like Zoho Inventory or TradeGecko to track stock levels, automate reorder processes, and avoid stockouts.

Pro Tip: Implement a responsive and mobile-friendly design for your website. With over 90% of internet users in India accessing content through mobile devices, this ensures a broader reach for your online clothing store.

What Should I Buy for My Clothing Brand?

The quality of your products is a defining factor for the success of your clothing brand. Source high-quality fabrics and materials that align with your brand’s aesthetic. Decide whether you’ll opt for external manufacturers or consider in-house production. Create a comprehensive inventory of clothing items that resonate with your target audience.

1. High-Quality Materials and Suppliers

Invest time in researching and establishing relationships with reliable suppliers. Consider platforms like Textile Infomedia or IndiaMART to connect with fabric manufacturers and wholesalers. Specify the type of materials you’ll be using, whether it’s organic cotton, silk, or sustainable alternatives.

2. Manufacturing Considerations

Choosing between external manufacturers and in-house production depends on various factors. External manufacturers may provide cost efficiency, while in-house production offers greater control over quality. Brands like W for Woman exemplify successful in-house production strategies.

3. Comprehensive Inventory Planning

Create a diverse yet cohesive inventory that caters to your target audience. Consider the preferences and needs of your niche market. Use tools like Trello or Asana for efficient project and inventory management.

Examples: For instance, if your clothing brand specializes in athleisure wear, mention specific materials like moisture-wicking fabrics and provide examples of successful athleisure brands in India, such as HRX by Hrithik Roshan.

How Can I Market My Clothing Brand?

Building a strong brand identity is crucial for successful marketing. Develop a memorable logo and brand image that resonates with your audience. Utilize social media platforms for strategic marketing campaigns, engaging with your audience and creating a loyal customer base. Explore influencer collaborations and partnerships to amplify your brand’s reach. Implement effective SEO strategies to enhance your online visibility.

1. Brand Identity and Logo Design

Invest in a professional logo design that encapsulates your brand’s essence. Utilize platforms like Fiverr or 99designs to connect with talented graphic designers who can bring your vision to life. Ensure consistency in your branding across all platforms for a cohesive image.

2. Social Media Engagement

Developing a robust social media strategy is essential for brand visibility. Utilize platforms like Instagram, Facebook, and Pinterest to showcase your products visually. Schedule posts using tools like Later or Buffer to maintain a consistent and engaging online presence.

3. Influencer Collaborations

Explore partnerships with influencers in the fashion and lifestyle niche. Tools like Influencity or Upfluence can help identify influencers aligned with your brand values. Craft compelling collaborations that authentically showcase your clothing line.

4. SEO Strategies

Optimizing your online presence for search engines is imperative. Conduct keyword research using tools like SEMrush or Ahrefs to identify relevant terms for your niche. Incorporate these keywords into your website content, product descriptions, and blog posts for improved search engine rankings.

Examples of Successful Online Clothing Brands in India

Learning from the success stories of established clothing brands in India can provide valuable insights. Explore case studies of prominent brands, analyzing their marketing strategies, brand positioning, and customer engagement. These examples serve as inspiration and guidance for your own journey in the competitive fashion market.

• Case Studies: Delve into case studies of successful Indian clothing brands such as Myntra, Bewakoof, or Ritu Kumar . Analyze how these brands have effectively utilized digital marketing, customer engagement, and product positioning to become industry leaders.
• Marketing Strategies: Highlight specific marketing strategies employed by successful brands. For instance, Myntra’s use of personalized recommendations based on user preferences or Bewakoof’s focus on quirky and relatable marketing campaigns. Implementing similar strategies tailored to your brand can enhance your chances of success.
• Customer Engagement: Examine how these brands engage with their audience. Whether it’s through interactive social media campaigns, loyalty programs, or exclusive promotions, understanding the nuances of customer engagement can inspire your own creative initiatives.

In conclusion, starting a clothing brand in India in 2024 requires a combination of passion, strategic planning, and adaptability. The fashion industry is dynamic, and staying ahead involves continuous learning and innovation. Recap the key steps covered in this guide and offer words of encouragement for those embarking on this exciting entrepreneurial journey.

FAQs – How to Start a Clothing Brand in India

Here are some frequently asked questions about How to Start a Clothing Brand in India.

How much does it cost to start a clothing brand in India?

Starting a clothing brand’s cost can vary widely based on factors like scale, niche, and business model. However, a rough estimate for a small-scale venture could range from INR 5 lakhs to 20 lakhs. This includes expenses for manufacturing, branding, online presence, and legal formalities. Keep in mind that these figures are indicative, and thorough market research is essential for accurate budgeting.

Can I start my own clothing brand in India?

Yes, India offers a vibrant market for clothing brands, and starting your own brand is a viable venture. From designing your collection to selecting manufacturers and establishing an online presence, the process involves careful planning and execution. Ensure you comply with legal requirements, define your niche, and focus on unique selling propositions to stand out in the competitive market.

Are clothing brands profitable in India?

Clothing brands can be profitable in India, given the diverse consumer base and growing fashion consciousness. Success depends on factors like market positioning, quality, branding, and effective marketing. Conduct thorough market research, understand consumer preferences, and create a unique value proposition to increase the likelihood of profitability.

How can I register my clothing brand in India?

Registering your clothing brand involves several steps:

a. Choose a Business Structure: Decide on a legal structure, such as a sole proprietorship, partnership, or private limited company. b. Register Your Business: Visit the Ministry of Corporate Affairs (MCA) website or use online services like Vakilsearch to register your business. Prepare necessary documents, including PAN and Aadhar cards. c. Trademark Your Brand: Protect your brand identity by registering the brand name and logo with the Trademark Registry. This safeguards your intellectual property. d. GST Registration: If your annual turnover exceeds the threshold, register for Goods and Services Tax (GST) through the GST portal. e. MSME Registration: Consider registering as a Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises (MSME) for potential benefits.

Related Resources – How to Start a Clothing Brand in India

• How to Sell Clothes Online in India (2024 Best Guide)
• Design And Sell T Shirts Online In India Successfully – Complete Guide 2024

Hi there! I’m Luthfi, a content writer who loves crafting blogs. I’m all about learning new things and contributing to the team’s success.

• Online Stores
• Online Services
• Write for us / Guest Post

How To start a Small Grocery Store in India (Full Business Plan)

If you want to have your business and are wondering about how to start a grocery store business in India, then you have landed on the right page.

Starting up a small grocery store in India is a lucrative business idea as the population is increasing and the purchasing power of the average person is rising, so a grocery store is a good business option.

With the boom in the economy and increasing spending power, people prefer to shop at those new age shiny grocery retail stores, where they are treated to large shopping aisles with products stacked neatly on the shelves in a complete AC comfort. The products for daily needs like dairy, cereals, pulses, meat, cleaning items, and more are arranged orderly with their price tags and salespeople on their toes.

So if you have a grocery store business idea to open a Kirana store or a new age shiny grocery store then keep reading to find out how to start up, manage, and grow one so that you make a reasonable profit on it and get good returns on your hard earned investment.business

Draw Up a Business Plan

Prior to starting up your grocery store, you must draw up a business plan for it. You must have deep knowledge of your customers and the competition that lies around you.

Your assessment of the market should be accurate and to achieve success in this business you must have an effective business plan. Spend some time in analyzing your customer base which will help determine your market size and their buying preferences. It will enable you to select the right place to set up your shop and determine the products you want to offer, set your pricing and selling strategy.

Factors which will influence your grocery shop business will include your customers’ background, their location, living standards, products they prefer to buy; when, how much, and how often of it they buy.  It is the customer demand that impacts all aspects of your grocery store business and will lead to your success or failure in this business. At the start itself, you need to understand your customer requirements and source products according to their needs and requirements. Check out your competitors and try and see how your customers think of your products relative to your competitors.

You will need to keep in mind that this is a very low margin business and you will need to make sure that there is no margin for error while purchasing inventory. Having a good network with vendors is a huge asset and make sure that you don’t have a packed inventory of more than 20-25 days.

Also Read :  12 Things to Know Before You Become a Fruit Retailer 

Target Market

A grocery store provides all the necessary requirements needed for running a household, so basically, your target market would be the entire neighborhood of the area you want to set up your grocery shop in which would be within 1 or 2 kilometers of reach. For accurate target market assessment, you must zero in on the best location for your small grocery store business, evaluate the potential of the location, and find the perfect customer mix for it.

Also Read :  All You Need to Know About Starting a Successful Namkeen Factory

Select the Right location

The location of your grocery store is vital as the customer base differs from place to place and products used in urban areas would differ a lot from the products used in the rural areas. Also, the age group of people in your customer base would dictate the kind of products you will need to keep in your store.

Search for a prominent location at the center of town or at a busy market complex. With lots of people shopping there, you could get a good outcome. A good location is vital as it will ensure you have a good amount of footfall every day.

Also, if you are setting up one of the new age grocery stores or convenience stores, then you will need to spend a lot of money on air-conditioning, latest technology, marketing, and a lot more. You can have a blend of the best of these both and create the right mix for your clients.

Setup cost of the Business

Now that you have a grocery store business plan in mind and are in the process of setting up your business, it would be totally up to you to decide how much of financial expenses you will be incurring in setting up this business.

The grocery store business start-up cost would be influenced by many factors like the location of the shop and the rent you would need to pay, the inventory you need to buy, and how many salespersons you would be hiring.

Setting up your grocery shop would also involve buying furniture like racks, which are needed to display different products, a table with drawers, etc. You can set up a very basic grocery store in a local area with an investment of Rs 50,000. If you want to set up a modern convenience store or grocery store in an upscale mall or a central location with amenities like AC and many sales persons, then you will need to invest more than Rs 2 lakhs. If the amount is exceeding your budget, then you can always take a business loan from the banks.

Now, make sure you arrange all your products in a neat and systematic way, so that when you customers need anything you can promptly give it to them. You need to also keep a proper account of the inventory and the products being sold, maintain proper account books, and keep a sharp eye on the cash-flow, accounts, and stocks in your grocery store.

Also Read :  15 Best Business Ideas Under 2 Lakhs

Completion of legal Formalities and Obtaining Mandatory licenses

To set up a grocery store in India, there are legal formalities and licences that you will need to obtain. These include Food license, entity registration, shop and establishment registration, to name a few. As these are legal requirements, you will need to visit the license authority office to get the grocery store licenses to start a grocery store anywhere in India. Get in touch with a CA before you start your business so that you are properly guided in the legal requirements for setting it up.

Pricing of Goods

Before you start operating your grocery store, you will need to set the right price for the product, which will in turn influence the quantity of items the customer will buy, which has a direct effect on the revenue and profit of your grocery store.

The right prices will help sufficient gross profit to make-up for all the overhead expenses and get a good amount of net profit. You can opt for one of the two pricing methods, namely Markup (cost based) or margin (selling price based).

Grocery stores traditionally have mark-ups of 33% to 67%, or margins of 25% to 40%. As grocery stores cannot purchase inventory in huge volumes, it is advisable to not offer low prices. However, with this, you need to stress more on good service and convenience to your customers.

Also Read :  15 Profitable and Super-Easy Retail Business Start-up Ideas 

Hire Sales Staff

Hiring sales staff depends completely on the size and requirements of your store, which usually is one person per square feet. Your staff members should be trustworthy and alert. They should be able to handle crowds of people with a smile on their faces. Other requirements are thorough knowledge of the inventory and well-trained and highly motivated personnel.

Get your Business GST Registered

Source Image: Capital float

To start a best grocery store in India, you will need to have your grocery store business GST registration done. You will get a GSTIN, which is a 15 digit code number or a unique GST identification number. Registration is compulsory only if your annual business turnover crosses a specific number.

If the annual turnover of your grocery store is less than 20 lakhs, it may or may not register itself under GST. But if the annual turnover is more than Rs 20 Lakhs, then it becomes mandatory to be GST registered.

With the implementation of GST in India, most businesses avoid doing any transactions with companies that are not GST registered as every transaction is documented and can end up in reverse taxation. You will need to file 3 monthly GST returns and 1 annual GST return.

Take your Business Online

Nowadays it is imperative to take the help of the online market to market your grocery store. You will need an online website of your grocery store, with an option of online payment through which you can take orders from consumers and get it delivered right to their doorstep. The consumer of today needs facilities like these and so, apart from having a physical grocery store, you can sell your grocery products online as well.

Promote your Business

Advertising is extremely important for any business to get noticed, and for your grocery store to draw maximum customers, you will need to inform your family members, relatives, and friends about your new endeavor as word-of-mouth is the best way of advertising for your grocery store.

Build a good relationship with your customers, as a satisfied customer is your best advertisement. Depending on your custom size and market, make a choice of advertising mediums like flyers, newspapers, TV, business pages, etc.

You can also install a drive-by traffic neon signboard to attract customers. Interesting window displays could help in attracting customers to your grocery store business as well.

Profit Margin and Future

The Profit Margin of a grocery store business could vary between 2% to 20% depending on the investment and the income being generated from it.

The future of grocery store business is bright as there is a huge population in India and grocery staples are required in every household family.

With a huge population and booming economy, people in India are ready to spend money on commodities they need on a daily basis. Opportunities are plenty but all you need to do is concentrate on your customer, invest in better infrastructure, improvise on technology, and be ready to soar in your new business.

Recently Published

• What is Crypto AML and Why Does It Matter?
• Uncover the Power of Meest International Package Delivery!
• What are the New Forces Driving the Rise in the Price of Bitcoin?
• The Ultimate Guide to Slot Machine Basics For Beginners
• First-Time Homebuyer Loan: What It Is and How to Qualify  

• Credit Cards
• Online Jobs

How to Start an Online Clothing Business in India – Complete Guide

• February 21, 2024
• by Rupak Chakrabarty

If you’re passionate about fashion and have always dreamed of starting your own online clothing business in India, you’re in the right place. In this detailed guide, we’ll walk you through the step-by-step process of launching your clothing venture, from conceptualization to execution. Whether you’re interested in designing apparel, selling ready-made garments, or creating a niche in the fashion market, we’ll cover everything you need to know to get started.

According to Statista, the Indian e-commerce market is expected to reach a value of $99 billion by 2024, with fashion being one of the leading segments contributing to this growth. The increasing internet penetration, growing smartphone usage, and rising disposable income among Indian consumers have fueled the demand for online clothing shopping. The convenience of browsing and purchasing a wide range of fashion products from the comfort of their homes has significantly contributed to the popularity and profitability of online clothing businesses in India.

Moreover, the emergence of various e-commerce platforms and the adoption of digital payment methods have made it easier for online clothing businesses to reach a larger audience and facilitate seamless transactions. Additionally, the shift in consumer preferences towards online shopping, especially among the younger demographic, further boosts the profitability prospects of the online clothing industry in India.

12 Steps to Start an Online Clothing Business in India

1. market research.

Before diving into the clothing business, it’s crucial to conduct thorough market research to understand the current trends, consumer preferences, and competitive landscape. Identify your target audience, niche market, and unique selling proposition (USP) that will set your brand apart.

2. Select a Niche

When starting an online clothing business in India, choosing the right niche is crucial for success. Here are some popular clothing niches in the Indian market, along with data points to help you make an informed decision:

⇒ Ethnic Wear

Ethnic wear holds a significant share of the Indian clothing market, driven by cultural events, festivals, and weddings. Many Indian consumers prefer traditional ethnic wear for special occasions and cultural festivities. Ethnic wear caters to a diverse audience, including women, men, and children of all age groups.

⇒ Western Wear

Western wear continues to gain traction in India, especially among urban youth and cosmopolitan consumers. It offers a contemporary and trendy fashion aesthetic, appealing to those seeking a modern look. Western wear targets young adults, college students, and urban professionals seeking fashion-forward clothing options.

⇒ Casual Wear

Casual wear is a staple in Indian wardrobes, offering comfort and style for everyday wear. Indian consumers increasingly prioritize comfort and versatility in their clothing choices, driving demand for casual wear. Casual wear appeals to a broad demographic, including millennials, working professionals, and homemakers.

⇒ Athleisure Wear

Athleisure wear has witnessed a surge in popularity in India, fueled by the growing fitness and wellness trend. Indian consumers seek athleisure wear that seamlessly transitions from workouts to casual outings. Athleisure wear caters to health-conscious individuals, fitness enthusiasts, and urban millennials.

⇒ Plus Size Fashion

There is a growing demand for inclusive fashion options catering to individuals of all body types, including plus-size consumers. Plus-size fashion brands focus on offering stylish and flattering clothing options for curvy individuals. Plus-size fashion appeals to a niche demographic seeking trendy and well-fitting clothing options.

⇒ Sustainable Fashion

Sustainability has emerged as a key trend in the global fashion industry, including the Indian market. Eco-conscious consumers prioritize sustainable and ethically produced clothing made from eco-friendly materials. Sustainable fashion appeals to environmentally conscious consumers seeking ethical and eco-friendly clothing options.

⇒ Maternity Wear

Maternity wear addresses the unique clothing needs of pregnant women, offering comfort and style during pregnancy. It focuses on providing functional and fashionable clothing that accommodates the changing body shape during pregnancy. Maternity wear caters to expectant mothers seeking comfortable and stylish clothing options for every stage of pregnancy.

3. Select a Business Model

When starting a clothing business in India, selecting the right business model is essential for achieving success and profitability. Here are some common business models to consider:

a) Online Retail Store

An online retail store operates exclusively through a website or e-commerce platform, selling clothing products to customers nationwide or globally.

• Advantages: Lower overhead costs, wider reach, convenience for customers, flexibility in inventory management, and the ability to target specific customer segments.
• Considerations: Competition from established online retailers, the need for effective digital marketing strategies, and the importance of user-friendly website design and mobile optimization.

b) Print-on-Demand

Print-on-demand (POD) allows you to create and sell custom-designed clothing products without holding inventory. When a customer places an order, the product is manufactured and printed on demand, typically using digital printing technology.

• Advantages: Minimal upfront investment, no need for inventory storage or management, infinite product customization options, quick turnaround time for orders, and the ability to test and iterate designs based on customer demand.
• Considerations: Lower profit margins due to production costs, reliance on print-on-demand fulfilment partners for quality and timely delivery, competition in the crowded POD market, and the importance of creating unique and compelling designs to stand out.

c) Hybrid Model (Online and Offline)

A hybrid model combines elements of both online retail and brick-and-mortar retail, allowing customers to shop online or visit physical stores to purchase clothing products.

• Advantages: Diversification of sales channels, catering to different customer preferences, leveraging the benefits of both online and offline retail, and expanding reach to a wider customer base.
• Considerations: Operational complexities of managing both online and offline channels, synchronization of inventory and sales data, and the need for seamless omnichannel customer experience.

d) Dropshipping

Dropshipping involves partnering with suppliers or manufacturers who fulfil orders on behalf of the retailer. The retailer does not hold inventory but instead transfers customer orders and shipment details to the supplier.

• Advantages: Minimal upfront investment, no need to manage inventory or logistics, flexibility in product selection, and the ability to focus on marketing and customer service.
• Considerations: Lower profit margins due to supplier fees, reliance on third-party suppliers for product quality and fulfilment, and potential challenges in maintaining consistent product availability.

e) Private Label

Private label involves creating your brand of clothing products by sourcing them from manufacturers or suppliers who customize the products according to your specifications. You then sell these branded products under your label.

• Advantages: Brand control and recognition, flexibility in product customization and branding, higher profit margins compared to reselling established brands, and the ability to establish a unique brand identity.
• Considerations: Initial investment in branding and product development, sourcing reliable manufacturing partners, quality control throughout the production process, and building brand reputation and customer trust.

4. Legal and Regulatory Requirements

Next, familiarize yourself with the legal and regulatory requirements for starting a clothing business in India. Register your business entity, such as a sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability partnership (LLP), or private limited company, depending on your preferences and long-term goals. Obtain necessary licenses and permits from local authorities, including GST registration, trade license, and shop establishment license.

5. Choosing an E-commerce Platform

When selecting an e-commerce platform for your clothing business in India, consider factors such as ease of use, customization options, pricing, scalability, integration capabilities, and customer support. Here are some popular e-commerce platforms suitable for clothing businesses:

Shopify is a user-friendly e-commerce platform that offers a wide range of customizable templates and themes specifically designed for clothing stores. It provides tools for inventory management, order processing, and seamless integration with payment gateways and shipping providers.

• Advantages: Easy setup and customization, robust inventory management features, mobile-responsive design, extensive app marketplace for additional functionality, and 24/7 customer support.
• Considerations: Monthly subscription fees, transaction fees for using external payment gateways, and limited customization options without coding knowledge.

b) WooCommerce

WooCommerce is a customizable, open-source e-commerce plugin built for WordPress websites. It offers flexibility in design and functionality, allowing you to create a unique online store tailored to your clothing business needs.

• Advantages: Free to use with the WordPress platform, extensive customization options through themes and plugins, seamless integration with WordPress features, and access to a large community of developers and resources.
• Considerations: Requires WordPress hosting and domain registration, may require technical expertise for setup and customization, and potential additional costs for premium themes and plugins.

Magento is a feature-rich e-commerce platform suitable for larger clothing businesses with complex requirements. It offers scalability, advanced customization options, and extensive built-in features for managing products, orders, and customer data.

• Advantages: Highly customizable with robust features for large-scale businesses, multi-store capabilities, extensive third-party integrations, and strong SEO capabilities.
• Considerations: Higher initial setup costs, ongoing maintenance and hosting fees, requires technical expertise for customization and management, and may have a steeper learning curve compared to other platforms.

6. Fix Pricing

Setting the right pricing strategy for your clothing products is essential for the success of your e-commerce store. Here are some steps to help you fix your pricing effectively:

⇒ Understand Your Costs

Calculate all the costs associated with producing and selling your clothing products, including materials, manufacturing, labour, packaging, shipping, and overhead expenses. Determine your desired profit margin to ensure that your pricing covers all costs and generates a satisfactory profit.

⇒ Research Competitor Pricing

Conduct market research to understand the pricing strategies of your competitors selling similar clothing products. Analyze their pricing points, discounts, and promotions to determine how your pricing compares and identify opportunities to differentiate your brand.

⇒ Consider Value Perception

Evaluate the perceived value of your clothing products in the eyes of your target customers. Consider factors such as brand reputation, quality, uniqueness, and customer service when determining your pricing strategy.

⇒ Set Competitive Prices

Set competitive prices that are aligned with the value proposition of your clothing products. Balance competitive pricing with maintaining profitability and ensuring that your pricing reflects the quality and uniqueness of your products.

⇒ Factor in Demand and Seasonality

Take into account demand fluctuations and seasonal trends that may impact the pricing of your clothing products. Adjust your pricing strategy accordingly to capitalize on peak demand periods and optimize sales opportunities throughout the year.

⇒ Offer Discounts and Promotions

Consider offering discounts, promotions, and bundle deals to attract customers and drive sales. Use promotional pricing strategically to create urgency and incentivize purchases, especially during key sales seasons and holidays.

⇒ Implement Dynamic Pricing

Implement dynamic pricing strategies that allow you to adjust prices in real-time based on factors such as demand, inventory levels, competitor pricing, and customer behaviour. Use data analytics and pricing optimization tools to optimize pricing dynamically and maximize revenue opportunities.

⇒ Test and Iterate

Continuously monitor and evaluate the performance of your pricing strategy. Test different pricing points, discounts, and promotions to identify what resonates best with your target audience and drives the highest conversion rates and profitability.

⇒ Provide Transparent Pricing

Communicate your pricing to customers on your e-commerce website. Provide transparent pricing information, including any additional fees or charges, to build trust and transparency with your customers.

7. Launch Your Online Clothing Store

After selecting the e-commerce platform, set up your online store, customize the design and layout, and configure essential features such as payment gateways, shipping options, and tax settings.

⇒ Set Up Your Domain and Hosting

Choose a domain name that reflects your clothing brand and is easy to remember. Purchase a domain name and set up hosting for your e-commerce website.

⇒ Design Your Store

Customize the look and feel of your online store to align with your brand identity. Use branded imagery, colours, and fonts to create a cohesive and visually appealing shopping experience.

⇒ Add Products to Your Store

Upload your clothing products to your e-commerce platform. Write detailed product descriptions, including sizing information, materials, and care instructions. Add high-quality product images to showcase your clothing items effectively.

⇒ Set Up Payment Gateways

Integrate payment gateways to securely accept online payments from customers. Offer multiple payment options, including credit/debit cards, digital wallets, and net banking, to cater to diverse customer preferences.

⇒ Configure Shipping Options

Set up shipping options and rates based on your preferred shipping carriers and delivery zones. Provide clear shipping information, including estimated delivery times and shipping costs, to customers during the checkout process.

⇒ Test Your Website

Conduct thorough testing of your e-commerce website to ensure that all features and functionalities are working correctly. Test the website on different devices and browsers to ensure compatibility and responsiveness.

⇒ Set Up Marketing and Promotions

Develop a marketing strategy to drive traffic to your e-commerce store and generate sales. Utilize digital marketing channels such as social media, email marketing, and search engine optimization (SEO) to promote your clothing products. Offer special promotions, discounts, and incentives to attract customers and encourage repeat purchases.

⇒ Launch Your Online Clothing Store

Once you have completed all the necessary preparations and testing, it’s time to launch your e-commerce store. Make your store live and announce the launch through your marketing channels, including social media, email newsletters, and your website.

⇒ Monitor Performance

Continuously monitor the performance of your e-commerce store using analytics tools. Track key metrics such as website traffic, conversion rate, average order value, and customer engagement to assess the success of your store.

⇒ Provide Customer Support

Offer excellent customer support to address any inquiries or issues that arise. Provide multiple channels for customer communication, such as live chat, email, and phone support, to assist customers effectively.

8. Sourcing and Procurement

Once you have a clear business plan in place, focus on sourcing quality fabrics, materials, and apparel accessories for your clothing line. Establish relationships with reliable suppliers, manufacturers, and wholesalers who can provide you with consistent and high-quality inventory at competitive prices. Consider factors such as fabric quality, durability, eco-friendliness, and ethical sourcing practices to align with your brand values.

9. Design and Production

If you’re planning to design your clothing line, invest time and effort in creating unique and appealing designs that resonate with your target audience. Whether it’s casual wear, ethnic wear, athleisure, or sustainable fashion, ensure that your designs reflect current fashion trends while offering a distinct style that sets your brand apart. Collaborate with skilled pattern makers, tailors, and manufacturers to bring your designs to life.

10. Brand Identity and Marketing

Develop a strong brand identity that conveys your brand’s story, values, and aesthetic through branding elements such as logos, colour schemes, and packaging. Create a compelling brand narrative that resonates with your target audience and communicates the unique selling points of your clothing line.

Invest in online and offline marketing strategies to build brand awareness, attract customers, and drive sales. Leverage social media platforms, influencer collaborations, fashion shows, pop-up events, and e-commerce platforms to showcase your products and engage with your audience.

11. Distribution and Sales Channels

Consider various distribution and sales channels to reach your target customers effectively. Explore options such as setting up a physical retail store, partnering with multi-brand retail outlets, selling through e-commerce platforms, or launching your online store. Evaluate the pros and cons of each channel based on factors such as reach, costs, customer experience, and scalability.

12. Customer Experience and Feedback

Focus on delivering exceptional customer service and fostering positive relationships with your customers. Provide personalized shopping experiences, prompt customer support, and hassle-free return policies to enhance customer satisfaction and loyalty. Encourage customer feedback and testimonials to gain valuable insights into your products and services, identify areas for improvement, and refine your offerings accordingly.

Frequently Asked Questions

How do i choose the right niche for my online clothing business.

Research current market trends and identify underserved or niche segments. Consider your interests, expertise, and target audience preferences. Evaluate the competition and assess the potential demand and profitability of various niches.

What are the essential steps to start an online clothing business in India?

• Register your business and obtain the necessary licenses and permits.
• Choose a reliable e-commerce platform and set up your online store.
• Source high-quality clothing products from reputable suppliers or manufacturers.
• Develop a compelling brand identity, including a logo, website design, and branding elements.
• Create engaging product descriptions and high-quality images for your online store.

How can I attract customers to my online clothing business?

Implement effective digital marketing strategies, including SEO, social media marketing, email marketing, and influencer partnerships. Offer competitive pricing, discounts, promotions, and loyalty programs to incentivize purchases. Optimize your website for mobile devices and ensure a seamless and user-friendly shopping experience. Leverage customer reviews, testimonials, and user-generated content to build trust and credibility. Engage with your target audience through content marketing, blog posts, and social media interactions.

What are the key factors to consider when pricing clothing products for an online store?

Factor in all costs, including product sourcing, manufacturing, shipping, and overhead expenses. Research competitor pricing and market trends to set competitive yet profitable prices. Consider the perceived value of your products, brand positioning, and target customer demographics. Offer a range of price points to cater to different customer segments and maximize sales opportunities.

How can I manage inventory effectively for my online clothing business?

Implement inventory management software to track stock levels, sales, and reorder points. Establish relationships with reliable suppliers and manufacturers to ensure timely product availability. Monitor demand trends and adjust your inventory levels accordingly to prevent stockouts or overstocking. Consider dropshipping or print-on-demand services to minimize inventory risk and storage costs.

What are the legal requirements for starting an online clothing business in India?

Register your business entity and obtain GST registration for tax compliance. Ensure compliance with e-commerce regulations, including data protection and consumer rights. Display clear and accurate pricing, shipping, and return policies on your website to comply with consumer protection laws. Obtain necessary licenses and permits for operating an online business in your locality or state.

How can I differentiate my online clothing business from competitors?

Offer unique and trendy clothing styles that resonate with your target audience. Provide exceptional customer service, including fast shipping, easy returns, and personalized support. Create engaging and informative content to educate and inspire your audience. Build a strong brand identity and establish a loyal customer base through authenticity and consistency. Collaborate with influencers or brand ambassadors to expand your reach and credibility in the fashion industry.

Hello, I’m Rupak Chakrabarty, a passionate advocate for small and medium enterprises (SMEs) and the driving force behind MUVSI Consulting, where I serve as a dedicated small business coach. With years of experience in the entrepreneurial world and a deep-rooted commitment to helping SMEs thrive, I bring a wealth of knowledge, expertise, and guidance to aspiring and established business owners alike.

Indian Grocery Store Business Plan [Sample Template]

By: Author Tony Martins Ajaero

Home » Business Plans » Wholesale & Retail

An Indian grocery store is a retail outlet where different Indian foods and household products are sold on shelves and cabinets.

People love to do their shopping in a grocery store because of the convenience it affords them. A grocery store can be run offline in the conventional retail store, or online on an online e-commerce retail site.

Suggested for You

• Gift Shop Business Plan [Sample Template]
• Video Game Store Business Plan [Sample Template]
• Souvenir Shop Business Plan [Sample Template]
• Mall Kiosk Business Plan [Sample Template]
• Vintage Store Business Plan [Sample Template]

When people are looking for Indian specialty foods or ingredients that can’t be found at the corner store or neighborhood supermarkets, they typically head to Indian grocery stores especially if it is not too far from their location.

A Sample Indian Grocery Store Business Plan Template

1. industry overview.

Indian grocery store is a subset of the overall grocery stores cum retail industry. Grocery stores, including supermarkets, account for the largest share of food store sales in the US. In 2013, grocery stores accounted for 90% of the country’s food and beverage store sales, while supermarkets accounted for 95% of the total grocery store sales.

The food retail industry is a high-volume, low-margin business, with cutthroat competition from all quarters. It includes grocery stores and supermarkets, as well as convenience stores. The staples offered at these stores make the industry non-cyclical.

In addition, grocery stores and supermarkets offer an alternative to restaurants during tough economic times, as buying groceries for home cooking is one alternative. Buying prepared foods, which are new higher-margin offering at grocery stores, is an additional alternative to restaurants.

However, offering new higher-margin items such as gourmet foods, prepared foods, and general merchandise is making this industry more cyclical than in the past, creating pressures on revenue during the recent economic downturn.

Conventional supermarkets are grocery stores with over $2 million in revenue, with average square feet of 15,000. Grocery stores that have less than $2 million in annual revenue sell almost entirely packaged and perishable goods, and are mostly independently owned.

Superstores are supermarkets with about 30,000 square feet, averaging $12 million in revenue. They often have an extended selection of food and nonfood items, with specialty departments such as florists, delis, bakeries, banking, pharmacy, and video rentals.

Combination stores are hybrids of superstores and drugstores under one roof, with an average of 55,000 square feet. The supermarket and grocery stores industry that Indian grocery store is a part of is a major sector of the economy of the united states which generates over 2 billion annually from more than 42,539 outlets scattered all around the United States of America.

The industry is responsible for the employment of over 2,624,650 people. Experts project the Supermarket and grocery industry to grow at a 1.4 percent annual rate.

It is a fact that an estimated two-thirds of the United States’ gross domestic product (GDP) comes from retail consumption of which the supermarket and grocery stores industry contributes greatly. This is why the United States of America’s economy is measured with the yardstick of how well the retailing business is fairing in the U.S.

In essence, when there is an unstable economy, purchasing power drops and it impacts the retailing / grocery stores industry negatively which may result in the closure of some supermarket / grocery stores.

The retail landscape has seen tremendous changes in the last 20 years; it has grown from the usual mom and pop outlets to a more organized and far reaching venture. The introduction of franchise and online store makes it easier for a retailer to reach out to a larger market far beyond the areas where his physical store is located.

It is interesting to note that more grocery shops (Indian grocery stores inclusive) especially lager retail outlets have started to include self-serve checkout lanes in their stores. It creates shorter lines that appeal to consumers; the average customer would not want to stay longer on the queue.

Starting an Indian grocery store business in the United States is a profitable business and it is open to any aspiring entrepreneur to come in and establish his or her business; you can choose to start on a small scale in a street corner like the average mom and pop business or you can choose to start on a large scale with several outlets.

2. Executive Summary

Punjab Brothers® Indian Grocery Store, Inc. is a registered grocery store business that will be located in one of the most populated Indian communities in Dallas – Texas.

We have been able to lease a facility that is big enough (a 5 thousand square foot facility) to fit into the kind of Indian grocery store that we intend launching and the facility is located in a corner piece property directly opposite the largest residential estate in Dallas – Texas.

Punjab Brothers® Indian Grocery Store, Inc. will retail a wide range of Indian inspired durable and non – durable goods at affordable prices from different brands. We will retail general Indian food products including fresh and prepared meats, poultry and seafood, canned and frozen foods, fresh fruits and vegetables and various dairy products et al.

We are aware that there are several grocery stores in Dallas – Texas that also retail Indian stuffs, which is why we spent time and resources to conduct our feasibility studies and market survey so as to offer much more than our competitors will be offering.

We have self – service options and delivery options for our customers, and our outlet has various payment options. We know that our customers are the reason why we are in business which is why we will go the extra mile to get them satisfied when they visit our Indian grocery store.

Punjab Brothers® Indian Grocery Store, Inc. will ensure that all our customers are given first class treatment whenever they visit our grocery store.

We have a CRM software that will enable us manage a one on one relationship with our customers no matter how large they may grow to. We will ensure that we get our customers involved in the selection of brands that will be on our racks.

We are aware of the trend in the retail industry and we are not only going to operate a system where our customers would have to come to our store to make purchase but we will also operate an online store and our customers can order our grocery online and they will get it delivered to their houses or any location they want us to deliver the goods to within Dallas – Texas.

Punjab Brothers® Indian Grocery Store, Inc. is a family business that is owned by Raj Punjab and his brother Ravi Punjab. Raj Punjab has a B.Sc. in Business Administration, with over 5 years experience in the retail industry, working for some of the leading brand in the United States; and Ravi has a B.Sc. in Marketing.

Although the business is launching out with just one outlet in Dallas – Texas, but there is a plan to open other outlets all around Texas.

3. Our Products and Services

Punjab Brothers® Indian Grocery Store, Inc. is in the grocery store industry to establish a specialty Indian grocery store and we will ensure we make available a wide range of goods and products from top manufacturing brands in the United States and other countries of the world.

Our product offerings are listed below;

• Fruit and vegetables
• Atta, Ayurvedic, Candies & Cookies, Chutney
• Cosmetics and Incense
• Crockery, Dals & Beans, Dry Food
• Fasting Product, Flour, Frozen RTE
• Generic, Ice-Cream and Juice
• Khakhra, Meat, and Milk Products
• None Food, Noodles, Oil, Pan Masala, Pappad, Pickles, Produce
• Rice, Sauces, Snacks, Soup Mix, Spices, Spices Mix
• Drugs and health products

4. Our Mission and Vision Statement

• Our vision is to bring the best Indian inspired ingredients from around the world, right to your doorstep.
• With a wide variety of authentic regional ingredients, we strive to reconnect people with the familiar flavors of india.
• At Punjab Brothers® Indian Grocery Store, Inc., we’re committed to sharing what we know best about our Indian heritage and culture: our food.
• We hope to continue to educate and expose new generations to the regional diversity of India and the richness of our culture and food.
• Unlike mega stores, Punjab Brothers® Indian Grocery Store, Inc. is devoted to continuing its family tradition of personal service and exceptional quality.
• We guarantee that only the best spices and freshest produce will end up on your table.

Our Business Structure

Punjab Brothers® Indian Grocery Store, Inc. do not intend to start an Indian grocery store business like the usual mom and pop business around the street corner; our intention of starting an Indian grocery store business is to build a standard Indian grocery store in Dallas – Texas.

We will ensure that we put the right structures in place that will support the kind of growth that we have in mind while setting up the business. We will ensure that we hire people that are qualified, honest, customer centric and are ready to work to help us build a prosperous business that will benefit all our stake holders.

As a matter of fact, profit-sharing arrangement will be made available to all our senior management staff and it will be based on their performance for a period of 8 years or more. In view of that, we have decided to hire qualified and competent hands to occupy the following positions;

• Chief Executive Officer (Owner)
• Store Manager
• Human Resources and Admin Manager

Merchandize Manager

Sales and Marketing Manager

Information Technologist

• Accountants / Cashiers
• Customer Services Executive

5. Job Roles and Responsibilities

Chief Executive Officer – CEO:

• Increases management’s effectiveness by recruiting, selecting, orienting, training, coaching, counseling, and disciplining managers; communicating values, strategies, and objectives; assigning accountabilities; planning, monitoring, and appraising job results; developing incentives; developing a climate for offering information and opinions.
• Creates, communicates, and implements the organization’s vision, mission, and overall direction – i.e. leading the development and implementation of the overall organization’s strategy.
• Responsible for fixing prices and signing business deals
• Responsible for providing direction for the business
• Responsible for signing checks and documents on behalf of the company
• Evaluates the success of the organization

Admin and HR Manager

• Responsible for overseeing the smooth running of HR and administrative tasks for the organization
• Maintains office supplies by checking stocks; placing and expediting orders; evaluating new products.
• Defines job positions for recruitment and managing interviewing process
• Carries out induction for new team members
• Responsible for training, evaluation and assessment of employees
• Responsible for arranging travel, meetings and appointments
• Overseas the smooth running of the daily office activities.

Store Manager:

• Responsible for managing the daily activities in the store
• Ensures that proper records of goods are kept and our racks and warehouse does not run out  products
• Ensure that the store facility is in tip top shape and goods are properly arranged and easy to locate
• Control goods distribution and supply inventory
• Supervise the workforce in the grocery sales floor.
• Manage vendor relations, market visits, and the ongoing education and development of the organizations’ buying teams
• Help to ensure consistent quality of goods and products on our rack
• Responsible for the purchase of goods and products
• Responsible for planning sales, monitoring inventory, selecting the merchandise, and writing and pricing orders to vendors
• Ensures that the organization operates within stipulated budget.
• Identify, prioritize, and reach out to new partners, and business opportunities et al
• Identifies development opportunities; follows up on development leads and contacts.
• Responsible for supervising implementation, advocate for the customer’s needs, and communicate with clients
• Develop, execute and evaluate new plans for increasing sales
• Document all customer contact and information
• Represent the company in strategic meetings
• Help increase sales and growth for the company
• Manage the organization website
• Handles ecommerce aspect of the business
• Responsible for installing and maintenance of computer software and hardware for the organization
• Manage logistics and supply chain software, Web servers, e-commerce software and POS (point of sale) systems
• Manage the organization’s CCTV
• Handles any other technological and IT related duties.

Accountant/Cashier:

• Responsible for preparing financial reports, budgets, and financial statements for the organization
• Provides managements with financial analyses, development budgets, and accounting reports.
• Responsible for financial forecasting and risks analysis.
• Performs cash management, general ledger accounting, and financial reporting
• Responsible for developing and managing financial systems and policies
• Responsible for administering payrolls
• Ensuring compliance with taxation legislation
• Handles all financial transactions for the organization
• Serves as internal auditor for the organization

Client Service Executive

• Ensures that all contacts with clients (e-mail, walk-In center, SMS or phone) provides the client with a personalized customer service experience of the highest level
• Through interaction with customers on the phone, uses every opportunity to build client’s interest in the company’s products and services
• Manages administrative duties assigned by the human resources and admin manager in an effective and timely manner
• Consistently stays abreast of any new information on the organizations’ products, promotional campaigns etc. to ensure accurate and helpful information is supplied to customers when they make enquiries
• Find out the customer’s needs, recommend, select and help locate the right merchandise
• Provide information about warranties, manufacturing specifications, care and maintenance of merchandise and delivery options
• Bag or package purchases and gift wrap merchandise
• Responsible for cleaning the store facility at all times
• Ensure that toiletries and supplies don’t run out of stock
• Handle any other duty as assigned by the store manager

6. SWOT Analysis

Our plan of starting just one outlet of our Indian grocery store in Dallas – Texas is to test run the business for a period of 3 to 6 years to know if we will invest more money, expand the business and then open other outlets all over Texas.

We are quite aware that there are a few Indian grocery stores and of course several supermarket and grocery stores all over Dallas – Texas and even in the same location where we intend locating ours who also retail Indian stuffs, which is why we are following the due process of establishing a business.

We know that if a proper SWOT analysis is conducted for our business, we will be able to position our business to maximize our strength, leverage on the opportunities that will be available to us, mitigate our risks and be equipped to confront our threats.

Punjab Brothers® Indian Grocery Store, Inc. employed the services of an expert HR and Business Analyst with bias in retailing to help us conduct a thorough SWOT analysis and to help us create a Business model that will help us achieve our business goals and objectives. This is the summary of the SWOT analysis that was conducted for Punjab Brothers® Indian Grocery Store, Inc.;

Part of what is going to count as a positive for us is the fact that we are one of the very few stores in Dallas Texas that is solely committed to retailing Indian groceries.

So also, our location, the business model we will be operating, varieties of payment options, wide range of products and our excellent customer service culture will definitely count as a strong strength for Punjab Brothers® Indian Grocery Store, Inc.

From our findings, one major weakness that may count against us is the fact that we are a new Indian grocery store outlet and we don’t have the financial capacity to compete with multi – billion dollars supermarket and grocery store outlets that also retail Indian groceries when it comes to retailing at rock bottom prices.

• Opportunities:

The fact that we are going to be operating our Indian grocery store in one of the most populated Indian communities in Dallas – Texas provides us with unlimited opportunities to sell our groceries to a large number of people especially people from Indian descent.

We have been able to conduct thorough feasibility studies and market survey and we know what our potential clients will be looking for when they visit our Indian grocery outlet; we are well positioned to take on the opportunities that will come our way.

We are fully aware that one of the major threats that we are likely going to face is economic downturn. Another threat that may likely confront us is the arrival of a new Indian grocery store, supermarket, grocery store or retail outlet who would want to engage in the sale of Indian groceries in same location where ours is located.

7. MARKET ANALYSIS

• Market Trends

It is important to state that any trend that is applicable to businesses in the supermarket and grocery store industry is applicable to Indian grocery stores.

Grocery stores have been in existence for as long as humans started trading goods, but one thing is certain, the industry that Indian grocery store business is a part of is still evolving. The introduction of technology and subsequently online retail has indeed helped in reshaping the industry.

It is now a common phenomenon for grocery outlets to leverage on technology to effectively predict consumer demand patterns and to strategically position their shops to meet their needs; in essence, the use of technology helps retailers to maximize supply chain efficiencies.

No doubt data collected from customers goes a long way to help supermarkets and grocery stores serve them better. Another common trend in the grocery store industry is the pricing system. Aside from having varieties of products in a store, one of the easiest ways grocery stores sell their goods is to ensure that the prices of their goods are a bit lower than what is obtainable elsewhere.

For example, it is common to see items with prices in this format; $3.99, $99.99 and $199.99 et al as against $4, $100 and $200. Supermarkets and grocery stores also engage in massive clearance sales and discount sales to attract customers. It is a strategy that helps them welcome new customers and also reinforce the loyalty of old customers.

8. Our Target Market

We know that there are loads of migrants from India and other Asian countries who will be interested in doing their shopping in an Indian grocery store because of what they stand to gain. With a wide variety of authentic regional ingredients, we strive to reconnect people with the familiar flavors of india.

In view of that, we have positioned our Indian grocery store to service residents of Dallas – Texas and every other location our store will be located. We have conducted our market research and we have ideas of what our target market would be expecting from us. We are in business to retail a wide range of Indian groceries to the following groups of people;

• Indian food lovers

Our Competitive Advantage

A recent study conducted on the grocery store industry reveals that the market has become much more intensely competitive over the last decade. As a matter of fact, you have to be highly creative, customer centric and proactive if you must survive in this industry.

We are aware of the competition and we are prepared to compete favorably with other leading Indian grocery stores in Dallas – Texas.

Punjab Brothers® Indian Grocery Store, Inc. is launching a standard Indian grocery store that will indeed become the preferred choice of Indian migrants and other residents of Dallas – Texas. Our store is located in a corner piece property on a busy road directly opposite one of the largest Indian community in Dallas – Texas.

One thing is certain, we will ensure that we have a wide range of products available in our store at all times. It will be difficult for customers to visit our store and not see what they are looking for. One of our business goals is to make Punjab Brothers® Indian Grocery Store, Inc. a one stop shop.

Our excellent customer service culture, online store, various payment options and highly secured facility will serve as a competitive advantage for us.

Lastly, our employees will be well taken care of, and their welfare package will be among the best within our category in the industry meaning that they will be more than willing to build the business with us and help deliver our set goals and achieve all our aims and objectives.

We will also give good working conditions and commissions to freelance sales agents that we will recruit from time to time.

9. SALES AND MARKETING STRATEGY

• Sources of Income

Punjab Brothers® Indian Grocery Store, Inc. is in business to retail a wide range of Indian groceries. We are in the industry to maximize profit and we are going to go all the way out to ensure that we achieve or business goals and objectives. We will retail groceries such as;

• Noodles, Oil, Pan Masala, Pappad, Pickles, Produce
• Other non-food items

10. Sales Forecast

One thing is certain when it comes to specialty stores like Indian grocery stores, if your store is well stocked with a wide range of Indian groceries and centrally positioned, you will always attract customers cum sales and that will sure translate to increase in revenue generation for the business.

We are well positioned to take on the available market in Dallas – Texas and we are quite optimistic that we will meet our set target of generating enough profits from our first six months of operation and grow the business and our clientele base.

We have been able to critically examine the industry, we have analyzed our chances in the industry and we have been able to come up with the following sales forecast. The sales projections are based on information gathered on the field and some assumptions that are peculiar to startups in Dallas – Texas.

• First Fiscal Year: $150,000
• Second Fiscal Year: $350,000
• Third Fiscal Year: $550,000

N.B : This projection was done based on what is obtainable in the industry and with the assumption that there won’t be any major economic meltdown and there won’t be any major competitor offering same products as we do within same location. Please note that the above projection might be lower and at the same time it might be higher.

• Marketing Strategy and Sales Strategy

Before choosing a location for Punjab Brothers® Indian Grocery Store, Inc. we conducted thorough market survey and feasibility studies in order for us to penetrate the available market and become the preferred choice for residents of Dallas – Texas.

We have detailed information and data that we were able to utilize to structure our business to attract the number of customers we want to attract per time.

We hired experts who have good understanding of the supermarket and grocery industry especially specialty stores to help us develop marketing strategies that will help us achieve our business goal of winning a larger percentage of the available market in Dallas – Texas.

In summary, Punjab Brothers® Indian Grocery Store, Inc. will adopt the following sales and marketing approach to win customers over;

• Open our Indian grocery store in a grand style with a party for all.
• Introduce our Indian grocery store by sending introductory letters alongside our brochure to Indian communities, households and key stakeholders in and around Dallas – Texas
• Ensure that we have a wide range of Indian groceries from different brands at all times.
• Make use of attractive handbills to create awareness and also to give direction to our grocery store
• Position our signage / flexi banners at strategic places around Dallas
• Position our greeters to welcome and direct potential customers
• Create a loyalty plan that will enable us reward our regular customers
• Engage on roadshows within our neighborhood to create awareness for our Indian grocery store.

11. Publicity and Advertising Strategy

Even though our Indian grocery store is well located, we will still go ahead to intensify publicity for the business. Punjab Brothers® Indian Grocery Store, Inc. has a long term plan of opening outlets in various locations all around Texas which is why we will deliberately build our brand to be well accepted in Dallas before venturing out.

As a matter of fact, our publicity and advertising strategy is not solely for winning customers over but to effectively communicate our brand. Here are the platforms we intend leveraging on to promote and advertise Punjab Brothers® Indian Grocery Store, Inc.;

• Place adverts on community based newspapers, radio and TV stations.
• Encourage the use of word of mouth publicity from our loyal customers
• Leverage on the internet and social media platforms like YouTube, Instagram, Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, Snapchat, Google+ to promote our business.
• Ensure that our we position our banners and billboards in strategic positions all around Dallas – Texas
• Distribute our fliers and handbills in target areas in and around our neighborhood
• Advertise our Indian grocery store business in our official website and employ strategies that will help us pull traffic to the site
• Brand all our official cars and vans and ensure that all our staff members wear our branded shirt or cap at regular intervals

12. Our Pricing Strategy

Pricing is one of the key factors that give leverage to grocery stores and an Indian grocery store is not an exception. It is normal for consumers to go to places where they can get groceries at cheaper price which is why big players in the industry will attract loads of consumers.

We know we don’t have the capacity to compete with multi – million dollars’ grocery stores that retail Indian groceries but we will ensure that the prices of all the products that are available in our store are competitive with what is obtainable amongst Indian supermarkets and grocery stores within our level.

• Payment Options

The payment policy adopted by Punjab Brothers® Indian Grocery Store, Inc. is all inclusive because we are quite aware that different customers prefer different payment options as it suits them but at the same time, we will ensure that we abide by the financial rules and regulation of the United States of America.

Here are the payment options that Punjab Brothers® Indian Grocery Store, Inc. will make available to her clients;

• Payment with cash
• Payment via credit cards / Point of Sale Machines (POS Machines)
• Payment via online bank transfer
• Payment via check
• Payment via mobile money transfer

In view of the above, we have chosen banking platforms that will enable our client make payment for groceries purchase without any stress on their part. Our bank account numbers will be made available on our website and promotional materials.

13. Startup Expenditure (Budget)

From our market survey and feasibility studies, we have been able to come up with a detailed budget on achieving our aim of establishing a standard Indian grocery store and here are the key areas where we will spend our startup capital;

• The total fee for registering the business in the United States of America – $750.
• Legal expenses for obtaining licenses and permits as well as the accounting services (software, P.O.S machines and other software) – $3,300.
• Marketing promotion expenses for the grand opening of Punjab Brothers® Indian Grocery Store, Inc. in the amount of $3,500 and as well as flyer printing (2,000 flyers at $0.04 per copy) for the total amount of $3,580.
• The cost for hiring business consultant – $2,500.
• Insurance (general liability, workers’ compensation and property casualty) coverage at a total premium – $2,400.
• The cost for payment of rent for 12 months at $1.76 per square feet in the total amount of $105,600.
• The cost for facility remodeling (construction of racks and shelves) – $20,000.
• Other start-up expenses including stationery ($500 ) and phone and utility deposits ( $2,500 ).
• Operational cost for the first 3 months (salaries of employees, payments of bills et al) – $60,000
• The cost for start-up inventory (stocking with a wide range of Indian groceries and other related merchandize) – $150,000
• The cost for store equipment (cash register, security, ventilation, signage) – $13,750
• The cost of purchase and installation of CCTVs – $5,000
• The cost for the purchase of furniture and gadgets (Computers, Printers, Telephone, TVs, Sound System, tables and chairs et al) – $4,000.
• The cost of launching a website – $600
• The cost for our opening party – $5,000
• Miscellaneous – $5,000

We would need an estimate of $300,000 to successfully set up our Indian grocery store in Dallas – Texas.

Generating Startup Capital for Punjab Brothers® Indian Grocery Store, Inc.

Punjab Brothers® Indian Grocery Store, Inc. is a family business that is owned and financed by Raj Punjab and his brother Ravi Punjab. They do not intend to welcome any external business partners which is why he has decided to restrict the sourcing of the startup capital to 3 major sources.

These are the areas we intend generating our startup capital;

• Generate part of the startup capital from personal savings
• Source for soft loans from family members and friends
• Apply for loan from the bank

N.B: We have been able to generate about $100,000 ( Personal savings $80,000 and soft loan from family members $20,000 ) and we are at the final stages of obtaining a loan facility of $200,000 from our bank. All the papers and documents have been signed and submitted, the loan has been approved and any moment from now our account will be credited with the amount.

14. Sustainability and Expansion Strategy

It is an established fact that the future of a business lies in the number of loyal customers that they have, the capacity and competence of the employees, their investment strategy and the business structure. If all of these factors are missing from a business, then it won’t be too long before the business close shop.

One of our most important goals of starting out is to build a business that will survive off its own cash flow without the need for injecting finance from external sources once the business is officially running. We know that one of the ways of gaining approval and winning customers over is to retail our Indian groceries a little bit cheaper than what is obtainable in the market and we are prepared to survive on lower profit margin for a while.

Punjab Brothers® Indian Grocery Store, Inc. will make sure that the right foundation, structures and processes are put in place to ensure that our staff welfare are well taken of. Our company’s corporate culture is designed to drive our business to greater heights and training and retraining of our workforce is at the top burner.

We know that if that is put in place, we will be able to successfully hire and retain the best hands we can get in the industry; they will be more committed to help us build the business of our dreams.

Check List/Milestone

• Business Name Availability Check: Completed
• Business Registration: Completed
• Opening of Corporate Bank Accounts: Completed
• Securing Point of Sales (POS) Machines: Completed
• Opening Mobile Money Accounts: Completed
• Opening Online Payment Platforms: Completed
• Application and Obtaining Tax Payer’s ID: In Progress
• Application for business license and permit: Completed
• Purchase of Insurance for the Business: Completed
• Leasing of facility and remodeling the shop: In Progress
• Conducting Feasibility Studies: Completed
• Generating capital from family members: Completed
• Applications for Loan from the bank: In Progress
• Writing of Business Plan: Completed
• Drafting of Employee’s Handbook: Completed
• Drafting of Contract Documents and other relevant Legal Documents: In Progress
• Design of The Company’s Logo: Completed
• Printing of Packaging, Marketing/Promotional Materials: In Progress
• Recruitment of employees: In Progress
• Purchase of the needed furniture, racks, shelves, computers, electronic appliances, office appliances and CCTV: In progress
• Creating Official Website for the Company: In Progress
• Creating Awareness for the business both online and around the community: In Progress
• Health and Safety and Fire Safety Arrangement (License): Secured
• Opening party / launching party planning: In Progress
• Compilation of our list of groceries that will be available in our store: Completed
• Establishing business relationship with vendors – suppliers of Indian groceries: In Progress

How to Start a Kirana business? [Kirana Store Business Plan]

Complete guide on how to set up kirana business.

If you're planning to start a Kirana business in India then this guide is definitely going to help you with your research. From detailed kirana store business plan to steps to set up a kirana business, investment required, and profit margin, we have tried to cover all the finer details. Kirana stores are the lifeline of every Indian locality and probably one of the only industries which do not require any fancy Master's degree from an expensive college. Knowledge, decent funding, and a drive to open your store are all you need to begin your journey in this humongous market.

A Kirana store business doesn't have a specific target audience but due to its heavy market presence, the competition mostly remains high. Venturing into traditional marketing methods won't work that effectively in 2020 hence, we are here to upgrade your expertise.

Before we begin discussing the steps to setup Kirana business let us understand-

What is a Kirana store?

• A general store or market/shop for your everyday needs.
• Mostly Kirana stores consist of daily needs and commonly used grocery items.
• The store size of any shop depends on the kind of funds available to a local merchant.
• The concept of Kirana stores exists only in the subcontinent of India.
• The power of Kirana stores has stood the test of time smoothly for centuries, from monarchical ages to 2020.
• Even during the pandemic, local Kirana stores have surpassed sales of many supermarkets and eCommerce websites.
• There are over 15 million Kirana stores spread across every city, town, and village in India.

Why Kirana store business is worth investing?

• Easy accessibility via locals and public transport.
• Helps in maintaining long term and healthy relationships with regular customers.
• Stocking only customer-relevant goods and commodities.
• Attractive offers and credit account advantages.
• Offering free home deliveries for no specific order limit.
• Providing digital payment options and also online shopping catalogs.
• Special or personalised treatment is appreciated greatly by the laymen.

How Do I Open A Kirana Store?

Check out these easy steps and effective methods on how to start Kirana store business.

Step 1- Have A Solid Business Plan

• Any small or big business turns into a quick disaster without a proper business plan to execute.
• Understand the financial status of the customers you're targeting and price your commodities accordingly. Start by analysing the preferences of your potential buyers.
• By tracking their needs, likes, choices, preferences, and the frequency of purchasing you can easily figure out a selling strategy.
• Keep in mind about the type of staff you would be recruiting as being a startup grocery store would require hardworking individuals.

Once you have the solid kirana store business plan , you can proceed further to the next steps.

Step 2- Choose Your Locality

This is the most important part of starting a Kirana store. Your locality has the potential to make or break your business even before you begin.

• Every area has a certain type of customer base, and its needs depend accordingly.
• Tracking the age groups of people in your area of operation will help you be clear about the regular products that'll be in demand and kept in stock.
• While if you open a store in a fancy posh locality or a youth-oriented area, your stock will consist of urban commodities and the latest stocks.

For instance, a small grocery store in a village will deal with affordable household articles where the consumers are mostly local merchants, farmers, and middle-class families.

Step 3- Understand Your Customers

After you have finalised your locality for opening a Kirana store, the target shifts to understanding your daily or potential customers.

• What do they prefer to purchase frequently?
• Generally, your target market lies around 1 to 2 kilometres within your store location.
• Expanding your market in newly developed areas of a city is a guaranteed success. You would be easily visible to the entire neighbourhood, and since being newly built might also bring the hopes of getting more space within affordable pricing .

Also Read: Eco-Friendly Business Ideas for Small Business Owners

Step 4- Calculate Your Investments

When you are zeroing in on location, commodities, suppliers, and staff do not forget to skip your investments on the same.

• If you are opening a small scale Kirana store, chances are you would have to limit your choices by having lesser staff, and limited kirana store items .
• Location, rent, inventories, along with other conveniences like standalone stores or a neatly stacked up air-conditioned supermarket would require varying amounts of investments.

On average, a decent store investment with all costing might start from 50,000 rupees to 2 lakhs in the beginning.

Step 5- Digitise Your Kirana Store

• With the dawn of the pandemic, the only stores that have managed to survive without incurring major losses are- Kirana stores for essential supplies and the pharmacies for emergency medications .
• Most people who avoid going outside to maintain social distancing are opting for online shopping .
• Digitising your store doesn't just mean home deliveries and WhatsApp for business but also managing your credit/debit customer accounts using OkShop .
• With every other item being available at the click of the screen, your store should be easily accessible as well.

Step 6- Obtain All Licenses/Permits

There are certain legal laws and licenses to open a grocery store in India that's mandatory to abide by. These permits include-

• Shop & Establishment Registration
• Food license
• Entity Registration
• You should also get your business registered under GST to avail various tax benefits and avoid reverse taxation.
• If your annual turnover crosses over 20 lakhs then it becomes mandatory to obtain your GSTIN or your unique 15-digit identification number.

Step 7- The Weekend Gimmick

Most store owners have a fixed time during the weekdays, even though they live close-by.

• Being flexible and staying open for longer hours, generates a sense of trust amongst nearby customers to get everything they need available at your store even after hours.
• The weekend tactic is the one where you keep your stores open for weekends and festivals, that'll help you produce good profits.
• Being open during odd timings helps in getting loyal consumers and increases the appreciation via word of mouth .
• Lastly, most customers go shopping on weekends , due to being occupied with work all week.

Step 8- Eye Your Competitors

Before beginning to open your store, you should visit your nearby competitive stores to get a lay of the land.

• Browse around the structure of the shop and the brands they mostly stock upon.
• Evaluate your opportunities and look for creating newer tactics.
• Research your competitors and understand the techniques they use for effective marketing.

Also Read: Mantras and Tips for a successful business

Step 9- Additional Services

• From designing an attractive store to providing free home deliveries everyone likes to be treated specially.
• Figure out what additional thing or service you can provide that would separate your shop from all the other Kiranas in the neighbourhood.
• Promising good quality kirana items or promoting certain brands may also help your case occasionally.

Step 10- Offering Attractive Discounts

When you are a first-timer or a fresher in your area, you have to come up with various methods to keep your customers engaged and increase sales gradually.

• Advertising is very important for all small and big businesses to get noticed, and for endorsing your grocery store, you will have to use all your resources.
• From involving your families, friends, and relatives, word of mouth will be the best technique to be known in a local Indian market .
• Depending on the type of your store print out flyers for local newspapers , do mobile marketing , or put out an ad in the business pages.
• You can also opt for social media engagements by putting out exciting offers or activities like discount vouchers or giveaways for attracting more crowds.

Is Kirana Business Profitable in India?

• In making a kirana store business model, you should also take care of getting your stocks updated from known suppliers and wholesale retailers to avail cheaper pricing on basic commodities like- rice, atta, pulses, shampoos, soaps, oils, and more.
• It is a competitive field but following the above tips can give your market a proper standing and recognition sooner than you had expected.
• Staying loyal to your staff and regular customers is the ultimate way to stand strong amongst every competitor.

How OkCredit can help your Kirana Business?

You can also use the OkCredit application to streamline your increased sales in the Kirana business and maintain a digital ledger of all the credit and payment transactions with your customers. This will reduce manual and mental burdens, and help you reclaim time for focusing on core activities. Get rid off conventional bahi khatas and go digital with OkCredit. Download OkCredit now!

1) Grocery Stores In Lucknow 2) Grocery Stores In Jaipur 3) Grocery Stores In Bangalore 4) Grocery Stores In Chandigarh 5) Grocery Stores In Kolkata 6) Grocery Stores In Mumbai

Stay updated with new business ideas & business tips with OkCredit blogs in English, Hindi, Malayalam, Marathi & more! Download OkCredit now & get rid of your bookkeeping hassles. OkCredit is 100% Made in India.

FAQs on Kirana business

Q. how do i start a kirana store business.

Ans: For starting a Kirana store business you need to take care of-

• Having A Solid Business Plan
• Choosing Your Locality
• Understanding Your Customers
• Calculating Your Investments
• Digitising Your Store
• Obtaining All Licenses/Permits
• The Weekend Gimmick
• Eyeing Your Competitors
• Additional Services
• Offer Attractive Discounts

Q. Is Kirana business profitable?

Ans: 1. Yes, The Kirana store business is profitable in the long term.

2. Starting on a smaller market will give you a chance to experience market conditions and limit your chances of failure.

Q. How do I start a small grocery store?

Ans: For starting a small-scale grocery store business, you need to-

• Figure out your niche or forte
• Find an investor or get a loan from a bank
• Rent or Lease a small space
• Avoid hiring additional staff before profit rolling
• Find trusted distributors/suppliers for better deals
• Promote different brands occasionally

Q. What is meant by Kirana stores?

Ans: 1. A Kirana store is your small day-to-day departmental store that stocks most of your household items.

2. Generally, small scale local stores sell products on MRP or avoid offering king size products and focus on small quantities to stabilise sales like- noodles packets, laundry detergents, soaps, atta, etc.

Q. What is the meaning of Kirana?

Ans. Kirana (kɪˈrɑːnə ) (in India) is actually a Hindi language origin word, that usually means a daily needs departmental store run by families.

Q. Will Kirana stores survive?

Ans: 1.  Kirana store is one of the few top businesses that have boomed during the Pandemic .

2. Yes, survival or a Kirana store or grocery store is a definite possibility in every season and year.

Q. Are kirana stores profitable in India?

Ans: 1. Yes. The Food industry and consumption are one of the best businesses that stay atop in India.

2. With the correct amount of investments and target marketing, grocery stores start to doll out profits within months of beginning.

Q. What do we say Kirana in English?

Ans: 1. Kirana in English is common for a grocery or a general provisions store.

2. In India, the Kirana store means daily supplies or your local departmental store.

Q. Which license is required for Kirana store?

Ans: The licenses needed for opening a Kirana store in your locality are-

• Food License
• FSSAI License

Q. What is the profit margin in a grocery store in India?

Ans: 1. Apart from store capacity, the profitability for grocery stores in India ranges from anywhere between 5% to 25% percent.

2. Kirana store is a fruitful market in India, and, hence, many local and imported brands compete to provide and maximise their reach in the common man's market.

Q. How does a Kirana store business work?

Ans: 1. In common terms, wholesalers, and retailers buy or sell commodities on a week-long credit-based system which major conglomerates do not.

2. Inventories for Kirana stores are purchased on a credit basis, sold later, and paid back to the distributor whilst understanding profitability margins.

Q. How to start an Online Kirana Store?

Ans: There are many steps to start and manage an online business, its best to make your store digital instead of collaborating with eCommerce websites. If you want to take your business online for free, you can use the app- OkShop . In this app, you can-

• Create catalogs
• Send images and details on WhatsApp
• Send payment and reminder alerts
• Keep track of daily sales
• Enjoy a user-friendly interface
• Understand convenience with multiple language options

Q. How much should you invest in a grocery store?

Ans: In India, including things like- licenses, rent, provisions, etc. you can easily expect your Kirana store startup cost to reach around Rs. 50,000 in the initial stage.

Q. How many Kirana stores are there in India?

Ans: 1. According to various records and surveys, India has over 12 million Kirana stores across the country.

2. It is one of the most profitable businesses in India.

Sukanya Mukherjee

Check out the best of small business ideas, information on GST, business tips & tricks & more.

Recent Posts

Cable manufacturers in india [5 best manufacturers], air compressor manufacturer in india [top 11 manufacturers], pet bottle manufacturers in india [top 7 manufacturers], paint manufacturers in india [6 best manufacturers], silk saree manufacturers in india [best manufacturers], you might be interested in, foreign direct investment(fdi) 101: a complete guide, series funding [types, how it works and more], sustainable architecture ideas that can improve our lives.

How to start a Kirana store? 

• November 10, 2023 July 18, 2024
• by Aishwarya

In the heart of Indian communities, the Kirana store stands as a pillar of togetherness and a custodian of convenience. It’s where familiar faces welcome you with a smile, and where shop owners know your preferences by heart. It’s a bond, not just a business.

As the Kirana store transforms with digital solutions, it preserves its core values. This blog will explore the Kirana store’s evolution while providing insights on starting a Kirana store, including its benefits and the required licenses.

What is a Kirana store?

A Kirana store, often called a neighbourhood or corner store, is a small, independent retail shop that typically sells a wide range of everyday essentials and groceries.

Kirana stores are the backbone of the retail landscape in India and serve as convenient outlets for consumers to purchase daily necessities like groceries, personal care products, snacks, and more. Their proximity to residential areas sets Kirana stores apart, making them easily accessible to the local community.

Benefits of operating a Kirana store

Operating a Kirana store offers a multitude of benefits, forming a solid Kirana store business model. These include the following points.

• Community hub: Kirana stores are often deeply integrated into the local community, allowing owners to build strong personal relationships with their customers. Kirana stores are the lifelines of local communities, serving as meeting points and fostering relationships among neighbours.
• Convenience: They provide convenience by offering a one-stop solution for daily essentials, reducing the need for customers to travel to larger supermarkets, an essential aspect when considering starting a Kirana store.
• Flexibility: Kirana store owners have the flexibility to tailor their product selection to cater to local preferences and changing consumer demands, forming an adaptable Kirana business model.
• Entrepreneurship: It’s an opportunity for individuals to become entrepreneurs with relatively lower startup costs compared to larger retail chains.
• Profit margins: Kirana stores can be highly profitable due to consistent foot traffic and a wide array of products, which is a critical aspect of the Kirana store business plan.

Product selection

Your Kirana store’s inventory is more than merchandise; it’s the lifeblood of your business. In addition to essentials, your shelves should house quick shopping items for busy souls, irresistible impulse purchase products, personal care essentials for self-pampering, locally sourced and homemade delicacies, seasonal and festival specialities to ignite joy, baby care necessities, and even pet supplies for your four-legged neighbours. The key is to understand your community’s preferences and demands to curate a unique mix of goods that caters to their needs.

Gofrugal’s Kirana shop software can be your compass in navigating the vast inventory landscape, helping you make data-driven decisions and ensuring you’re stocked with the right products at the right time.

Locality selection

The location of your Kirana store is not just about bricks and mortar; it’s your presence in the community. Seek high visibility in a location with ample parking facilities, easy accessibility, and a safe environment. Families, in particular, consider safety and security when choosing where to shop. Your Kirana store should be more than just a shop; it should be a trusted haven where neighbours come for their daily needs and where they feel secure.

Inventory management

Effective inventory management is crucial for your Kirana store’s success and should be a part of your Kirana store business model. To achieve this, you can use FIFO (First-In-First-Out) rotation to minimize stockouts and overstock. Additionally, employing inventory management software , like Gofrugal, is a great way to streamline your operations. This software helps you plan for seasonal and festive inventory, track product shelf life, and reduce waste. With Gofrugal, your Kirana store can run efficiently, ensuring your community’s needs are always met.

Local community engagement

Your Kirana store is more than just a place of commerce; it’s a hub for meaningful customer relationships . Building a strong local customer base is crucial. Engage with your customers by greeting them with their names, thanking them after their visit, and being readily available to answer their queries about product availability by phone, SMS, or WhatsApp . Go beyond transactional interactions to create a sense of trust. Become a trusted friend in your customers’ lives.

Local sourcing

Sourcing products locally benefits not only your business but also your community. It supports local businesses, reduces your carbon footprint, and ensures fresh and relevant products. By building relationships with local suppliers, you can understand their offerings and they can learn your unique needs and offer each other support. It’s a win-win for everyone involved.

• Latest News
• Emergencies
• Environment
• Ask the Law
• Visa+Immigration
• Phone+Internet
• Reader Queries
• Safety+Security
• Banking & Insurance
• Corporate Tax
• Travel & Tourism
• Corporate News
• Electronics
• Home and Kitchen
• Consumables
• Saving and Investment
• Budget Living
• Expert Columns
• Community Tips
• Cryptocurrency
• Cooking and Cuisines
• Guide to Cooking
• Art & People
• Friday Partner
• Daily Crossword
• Word Search
• Philippines
• Australia-New Zealand
• Corrections
• Special Reports
• Pregnancy & Baby
• Learning & Play
• Child Health
• For Mums & Dads
• UAE Success Stories
• Premiere League
• Photos & Videos
• Course Reviews
• Learn to Play
• Schedule | Medal Tally
• South Indian
• Health+Fitness
• Best Of Bollywood
• Entertainment
• Special Features
• Gratuity Calculator
• Notifications
• Prayer Times

Malabar Gold and Diamonds to open 20 showrooms in a month as part of global expansion plans

Business retail.

Showroom launches are being planned in UAE, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, India, and USA

Dubai: Leading jewellery retailer Malabar Gold and Diamonds announced Monday plans to launch 20 new showrooms in October this year. The new showrooms will be located in various locations in India, the GCC (including the UAE), and the United States.

“The ambitious expansion plan will mark a significant chapter in the brand’s growth journey, further cementing its reputation as one of the world’s largest and most trusted jewellery retail chains,” the company said.

The company plans to strengthen its presence in the GCC by opening new outlets in the UAE, Qatar, and Saudi Arabia. The new showrooms are planned for the Muweilah neighbourhood in Sharjah, Muaither in Qatar, and Nakheel Mall in Dammam. 

Get exclusive content with Gulf News WhatsApp channel

It said that in India, the group plans to launch three showrooms in Uttar Pradesh, two showrooms each in Delhi, Maharashtra, Karnataka, and Rajasthan, and one showroom each in Odisha, Telangana, West Bengal, and Punjab.

The brand’s growing presence in North America will also be bolstered by the launch of two new showrooms in Artesia, Los Angeles, and Atlanta, Georgia.

Abdul Salam KP, vice-chairman of Malabar Group, said the opening of 20 showrooms in October is a momentous achievement but is part of the wider expansion we have planned for the upcoming months.

He added that the group is also gearing up to expand into countries such as South Africa, Egypt, Turkey, Bangladesh, France, and New Zealand.

Ethical business practices

MP Ahammed, Chairman of Malabar Group, said, “The aggressive expansion we have charted is about growing sustainably and responsibly, ensuring that our expansion benefits not just our business but also society at large.”

The company said every new showroom will showcase a wide range of jewellery collections, from traditional to contemporary designs.

“With a focus on both geographical diversification and strengthening our presence in existing markets, we are ahead of the curve in terms of market penetration. We are committed to offering not just jewellery, but an experience that delights and inspires our customers, ensuring they find pieces that resonate with their personal style and cultural heritage,” said Shamlal Ahamed, MD-International Operations, Malabar Gold and Diamonds.

Focus on India

The largest number of new showrooms is planned for India. Asher O, Managing Director of India Operations, said, “Considering the enormous potential it holds, the crux of our expansion is focused on the Indian Market. With the government slapping import duty on gold, we firmly believe that India will witness a meteoric rise in demand for gold jewellery, and with the charted expansion, we are well poised to cater to this need.”

More From Retail

Volkswagen sounds alarm by warning of factory closures

Huawei to launch products hours after iPhone event

Abu Dhabi food company to buy fruit, vegetable importer

UAE car prices feel 'pressure' from Chinese brands

Wizz Air launches first long-haul route with A321XLR

My next legacy for Dubai – World’s second tallest tower

Tenants in this part of Dubai get 15-20% rent hikes

All-new Patrol is out, UAE buyers await first delivery

NMDC Energy IPO closes 31.3 times oversubscribed

Saudi Arabia’s PIF secures $2b fund for mega projects

Photos: abu dhabi hunting and equestrian exhibition, qatar airways to inspect fleet of a350 jet engines, fintok: the new age of financial advice, karak tea: the secret ingredients that make it popular, is gluten the culprit behind your digestive woes.

Get Breaking News Alerts From Gulf News

We’ll send you latest news updates through the day. You can manage them any time by clicking on the notification icon.

We've detected unusual activity from your computer network

To continue, please click the box below to let us know you're not a robot.

Why did this happen?

Please make sure your browser supports JavaScript and cookies and that you are not blocking them from loading. For more information you can review our Terms of Service and Cookie Policy .

For inquiries related to this message please contact our support team and provide the reference ID below.

• CNA Explains
• Sustainability
• Latest News
• News Reports
• Documentaries & Shows
• TV Schedule
• CNA938 Live
• Radio Schedule
• Singapore Parliament
• Mental Health
• Interactives
• Entertainment
• Style & Beauty
• Experiences
• Remarkable Living
• Send us a news tip
• Events & Partnerships
• Business Blueprint
• Health Matters
• The Asian Traveller

Trending Topics

Follow our news, recent searches, israel's tower semiconductor, adani plan $10 billion chip project in india, advertisement.

FILE PHOTO: Semiconductor chips are seen on a circuit board of a computer in this illustration picture taken February 25, 2022. REUTERS/Florence Lo/Illustration/File Photo

NEW DELHI :Israel's Tower Semiconductor and Adani Group will invest 839.47 billion rupees ($10 billion) for a semiconductor project in India's western state of Maharashtra, its chief minister said in a post on X on Thursday.

India has taken steps to encourage global companies to set up their manufacturing units in the country, with Prime Minister Narendra Modi aiming to make the country a chipmaker for the world despite initial setbacks.

Foxconn withdrew in July last year from a $19.5 billion semiconductor joint venture with Indian conglomerate Vedanta, and plans by ISMC, a venture between Abu Dhabi-based Next Orbit Ventures and Tower Semiconductor, to invest $3 billion in India, have been stalled.

Still, India expects its semiconductor market to be worth $63 billion by 2026.

Semiconductor manufacturing marks the latest foray for billionaire Gautam Adani, whose conglomerate has businesses across ports, power utilities, transmission and coal trading.

The $10 billion semiconductor plant in Maharashtra will initially have a capacity of 40,000 wafers, the state's deputy chief minister Devendra Fadnavis said in a post on X.

Chief Minister Ehnath Shinde said in a social media post that projects worth 1.17 trillion rupees were approved on Thursday, which will create 29,000 jobs in the state.

Two new electric vehicle manufacturing units will also be set up in the state, with Skoda-Volkswagen investing 150 billion rupees for its plant to produce electric vehicles and hybrids.

Toyota-Kirloskar will dole out 212.73 billion-rupees to manufacture hybrid and electric vehicles at its plant in the state.

Adani group, Tower Semiconductor, Skoda-Volkswagen and Toyota-Kirloskar did not immediately respond to a request for comment from Reuters.

($1=83.9020 Indian rupees)

Sign up for our newsletters

Get our pick of top stories and thought-provoking articles in your inbox

Get the CNA app

Stay updated with notifications for breaking news and our best stories

Get WhatsApp alerts

Join our channel for the top reads for the day on your preferred chat app

Also worth reading

This browser is no longer supported.

We know it's a hassle to switch browsers but we want your experience with CNA to be fast, secure and the best it can possibly be.

To continue, upgrade to a supported browser or, for the finest experience, download the mobile app.

Upgraded but still having issues? Contact us

• Hi, My Account Subscriptions --> My KT Trading Contact Us Privacy Notice Sign Out

Fri, Sep 06, 2024 | Rabi al-Awwal 4, 1446

Dubai 20°C

• Expo City Dubai
• Emergencies
• Ras Al Khaimah
• Umm Al Quwain

Life and Living

• Visa & Immigration in UAE
• Banking in UAE
• Schooling in UAE
• Housing in UAE
• Ramadan 2024
• Saudi Arabia
• Philippines
• Cryptocurrency
• Infrastructure
• Currency Exchange
• Horse Racing
• Local Sports

Entertainment

• Local Events

Dubai World Cup

• Track Notes
• Big Numbers
• Daily Updates
• Arts & Culture
• Mental Health
• Relationships
• Staycations
• UAE Attractions
• Tech Reviews
• Motoring Reviews
• Movie Reviews
• Book reviews
• Restaurant Reviews
• Young Times

Supplements

• Back To School
• Eid-Al-Adha
• It’s Summer Time
• Leading Universities
• Higher Education
• India Real Estate Show
• Future Of Insurance
• KT Desert Drive
• New Age Finance & Accounting Summit
• Digital Health Forum
• Subscriptions
• UAE Holidays
• Latest News
• Prayer Timings
• Cinema Listings
• Inspired Living
• Advertise With Us
• Privacy Notice

KT APPDOWNLOAD

Amazon plans $5 billion of small-ticket exports from India in 2024 in shift from China

Move underscores india's growing role in the global supply chain.

• Follow us on

Top Stories

UAE announces 2-month grace period for residence visa violators

UAE announces fee refund for tax service charges from August 1

Paid parking in Dubai: Residents face up to Dh4,000 extra yearly costs when new rates kick in

Published: Thu 5 Sep 2024, 5:27 PM

Last updated: Thu 5 Sep 2024, 7:10 PM

Amazon Inc plans to export about $5 billion of small-ticket items from India this year, up from nearly $3 billion in 2023, supplying markets such as the United States and Britain, a company official said, marking a shift away from China.

The move by one of the world's largest e-commerce companies underscores India's growing role in the global supply chain and reflects a broader trend among multinational corporations to diversify sourcing away from China.

Walmart Inc plans to hike its supplies from India to $10 billion a year by 2027, up from about $3 billion in 2020.

"India is naturally one of the largest sources of selection for Amazon," Bhupen Wakankar, director of global trade at Amazon, told Reuters in an interview on Thursday.

He said Amazon had partnered with the India's commerce ministry and trade associations to connect with thousands of small manufacturers across the country, offering products from textiles and jewellery to household items and Ayurveda products.

Such items are usually easy to post directly to customers abroad and less affected by import taxes than costlier products.

"We are investing significantly in tools and technologies to help sellers optimise their reach, enhance product discovery, and increase sales," he said, ahead of an exporters' meeting in New Delhi.

Amazon and Walmart's Flipkart have reshaped India's retail landscape in recent years, investing billions of dollars to source supplies from small businesses and attracting consumers through hefty discounts.

But they face criticism from trading and political groups.

India's commerce minister has accused Amazon and other e-commerce companies of predatory pricing practices and said the sector's rapid rise should not disrupt millions of brick-and-mortar stores operating in the country.

Last June, Amazon announced plans to increase its investments in India to $26 billion by 2030, including funds for its cloud business.

Through the Global Selling Programme, initiated in 2015, Amazon has enabled about 150,000 small Indian exporters to sell roughly $8 billion worth of products directly to overseas consumers by the end of 2023, Wakankar said.

More news from Business

Lending surge, higher income to prop up gcc banks in 2024.

GCC banks have consistently maintained a higher return on equity

business 1 day ago -->

UK financial watchdog pushes banks to improve account access

FCA asks senior leaders to take personal responsibility for ensuring rules have been complied with

business 2 days ago -->

US Steel expects to shut mills if $14.9 billion Nippon deal collapses, WSJ reports

The deal has come under increasing criticism from U.S. politicians

India mulls 100% foreign ownership in insurance companies

Several checks and balances are already in place to monitor overseas investments

business 3 days ago -->

Audi senior executive dies in 10,000-ft fall; company pays tribute

A spokesman for the brand, part of Volkswagen group , on Tuesday described Longo as a person of 'great integrity, culture, capability and sensitivity'

The countdown begins: Are you ready for your first tax period?

A common challenge for businesses is determining the commencement of their first tax period

business 4 days ago -->

ADIB achieves AA ESG rating upgrade from MSCI

ADIB’s rating has been elevated to AA from A in the annual update

Gold prices drop in Dubai as precious metal slips below $2,500 per ounce

The metal's short-term fate will be determined by the Fed's monetary policy outlook, a senior market analyst said

Type your keywords

• Business News
• India Business News

Amazon plans $5 billion of small-ticket exports from India in 2024 in shift from China

Visual Stories

PPF Calculator

This financial tool allows one to resolve their queries related to Public Provident Fund account.

FD Calculator

When investing in a fixed deposit, the amount you deposit earns interest as per the prevailing...

NPS Calculator

The National Pension System or NPS is a measure to introduce a degree of financial stability...

Mutual Fund Calculator

Mutual Funds are one of the most incredible investment strategies that offer better returns...

Other Times Group News Sites

Popular categories, hot on the web, trending topics, living and entertainment, latest news.

• Personal Finance
• Today's Paper
• Partner Content
• Web Stories
• Entertainment
• Social Viral

India's edtech sector sees 30% drop in funding to $215 mn amid slowdown

According to the report, the indian edtech sector reported the highest-funded quarter in q3 2021 with an overall funding of $2.48 billion.

Listen to This Article

More from this section.

Reliance Infra plans to manufacture electric cars, taps ex-BYD executive

SpiceJet plans to raise over Rs 3,200 cr through debt, equity instruments

Swiggy rolls out 'incognito mode' to help users order food discreetly

Black Box targets tripling sales over next 4 yrs on US networking demand

Amazon says exports from India-based sellers to cross $5 bn in 2024

Despite Byju's setback, edtech sector rebounds slightly with funding uptick

NCLT asks US lenders of edtech company Byju's to file fresh appeal

Edtech firm ODA Class raises $500K from Singapore, China-based investors

77% children say they use GenAI tools to help with schoolwork: Survey

Cash-strapped Byju's insolvency case fans fears of employees, parents

Don't miss the most important news and views of the day. Get them on our Telegram channel

First Published: Sep 06 2024 | 4:47 PM IST

Explore News

• Suzlon Energy Share Price Adani Enterprises Share Price Adani Power Share Price IRFC Share Price Tata Motors Share Price Tata Steel Share Price Yes Bank Share Price Infosys Share Price SBI Share Price Reliance shares
• Latest News Company News Market News India News Politics News Cricket News Personal Finance Technology News World News Industry News Education News Opinion Shows Economy News Lifestyle News Health News
• Today's Paper About Us T&C Privacy Policy Cookie Policy Disclaimer Investor Communication GST registration number List Compliance Contact Us Advertise with Us Sitemap Subscribe Careers BS Apps
• ICC T20 World Cup 2024 Business Standard at 50 Paralympics 2024 Jammu Kashmir Elections 2024 Haryana Elections 2024 Happy Teacher's Day wishes

• Start free trial

Start selling with Shopify today

Start your free trial with Shopify today—then use these resources to guide you through every step of the process.

Thrifting in India: Complete Guide on How to Start a Successful Thrift Store

Are you good at finding unique clothes, home decor products or items? It's time to start a thrift store online, and here's your complete guide on it.

If you start searching for #thriftindia on Instagram, you will see 475k posts (as of December 18, 2021), and the number is increasing by the day. This only goes to show the rise of thrift culture in India that is leading to consumers making more sustainable choices. 

What started out as a result of the pandemic to raise awareness around sustainability, has now become a huge phenomenon in the country as per Femina . Purchasing and owning upcycled or seconds is no longer being looked down upon. 

Now if you have a knack for curating unique products, we’d call that an opportunity to finally start that online business you’ve been dreaming about. In this article, we’re going to tell you all that you need to know to run a successful thrifting business online. 

The current state of thrifting in India and how it works 

• Status quo current challenges for thrifting stores 
• How to set up a successful thrift store business in India 
• Leading thrift stores in India to take inspiration from 

Frequently asked questions about thrifting in India 

Even though thrifting is fast picking up in India, the way thrift stores are being run is still fairly inefficient. 

Most thrifting businesses are running their stores on Instagram, managing the posting of products, descriptions, pricing and handling queries as they come. 

Here’s what the typical process looks like: 

• Thrifting stores curate a collection of a handful of products 
• They post product pictures, videos and other formats to promote them 
• Consumers interested in a product comment ‘BOOK’ or DM the store
• The first one to the above is reached out to for order confirmation 
• The payment mode is then chosen and information is shared over DMs 
• Once an order gets confirmed, the shipping details are sent out 24-48 hours after 
• If the first person does not respond within a few hours to confirm the order, the product gets rolled to the next person or auctioned  

We have also noticed some thrifting stores follow the same process above on chat apps like WhatsApp and Telegram. 

Seeing the number of thrifting stores coming up every week and the number of consumers interested in their products, the future looks promising for this business model in India. 

But like every new opportunity, there are some challenges when it comes to running and growing the business. 

Status quo: Current challenges for thrifting stores

Thrifting might come naturally to you. But if you’re thinking about running a thrift store as a business, there are some possible challenges you should be aware of. Here are a few areas we see most thrift stores struggling with: 

1. Managing orders 

Most thrifting stores follow the traditional way of taking orders. They post the products available, asking consumers to drop a comment to book them; the first one then gets contacted through messages to confirm the order. If the order is not confirmed, the second person to book the product in comments gets contacted. 

But imagine having to sift through all the comments that get posted within close seconds or minutes, then reaching out to people one by one to get the order confirmed - it gets overwhelming all too soon and sometimes it takes these store owners 24-48 hours to get in touch with customers. 

Managing orders this way is not just inefficient, but also compromises the shopping experience you offer to customers because they keep waiting for your message right from the moment of wanting to book a product to paying for it. The entire process is too time consuming. 

2. Collecting payments 

Once an order is confirmed with a consumer, the store owner is required to reach out to them and let them know of the available payment modes. This typically includes Google Pay, UPI, PayTM or bank transfer in most cases. 

But either way, there is a back and forth, asking the customers which payment method they’d like to place the order with, sending them the details and then asking them to send a screenshot to confirm the order has been paid for. 

While this may seem easy to do when you receive 1-2 orders a day, doing this at scale is going to result in losing track of orders and eventually, the money. 

3. Managing packaging and shipping

Packaging and shipping thrifted products is a whole new level of overwhelming tasks. You need to deliver an experience and that means packing the orders well with small things like thank you notes, etc. 

Doing this at scale and then walking to the nearest post office or getting a delivery partner to come pick up orders once ready, can be time consuming. That’s why so many of these thrifting stores are often dealing with disgruntled customers reaching out to them for order status, refunds and cancellations. 

4. Communicating with customers 

Once an order does get placed, thrift stores have to manually reach out to the customers with information like tracking numbers. Post which, there is a lack of communication between the store and the customer, leading to a low brand recall. 

The lack of consistent communication results in post-purchase anxiety for most customers until they receive their orders, and forgetting where they made a purchase from just 30 days down the line! 

5. Launching the drop 

Every time a store has thrifted a new collection, they need to build up an excitement and then gradually launch it by posting them one by one. Imagine posting about 100 products, each with descriptions and the inflow of comments to book them as the posts go live. 

Yes, launching new products gets tougher with bigger drops, especially as your audience (and catalogue) grows. 

The above challenges have led to many thrift stores eventually shutting down, not being able to keep up with customer expectations. But there’s a way out of it all - Set up an online store for your thrifting store .

Let’s walk you through step-by-step to launch a successful thrifting business online.  

How to set up a successful thrift store business in India  

If you’ve decided to start thrifting as a business, let’s walk you through a series of steps we have seen the successful ones follow. 

Before starting your thrift store 

Set up an online store for your thrifting business .

• Market your thrift store 

1. Pick your niche 

Similar to dropshipping, you have the option to thrift different types of products. But we recommend starting with a niche to keep your efforts streamlined. One of the most popular thrifting niche is fashion and apparel, and accessories. 

Identify a category you’re truly passionate about. You can always add more categories of products to your store as you start to understand consumers, their interests, where you can find them and what really sells.  

2. Find pre-loved or factory reject items to sell 

The next step is to start looking for markets you can source products from. It’s a good idea to visit factory reject stores or local markets in the city - some that are frequented by your target audience and some that they’re not able to reach. 

For example, Sarojini Market in Delhi is an awesome place to find clothing and accessories. And then there is Banjara Market in Gurgaon that you can source home decor as well as furniture from. 

Another smart way to find items to sell, is to look at the things you, your family and friends own. You can start with items that are no longer used by you or your network, but may be of use to others. 

Depending on the products you sell, you can also explore liquidation sales/ auctions to find branded items, or work with consignment stores near you.  

3. Get your product visuals ready for marketing

The one thing that’s going to be important for selling your thrifted items, are visuals. Spend some time thinking about the aesthetic you’d like to create and how you’d like to photograph your products. 

Here are some resources to help you get started: 

• The Beginner's Guide to Smartphone Product Photography for Shopify Stores
• The Ultimate DIY Guide to Beautiful Product Photography
• 25 Best Online Photo Editor Softwares & Apps (Free and Paid)

1. Set up an online store 

Now comes the step that can get you closer to success - making it easy for people to shop from your thrifting business. You can set up an online store without having to code using Shopify. 

A few links to help you get started here: 

• Sign up for a free trial on Shopify  
• Store Essential Store Launch Checklist  
• How to Start an Online Store With Minimal Cash Investment
• What Should I Name My Online Store ?
• How to start an online store in India for your Fashion and Apparel business
• Simple Ways to Write Product Descriptions That Sell

If you need help setting up an online store for your thrifting business, you can also reach out to one of our Shopify experts . 

2. Set up your payment modes 

Another challenge that thrifting businesses without an online store face, is offering a preferred payment mode to shoppers. But now that you have a store set up, you can offer them payments via credit or debit cards, digital wallets, bank transfer, UPI or even cash on delivery. 

Here are some resources on setting up payment modes: 

• Different Payment Methods on Shopify and How to Set Them Up
• The Importance of Offering Cash on Delivery on Your Shopify Store in India

3. Partner with delivery service providers 

Once you have all the products up on your storefront, it’s time to look into how you will be fulfilling the orders you receive. So before you start taking orders, find a delivery partner to work with you. 

• Find a delivery partner app on Shopify
• The Beginner's Guide to Ecommerce Shipping and Fulfillment  

Market your thrifting store 

1. set up your social media accounts .

Once your store is live, it’s time to introduce your audience to it and the best way to do it is social media. Based on the audience you’re targeting, set up separate social media accounts for your thrifting business. 

Some of the popular channels to cover include Facebook and Instagram. Since these are easier to get started with and the majority of your target audience is active on them, you’ll be able to reach them faster. 

2. Create a marketing plan to promote your products  

The next step is for you to take the plunge. It’s time to get your product noticed and for that, you need a marketing plan in place. This will help you keep things streamlined from day one, both in terms of time and the resources available to you. 

To help you get started with a robust marketing plan, here are some resources: 

• How to Build a Marketing Plan That Actually Works
• How to Get Your First Sale in 30 Days: A Marketing Checklist for New Entrepreneurs  

3. Optimize for the search engine 

Even when it comes to thrifting, about 60% of the buying journeys start from the search engine. So if you want to get your store noticed, it’s time to target the right keywords and optimize your store pages, product descriptions and images to rank for the high intent searches. 

For example, if you sell thrifted branded bags, you can target ‘Prada second hand bags’ and similar keywords. 

To help you get started with SEO, here are some useful resources: 

• Improve Your On-Page SEO with our Checklist for New Websites
• 7 Free and Simple SEO Tools for Bootstrapped Business Owners

4. Start using social media to promote products 

With all the basics in place, you’re all set to drive traffic to your thrifting store. Make use of social media to grab attention, posting content consistently across all the channels you’re active on. 

Start small by posting product images and describing them best in the captions below. You can then experiment with other content formats depending on the channel to engage your audience better. For example, using Reels to show how a product looks while wearing it on Instagram. 

Remember, the idea is to remain consistent with your content - even when you don’t have a drop on your thrift store. Consumers today are quick to move on to the next store! 

5. Start advertising on social and search

Ranking on the search engine may take some time. Getting noticed on social media platforms may take a while too. But the products you’ve thrifted may or may not appeal to an audience segment in just a week. 

Imagine your posts about branded winter jackets getting noticed when winter is almost over. They’re not going to sell no matter how good the collection and the price is! 

This is where using advertising on social media and search comes into play to get in front of the right consumers, faster. Here are some resources to help you with the same if you haven’t run ads before: 

• Grow your Business with Facebook and Google Ads
• Shopify Apps to run high-converting ads  

6. Ask for customers to share their purchases (user generated content) 

Request customers who buy from you to share their purchases on their social accounts, and tag you. It could be a picture of them wearing the product they bought from you, how they felt about the packaging or simply the overall experience you delivered. 

User generated content is one of the fastest ways to reach more consumers. The good part is that you also get to reach an audience that is more likely to convert as well! 

Then there’s also the factor of social proof. Such content also vouches for the quality of the products you deliver; which is of utmost importance when it comes to thrifting. 

7. Keep your customers engaged in a consistent manner 

Use the data you get during an order placement to keep customers engaged going forward. With so many thrifting stores coming up, it is important to stay on top of your customer’s mind to get your next drop sold. 

A few ways to do this include: 

• Sending out an email to announce your new thrift collection with Shopify Email   
• Announcing the collection or availability with SMS marketing 
• Creating a Telegram or WhatsApp group to announce or drop sneak peeks into your thrift  

Explore marketing apps here . 

Leading thrifting stores in India to take inspiration from 

To inspire you to turn thrifting into a successful business, we are listing down some of the popular thrifting stores in India. These aren’t all of them; but just enough to maybe give you the inspiration to start your thrifting business! 

• Aimee Loved 
• Lulu Thrifts 
• Vintage Laundry 
• Thrift Banana 
• Rerunn 
• Thrift & Thrive 
• Bombay Closet Cleanse 
• Badass Babes Club 
• Kiki Kloset 
• Collections Reloved 
• Disco>ery 

1. Aimee Loved 

A store that focuses on thrifting vintage treasures and wearable art, Aimee Loved has a unique collection of fashion and apparel. 

View this post on Instagram A post shared by A I M É E (@aimee.loved)

2. Lulu Thrifts 

A Manipur-based thrift store that caters to different styles, Lulu Thrifts focuses on selling stylish printed camisoles and summer dresses. 

View this post on Instagram A post shared by 🍒Lulu Thrift🍒 (@lulu_thrift_)

3. Vintage Laundry 

Another store that is known for its unique collection, Vintage Laundry sells clothes with patterns, vibrant colors and artistic work on them. 

View this post on Instagram A post shared by Vintage Laundry (@vintage.laundryy)

4. Thrift Banana 

Founded by fashion students as a response to the environmental damage caused by the industry, the store sells clothing items like denim jackets. 

View this post on Instagram A post shared by Thriftbanana (@thriftbanana)

5. Rerunn  

A clothing and accessories thrifting store, Rerunn curates products as per the season or ongoing trends, in different styles. 

View this post on Instagram A post shared by Rerunn™ (@rerun.n)

6. Thrift & Thrive 

Thrift & Thrive has turned their thrifting into a business by selling preloved branded apparel from names like The North Face and many others, alongside items that match seasonal trends. 

View this post on Instagram A post shared by Thriftnthrive (@thrift.nthrive)

7. Bombay Closet Cleanse 

A woman-run thrift and consignment store, Bombay Closet Cleanse sifts through clothing items from resellers and donors across the globe. They’re promoting circular fashion as a way of life. 

View this post on Instagram A post shared by Bombay Closet Cleanse (@bombayclosetcleanse)

8. Badass Babes Club 

Finding a niche within the fashion industry, Badass Babes Club thrifts and sells cool (and badass) corsets and bralettes made out of different materials like leather, satin and others. 

View this post on Instagram A post shared by BBC2020 (ONLINE THRIFT STORE) (@badassbabesclub_2020)

9. Kiki Kloset 

Kiki Kloset is a thrifting store that sells upcycled jewelry, crop tops and a few other items. They also create and sell jewelry made out of repurposed materials such as hardware. 

View this post on Instagram A post shared by 🌻Kiki Kloset™️ by Krishna🧿 (@kikiikloset)

10. Collections Reloved 

Collections Reloved has a range of items from the best of brands in clothing, handbags and accessories. They are known for handpicking and curating fashion items that are as good as new. 

View this post on Instagram A post shared by Collections Reloved (@collectionsreloved)

11. Disco>ery

A niche store that picks out fashion items that have a distinct style from the 1970s and 1980s disco era. Their collection looks straight out from the bygone era. 

View this post on Instagram A post shared by unitedbydisco (@disco.very.culture)

Found your inspiration and ready to turn your skills of thrifting into a business? Take the first step with Shopify . 

It’s the right time to start thrifting and do it right! 

If you have an eye for aesthetics and fashion sense that is admirable, and a zeal to find products at the best of prices, let this be your sign. 

Don’t let thrifting be a passing fad. Turn your passion into a business by getting it right from the start! 

If you’re someone who has started thrifting recently and are seeing success by selling on Instagram, your next step to turning it into a business is going online and setting up a storefront that doesn’t need your customers to DM you for placing an order. 

With Shopify, setting up a store and managing your inventory is easy. 

Get started with a free trial today and be the one thrifting business that lasts ! 

What is thrifting? 

Thrifting refers to the process of putting back pre-owned and upcycled products back into use. These products typically include clothing, accessories, home decor and similar items. From a business perspective, thrifting stores sell these thrifted products online, wherein they are the ones to pick out the items in a particular niche for a target market. 

How do I start a thrifting business? 

To start a thrifting business, decide whether you’d like to sell a variety of items or focus on selling a specific range of products. For example, vintage furniture, clothing, home decor and other products. Post which, you need to find a supplier or a location that you can thrift items from. In India, some popular markets for thrifting include Sarojini Market, Lajpat and similar. You can also partner with people who’d like to give away their collection of unused items. 

Why do people shop at thrift stores in India? 

Since the ban of websites like Shein, finding affordable yet fashionable clothes at affordable costs is nearly impossible. Thrifting stores offer an ethical alternative to the need for staying up-to-date with fashion, on a budget. Apart from getting access to a unique wardrobe, consumers have also become more conscious during the pandemic, choosing to recycle products more often, wasting fewer resources. 

What makes a thrift store successful? 

To run a thrift store, you need to have an eye for picking out products that resonate with online shoppers. You need to also have an understanding of the potential retail value of those items so that you price the thrifted products with some profit margin. One way to do this is by keeping the overall cost lesser than market value, but competitive enough to compensate for the effort you made in picking out or sourcing the product. 

Is thrifting available in India? 

Yes. In India, thrifting is available and is most prominent on Instagram as of today but is slowly entering ecommerce as well. The buyer segment for these businesses typically include students and those starting out their careers. 

Is thrifting a trend right now? 

The pandemic has turned consumers towards more sustainable measures for maintaining a lifestyle. It has made second hand shopping, also known as thrifting, a common practice. Studies show that thrifting has turned into a $28 billion industry that is expected to eclipse trends like fast fashion by 2029. 

Is thrifting really cheaper? 

From a consumer perspective, yes, thrifting is cheaper as compared to the retail price of most products - especially the ones that are branded items. You can get a branded product for a couple of hundred, but it may run into thousands as well depending on the quality the thrift store is selling. 

From a business perspective, thrifting is time consuming, but it is cheaper when you’re sourcing for products to sell online. It’s more fun because you’re on the lookout for one-of-a-kind items and don’t have to worry about stocking up the same inventory. If you’re a hard negotiator, the ball is totally in your court! 

How much money can you make owning a thrift store? 

This may vary from store to store depending on who their target audience is, what products they are selling and how well they’re marketing the items. It was found that used merchandise retailers make a profit of 3.3% and upwards on selling thrifted items online. With the right marketing plan and a good collection, your monthly revenue can run in lakhs as well. 

Where do thrift stores get inventory in India? 

Most thrift store inventory comes from donations. Many people own products like clothes, furniture, home decor, etc that they have never used or do not make use of anymore or have too many of. To make space, they tend to give away these items. Another way to source products is through factory outlets, local markets and consignment stores. Thrift stores also upcycle products to create new items; for example, patching up scarfs to create a unique design for one.  

Are there any thrift shops in India? 

The number of thrift stores in India are increasing by the day. Some of the popular names being Vintage Laundry, Rerunn, KikiKloset and others. Thrift stores are running their business at different scales. 

Keep up with the latest from Shopify

Get free ecommerce tips, inspiration, and resources delivered directly to your inbox.

By entering your email, you agree to receive marketing emails from Shopify.

popular posts

The point of sale for every sale.

Subscribe to our blog and get free ecommerce tips, inspiration, and resources delivered directly to your inbox.

Unsubscribe anytime. By entering your email, you agree to receive marketing emails from Shopify.

Latest from Shopify

20 Feb 2024

19 Feb 2024

15 Feb 2024

Learn on the go. Try Shopify for free, and explore all the tools you need to start, run, and grow your business.

Try Shopify for free, no credit card required.

Recommended

Steve Cuozzo

Sephora polishing up plans to open new store near nyc’s high line: sources.

Sephora will expand its already sizable presence in the Big Apple with a super-sized store near the High Line, Realty Check has learned.

The  LVMH-owned brand just nailed down a 6,200 square-foot location that will open next year at Brookfield Properties’ Manhattan West between Ninth and Tenth avenues, retail sources said.

It will join “wellness” tenants  such as Silver Mirror, Peloton Studios and Reset by Therabody at the thriving eight-acre complex just east of Related Companies’ Hudson Yards.

Brookfield wouldn’t confirm a Sephora lease or comment. Sephora didn’t respond to an e-mail seeking comment.

Insiders said last year’s opening of the Moynihan Connector, which links the High Line Park with the Manhattan West public plaza, has driven a large uptick in foot traffic to the complex, which has six million square feet of fully leased offices and 844 rental apartments.

A retail analyst who didn’t want to be named said that Manhattan West retailers have enjoyed 20% year-over-year sales growth so far in 2024.

Restaurant and food offerings in the trendy neighborhood include a huge P.J. Clarke’s Oyster Bar, Danny Meyer’s Ci Siamo, and Zou Zou’s at the Pendry Hotel.

It won’t be Sephora’s first foray to the Far West Side.

The cosmetics and beauty juggernaut had a store in the Hudson Yards shopping mall, but was among several major brands that closed there after the pandemic hit.

The chain has about 27 outlets in the city, including its largest in the US on West 34th Street and one soon to open on West 125th Street in Harlem.

LVMH chief executive Bernard Arnault — the world’s fifth richest person, according to Forbes — praised Sephora’s “remarkable performance,” which “surpassed all predictions” in a January investors presentation.

The popular beauty brand is said to be the driver behind  LVMH’s “selective retailing” sector, which boasted $19.8 billion in 2023 sales.

Advertisement